This is a modern-English version of A Beginner's History of Philosophy, Vol. 1: Ancient and Mediæval Philosophy, originally written by Cushman, Herbert Ernest.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

A BEGINNER’S HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY

SOCRATES
SOCRATES
Transcriber’s Notes
Transcription Notes
The cover image was provided by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.
The cover image was supplied by the transcriber and is in the public domain.
Punctuation has been standardized.
Punctuation has been standardized.
Most abbreviations have been expanded in tool-tips for screen-readers and may be seen by hovering the mouse over the abbreviation.
Most abbreviations have been expanded in tool-tips for screen readers and can be viewed by hovering the mouse over the abbreviation.
This book was written in a period when many words had not become standardized in their spelling. Words may have multiple spelling variations or inconsistent hyphenation in the text. These have been left unchanged unless indicated with a Transcriber’s Note.
This book was written at a time when many words had not yet standardized in their spelling. Words might have several spelling variations or inconsistent hyphenation in the text. These have been left as they are unless noted with a Transcriber’s Note.
Index references have not been checked for accuracy.
Index references have not been verified for accuracy.
Footnotes are identified in the text with a superscript number and have been accumulated in a table at the end of the text.
Footnotes are marked in the text with a superscript number and have been collected in a table at the end of the text.
Transcriber’s Notes are used when making corrections to the text or to provide additional information for the modern reader. These notes have been accumulated in a table at the end of the book and are identified in the text by a dotted underline and may be seen in a tool-tip by hovering the mouse over the underline.
Transcriber’s Notes are used for correcting the text or offering extra information for today’s readers. These notes are gathered in a table at the end of the book and are marked in the text with a dotted underline. You can view them in a tooltip by hovering the mouse over the underline.
A BEGINNER’S HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY
A Beginner's Guide to Philosophy
BY
BY
HERBERT ERNEST CUSHMAN, LL.D., Ph.D.
HERBERT ERNEST CUSHMAN, LL.D., Ph.D.
Sometime Professor of Philosophy in Tufts College
Lecturer of Philosophy in Harvard College
Lecturer of Philosophy in Dartmouth College
Former Professor of Philosophy at Tufts College
Philosophy Lecturer at Harvard College
Philosophy Lecturer at Dartmouth College
VOL. I
VOL. I
ANCIENT AND MEDIÆVAL PHILOSOPHY
Ancient and Medieval Philosophy
Revised Edition
Updated Edition

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN HARCOURT
BOSTON · NEW YORK · CHICAGO
DALLAS · SAN FRANCISCO
BOSTON · NEW YORK · CHICAGO
DALLAS · SAN FRANCISCO
The Riverside Press Cambridge
The Riverside Press, Cambridge
COPYRIGHT, 1910 AND 1918, BY HERBERT ERNEST CUSHMAN
COPYRIGHT, 1910 AND 1918, BY HERBERT ERNEST CUSHMAN
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO REPRODUCE THIS BOOK OR PARTS THEREOF IN ANY FORM
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO REPRODUCE THIS BOOK OR PARTS OF IT IN ANY FORM
The Riverside Press
The Riverside Press
CAMBRIDGE · MASSACHUSETTS
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.
CAMBRIDGE · MASSACHUSETTS
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.
TO
TO
GEORGE HERBERT PALMER, Litt.D., LL.D.
GEORGE HERBERT PALMER, Litt.D., LL.D.
ALFORD PROFESSOR OF PHILOSOPHY
Alford Chair of Philosophy
IN HARVARD UNIVERSITY
At Harvard University
WHO HAS INTERPRETED LIFE TO
WHO HAS UNDERSTOOD LIFE TO
MANY YOUNG MEN BY MAKING
Young men by creating
PHILOSOPHY A LIVING
PHILOSOPHY IS ALIVE
SUBJECT TO THEM
SUBJECT TO THEM
PREFACE
This book is intended as a text-book for sketch-courses in the history of philosophy. It is written for the student rather than for the teacher. It is a history of philosophy upon the background of geography and of literary and political history.
This book is meant to be a textbook for introductory courses in the history of philosophy. It’s written for students rather than teachers. It presents a history of philosophy against the backdrop of geography as well as literary and political history.
As a text-book for sketch-courses it employs summaries, tables, and other generalizations as helps to the memory. The philosophical teaching is presented as simply as possible, so as to bring into prominence only the leading doctrines. My own personal criticism and interpretation on the one hand, and explanations in technical language on the other, have been avoided as far as possible. Sometimes I have had to choose between interpretation and technicality, in which case the limitations of space have determined my choice. Since the book is intended for the student rather than for the teacher, it makes the teacher all the more necessary; for it puts into the hands of the student an outline and into the hands of the teacher the class-room time for inspiring the student with his own interpretations. In making use of geographical maps, contemporary literature, and political history, this book is merely utilizing for pedagogical reasons the stock of information with which the college student is furnished when he begins the history of philosophy.
As a textbook for sketch courses, it uses summaries, tables, and other generalizations to aid memory. The philosophical teaching is presented as clearly as possible, focusing only on the main doctrines. I've tried to keep personal criticism and interpretation to a minimum, avoiding technical language whenever I could. At times, I had to decide between interpretation and technicality, and limited space influenced my choice. Since this book is meant for students rather than teachers, it emphasizes the necessity of the teacher even more; it gives students an outline while leaving teachers the classroom time to inspire students with their own interpretations. By using geographical maps, contemporary literature, and political history, this book is simply leveraging the information that college students already have when they start studying the history of philosophy.
A good many years of experience in teaching the history of philosophy to beginners have convinced me that students come to the subject with four classes of ideas, with which they can correlate philosophic doctrines: good geographical knowledge, some historical and some literary knowledge, and many undefined personal philosophical opinions. Of course, their personal philosophical opinions form the most important group, but more as something to be clarified by the civilizing influence of the subject than as an approach to the subject itself. The only “memory-hooks” upon which the teacher may expect to hang philosophic doctrines are the student’s ideas of history, literature, and geography. If the history of philosophy is treated only as a series of doctrines, the student beginning the subject feels not only that the land is strange, but that he is a stranger in it. Besides, to isolate the historical philosophical doctrines is to give the student a wrong historical perspective, since philosophic thought and contemporary events are two inseparable aspects of history. Each interprets the other, and neither can be correctly understood without the other. If the history of philosophy is to have any significance for the beginner, it must be shown to give a meaning to history.
A lot of years of experience teaching the history of philosophy to beginners have convinced me that students come to the subject with four types of ideas, which they can connect to philosophical doctrines: good knowledge of geography, some historical and literary knowledge, and many vague personal philosophical opinions. Of course, their personal philosophical opinions are the most important group, but they need to be clarified through the enlightening influence of the subject rather than serving as a starting point for it. The only “memory-hooks” that the teacher can rely on to present philosophical doctrines are the students' ideas about history, literature, and geography. If the history of philosophy is treated solely as a collection of doctrines, the student starting the subject feels not only that the territory is unfamiliar, but that they are an outsider in it. Additionally, isolating historical philosophical doctrines gives the student an incorrect historical perspective, as philosophical thought and contemporary events are two interconnected parts of history. Each one informs the other, and neither can be fully understood without the other. If the history of philosophy is going to be meaningful for the beginner, it must be shown to give significance to history.
So far as the materials that form any history of philosophy are concerned, I have merely tried to arrange and organize them with reference to the student and with reference to the history of which they form an integral part. I am therefore overwhelmingly indebted to every good authority to whom I have had access, but in the main I have followed the inspiring direction of the great Windelband. Many willing friends have read parts of the manuscript and offered suggestions and criticisms. I am particularly indebted to Professors C. P. Parker, Ephraim Emerton, A. O. Norton, and J. H. Ropes, and Dr. B. A. G. Fuller of Harvard University; to Professor Mary W. Calkins of Wellesley College; to Professors C. S. Wade and D. L. Maulsby of Tufts College; and to my wife, Abby B. Cushman. However, for all the faults of the book, which has been many years in preparation, I am alone responsible.
As far as the materials that make up any history of philosophy go, I've simply tried to organize and present them with the student and the history they belong to in mind. I'm deeply grateful to every credible source I've had access to, but primarily, I've followed the inspiring guidance of the great Windelband. Many generous friends have read parts of the manuscript and shared their suggestions and critiques. I'm especially thankful to Professors C. P. Parker, Ephraim Emerton, A. O. Norton, and J. H. Ropes, and Dr. B. A. G. Fuller from Harvard University; to Professor Mary W. Calkins from Wellesley College; to Professors C. S. Wade and D. L. Maulsby from Tufts College; and to my wife, Abby B. Cushman. However, I'm solely responsible for all the mistakes in this book, which has taken many years to prepare.
Instead of lists of books for collateral reading, placed at the end of chapters or of the book, the student will find references in the footnotes to the exact pages of many helpful books. I should like to call the student’s attention to an appendix to the discussion of Plato. This is a complete selection of passages from Plato made by the late Professor Jowett for English readers. This selection Professor Jowett was accustomed to distribute to his Oxford class, of which I was once fortunate to be a member.
Instead of long lists of suggested books for extra reading at the end of chapters or the book, you'll find footnote references that point to specific pages of many useful books. I'd like to draw your attention to an appendix related to the discussion of Plato. This appendix includes a complete selection of passages from Plato curated by the late Professor Jowett for English readers. Professor Jowett used to share this selection with his class at Oxford, where I was lucky enough to be a member.
Philosophical terms have been defined either in the text or in the footnotes. Such definitions must necessarily have as their aim their usefulness to the student, rather than their completeness.
Philosophical terms have been defined either in the text or in the footnotes. These definitions should focus on being helpful to the student, rather than being exhaustive.
Tufts College, June, 1910.
Tufts University, June 1910.
PREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION
The only change which the reader will find in the revision of this volume is in the form of presentation of the philosophies of the earlier cosmologists (Chapter II).
The only change the reader will notice in this updated version of the volume is in how the philosophies of the earlier cosmologists are presented (Chapter II).
HERBERT E. CUSHMAN.
HERBERT E. CUSHMAN.
West Newton, February, 1918.
West Newton, February 1918.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION—The Three General Periods of the History of Philosophy, 1
INTRODUCTION—The Three Main Periods in the History of Philosophy, 1
The Comparative Lengths of the Three General Periods, 1
The Comparison of Lengths of the Three Main Periods, 1
The Real Differences of the Three General Periods, 1
The Genuine Differences Among the Three Main Periods, 1
Table of the Subdivisions of the Three General Periods, 4
Table of the Subdivisions of the Three Main Periods, 4
BOOK I. ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY
(625 B. C.–476
A. D.)
BOOK I. ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY
(625 B.C.–476 A.D.)
CHAPTER I. The Early Greek in Ancient Philosophy, 5
CHAPTER I. The Early Greeks in Ancient Philosophy, 5
The Divisions of Ancient Philosophy, 5
Branches of Ancient Philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. His Geographical Environment 7
His surroundings __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. His Political Environment 7
His Political Landscape __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Native Tendencies of the Early Greek, as seen (1) In the Development of his Religion, (2) in his Reflections upon Physical Events, and (3) in his Interest in Human Conduct, 9–11
The Natural Tendencies of Early Greeks, as seen (1) In the Growth of their Religion, (2) in their Thoughts on Physical Events, and (3) in their Fascination with Human Behavior, 9–11
CHAPTER II. The Cosmological Period: The Philosophy of Nature, 15
CHAPTER II. The Cosmic Era: Nature Philosophy, 15
The Peril in the Greek Political Situation: Persia and Carthage, 15
The Threat in the Greek Political Landscape: Persia and Carthage, 15
The Peril in the New Religion: The Mysteries and Pythagoras, 16
The Risks of the New Belief System: The Secrets and Pythagoras, 16
Characteristics of the Cosmologists, 18
Traits of Cosmologists, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Table of Cosmologists, 20
Table of Cosmologists, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Map showing the Cities where the Cosmologists lived, 21
Map showing the cities where the cosmologists lived, 21
1. The Milesian School, 24
The Milesian School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Milesian Philosophy, 25
The Milesian Philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. Xenophanes, the Religious Philosopher, 26
Xenophanes, the Spiritual Thinker, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Philosophy of Xenophanes, 27
Xenophanes' Philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
3. Heracleitus, “the Misanthropist” and “the Obscure,” 28
3. Heraclitus, “the Misanthrope” and “the Obscure,” 28
a. Heracleitus’ Doctrine of Absolute and Universal Change, 28
a. Heracleitus’ Theory of Constant and Universal Change, 28
b. Fire is the Cosmic Substance, 29
b. Fire is the Cosmic Element, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
c. The Definite Changes of Fire, 30
c. The Obvious Effects of Fire, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
d. The Practical Philosophy of Heracleitus, 31
d. The Practical Philosophy of Heraclitus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
4. The Eleatic School, 32
4. The Eleatic School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
a. Parmenides, 32
a. Parmenides, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
(2) Other Things than the Cosmic Substance (Being) have no Real Existence, 34
(2) Other things besides the cosmic substance (being) don't have real existence, 34
b. Zeno, 35
b. Zeno, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Philosophy of Zeno, 36
Zeno's Philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Results of the Conflict between Heracleitus and Parmenides, 37
The Outcomes of the Disagreement between Heraclitus and Parmenides, 37
CHAPTER III. Pluralism, 39
CHAPTER 3. Pluralism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Efforts toward Reconciliation, 39
Reconciliation Efforts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The New Conception of the Unchanging of the Pluralists—The Element, 40
The New Concept of the Unchanging in Pluralism—The Element, 40
The Introduction of the Conception of the Efficient Cause, 41
The Introduction of the Concept of the Efficient Cause, 41
Summary of Similarities and Differences IN the Theories of the Reconcilers, 41
Summary of Similarities and Differences in the Theories of the Reconcilers, 41
The Pluralistic Philosophers: Empedocles, Anaxagoras, Leucippus, and the Later Pythagoreans, 42
The Pluralistic Philosophers: Empedocles, Anaxagoras, Leucippus, and the Later Pythagoreans, 42
The Philosophy of Empedocles, 44
The Philosophy of Empedocles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Philosophy of Anaxagoras, 45
Anaxagoras' Philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Philosophy of the Atomists—Leucippus and the School at Abdera, 47
The Philosophy of the Atomists—Leucippus and the School in Abdera, 47
The Later Pythagoreans, 48
The Later Pythagoreans, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. The Pythagorean Dualistic World, 51
2. The Pythagorean Dualistic World, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
3. Pythagorean Astronomy, 52
3. Pythagorean Astronomy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Historical Retrospect, 53
Looking Back in History, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER IV. The Anthropological Period: The Philosophy of Man, 55
CHAPTER IV. The Anthropological Era: The Philosophy of Humanity, 55
An Historical Summary of the Anthropological Period, 55
A Historical Overview of the Anthropological Era, 55
The Greek Enlightenment, 58
The Greek Enlightenment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. The Impulse for Learning, 58
The Desire to Learn, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Significance of the Sophists, 64
The Importance of the Sophists, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Prominent Sophists, 67
The Influential Sophists, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Philosophy of the Sophists, 68
The Philosophy of the Sophists, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. The Relativism of Protagoras, 69
The Relativism of Protagoras, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. The Nihilism of Gorgias, 70
The Nihilism of Gorgias, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Ethics of the Sophists.—The Application of their Critical Theory to Political Life, 71
The Ethics of the Sophists—How Their Critical Theory Connects to Political Life, 71
Summary, 73
Summary, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER V. Socrates, 74
CHAPTER 5. Socrates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Socrates and Aristophanes, 74
Socrates and Aristophanes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Socrates and the Sophists, 80
Socrates and the Sophists, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Unsystematic Character of the Socratic Philosophy, 82
The Unstructured Nature of Socratic Philosophy, 82
The Ideal of Socrates, 83
Socrates' Ideal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
What the Socratic Ideal Involves, 85
What the Socratic Ideal Means, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Socrates and Athens, 91
Socrates and Athens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Logical Expedients of Socrates, 92
Socrates' Logical Approaches, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Socrates and the Lesser Socratics, 93
Socrates and the Lesser Socratics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Cynic School, 95
The Cynic School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Cyrenaic School, 96
The Cyrenaic School, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER VI. The Systematic Period, 98
CHAPTER 6. The Systematic Period, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Place of the Three Systematic Philosophers in Greek History, 98
The Role of the Three Systematic Philosophers in Greek History, 98
The Fundamental Principle of the Systematic Period, 100
The Basic Principle of the Organized Period, 100
A Summary of Greek Philosophy, 102
Overview of Greek Philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Greek Philosophy (objective), 103
Greek Philosophy (objective), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Democritus and Plato—Their Similarities and Differences, 104
Democritus and Plato—Their Similarities and Differences, 104
The Life of Democritus, 106
The Life of Democritus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Enriched Physics of Democritus—Hylozoism becomes Materialism, 109
The Advanced Physics of Democritus—Hylozoism Transforms into Materialism, 109
The Materialistic Psychology of Democritus, 111
The Materialistic Psychology of Democritus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Democritus’ Theory of Knowledge—The World of Twofold Reality, 114
Democritus' Theory of Knowledge—The Dual Reality of the World, 114
The Ethical Theory of Democritus, 116
Democritus' Ethical Theory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER VII. Plato, 119
CHAPTER 7 Plato, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Abdera and Athens, 119
Abdera and Athens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Difficulties in Understanding the Teaching of Plato, 120
The Challenges in Understanding Plato's Teachings, 120
1. Plato’s Student Life, 121
Plato's Student Life, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. Plato as Traveler, 122
2. Plato as a Traveler, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Concerning the Dialogues of Plato, 126
About Plato's Dialogues, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Factors in the Construction of Plato’s Doctrine, 128
The Factors in Developing Plato’s Doctrine, 128
1. His Inherited Tendencies, 128
His Inherited Traits, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. His Philosophical Sources, 130
His Philosophical Sources, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Divisions of Plato’s Philosophy, 131
Plato's Philosophy Divisions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Summary of Plato’s Doctrine, 132
Summary of Plato’s Doctrine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Formation of Plato’s Metaphysics, 132
The Development of Plato’s Metaphysics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Development of Plato’s Metaphysics—The Development of Plato’s Ideas in the Two Drafts, 136
The Development of Plato’s Metaphysics—The Progression of Plato’s Concepts in the Two Drafts, 136
Brief Comparison of the Two Drafts of the Ideas, 137
A Quick Comparison of the Two Versions of the Ideas, 137
Comparison of the Two Drafts of Ideas in More Detail, 137
A Closer Look at the Two Versions of Ideas, 137
1. The Number of Ideas in the Earlier and Later Drafts compared, 137
1. A Comparison of the Number of Ideas in the Earlier and Later Drafts, 137
2. The Relation of the Ideas and the World of Nature in the Two Drafts compared, 138
2. Comparing the Connection between Ideas and the Natural World in the Two Drafts, 138
3. The Relation among the Ideas in the Two Drafts compared, 140
3. The Relationship Between the Ideas in the Two Drafts Compared, 140
Plato’s Conception of God, 141
Plato's View of God, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Plato’s Conception of Physical Nature, 142
Plato's Perspective on Physical Nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Plato’s Conception of Man, 144
Plato's View of Humanity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Plato’s Doctrine of Immortality, 146
Plato’s Theory of Immortality, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. The Immortality of Pre-Existence, 146
The Immortality of Pre-Existence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. The Immortality of Post-Existence, 149
2. The Immortality of Afterlife, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Two Tendencies in Plato, 150
Plato's Two Tendencies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Platonic Love, 151
Platonic Love, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Plato’s Theory of Ethics, 153
Plato’s Ethics Theory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. The Four Cardinal Virtues, 154
The Four Cardinal Virtues, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Appendix—Jowett’s Selection of Passages from Plato for English Readers, 158
Appendix—Jowett’s Collection of Passages from Plato for English Readers, 158
CHAPTER VIII. Aristotle, 166
CHAPTER 8. Aristotle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Biography of Aristotle, 168
Aristotle's Biography, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Brief Chronological Sketch of Aristotle’s Life, 168
Brief Chronological Overview of Aristotle’s Life, 168
Aristotle’s Biography in Detail, 169
Detailed Biography of Aristotle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. First Period—Early Influences, 169
First Period—Early Influences, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. Second Period—Traveler and Collector, 171
2. Second Period—Traveler and Collector, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Writings of Aristotle, 173
Aristotle's Writings, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. The Popular Writings, published by Aristotle himself, 174
1. The Popular Writings, published by Aristotle himself, 174
2. The Compilations, 175
The Compilations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
3. The Didactic Writings, 175
3. The Educational Writings, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Aristotle’s Starting-Point, 176
Aristotle’s Starting Point, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Fundamental Principle in Aristotle’s Philosophy, 177
The Core Principle in Aristotle’s Philosophy, 177
Aristotle’s Logic, 180
Aristotle’s Logic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Aristotle’s Metaphysics, 185
Aristotle's Metaphysics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. Development is Purposeful, 185
Development is Intentional, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. Aristotle’s Two Different Conceptions of Purpose, 187
2. Aristotle’s Two Different Views on Purpose, 187
3. Aristotle’s Conception of God, 190
Aristotle's Perspective on God, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
4. Aristotle’s Conception of Matter, 191
4. Aristotle's Concept of Matter, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
5. Aristotle’s Conception of Nature, 192
Aristotle’s Perspective on Nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Mechanical Series,—Aristotle’s Theory of Physics, 194
The Mechanical Series—Aristotle's Theory of Physics, 194
The Teleological Series: The Qualitative Changes of Phenomena, 196
The Teleological Series: The Qualitative Changes of Phenomena, 196
1. The Psychology of Aristotle, 196
The Psychology of Aristotle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. The Ethics of Aristotle, 199
The Ethics of Aristotle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
(a) The Practical Virtues, 200
The Practical Virtues, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
(b) The Dianoetic Virtues, 201
The Dianoetic Virtues, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Political Philosophy of Aristotle, 202
Aristotle's Political Philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER IX. The Hellenic-Roman Period, 204
CHAPTER 9 The Hellenic-Roman Period, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Its Time Length, 204
Duration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Fall of the Greek Nation and the Persistence of its Civilization, 204
The Decline of the Greek Nation and the Survival of its Civilization, 204
Map of the Empire of Alexander, showing the Extension of Hellenism, 205
Map of Alexander's Empire, illustrating the expansion of Hellenism, 205
1. The Ethical Period, 208
The Ethical Era, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. The Religious Period, 208
The Faith Era, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Undercurrent of Skepticism in the Hellenic-Roman Period, 209
The Ongoing Uncertainty in the Hellenic-Roman Period, 209
The Fundamental Problem of the Hellenic-Roman Period, 211
The Main Issue of the Hellenic-Roman Period, 211
The Centres of Hellenism, 213
The Centers of Hellenism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. Athens, 213
Athens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. Alexandria, 215
2. Alexandria, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
General Characteristics of the Ethical Period, 215
General Characteristics of the Ethical Period, 215
2. The Growth of Science, 216
The Growth of Science, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Schools, 218
The Schools, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Map of Athens, showing the Location of the Four Schools, 219
Map of Athens, highlighting the locations of the four schools., 219
1. The Academy, 220
The Academy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. The Lyceum, 221
The Lyceum, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The New Schools—The Epicureans and the Stoics, 222
The New Schools—The Epicureans and the Stoics, 222
A Summary of the Agreements and Differences of the Stoics and Epicureans, 225
A Summary of the Agreements and Differences Between the Stoics and Epicureans, 225
CHAPTER X. Epicureanism, 227
CHAPTER 10. Epicureanism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Life of Epicurus, 227
The Life of Epicurus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Epicureans, 228
The Epicureans, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Some Types of Hedonism,—Aristippus, Epicurus, and Rousseau, 228
Some Types of Hedonism—Aristippus, Epicurus, and Rousseau, 228
The Epicurean Ideal, 230
The Epicurean Ideal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Epicurean Wise Man, 234
The Epicurean Wise Man, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Great Obstacles to Happiness, 236
The Major Barriers to Happiness, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Epicurus’ Conception of the Physical World.—Qualified Atomism, 238
Epicurus’ Perspective on the Physical World.—Advanced Atomism, 238
CHAPTER XI. Stoicism, 241
CHAPTER 11. Stoicism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Three Periods of Stoicism, 242
The Three Stages of Stoicism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. Period of Modified Stoicism, 242
2. Modified Stoicism Era, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
3. Period of Roman Stoicism, 243
3. Era of Roman Stoicism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Stoic Leaders, 243
The Stoic Leaders, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Stoic Writings, 246
The Stoic Writings, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Stoics and Cynics, 246
The Stoics and Cynics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Two Prominent Stoic Conceptions, 247
The Two Key Stoic Concepts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Conception of Personality, 248
Understanding Personality, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. The Stoic Psychology, 248
The Stoic Mindset, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
2. The Highest Good, 250
The Ultimate Good, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Conception of Nature, 251
The Concept of Nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
3. Nature is Matter, 254
3. Nature is Material, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Conceptions of Nature and Personality supplement Each Other, 256
The concepts of nature and personality enhance each other., 256
The Stoic and Society, 257
The Stoic and Society, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Duty and Responsibility, 259
Duty and Responsibility, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Problem of Evil and the Problem of Freedom, 260
The Problem of Evil and the Problem of Freedom, 260
The Modifications of the Stoic Doctrine after the First Period, 261
Changes to Stoic Philosophy after the Early Period, 261
CHAPTER XII. Skepticism and Eclecticism, 264
CHAPTER 12 Skepticism and Eclecticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Appearances of Philosophic Skepticism, 264
The Appearances of Philosophic Skepticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
1. The First Phase of Philosophic Skepticism is called Pyrrhonism, 265
1. The First Phase of Philosophic Skepticism is called Pyrrhonism, 265
2. The Second Period of Philosophic Skepticism—The Skepticism of the Academy, 266
2. The Second Period of Philosophic Skepticism—The Skepticism of the Academy, 266
3. The Third Period of Philosophic Skepticism—Sensationalistic Skepticism, 268
3. The Third Period of Philosophic Skepticism—Sensationalistic Skepticism, 268
The Last Century and a Half of the Ethical Period, Eclecticism, 269
The Last 150 Years of the Ethical Period, Eclecticism, 269
CHAPTER XIII. The Religious Period, 273
CHAPTER 13. The Religious Period, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Two Causes of the Rise of Religious Feeling, 273
The Two Reasons for the Increase in Religious Sentiment, 273
The Need of Spiritual Authority, 275
The Need for Spiritual Leadership, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Revival of Platonism, 279
The Revival of Platonism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Hellenic Religious Philosophies, 282
Greek Religious Philosophies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Introductory Period of Hellenic Religious Philosophy. The Turning to the Past for Spiritual Authority, 282
The Introductory Period of Hellenic Religious Philosophy. Looking to the Past for Spiritual Authority, 282
2. Neo-Pythagoreanism, 285
2. Neo-Pythagoreanism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Development Period of Hellenic Religious Philosophy. The Turning to the Present for Spiritual Authority. Platonism and Neo-Platonism, 287
The Development Phase of Hellenic Religious Philosophy. The Shift to the Present for Spiritual Guidance. Platonism and Neo-Platonism., 287
Neo-Platonism and the Two Introductory Philosophies, 288
Neo-Platonism and the Two Introductory Philosophies, 288
Neo-Platonism and Christianity, 288
Neo-Platonism & Christianity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Periods of Neo-Platonism, 290
The Era of Neo-Platonism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Alexandrian School. The Scientific Theory of Neo-Platonism. The Life and Writings of Plotinus, 290
The Alexandrian School. The Scientific Theory of Neo-Platonism. The Life and Works of Plotinus, 290
The General Character of the Teaching of Plotinus, 291
The Overall Nature of Plotinus' Teachings, 291
The Mystic God, 292
The Mystic God, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Two Problems of Plotinus, 293
The Two Problems of Plotinus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The World of Emanations.—The Metaphysical Problem of Plotinus, 294
The World of Emanations — The Metaphysical Issue of Plotinus, 294
The Spirit, 294
The Spirit, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Soul, 295
The Soul, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Matter, 295
Matter, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Return of the Soul to God.—The Ethical Problem of Plotinus, 297
The Return of the Soul to God — The Ethical Problem of Plotinus, 297
The Syrian School.—The Systematizing of Polytheisms.—Jamblichus, 298
The Syrian School—The Structure of Polytheisms—Jamblichus, 298
The Athenian School.—Recapitulation.—Proclus, 299
The Athenian School — Summary — Proclus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER XIV. Patristics.—The Hellenizing of the Gospel, 302
CHAPTER 14 Patristics.—The Hellenization of the Gospel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Early Situation of Christianity, 302
The Early Days of Christianity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Philosophies influencing Christian Thought, 305
Philosophies That Shape Christian Thought, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Periods of Early Christianity, 306
The Early Christian Era, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Apologists, 307
The Apologists, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Gnostics, 310
The Gnostics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Reaction against Gnosticism.—The Old Catholic Theologians, 312
The Reaction against Gnosticism — The Old Catholic Theologians, 312
BOOK II.
THE MIDDLE AGES
(476–1453)
BOOK II. THE MIDDLE AGES (476–1453)
CHAPTER XV. Characteristics and Conditions of the Middle Ages, 319
CHAPTER XV. Features and Conditions of the Middle Ages, 319
Comparison of the Hellenic-Roman Period and the Middle Ages, 319
Comparison of the Hellenic-Roman Era and the Middle Ages, 319
The Mediæval Man, 320
The Medieval Man, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Maps of Ptolemaic Cosmography, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
The Mediæval Man at School, 325
The Medieval Guy in Class, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
A Mediæval Library, 326
A Medieval Library, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
3. The Books most influential philosophically upon the time, 328
3. The books that had the most philosophical influence at that time, 328
Summary of the Political and Educational Worlds of the Mediæval Man, 330
Summary of the Political and Educational Landscapes of Medieval Society, 330
An Early Mediæval Geographical Map, 335
A Medieval Geographical Map, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Historical Position of Augustine, 335
The Historical Position of Augustine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Secular Science, 339
The Secular Science, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Life of Augustine, 339
The Life of Augustine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Neo-Platonic Element: the Inner Certainties of Consciousness, 341
The Neo-Platonic Element: the Inner Certainties of Awareness, 341
The Authority of the Church according to Augustine, 345
The Authority of the Church according to Augustine, 345
The Dark Ages, 347
The Dark Ages, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Revival of Charlemagne, 349
The Revival of Charlemagne, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Greek Principle which Erigena formulated for the Middle Ages, 352
The Greek principle that Erigena developed for the Middle Ages, 352
CHAPTER XVII. The Transitional Period, 354
CHAPTER 17. The Transitional Period, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The General Character of the Transitional Period, 354
The Overall Nature of the Transitional Period, 354
What is Scholasticism? 355
What is Scholasticism? __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Anselm: Life and Position in Mediæval Philosophy, 359
Anselm: His Life and Role in Medieval Philosophy, 359
Roscellinus: Life and Teaching, 361
Roscellinus: Life and Teaching, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Storm and Stress, 362
Storm and Stress, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Life of Abelard, 363
The Life of Abelard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Abelard’s Conceptualism. Universals exist in the Particulars, 364
Abelard’s Conceptualism: Universals exist within the Particulars., 364
Abelard’s Rationalism.—The Relation between Reason and Dogma, 365
Abelard’s Rationalism—The Connection Between Reason and Dogma, 365
CHAPTER XVIII. The Period of Classic Scholasticism, 368
CHAPTER 18. The Era of Classic Scholasticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Two Civilizations, 369
The Two Civilizations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Map showing the Growth of Mohammedan Civilization in the Middle Ages, 370
Map illustrating the Expansion of Muslim Civilization during the Middle Ages, 370
The First Contact of the Two Civilizations, 372
The Initial Encounter Between the Two Civilizations, 372
The Conflict between the Two Civilizations.—The Crusades, 374
The Conflict Between the Two Civilizations—The Crusades, 374
The Revival of Learning, 375
The Renaissance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Diagram of Dante’s Poetic Conception of the Universe, 376
Diagram of Dante's Vision of the Universe, 376
The Strength and Burden of Aristotle to the Church, 378
The Influence and Challenge of Aristotle on the Church, 378
The Predecessors of Aquinas, 379
The Predecessors of Aquinas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Life of Thomas Aquinas.—The Founder of the Dominican Tradition, 380
The Life of Thomas Aquinas.—The Founder of the Dominican Tradition, 380
The Central Principle of Thomas’s Doctrine—The Twofold Truth, 381
The Main Idea of Thomas’s Teaching—The Dual Truth, 381
The Problem of Individuality—The Relation of Particulars and Universals, 383
The Issue of Individuality—The Link Between Details and General Ideas, 383
Duns Scotus, The Founder of the Franciscan Tradition—Life and Philosophical Position, 386
Duns Scotus, The Founder of the Franciscan Tradition—His Life and Philosophical Views, 386
Duns Scotus’s Conception of the Twofold Truth.—The Separation of Science and Religion, 387
Duns Scotus’s Concept of Dual Truth—The Gap Between Science and Religion, 387
The Inscrutable Will of God, 388
The Unfathomable Will of God, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Problem of Individuality, 389
The Issue of Individuality, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
After Duns Scotus, 390
After Duns Scotus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
After Ockam, 393
After Ockam, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
INDEX, 395
INDEX, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
ILLUSTRATIONS
Socrates, Frontispiece
Socrates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Empire of Alexander, 205
Alexander's Empire, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Map of Athens showing the Location of the Four Schools, 219
Map of Athens displaying the Locations of the Four Schools, 219
Ptolemaic Cosmography showing the Division of the Universe into Spheres, 323
Ptolemaic cosmology illustrating the division of the universe into spheres., 323
Ptolemaic Cosmography showing the Epicyclic Movements of the Planets, 325
Ptolemaic Cosmography illustrating the Epicyclic Movements of the Planets, 325
Mediæval Geography. The Cosmas Map, A. D. 547, 335
Medieval Geography: The Cosmas Map, A. D. 547, 335
A BEGINNER’S HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY
A Beginner's Guide to Philosophy
INTRODUCTION
THE THREE MAIN PERIODS OF PHILOSOPHY'S HISTORY
The Comparative Lengths of the Three General Periods:
The Comparative Lengths of the Three General Periods:
Ancient Philosophy, 625 B. C.–476 A. D.
Ancient Philosophy, 625 B.C.–476 A.D.
Mediæval Philosophy, 476 A. D.–1453 A. D.
Medieval Philosophy, 476 A.D.–1453 A.D.
Modern Philosophy, 1453 A. D.–the present time.
Modern Philosophy, 1453 A.D.–present time.
These are the three general periods into which the history of philosophy naturally falls. The two dates that form the dividing lines between these three periods are 476, the fall of old Rome, and 1453, the fall of new Rome (Constantinople). From this it will be seen that 1000 years of mediæval life lie between antiquity on the one side and 450 years of modern times on the other. Whatever value may be put upon the respective intellectual products of these three periods, it is important to note the great difference in their time-lengths. It is 2500 years since philosophical reflection began in Europe. Only 450 of these years belong to modern times. In other words, after the European man grew to reflective manhood, two fifths of his life belong to what is known as ancient civilization, two fifths to mediæval, and only one fifth to modern civilization.
These are the three general periods that the history of philosophy naturally divides into. The two key dates that separate these periods are 476, when ancient Rome fell, and 1453, when Constantinople (the new Rome) fell. This shows that there are 1000 years of medieval life between antiquity and the 450 years of modern times. Regardless of how we value the intellectual achievements of these three periods, it's important to recognize the significant differences in their durations. It has been 2500 years since philosophical thought started in Europe, and only 450 of those years are considered modern times. In other words, after Europeans became capable of reflective thought, two-fifths of their existence is tied to what we call ancient civilization, two-fifths to medieval times, and just one-fifth to modern civilization.
The Real Differences of the Three General Periods. The differences between these three periods of the reflective life of the European have been very real. They are not to be explained by merely political shiftings or economic changes; nor are they fully expressed as differences in literary or artistic productions. Their differences lie deeper, for they are differences of mental attitude. The history of philosophy is more profound, more difficult, and more human than any other history, because it is the record of human points of view. A good deal of sympathetic appreciation is demanded if the student takes on the attitude of mind of ancient and mediæval times. One cannot expect to be possessed of such appreciation until one has traversed the history of thought through its entire length.
The Real Differences of the Three General Periods. The differences between these three periods of reflective life in Europe are very real. They can’t just be explained by political changes or economic shifts; nor are they simply about differences in literary or artistic works. Their differences run deeper because they are differences in mindset. The history of philosophy is more profound, complex, and human than any other history because it records human perspectives. A good deal of empathy is needed if a student wants to adopt the mindset of ancient and medieval times. One cannot expect to have such understanding until they have explored the entire history of thought.
The history of philosophy is an organic development from an objective to a subjective view of life, with a traditional middle period in which subjective and objective mingle. Ancient thought is properly called objective, the mediæval traditional, the modern subjective. Can we briefly suggest what these abstract terms mean? By the objectivity of ancient thought is meant that the ancient, in making his reflections upon life, starts from the universe as a whole. From this outer point of view he tries to see the interconnections between things. Nature is reality; men and gods are a part of nature. Man’s mental processes even are a part of the totality of things. Even ethically man is not an independent individual, but the member of a state. When the ancient came to make distinctions between mind and matter, he did not think of man as the knower in antithesis to matter as the object known, but he thought of mind and matter as parts of one cosmos. The antithesis in ancient thought is rather between appearances and essence, between non-realities and realities with differing emphasis. The ancient attempts speculatively to reconstruct his world, but it is always from the point of view of the world.
The history of philosophy is a natural progression from an objective to a subjective perspective on life, with a traditional middle period where subjective and objective perspectives mix. Ancient thought is best described as objective, medieval thought as traditional, and modern thought as subjective. Can we briefly explain what these abstract terms mean? The objectivity of ancient thought refers to the fact that ancient thinkers, when reflecting on life, start with the universe as a whole. From this external viewpoint, they try to understand the connections between things. Nature is seen as reality, and humans and gods are part of nature. Even human thought is considered a part of the totality of existence. Ethically, humans are viewed not as independent individuals but as members of a community. When ancient thinkers made distinctions between mind and matter, they didn’t see people as the knowers in contrast to matter as the object being known; instead, they viewed mind and matter as parts of one cosmos. The contrast in ancient thought is more between appearances and essence, between illusions and realities, though with varying emphasis. The ancient thinker attempts to reconstruct his understanding of the world speculatively, but always from a perspective that centers on the world itself.
By the traditionalism of mediæval thought is meant that men are controlled in their thinking by a set of authoritative doctrines from the past. In the Middle Ages, as the mediæval period is called, the independent thinking of antiquity had ceased. Men reflected and reflected deeply, but they were constrained by a set of religious traditions. Authority was placed above them and censored their thinking. The objective Christian church and its authority took the place of the objective Greek cosmos. That church had certain infallible dogma, and thinking was allowed only in so far as it clarified dogma.
By the traditionalism of medieval thought, we mean that people are guided in their thinking by a collection of authoritative beliefs from the past. During the Middle Ages, which is what we call the medieval period, the independent thinking of ancient times had come to an end. People contemplated and analyzed deeply, but they were limited by established religious traditions. Authority stood above them and restricted their thoughts. The objective Christian church and its authority replaced the objective Greek cosmos. That church had specific infallible doctrines, and thinking was permitted only to the extent that it clarified those doctrines.
On the other hand, when we say that modern thought is subjective, we refer to an entire change in the centre of intellectual gravity. The starting-point is not the world, but the individual. The universe is set over against mind (dualism), or is the creation of mind (idealism). In any case the modern man looks upon the universe as his servant, the standard of truth to be found in himself and not in something external. The subject as knower is now placed in antithesis to the object as known, and the object is not independent of the human thinking process. Reality is man rather than the cosmos. The political state is justifiable so long as it enforces the rights of the individual; religious authority is the expression of the individual conscience; physical nature is a human interpretation.1
On the other hand, when we say that modern thought is subjective, we're talking about a complete shift in the center of intellectual focus. The starting point isn't the world, but the individual. The universe is either seen as separate from the mind (dualism) or as a creation of the mind (idealism). In any case, the modern individual views the universe as a servant, with truth being found within themselves rather than in anything external. The subject, or the knower, is now contrasted with the object, or what is known, and the object isn't independent of the human thinking process. Reality is defined by man rather than the cosmos. The political state is justified as long as it upholds individual rights; religious authority reflects individual conscience; physical nature is a human interpretation.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Plato, Dante, and Goethe are good representatives of these three different historical periods of the human mind. How can they be understood without a philosophical appreciation of the periods in which they lived?
Plato, Dante, and Goethe are great examples of three different historical periods of human thought. How can we understand them without a philosophical appreciation of the times in which they lived?
1. Ancient 625 B. C.–476 A.D. |
![]() |
Greek, 625–322 B. C. (to death of Aristotle). |
![]() |
Cosmological, 625–480 (to Persian Wars). |
Anthropological, 480–399 (to death of Socrates). | ||||
Systematic, 399–322 (to death of Aristotle). | ||||
Hellenic-Roman 322 B. C.–476 A. D. (from death of Aristotle to fall of old Rome). |
![]() |
Ethical, 322 B. C.–1 A. D. (to beginning of Christian era). | ||
Religious, 100 B. C.–476 A. D. | ||||
2. Mediæval 476–1453 |
![]() |
Early Mediæval, 476–1000 (from the fall of old Rome to the beginnings of modern Europe). | ||
Transitional Mediæval (1000–1200), (from beginnings of modern Europe to Crusades). | ||||
Classic Mediæval, 1200–1453 (from the Crusades to the fall of new Rome or Constantinople). | ||||
3. Modern 1453–modern times |
![]() |
Renaissance, 1453–1690 (to Locke’s Essay and the English Revolution). |
![]() |
Humanistic, 1453–1600. |
Natural Science, 1600–1690. | ||||
Enlightenment, 1690–1781 (from Locke’s Essay to Kant’s Critique). | ||||
German Idealism, 1781–1831 (from Kant’s Critique to the death of Hegel). | ||||
Evolution, 1820 to the present time. |
BOOK I
ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY
(625 B. C.–476 A. D.)
BOOK I
ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY
(625 B.C.–476 A.D.)
CHAPTER I
THE EARLY GREEKS IN ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY
The Divisions of Ancient Philosophy. The history of ancient philosophy falls naturally into two large divisions: pure Greek philosophy and Hellenic-Roman philosophy (or Greek philosophy in the Roman world). The date, 322 B. C., the death of Aristotle, which marks the line between these two periods, is one of the milestones of history. Alexander the Great had died in 323 B. C. The coincidence of the deaths of Aristotle and Alexander not only suggests their intimate relations as teacher and pupil during their lives, but it throws into contrast Greek civilization before and after them. Before Aristotle and Alexander culture was the product entirely of the pure Greek spirit; after them ancient culture was the complex product of many factors—of Greek and Roman civilizations, and many Oriental religions, including Christianity. Before Aristotle and Alexander, ancient culture was characterized by a love of knowledge for its own sake, by freedom from ulterior ends either of service or of use; after these great makers of history, culture became attenuated to work in the special sciences and enslaved to practical questions. Before Aristotle and Alexander, the Greek city-states had arisen to political power; after Aristotle and Alexander, Greece declined politically and was absorbed into the Roman empire.
The Divisions of Ancient Philosophy. The history of ancient philosophy naturally divides into two main parts: pure Greek philosophy and Hellenic-Roman philosophy (or Greek philosophy in the Roman world). The year 322 BCE, the death of Aristotle, marks the dividing line between these two periods and is one of the key milestones in history. Alexander the Great died in 323 BCE. The coincidence of the deaths of Aristotle and Alexander not only highlights their close relationship as teacher and student during their lives but also contrasts Greek civilization before and after them. Before Aristotle and Alexander, culture was purely a product of the Greek spirit; after them, ancient culture became a complex mix of various factors—Greek and Roman civilizations along with many Eastern religions, including Christianity. Before Aristotle and Alexander, ancient culture was defined by a love of knowledge for its own sake, free from ulterior motives of service or practical use; after these influential figures, culture shifted to focus on specialized sciences and became tied to practical concerns. Before Aristotle and Alexander, the Greek city-states emerged as political powers; after them, Greece declined politically and was absorbed into the Roman Empire.
The Literary Sources of Ancient Philosophy.2 The literary sources of ancient philosophy are three: (1) the primary sources, or original writings; (2) the secondary sources, or reports of the original writers obtained indirectly, or through other writers; (3) the interpretations of reliable modern historians of philosophy. The specialist in philosophy will, of course, go to the first two sources for his information. Other students will find many accurate modern histories of ancient philosophy. The student should have at hand the translations of the histories of Zeller, Windelband, Weber, Eucken, Ueberweg; those of the Englishmen, Burnet and Fairbanks; of the Americans, Rogers and Turner.
The Literary Sources of Ancient Philosophy.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The literary sources of ancient philosophy are three: (1) the primary sources, or original writings; (2) the secondary sources, or accounts of the original writers gathered indirectly, or through other authors; (3) the interpretations of reliable modern historians of philosophy. A philosophy specialist will naturally turn to the first two sources for information. Other students will find many accurate modern histories of ancient philosophy. The student should have access to the translations of the histories by Zeller, Windelband, Weber, Eucken, Ueberweg; as well as those by English authors Burnet and Fairbanks; and American authors Rogers and Turner.
“The writings of the early Greek philosophers of the pre-Socratic period exist now only in fragments. The complete works of Plato are still extant; so also are the most important works of Aristotle, and certain others which belong to the Stoic, Epicurean, Skeptic, and neo-Platonic schools. We possess the principal works of most of the philosophers of the Christian period in sufficient completeness.”3 The secondary sources include quotations and comments upon earlier philosophers found in the writings of Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, Skeptics, neo-Platonists, and the so-called doxographers. Doxography—the commentating upon and collating of the works of former times—developed enormously in Alexandria, Pergamos, and Rhodes just after Aristotle. The founder of this work was Theophrastus, who was a disciple of Aristotle and his successor in the Lyceum. Among the important doxographers were Plutarch, Stobæus, and Aetios.
The writings of the early Greek philosophers from the pre-Socratic era only survive in fragments now. We still have the complete works of Plato, as well as the most significant works of Aristotle, along with some others from the Stoic, Epicurean, Skeptic, and neo-Platonic schools. We possess the main works of most philosophers from the Christian period in enough completeness.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The secondary sources include quotes and comments on earlier philosophers found in the writings of Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, Skeptics, neo-Platonists, and the so-called doxographers. Doxography—the practice of commenting on and compiling the works of earlier times—grew significantly in Alexandria, Pergamos, and Rhodes soon after Aristotle. The originator of this work was Theophrastus, a disciple of Aristotle who succeeded him at the Lyceum. Notable doxographers included Plutarch, Stobæus, and Aetios.
The Environment of the Early Greek. The biologist seeks to explain a living creature by its previous environment and inherited instincts. So if we know the environment and inherited instincts of the early Greek, we shall be able to understand better firstly, why European philosophy began with the Greeks and not with some other people; and secondly, why Greek philosophy took certain lines that it did take.
The Environment of the Early Greek. Biologists try to explain a living being by looking at its past environment and inherited instincts. So if we understand the environment and inherited instincts of the early Greeks, we can better grasp, first, why European philosophy started with the Greeks and not with another group; and second, why Greek philosophy followed certain paths.
(1). His Geographical Environment. The Greece into which philosophy was born was much larger than the Greece of to-day. Ancient Greece consisted of all the coasts and islands which were washed by the Mediterranean Sea from Asia Minor to Sicily and southern Italy, and from Cyrene to Thrace. The motherland, the peninsula of Greece, at first played an insignificant rôle. The leadership was in the hands of the Ionians, who had colonized the coasts of Asia Minor. In the seventh century B. C., when the first Greek philosophy appears, these Ionians commanded the world’s commerce among the three continents. Over the coasts of the entire Mediterranean they had extended their trade and established their colonies. Miletus became the wealthiest of these colonies and the cradle of Greek science. Its wealth afforded leisure to its people and therefore the opportunity for reflection.
(1). His Geographical Environment. The Greece where philosophy originated was much larger than the Greece we know today. Ancient Greece included all the coasts and islands along the Mediterranean Sea from Asia Minor to Sicily and southern Italy, and from Cyrene to Thrace. The main area, the Greek peninsula, initially played a minor role. The Ionians, who had settled along the coasts of Asia Minor, held the leadership. By the seventh century B. C., when the first Greek philosophy emerged, these Ionians dominated world trade among the three continents. They expanded their commerce throughout the entire Mediterranean, establishing colonies along the way. Miletus became the richest of these colonies and the birthplace of Greek science. Its wealth provided its inhabitants with leisure time, allowing for deep thought and reflection.
(2). His Political Environment. An understanding of the Greek political world, in which its first philosophy appeared, requires an historical explanation of its rise. It takes us back four centuries to the age of the Epic (1000–750 B. C.). During more than two centuries of the age of the Epic two changes occurred which were to influence future Greek civilization: (1) The oligarchy which had supplanted the ancient patriarchal monarchy became firmly established; and (2) the Epic was formed. The importance of the Epic of Homer lies not so much in the fact that a great poem was constructed, as that it was the formulation of the Greek religion, the Greek æsthetic polytheism. Its writing indicates that the earlier unorganized, primitive, and savage forms of religion had given way, among the ruling classes at least, to an æsthetic polytheism, which in a general way was fixed by the Epic itself.
(2). His Political Environment. To understand the Greek political landscape where its first philosophy emerged, we need to look back at its historical development. This takes us back four centuries to the age of the Epic (1000–750 B. C.). During the more than two centuries of the Epic era, two significant changes happened that would shape future Greek civilization: (1) The oligarchy that replaced the ancient patriarchal monarchy became firmly established; and (2) the Epic was created. The significance of Homer's Epic lies not just in the fact that a great poem was written, but that it represented the formulation of Greek religion, the Greek aesthetic polytheism. Its creation shows that the earlier disorganized, primitive, and savage forms of religion had transitioned, at least among the ruling classes, to an aesthetic polytheism largely defined by the Epic itself.
The period of more than a century, from 750 to 625 B. C., lying between the age of the Epic and Greek philosophy, may be called an age of political disturbances. The oligarchy had become oppressive to the rich and poor alike. There had grown up in Greece, especially in the colonies, a class of citizens who had become wealthy through commerce. The result of the misgovernment by the oligarchy was that (1) migrations took place, and (2) many revolutions occurred. This was particularly true of the colonies where the proletariat was powerful and the cities were full of adventurers. Plutocracy was at war with aristocracy, and this was the opportunity for bold men. These political troubles took form from 650 B. C. on, and the history of the Greek cities consists of the endeavor to establish popular government. About the time of the first Greek philosophers there arose here and there from the ruins of these civil struggles the so-called tyrants, of whom Thrasybulus at Miletus, Pittacus at Lesbos, Periander at Corinth, and Pisistratus at Athens are examples. The courts of these tyrants became centres of intellectual life. They patronized poets, writers, and artists. The universalism of the Epic had vanished, and in its place came the individualism of the lyric and the satire. In many places the aristocrat went into gloomy retirement, and often cultivated poetry, science, and philosophy.
The period of over a hundred years from 750 to 625 B.C., between the era of the Epic and Greek philosophy, can be described as a time of political unrest. The oligarchy became oppressive to both the rich and poor. In Greece, especially in the colonies, a class of citizens had emerged who made their fortunes through commerce. The oligarchy's poor governance led to (1) migrations and (2) numerous revolutions. This was particularly evident in the colonies, where the working class was strong and the cities attracted adventurers. Plutocracy clashed with aristocracy, creating opportunities for ambitious individuals. These political issues developed from 650 BCE onward, and the history of the Greek cities revolves around the struggle to establish popular government. Around the time of the first Greek philosophers, tyrants arose from the aftermath of these civil conflicts, with figures like Thrasybulus at Miletus, Pittacus at Lesbos, Periander at Corinth, and Pisistratus at Athens as notable examples. The courts of these tyrants became hubs of intellectual activity. They supported poets, writers, and artists. The broad themes of the Epic faded away, giving way to the individualism of lyric poetry and satire. In many places, aristocrats retreated into solitude, often engaging in poetry, science, and philosophy.
The Native Tendencies of the Early Greek. Why were the Greeks the first philosophers of Europe? Their geographical surroundings of sea and land had something to do with it. The passionate party strife between the old, ruling families of nobles and the newly rich trading-class, which took place during the seventh century B. C., no doubt cultivated an early independence of opinion and strength of personality. But, after all, genius was in the blood of the race, and who can say that the true cause was not in the mixing of the blood of the virile Aryan invaders with that of the aboriginal inhabitants? Whatever may be the answer to that question, the Greek race in the seventh century B. C. had an extraordinary curiosity about the world of nature. It loved the concrete fact as no other race of the time loved it, and it loved to give a clear and articulate expression to the concrete fact that it saw. It had an artistic nature that was hostile to all confusion. Let us point out three ways in which the Greek was even in this early time organizing his experiences, reflecting upon the workings of social and nature forces, and thus preparing the way for consideration of the more ultimate questions of philosophy.
The Native Tendencies of the Early Greek. Why were the Greeks the first philosophers of Europe? Their geographical surroundings of sea and land played a role in this. The intense political conflict between the old noble families and the newly wealthy trading class during the seventh century B.C. likely fostered an early sense of independence and strong personalities. But ultimately, genius ran in the blood of the race, and who can say that the real reason wasn't the mixing of the blood of the strong Aryan invaders with that of the indigenous people? No matter the answer to that question, the Greek race in the seventh century B. C. exhibited an exceptional curiosity about the natural world. They cherished concrete facts like no other race of the time and sought to express clearly and articulately the concrete realities they observed. They had an artistic nature that resisted all confusion. Let’s highlight three ways in which the Greeks, even in these early times, were organizing their experiences, reflecting on the forces of society and nature, and thereby laying the groundwork for contemplating deeper philosophical questions.
(1) This can be seen first in the development of his religion. The first step in the organization of his religion we have already seen, for the Homeric epic was the expression of a well-defined, poetic, and æsthetic polytheism developed out of a primitive savage naturalism. The Greek’s sense of measure was shown in the way both gods and men were placed as a part of the world of nature. He could accomplish this the more freely because he had no hierarchy of priests and no dogma of belief to cramp his imagination. The Greek priests did not penetrate into the private life nor teach religion. “They were not theologians but sacristans and liturgical functionaries.” In the fifty years before philosophy appeared, this tendency toward scientific religious organizing showed the beginning of another advance. Monistic belief, of which signs may be found even in the earlier Greek writings, came to the surface. This monism4 was expressed or implied by the Gnomic poets, “wise poets,” so called, because they made sententious utterances upon the principles of morality.
(1) This is evident first in the evolution of his religion. We’ve already observed the initial step in organizing his religion, as the Homeric epic reflected a clear, poetic, and aesthetic polytheism that emerged from a basic, primitive naturalism. The Greek’s sense of balance was evident in how both gods and humans were integrated into the natural world. He could do this more freely since there was no established hierarchy of priests or rigid dogmas to limit his creativity. Greek priests didn’t intrude into personal lives or teach religion. “They were not theologians but caretakers and liturgical officers.” In the fifty years leading up to the emergence of philosophy, this inclination towards a more scientific approach to organizing religion indicated the start of another shift. Monistic beliefs, which can be found in earlier Greek writings, began to emerge. This monism __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__was expressed or suggested by the Gnomic poets, who were referred to as “wise poets” because they made pithy statements about moral principles.
(2) The early genius of the Greek is shown in his reflections upon physical events. The Greek had been accumulating for a long time many kinds of information, but, what is more important, he had been reflecting upon this information. The Ionian was a sea-faring man. He had had much practical experience and had made many true observations about the things he had seen. In his travels he had come in contact with the Orientals and the Egyptians, and although his scientific conceptions were probably in the main his own, his knowledge was undoubtedly increased by his travels. In the seventh century B. C., the Greeks had a respectable body of physical science. It was mostly inorganic science, however,—astronomy, geography, and meteorology. The early Greek knowledge of organic phenomena was very meagre, as, for example, medical and physiological knowledge. They also showed little genuine research in the field of mathematics, although they had picked up mathematical information here and there. Many of the first philosophers were scientists.
(2) The early brilliance of the Greeks is evident in their insights about physical events. They had been gathering various types of information for a long time, but more importantly, they had been contemplating this knowledge. The Ionian was a seafaring individual. He had a lot of hands-on experience and had made many accurate observations about what he encountered. During his journeys, he interacted with people from the East and the Egyptians, and while his scientific ideas were likely mostly his own, his knowledge was undoubtedly enriched by his travels. By the seventh century B. C., the Greeks had a solid foundation of physical science. However, it largely focused on inorganic science—like astronomy, geography, and meteorology. The early Greek understanding of living phenomena was quite limited, particularly in fields like medicine and physiology. They also showed little genuine investigation in mathematics, although they had acquired mathematical information here and there. Many of the early philosophers were also scientists.
(3) Not only did the Greek early bring a religious system out of the chaos of his naturalism, not only did he early throw his physical information into scientific form; but also early did he show an especial interest in human conduct. This can be seen first in Homer (800 B. C.), in a more developed form in Hesiod (700 B. C.), and with still deeper reflection in the Gnomic poets. Although the Iliad is a descriptive poem, it abounds in ethical observations. For example, Hector says, “The best omen is to fight for one’s country”; and Nestor in council says, “A wretch without the tie of kin, a lawless man without a home, is he who delights in civil strife.” The poem by Hesiod (Works and Days) is intended to teach morals. It is distinctly a didactic poem. Hesiod stands at the beginning of a long line of Greek ethical teachers. His moral observations are, however, incoherently expressed. They are not wide generalizations, but are only comments upon single experiences. The Gnomic poets appeared at the end of the seventh century B. C., as the moral reformers in the age of political disturbances. This period was called by the Greeks the age of the Seven Wise Men; for among the men who were then exhorting the age to come back to its senses, tradition early selected seven of the most notable.5 The spirit of Gnomic poetry was prominent in their reported sayings. They were fearful because of the common disregard of the conventions of the previous age, and because of the present excesses. Their watchword was “moderation,” and they were ever repeating “nothing too much.” By apothegm, riddle, epigram, and catchwords they tried to reform society. The names of all seven are not certain, and only four of them are known,—Thales, Solon, Pittacus, and Bias. Their ethical reflections are not concerned, as in Hesiod, with the home, the village, and the rules of convention, but with the individual’s general relation to society. Their knowledge of ethical matters is remarkable for their time. Some of their sayings are as follows:—
(3) The early Greeks not only created a religious system from the chaos of their natural beliefs but also began to organize their scientific knowledge. They showed a notable interest in human behavior early on. This is evident first in Homer (800 B.C.), then more developed in Hesiod (700 B.C.), and with even deeper insight in the Gnomic poets. Although the Iliad is mainly a descriptive poem, it is filled with ethical observations. For instance, Hector states, “The best omen is to fight for one’s country,” and Nestor in council remarks, “A wretch without the tie of kin, a lawless man without a home, is he who delights in civil strife.” Hesiod’s poem (Works and Days) aims to impart morals. It is distinctly a teaching poem. Hesiod stands at the beginning of a long line of Greek ethical teachers, though his moral insights are expressed inconsistently. They are not broad generalizations but rather comments on individual experiences. The Gnomic poets emerged at the end of the seventh century B.C. as moral reformers during a time of political turmoil. This time was referred to by the Greeks as the age of the Seven Wise Men. Among those calling for a return to sensibility, tradition early recognized seven of the most notable. The essence of Gnomic poetry was reflected in their sayings. They were concerned about the widespread disregard for the norms of the previous era and the current excesses. Their watchword was “moderation,” constantly repeating “nothing too much.” Through sayings, riddles, epigrams, and catchphrases, they sought to reform society. The names of all seven are not entirely certain, but four are known—Thales, Solon, Pittacus, and Bias. Their ethical reflections focus not on the home, village, and social conventions as in Hesiod, but on the individual's general relationship to society. Their understanding of ethical matters was remarkable for their time. Some of their sayings include:—
“No man is happy; all are full of trouble.” “Each thinks to do the right, yet no one knows what will be the result of his doings, and no one can escape his destiny.” “The people by their own injustice destroy the city, which the gods would have protected.” “As opposed to these evils the first necessity is law and order for the state, contentment and moderation for the individual.” “Not wealth, but moderation, is the highest good.” “Superfluity of possessions begets self-exaltation.”
“No one is truly happy; everyone is filled with troubles.” “Each person believes they're doing the right thing, yet no one can predict the outcome of their actions, and no one can escape their fate.” “The people, through their own injustice, ruin the city that the gods would have saved.” “In contrast to these troubles, the essential need is law and order for the community, along with contentment and moderation for the individual.” “It's not wealth, but moderation, that represents the greatest good.” “Having too much leads to arrogance.”
The Three Periods of Greek Philosophy, 625–322 B. C. These are
The Three Periods of Greek Philosophy, 625–322 B. C. These are
1. The Cosmological Period, 625–480 B. C.
1. The Cosmological Period, 625–480 B.C.
2. The Anthropological Period, 480–399 B. C.
2. The Anthropological Period, 480–399 B.C.
3. The Systematic Period, 399–322 B. C.
3. The Systematic Period, 399–322 B.C.
1. The Cosmological Period begins with the birth of Greek philosophical reflection (625 B. C.) and has a nominal ending with the Persian wars (480 B. C.). This does not mean that the interest of the Greeks in cosmology stopped in 480 B. C., but that it was no longer their prominent interest. Cosmology is the study of the reality of the physical universe (the cosmos). The particular cosmological question occupying the minds of the Greeks in this period may be stated thus: What, amid the changes of the physical world, is permanent? This will be seen to be a philosophical question and not the same as a question in natural science. The theatre of philosophical activity was the colonies and not the motherland. Two important aspects of this period must be considered besides the philosophical,—the political situation and the religious mysteries.
1. The Cosmological Period starts with the emergence of Greek philosophical thought (625 B. C.) and ends nominally with the Persian wars (480 B. C.). This doesn't mean that the Greeks lost interest in cosmology after 480 B. C., but rather that it was no longer their main focus. Cosmology is the study of the nature of the physical universe (the cosmos). The key question that fascinated the Greeks during this period can be framed as: What remains constant amid the changes in the physical world? This is a philosophical question, distinct from those in natural science. The center of philosophical activity was in the colonies rather than the homeland. Besides philosophical considerations, two significant aspects of this period must be taken into account: the political context and the religious mysteries.
2. The Anthropological Period begins in the motherland before the cosmological movement ended in the colonies. It starts with a great social impulse just after the victories of the Persian wars (480 B. C.) and ends with the death of Socrates (399 B. C.). Athens is the centre. This period includes the most productive intellectual epoch of Greece as a whole, although not its greatest philosophers. Socrates is the most striking personality in the period. The period is called anthropological, because its interest is in the study of man and not of the physical universe. The word anthropology means the study of man.
2. The Anthropological Period starts in the homeland before the cosmological movement wrapped up in the colonies. It kicks off with a strong social push right after the victories of the Persian wars (480 B. C.) and wraps up with the death of Socrates (399 B. C.). Athens is the center. This period features the most fruitful intellectual era of Greece as a whole, even though it doesn't include its greatest philosophers. Socrates is the most prominent figure of this time. It's called the anthropological period because the focus is on studying humanity rather than the physical universe. The term anthropology means the study of humans.
3. The Systematic Period begins with the death of Socrates (399 B. C.) and ends with the death of Aristotle (322 B. C.). Alexander the Great died 323 B. C. The period is called systematic because it contains the three great organizers or systematizers of Greek philosophy. These were Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle. The spread of Greek culture beyond its own limits through the conquests of Alexander is of great importance for the history of thought in the Hellenic-Roman Period, which follows this period.
3. The Systematic Period starts with the death of Socrates (399 B. C.) and ends with the death of Aristotle (322 B. C.). Alexander the Great died in 323 B. C. This period is called systematic because it includes the three major figures who organized or systematized Greek philosophy. These were Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle. The expansion of Greek culture beyond its own borders through Alexander's conquests is extremely significant for the history of thought in the following Hellenic-Roman Period.
CHAPTER II
THE COSMOLOGICAL PERIOD
(625–480 B.C.):
THE PHILOSOPHY OF NATURE
When we enter upon the one hundred and fifty years of philosophical beginnings of Greece, which are called the Cosmological Period, we find ourselves confronted with an extremely interesting social situation, which has been brought about partly by the political and geographical environment of the Greek, partly by his inherited genius. On the one hand, during this century and a half, the political troubles of the Greeks became increasingly aggravated by the growth of Persia on the east and of Carthage on the west. On the other hand, we find that the Greek religion took a sudden turn to mysticism, and by its side a slow but increasing interest in philosophical questions. All through this period Greek politics and Greek religion were a constant peril to Greek life. Greek philosophy proved to be its safety.
When we look at the one hundred and fifty years of Greece's philosophical beginnings, known as the Cosmological Period, we encounter a really fascinating social situation shaped partly by Greece's political and geographical context and partly by its unique talents. On one side, during this time, the Greeks faced increasing political problems due to the rise of Persia to the east and Carthage to the west. On the other, we see a sudden shift in Greek religion towards mysticism, along with a growing interest in philosophical questions. Throughout this period, Greek politics and religion posed a constant threat to Greek life, while Greek philosophy provided a means of safety.
The Peril in the Greek Political Situation: Persia and Carthage. It must be remembered that the Greek cities never united into a nation. They were always fighting among themselves. We have already pointed out the civil disturbances between the oligarchy and the democracy throughout the land. These internal troubles continued to the end of Greek history. In this period there was added to these internal troubles a critical external situation which threatened the existence of Greece itself. The sixth century was a momentous one for Greece. In both the east and the west there arose mighty empires that threatened to wipe out its civilization. “The expansion of the Persian power (on the one hand) had suspended a stone of Tantalus over Hellas, and it seemed likely that Greek civilization might be submerged in an Oriental monarchy.”6 Cyrus had laid the foundation of Persia by taking Media in 550 B. C., Lydia in 546 B. C., Babylonia in 538 B. C.; Egypt was added by Cambyses in 528 B. C.; and Darius organized the great Persian possessions in his long reign from 528 to 486 B. C. On the west, Carthage was threatening the Greek cities of Sicily, and at the close of this period was acting in conjunction with Persia to obtain possession of the Mediterranean.
The Danger in the Greek Political Situation: Persia and Carthage. It’s important to remember that the Greek city-states never came together as a single nation. They were constantly fighting among themselves. We’ve already noted the civil unrest between the oligarchs and democrats throughout the region. These internal conflicts persisted until the end of Greek history. During this time, there was also a significant external threat that jeopardized the very existence of Greece. The sixth century was a pivotal one for Greece. In both the east and the west, powerful empires emerged that threatened to erase its civilization. “The rise of Persian power (on one side) hung over Hellas like a sword of Damocles, and it seemed likely that Greek civilization might be overwhelmed by an Eastern monarchy. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cyrus established the foundation of Persia by conquering Media in 550 B. C., Lydia in 546 B. C., and Babylonia in 538 B. C.; Egypt was added by Cambyses in 528 B. C.; and Darius organized the vast Persian territories during his long reign from 528 to 486 B. C.. To the west, Carthage was threatening the Greek city-states of Sicily, and at the end of this period, it was collaborating with Persia to gain control of the Mediterranean.
The Peril in the New Religion: The Mysteries and Pythagoras. Already in the seventh century B. C. the political society of Greece felt that it was under the wrath of the gods because of some unatoned guilt. “The earth is full of ills, of ills the sea,” sang the poet. Religious depression became universal. Dissatisfied with the old polytheism, especially as expressed in the theogony of Hesiod, the Greek in the sixth century B. C. began to interpret it according to his present need. Among the masses there appeared the craving for immortality and for personal knowledge of the supernatural. The desire to solve the mystery of life by a short road became universal. Men looked to rites to purify them from the guilt of the world and for gaining personal contact with the world of shades. This new religion became pan-Hellenic. It is called the Mysteries or the Orgia. By Mysteries is not meant societies founded on some occult intellectual belief, as the name might suggest. The Mysteries were based on cult (ceremony), and not on dogma. The special ceremonies were those of initiation and purification. They were supposed to purify the participant and put him in a new frame of mind. The soul would then be protected from the malicious spirits to which it was constantly exposed. The ceremonies are reported to have been attended sometimes by more than thirty thousand people. They consisted of processions, songs, dances, and dramatic spectacles. The most important of the Mysteries were the Orphic and the Eleusinian.
The Peril in the New Religion: The Mysteries and Pythagoras. By the seventh century B. C., the political society of Greece felt that it was facing the anger of the gods due to some unresolved guilt. “The earth is full of ills, of ills the sea,” sang the poet. A sense of religious despair spread everywhere. Disappointed with the old polytheism, particularly as expressed in Hesiod's creation story, the Greeks in the sixth century B. C. began to reinterpret it to meet their current needs. Among the general public, there was a strong craving for immortality and personal experiences with the supernatural. The urge to uncover the mysteries of life through a quicker path became widespread. People turned to rituals to cleanse themselves of worldly guilt and to establish a personal connection with the spirit world. This new religion became a unifying force across Greece. It is referred to as the Mysteries or the Orgia. The term Mysteries does not imply groups founded on obscure intellectual beliefs, as it might seem. The Mysteries were based on rituals (ceremonies), not on doctrine. The specific ceremonies included initiation and purification rites. They were meant to cleanse the participant and place them in a different mindset. This way, the soul would be shielded from the harmful spirits it was always vulnerable to. Reports say that sometimes over thirty thousand people attended these ceremonies. They included processions, songs, dances, and dramatic performances. The most significant of the Mysteries were the Orphic and the Eleusinian.
The Mysteries were the basis of the society of Pythagoreans. Pythagoras of Samos was a remarkable man, who went to Italy and settled at Crotona. His sect is of double importance to us because in later times it developed a philosophy on its mathematical and astronomical sides. Pythagoras and his immediate following must be distinguished from the later Pythagoreans. Pythagoras and the early Pythagoreans were not philosophers, but a sect like the Orphic society of Mysteries, yet the sect of Pythagoreans embraced much more in its scope. It tried to control the public and private life of its members and to evolve a common method of education.7 Pythagoras was an exiled aristocrat, and his sect was an aristocratic religious body in reaction against the democratic excesses. The only doctrine upon which Pythagoras placed any emphasis was that of immortality in the form of metempsychosis (transmigration of the soul from one bodily form into another). The sect was dispersed as a religious body about 450 B. C. The scattered members formed a school of philosophy at Thebes until about 350 B. C. Of these later philosophical Pythagoreans and their number theory, we shall speak in the proper place.
The Mysteries formed the foundation of the Pythagorean society. Pythagoras of Samos was an extraordinary individual who traveled to Italy and settled in Crotona. His group is significant for us because it later developed a philosophy that focused on mathematics and astronomy. It's important to differentiate Pythagoras and his earliest followers from the later Pythagoreans. Pythagoras and the early members were not philosophers but rather a group similar to the Orphic society of Mysteries, although the Pythagorean group had a much broader focus. They aimed to influence both the public and private lives of their members and to create a unified educational approach. education.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pythagoras was an exiled aristocrat, and his group was an elite religious organization that reacted against the extremes of democracy. The only doctrine he emphasized was the idea of immortality through metempsychosis (the soul's transfer from one body to another). The group disbanded as a religious organization around 450 B. C. The dispersed members later established a philosophical school in Thebes, which lasted until about 350 B. C. We will discuss these later philosophical Pythagoreans and their number theory at the appropriate time.
At the time of the dispersion of the Pythagoreans there existed no longer any peril from the new religion. The craze of the new religion was passing away. During the sixth century B. C. it was a great peril to the future intellectual life of Greece. Had it then gained a little more power it would probably have been admitted by the priesthood to the temples. In the exercise of such enormous sacerdotal power, the priests would have enslaved the Greek mind to superstition, and the priesthood in turn would have become an easy tool for tyrants. There would then have been no Socrates, no Plato, and no Aristotle. The Mysteries were a reaction toward asceticism as a religious salvation from the political peril, but they were, however, equally as great a peril to Greece. The medium course along the line of a rational philosophy, which the Greek genius actually took, proved its salvation.
At the time the Pythagoreans were dispersed, there was no longer any threat from the new religion. The excitement surrounding it was fading. During the sixth century B.C., it posed a serious risk to the future of intellectual life in Greece. If it had gained a bit more influence at that time, it likely would have been embraced by the priesthood and brought into the temples. With such immense religious power, the priests could have bound the Greek mind to superstition, and the priesthood would have easily become a tool for tyrants. This could have meant the absence of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. The Mysteries were a response to political danger through asceticism as a form of spiritual salvation, but they also posed a significant threat to Greece. The balanced approach of rational philosophy that the Greek genius ultimately embraced saved it.
Characteristics of the Cosmologists. There are certain characteristics of this early philosophy that should be noted at the beginning.
Characteristics of the Cosmologists. There are certain traits of this early philosophy that should be highlighted at the start.
(1) All the Cosmologists were physical scientists, and with few exceptions their scientific views were noteworthy. Aristotle calls them physicists in distinction from their predecessors, whom he calls theologians.
(1) All the cosmologists were physical scientists, and except for a few, their scientific views were impressive. Aristotle refers to them as physicists to distinguish them from their predecessors, whom he calls theologians.
(2) They often worked together in schools. Tradition has been common since Bacon that philosophy centres in individuals; but history shows that frequently the Greeks worked in corporate bodies. These philosophical scientists worked in schools; just as the Homeridæ developed the epic; the Dædalidæ, a group of the earliest artists, the secret of art; the Mysteries, religion. Philosophy now is in the cloister, and the intellect of the time speaks from its retreat from public life. While the Milesian school was undisturbed, owing to the long peace that Miletus enjoyed, we shall find that most of the philosophers of the Cosmological period were in retirement on account of political persecution.
(2) They often collaborated in schools. Since Bacon, it has been common to see philosophy focused on individuals; however, history indicates that the Greeks often worked in groups. These philosophical thinkers operated within schools; just like the Homeridæ created epic poetry, the Dædalidæ, a group of the earliest artists, uncovered the art's secrets, and the Mysteries explored religion. Nowadays, philosophy is confined to secluded places, and the prevailing intellect communicates from a distance away from public life. While the Milesian school thrived in peace due to the long stability Miletus experienced, we find that many philosophers from the Cosmological period were in hiding due to political persecution.
We must remember that by “school” is not necessarily meant a group of pupils under the established instruction of a teacher. A school at this early period is a group of learned men at work on the same problems. Later on in history we shall find that one of the group more learned than the others stands in the position of teacher: for example, Plato in the Academy.
We should keep in mind that "school" doesn't always refer to a bunch of students being taught by a teacher. Back in those early days, a school was a group of knowledgeable people working on the same issues. As history progresses, we'll see that one member of the group, who is more knowledgeable than the rest, takes on the role of teacher; for instance, Plato in the Academy.
(3) All the Cosmologists were hylozoists. The etymological meaning of hylozoism is its true one—matter is alive. This is the fundamental characteristic of these pre-Socratics from Thales down to Anaxagoras, although some authorities contend that those from the time of Empedocles were not hylozoists. The meaning of hylozoism is simple enough, but the conception is a difficult one for the modern mind; for to-day we are accustomed to think of an impersonal nature under mechanical laws. To the Greek of the Cosmological period the substantial constitution of the universe is impersonal living matter; to us it is impersonal dead matter. Both these views are to be contrasted with the religious belief involved in Greek polytheism, in which the cosmos is conceived to be living personal spirits; this Homeric polytheism is again to be contrasted with the animism of the tribal period, in that it had organized into an æsthetic unity the early savage animism. These hylozoistic philosophers did not, however, give up the Homeric gods, but they treated their existence in a poetic way. They usually believed in their existence, but they always subordinated them to the one living world-ground.
(3) All the Cosmologists were hylozoists. The term hylozoism literally means that matter is alive. This is the key trait of these pre-Socratics from Thales to Anaxagoras, although some experts argue that those from Empedocles' time weren't hylozoists. The concept of hylozoism is straightforward, but it's a challenging idea for modern thinkers; today, we tend to view nature as an impersonal system governed by mechanical laws. To a Greek during the Cosmological period, the fundamental makeup of the universe was seen as impersonal living matter; for us, it looks like impersonal dead matter. Both perspectives stand in contrast to the religious view of Greek polytheism, which sees the cosmos as inhabited by living personal spirits. This Homeric polytheism differs from the animism of tribal societies, in that it formed an aesthetic unity from early, primal animism. However, these hylozoistic philosophers didn't abandon the Homeric gods; instead, they regarded their existence in a poetic context. They generally believed in them, but always placed them under the one living world-ground.
(4) In common with all ancient peoples these Greek philosophers did not believe that the universe had unlimited space. On the contrary, they believed that it was limited and in the shape of an egg.
(4) Like all ancient peoples, these Greek philosophers didn’t think that the universe had infinite space. Instead, they believed it was finite and shaped like an egg.
Table of Cosmologists. The Cosmologists are divided into two classes: (1) the earlier were monists—those who believe that the reality of the universe is a simple, undifferentiated unity; (2) the later were pluralists—those who believe that the reality of the universe consists of several elements equally real. They are enumerated as follows:—
Table of Cosmologists. The Cosmologists are divided into two groups: (1) the earlier ones were monists—those who believe that the reality of the universe is a single, undifferentiated whole; (2) the later ones were pluralists—those who believe that the reality of the universe is made up of several equally real elements. They are listed as follows:—
The Monists
The Monists
1. The Milesian school
Thales
Anaximander
Anaximenes
at Miletus.
The Milesian school at Miletus.
2. Xenophanes at Colophon and Elea.
2. Xenophanes in Colophon and Elea.
3. The Eleatic school
Parmenides
Zeno
at Elea.
3. The Eleatic school
Parmenides
Zeno
in Elea.
4. Heracleitus at Ephesus.
Heraclitus in Ephesus.
The Pluralists
The Pluralists
5. Empedocles at Agrigentum.
Empedocles in Agrigentum.
6. Anaxagoras at Clazomenæ.
Anaxagoras in Clazomenae.
7. The later Pythagoreans mainly at Thebes.
7. The later Pythagoreans primarily at Thebes.
8. Leucippus at Abdera.
Leucippus in Abdera.
How the Philosophical Question Arose. The interests of these philosophical scientists sharply differentiate them from the preceding theogonists, like Hesiod and Epimenides, as well as from the masses who were absorbed in the religion of the Mysteries. They were, moreover, the men of Greece to whom the emotional excitement of a religious revival would not appeal as a refuge from the troubles of the time. Their own experience in the political troubles had made paramount the question as to the permanence of things. Nevertheless, its answer must be found in nature and in an intellectual way. When they turned to the traditional theogonies they found no answer to their question, for there was only a mythical chronicle of a succession of gods beginning with the unknown. The question of the Cosmologists was not, therefore, what was the original form of this changing world, but what is fundamental in the world always. The time factor is no longer important. Not the temporal prius but the real prius is what they seek. The idea of a temporal origin of things gives place to that of eternal being, and the question finally emerges, What is the real substance that constitutes the universe?
How the Philosophical Question Came About. The interests of these philosophical thinkers clearly set them apart from earlier theogonists like Hesiod and Epimenides, as well as from the general public who were caught up in the Mysteries religion. These individuals were from Greece and weren't swayed by the emotional excitement of a religious revival as an escape from the era's troubles. Their experiences with political strife had made the question of what lasts most important. However, they believed the answer must be found in nature and through intellectual means. When they looked to the traditional theogonies, they found no answers; all they found was a mythical account of a succession of gods starting from the unknown. So, the Cosmologists' question wasn’t about what was the original state of this ever-changing world, but rather what is fundamental in the world always. The element of time became irrelevant. They sought not the temporal prius but the real prius. The idea of a temporal origin for things shifted to that of eternal existence, leading to the question, What is the real substance that makes up the universe?

MAP SHOWING WHERE THE COSMOLOGISTS LIVED
MAP SHOWING WHERE THE COSMOLOGISTS LIVED
(None of the Cosmologists, except the later Pythagoreans, lived in the motherland of Greece. Philosophical activity during this period took place in the colonies. The map shows the cities which were the centres of philosophy and the homes of the philosophers as indicated.)
(None of the Cosmologists, except the later Pythagoreans, lived in Greece itself. Philosophical activity during this time occurred in the colonies. The map shows the cities that were the centers of philosophy and the homes of the philosophers as indicated.)
The Greek Monistic Philosophies. Turning back to our classification on page 20, we see that the earliest Greek philosophers emphasized the monistic tendency, which had become so prominent in Greek religion. This group of monists was composed of the Milesians, Xenophanes, the Eleatic School, and Heracleitus. The course of reasoning of these early thinkers is naïvely simple, and like all naïve thought, it contains such contradictions that the modern reader is likely to become impatient with it. The value of the study of the philosophy of these early Greeks is entirely historical. Its historical value, however, is very great, for it is a revelation of the culture of the Greece of that time, it throws light on many of the teachings of Plato and Aristotle, and most of all it contains the germs of modern metaphysical problems. These first Greek philosophers raised the question, What is the constitution of the substance of the universe? Their answers are naïve solutions to the historical metaphysical “riddle.”
The Greek Monistic Philosophies. Looking back at our classification on page 20, we see that the earliest Greek philosophers focused on the monistic idea, which was very influential in Greek religion. This group of monists included the Milesians, Xenophanes, the Eleatic School, and Heracleitus. The reasoning of these early thinkers is straightforward, and like all straightforward ideas, it contains contradictions that may frustrate modern readers. The study of these early Greek philosophies is primarily of historical importance. Its historical significance is considerable, as it reveals the culture of Greece during that time, sheds light on many teachings of Plato and Aristotle, and most importantly, it holds the seeds of modern metaphysical questions. These first Greek philosophers posed the question, What is the fundamental nature of the substance of the universe? Their answers are simple approaches to the historical metaphysical “riddle.”
The Milesians, who form the earliest philosophical school in European history, seem to have assumed two facts as self-evident about the substance of the universe: (1) There is a single cosmic substance identical with itself, which is the basis of all the changes in nature; (2) Moving matter is the same as life. The Milesians were quite unconscious that these two assumptions were contradictory, but the contradiction impressed their successors—Xenophanes, Heracleitus, and the Eleatics; and divided them in their development of philosophy. Matter which keeps identical with itself is the Unchanging8 and is brought into opposition with Life, the Changing, or matter which moves. The question for Xenophanes, Heracleitus, and the Eleatics—and indeed for all future philosophy—was: How can the changing processes of life be explained by an unchanging substance?
The Milesians, the earliest philosophical school in European history, seemed to hold two self-evident beliefs about the universe's substance: (1) There is one cosmic substance that is always the same, which serves as the foundation for all changes in nature; (2) Moving matter is equivalent to life. The Milesians were unaware that these two beliefs were contradictory, but the contradiction caught the attention of their successors—Xenophanes, Heracleitus, and the Eleatics—and caused a divide in their approach to philosophy. Matter that remains identical with itself is the Unchanging __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and stands in opposition to Life, the Changing, or matter that moves. The challenge for Xenophanes, Heracleitus, and the Eleatics—and indeed for all future philosophy—was: How can the changing processes of life be explained by an unchanging substance?
Xenophanes, who was more of a religious reformer than a philosopher, was so absorbed in the first of these assumptions that he developed it for his purpose in his practical social reformation to the entire neglect of the second assumption. The Eleatics, however, to whose city Xenophanes had come, could not leave his doctrine in its one-sided and undeveloped form. They accepted his teaching of the divine Unchangingness of the universe, but this compelled these profounder thinkers to offer some explanation of the natural processes of change. Change to them cannot really exist. Heracleitus, on the other hand, was impressed with the aspect of life that is expressed in the second assumption of the Milesians—living matter is moving matter. He therefore maintained in direct opposition to the Eleatics, that the changing, living processes of nature alone are real. The two contradictory assumptions that lay so mutually indifferent in the Milesian doctrine thus became the basis of a sharp metaphysical controversy between Heracleitus and the Eleatics. The substance of the world is permanent, change is an illusion, said the Eleatics. The substance of the world changes, permanence is an illusion, said Heracleitus. Either all things are permanent or all things change. These early philosophers had no wealth of empirical knowledge nor of psychological reflection upon which to draw, and it is not strange that they should take extreme positions and be blind to their practical consequences.
Xenophanes, who was more of a religious reformer than a philosopher, was so focused on the first of these ideas that he developed it for his goal of social reform, completely ignoring the second idea. However, the Eleatics, in whose city Xenophanes arrived, couldn't leave his doctrine in its narrow and underdeveloped state. They accepted his teaching of the divine Unchangingness of the universe, but this drove these deeper thinkers to find some explanation for the natural processes of change. To them, change can't really exist. Heraclitus, on the other hand, was struck by the idea that living matter is moving matter, as expressed in the second assumption of the Milesians. He thus argued against the Eleatics that the changing and living processes of nature are the only things that are real. The two conflicting ideas that were indifferent in the Milesian doctrine became the foundation of a heated metaphysical debate between Heraclitus and the Eleatics. The Eleatics said the essence of the world is permanent, and change is an illusion. Heraclitus said the essence of the world changes, and permanence is an illusion. Either everything is permanent, or everything changes. These early philosophers lacked extensive empirical knowledge or psychological insight to draw upon, and it's not surprising that they took extreme positions and overlooked their practical consequences.
1. The Milesian School. Of all the Greek cities in the sixth century B. C. Miletus was the wealthiest and most prosperous. It was one of the Ionian colonies and was situated on the coast of Asia Minor, and it alone was able to preserve its autonomy as neighbor of the warring eastern empires. Not until the battle of Lade was it captured and destroyed (494 B. C.). From two generations of philosophers history has preserved three names,—Thales, Anaximander, and Anaximenes. The school is called indifferently the Milesian or the Ionic school. The proximity of Miletus to Ephesus, Colophon, and Clazomenæ (as a glance at the map will show) explains the influence of the Milesian school upon the doctrines of Heracleitus, Xenophanes, and Anaxagoras. Undoubtedly the contact of the Milesians with the Orient and Egypt had brought to them knowledge and correct scientific observations of many sorts, especially astronomical.
1. The Milesian School. Among all the Greek cities in the sixth century BCE, Miletus was the wealthiest and most prosperous. It was one of the Ionian colonies located on the coast of Asia Minor, and it managed to maintain its independence despite being next to the warring eastern empires. It wasn't until the battle of Lade that it was captured and destroyed (494 BCE). From two generations of philosophers, history has preserved three names: Thales, Anaximander, and Anaximenes. The school is commonly referred to as either the Milesian or the Ionic school. The closeness of Miletus to Ephesus, Colophon, and Clazomenæ (as a glance at the map will show) explains the influence of the Milesian school on the ideas of Heracleitus, Xenophanes, and Anaxagoras. Undoubtedly, the Milesians' connections with the Orient and Egypt brought them valuable knowledge and accurate scientific observations across various fields, especially astronomy.
Thales (b. 640 B. C.) was a member of one of the leading families of Miletus, and lived during the flourishing period of the city under the tyranny of Thrasybulus. He is counted among the seven Wise Men, and belonged to the rich commercial class. He probably engaged in commerce and traveled in Egypt. He was versed in the current learning, predicted an eclipse, and was acute in mathematics and physics. Probably he never committed anything to writing. Aristotle’s comments are the only data about him.
Thales (b. 640 BCE) was part of one of the prominent families in Miletus and lived during the city’s prosperous time under the rule of Thrasybulus. He is known as one of the seven Wise Men and came from a wealthy merchant background. He likely participated in trade and traveled to Egypt. He was knowledgeable about the contemporary ideas of his time, predicted an eclipse, and was skilled in mathematics and physics. It’s likely he never wrote anything down. Aristotle’s remarks are the only information we have about him.
Anaximander (611–545 B. C.?) was an astronomer and geographer; he made an astronomical globe, a sundial, and a geographical map. He was an intimate disciple of Thales and wrote Concerning Nature, which is referred to as the first Greek philosophical treatise. Nothing is known of his life.
Anaximander (611–545 B.C.?) was an astronomer and geographer; he created an astronomical globe, a sundial, and a geographical map. He was a close student of Thales and wrote *Concerning Nature*, which is considered the first Greek philosophical treatise. There's no information about his life.
Anaximenes (560–500 B. C.?) was the disciple of Anaximander. One sentence is preserved of his writings.9
Anaximenes (560–500 B.C.?) was a student of Anaximander. One sentence of his writings has been preserved.9
The Milesian Philosophy. The Milesians lived upon the seacoast, and the changes of the sea and air must have deeply impressed them. They had an intellectual curiosity to find the cosmic matter which remained identical with itself and at the same time moved. (See p. 22.) They were not, therefore, interested to discover the chemical composition of matter, but to find what matter was most moving and therefore most alive. Thales said that it was water; Anaximenes, air; and Anaximander, the Apeiron, or the Unlimited. Their respective choices were determined by what seemed to possess the most mobility and the greatest inner vitality. Thales thought water possessed this quality. Water is always moving. Thales saw it moving. It therefore has life in itself. Anaximander felt that no object in our perceptual experience would fully explain the ceaseless mobility of nature, and he called it the Unlimited or the Indeterminate—the Apeiron. It is a mixture in which all qualities are lost. The changes in nature are endless, and therefore the single cosmic substance, from which they come, must be endless as well, for “from whatever source things come, in that they have their end.” We learn that this is just the reason for Anaximenes choosing the air for the single underlying cosmic substance. The air is the most changeable thing and is Unlimited.9
The Milesian Philosophy. The Milesians lived along the coast, and the changes in the sea and air must have had a profound impact on them. They were intellectually curious about finding the cosmic matter that remained the same while also being in constant motion. (See p. 22.) They weren’t focused on discovering the chemical makeup of matter; instead, they aimed to figure out which type of matter was the most dynamic and, therefore, the most alive. Thales believed it was water; Anaximenes thought it was air; and Anaximander referred to it as the Apeiron, or the Unlimited. Their choices were based on what appeared to have the most movement and the greatest inner vitality. Thales believed that water held this quality. Water is always in motion. Thales observed it moving, so he concluded it has life within it. Anaximander felt that no object in our sensory experience could fully explain the endless motion of nature, so he named it the Unlimited or the Indeterminate—the Apeiron. It’s a blend where all qualities are lost. The changes in nature are infinite, and therefore the single cosmic substance from which they arise must also be infinite, for “from whatever source things come, in that they have their end.” This is also why Anaximenes chose air as the single underlying cosmic substance. Air is the most variable thing and is Unlimited. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Both Thales and Anaximenes still held to the traditional polytheism of the Greek Epic. Anaximander rises above them in this respect. This conception of the Unlimited, to which his scientific search led him, is regarded by him as Deity. He calls it “the divine” (τὸ θεῖον); although he speaks of it in the neuter gender it is, nevertheless, the first European philosophical conception of God. It is the first attempt to conceive of God as purely physical and yet without any mythical dress. In Anaximander the Milesian monism has a religious aspect.
Both Thales and Anaximenes still adhered to the traditional polytheism of the Greek Epic. Anaximander rises above them in this regard. His exploration of the concept of the Unlimited, which his scientific inquiries led him to, is seen by him as Deity. He refers to it as “the divine” (the divine); although he describes it in the neuter form, it is, nonetheless, the first European philosophical conception of God. It is the inaugural attempt to envision God as purely physical yet devoid of any mythical embellishments. In Anaximander, Milesian monism takes on a religious dimension.
2. Xenophanes, the Religious Philosopher (570 B. C.). The scientific monism of Anaximander was after all only expressive of that religious dissatisfaction, first voiced by the Wise Men, against the Hesiod cosmogony and the immorality of the Homeric myths. Now for the first time a positive conflict between religion and philosophy arose through Xenophanes, the rhapsodist of Colophon. Colophon, an Ionian city near Miletus, was noted for its obscene and cruel religious practices, and when his native city capitulated to the Persians, Xenophanes charged its feebleness to its immoral religion. He went to Magna Græcia, and, disguised as a musician, he wandered about for sixty-seven years through its length and breadth declaiming in song against the anthropomorphism, the mystic ecstasies, and the general social practices of the Greeks. He finally settled in Elea, southern Italy (see map), and on this account he is sometimes called the founder of the Eleatic school.
2. Xenophanes, the Religious Philosopher (570 B. C.). The scientific monism of Anaximander really just reflected the religious discontent first expressed by the Wise Men, who were critical of Hesiod's creation story and the immorality found in Homeric myths. For the first time, a direct conflict between religion and philosophy emerged thanks to Xenophanes, the poet from Colophon. Colophon, an Ionian city close to Miletus, was known for its shocking and brutal religious practices, and when his hometown surrendered to the Persians, Xenophanes blamed its weakness on its immoral beliefs. He moved to Magna Græcia and, pretending to be a musician, he spent sixty-seven years traveling around, singing against the anthropomorphism, mystical experiences, and general social customs of the Greeks. He eventually settled in Elea, southern Italy (see map), which is why he is sometimes referred to as the founder of the Eleatic school.
Xenophanes’ influence upon the thought of Greece was threefold: (1) He preached the Milesian philosophical monism to the people of Greece in the form of a religious monism; (2) He carried this doctrine from eastern Greece (Asia Minor) to Western Greece (Magna Græcia); (3) He was the connecting link between the Milesian and the following Eleatic school.
Xenophanes’ impact on Greek thought was threefold: (1) He taught the Milesian philosophical idea of monism to the people of Greece by presenting it as a religious concept; (2) He brought this teaching from eastern Greece (Asia Minor) to Western Greece (Magna Græcia); (3) He served as a bridge between the Milesian thinkers and the later Eleatic school.
The Philosophy of Xenophanes. Based on one of the Milesian assumptions, viz., a single cosmic substance remains identical with itself in nature, Xenophanes felt that he had a right to set down two principles about nature.
The Philosophy of Xenophanes. Based on one of the Milesian ideas, namely, that a single cosmic substance stays consistent in its nature, Xenophanes believed he was justified in stating two principles about nature.
1. The single primordial substance below the changes of nature is God. The reality below nature which Thales conceived to be water, Anaximander to be unlimited substance without a name, Anaximenes to be air, was said by Xenophanes to be God. The important point here is that Xenophanes has not given the Greeks a spiritualistic conception of God; but that he has positively stated that the substance of the universe is an object of religious devotion. He calls the cosmic substance God instead of calling it water, Apeiron, or air. It is a material thing, and yet it is an object of reverence. He ascribes to this God a spherical form, and yet also mental power of omniscience. God is “one and all” ἓν καὶ πᾶν, and yet he is “one god, the greatest among gods and men, neither in form and thought like unto mortals.” The positive conception of God hangs confused in the mind of Xenophanes. He is scarcely a monotheist, nor yet a pantheist. He is a hylozoist, who conceives the underlying cosmic substance to be an object of religious reverence.
1. The single fundamental substance beneath the changes of nature is God. The reality beneath nature that Thales saw as water, Anaximander as an unnamed unlimited substance, and Anaximenes as air, was referred to by Xenophanes as God. The key point here is that Xenophanes did not present the Greeks with a spiritualistic concept of God; instead, he asserted that the substance of the universe is worthy of religious devotion. He names the cosmic substance God rather than calling it water, Apeiron, or air. It is a physical thing, yet it is an object of worship. He attributes to this God a spherical form, as well as the mental power of all-knowingness. God is “one and all” One and all, and yet he is “one god, the greatest among gods and men, not resembling mortals in form or thought.” The clear concept of God remains unclear in Xenophanes’ mind. He is neither fully a monotheist nor a pantheist. He is a hylozoist, who views the underlying cosmic substance as an object of religious reverence.
2. The single cosmic substance below the changes of nature is unchangeable. To the Milesians the more moving is matter, the more alive is it. Life and activity are the same thing. To Xenophanes this is not the case, but, on the contrary, the opposite is true. He conceives God to be a definite sphere that is unchangeable and homogeneous. The material substance, God, always remains the same. “He has no need of going about, now hither, now thither, in order to carry out his wishes; but he governs all men without toil.” Xenophanes thus becomes the forerunner of the Eleatic school.
2. The single cosmic substance beneath the changes in nature is unchangeable. For the Milesians, the more dynamic matter is, the more alive it is. Life and activity are one and the same. However, to Xenophanes, this isn't true; in fact, the opposite is the case. He views God as a definite sphere that is unchangeable and homogeneous. The material substance, God, always stays the same. “He doesn’t need to move around in order to fulfill his desires; rather, he governs all people effortlessly.” In this way, Xenophanes becomes a precursor to the Eleatic school.
3. Heracleitus, “the Misanthropist” and “the Obscure” (about 563–470 B. C.). Heracleitus was a native of Ephesus, belonged to the aristocracy, and suffered at the hands of the democracy. He wrote a treatise that was difficult to understand even by the ancients, some fragments of which are preserved. He was called the “weeping philosopher” because of his misanthropy, and also the “dark philosopher” because of the obscurity of his writings. He was a theorist rather than a physicist, and his doctrines foreshadow our modern physical theories. His name is coupled with that of Parmenides in the deep impression he made upon Greek thought. From his complacent and gloomy retirement he looked forth upon the world around him with profound contempt, as did the Stoics after him.
3. Heracleitus, “the Misanthropist” and “the Obscure” (about 563–470 B. C.). Heracleitus was from Ephesus, part of the aristocracy, and faced struggles under the democracy. He wrote a complex treatise that was hard to grasp even for people in ancient times, with some fragments still remaining. He was known as the “weeping philosopher” due to his dislike for humanity, and also the “dark philosopher” because his writings were difficult to understand. He was more of a theorist than a scientist, and his ideas anticipated modern physical theories. His name is often mentioned alongside Parmenides for the strong impact he had on Greek philosophy. From his self-satisfied and somber isolation, he viewed the world around him with deep disdain, similar to the Stoics who followed him.
a. Heracleitus’ Doctrine of Absolute and Universal Change. The wonder which the Ionians felt, that nature phenomena change into one another, found its liveliest expression in Heracleitus. He not only found that mutability was the primal aspect of nature phenomena, but he also pointed out that human experiences also had their rapid and complete transitions. Especially was he fond of citing the changes of opposites into each other. But what shows his development over the early Milesian doctrine was his isolation of the aspect of change from the Milesian conception of the cosmic matter, thereby affirming that abiding permanence is an illusion. It is one thing to affirm that reality is essentially change; it is another to universalize change by affirming that the permanent has no existence. The Milesian doctrine was too naïve to go as far as that. Heracleitus piles up figures of speech to show that there is no permanence whatever. All existing things are only “becoming”-things, passing-away things. Being is always becoming, about-to-be. The only unchanging thing is change. “You cannot step into the same rivers, for fresh waters are ever flowing in upon you.” “God is day and night, winter and summer, war and peace, satiety and hunger.” “All things flow” (πάντα ῥεῖ). What abides and deserves the name of Deity is not thing, but motion—Becoming.
a. Heracleitus’ Doctrine of Absolute and Universal Change. The amazement the Ionians felt at how natural phenomena transform into one another found its most vivid expression in Heracleitus. He not only recognized that change was the fundamental aspect of natural phenomena but also highlighted that human experiences undergo rapid and complete transformations. He especially enjoyed pointing out how opposites change into each other. However, what distinguishes his ideas from the early Milesian doctrine is his focus on the concept of change separate from the Milesian view of cosmic matter, thereby asserting that enduring permanence is an illusion. It’s one thing to claim that reality is fundamentally change; it’s another to generalize change by insisting that the permanent does not exist. The Milesian doctrine was too simplistic to make that leap. Heracleitus uses numerous metaphors to illustrate that there is no permanence at all. Everything that exists is merely “becoming”—things that are passing away. Being is always in a state of becoming, always on the verge of being. The only constant is change. “You cannot step into the same rivers, for fresh waters are constantly flowing in upon you.” “God is day and night, winter and summer, war and peace, satiety and hunger.” “All things flow” (Everything flows). What truly endures and deserves the title of Deity is not a thing, but motion—Becoming.
b. Fire is the Cosmic Substance. Here we come to a difficulty in explaining the doctrine of Heracleitus because of the confusion in his own mind. He evidently goes a long way toward conceiving the cosmic substance as an abstraction—as the process of change. But he could not be wholly abstract. He stops and tells us that the cosmic substance is fire, and he probably means by fire just the same sort of thing as Anaximenes meant by air. Fire is the cosmic substance. It is the essence of all material things because it is the most mobile. But, after all, the fire of which Heracleitus is thinking is not a localized thing, like the fire on the hearth. For the hearth fire in a sense is ever identical with itself. The fire which Heracleitus means is ever darting, ever transforming material. To sum up: Heracleitus does not mean by fire an abstraction like the law of change; he does not mean, on the other hand, a material ever remaining like itself: he does mean a material, but a transforming material.
b. Fire is the Cosmic Substance. Here we encounter a challenge in explaining Heracleitus's doctrine due to his own confusion. He clearly goes quite far in thinking of the cosmic substance as an abstraction—specifically as the process of change. However, he couldn't stay completely abstract. He pauses and tells us that the cosmic substance is fire, and he probably means something similar to what Anaximenes referred to as air. Fire is the cosmic substance. It is the essence of all material things because it is the most dynamic. Yet, the fire Heracleitus is considering isn't something fixed, like the fire in a fireplace. The hearth fire remains constant in a way. The fire Heracleitus has in mind is always flickering, always transforming material. To summarize: Heracleitus doesn't mean fire as an abstraction like the law of change; nor does he mean a material that always stays the same: he refers to a material that is constantly changing.
c. The Definite Changes of Fire. Heracleitus makes some acute observations about the characteristics of the changing fire. The Milesians had been content to observe atmospheric changes and to name condensation and rarefaction as the forms of cosmic change. Heracleitus goes farther and emphasizes definite relations of change. The succession of changes always remains the same. Their definite relation is the only permanence in the world, and Heracleitus’ conception foreshadows the modern conception of the uniformity of the law of nature. The changes are (1) fateful, (2) rational, and (3) just. They show that the world is a destiny, a reason, and a justice. This identification of ethical and logical qualities with the physical betrays the undeveloped condition of the thought of Heracleitus.
c. The Definite Changes of Fire. Heracleitus makes some insightful observations about the nature of changing fire. The Milesians were focused on observing atmospheric changes and referred to condensation and rarefaction as forms of cosmic change. Heracleitus takes it further and highlights specific relationships of change. The sequence of changes always remains consistent. Their specific relation is the only constant in the world, and Heracleitus' idea anticipates the modern concept of the uniformity of natural law. The changes are (1) fateful, (2) rational, and (3) just. They demonstrate that the world embodies destiny, reason, and justice. This connection of ethical and logical qualities with the physical reflects the early stage of Heracleitus' thinking.
In general, there are two characteristics to be noted with reference to Heracleitus’ conception of a definite succession of changes: (1) the changes are always a harmony of opposites; (2) and the changes are in a closed circuit. The process of change is not a flow in one direction like a river over its bed, but it is a movement in two opposite directions. By change Heracleitus means not only a passing into something else but a passing into the opposite. Everything is the union of opposites, and everything is the transition point of opposites about to separate. The flux of things is thus poetically conceived as a war of things, and this war is “the father of all things.” This unity of opposites has an equilibrium that illudes us into thinking it is permanent. The universe is an invisible harmony, divided into itself and again united. Investigate life and there are antitheses everywhere. War is life. The second general characteristic of the succession of changes is their closed circuit. Fire changes into all things, and all things are changing back into fire. These two movements are called the “Upward Way” and the “Downward Way.” Downward, fire changes through air and water into earth. Upward, earth changes back to water, air, and fire. With every change, there is counter-change, action is accompanied by a reaction. “Men do not know how that which is drawn in opposite directions harmonizes with itself. The harmonious structure of the world depends upon opposite tension, like that of the bow and the lyre.”
In general, there are two key points to note regarding Heracleitus' view of a definite series of changes: (1) the changes are always a harmony of opposites; (2) and the changes occur in a closed circuit. The process of change isn’t a one-way flow like a river over its banks, but rather a movement in two opposite directions. By change, Heracleitus means not just transforming into something else, but transforming into the opposite. Everything is a union of opposites, and everything is a point of transition for opposites that are about to separate. The flow of things is poetically seen as a struggle of things, and this struggle is "the father of all things." This unity of opposites has a balance that tricks us into thinking it's permanent. The universe is an invisible harmony, divided and then united again. If you look closely at life, you'll find contradictions everywhere. War is life. The second overall characteristic of the series of changes is their closed circuit. Fire transforms into all things, and all things are changing back into fire. These two movements are called the “Upward Way” and the “Downward Way.” Downward, fire changes through air and water into earth. Upward, earth changes back to water, air, and fire. With every change, there is a corresponding change; action is followed by a reaction. “People do not understand how that which is pulled in opposite directions harmonizes with itself. The harmonious structure of the world relies on opposite tension, like that of a bow and a lyre.”
d. The Practical Philosophy of Heracleitus. Heracleitus was more of a metaphysician than a physicist, and his chief concern was in the formation and the practical application of his theory of change. He looked upon man as a bit of cosmic fire struck off and imprisoned in a body of earth, water, and air. After death this fiery soul is released and absorbed in the cosmic fire. In his present state man has a divided existence: the life of the soul, or the fire of the reason; and the life of the senses of the imprisoning body. The reason retires from the illusions of sense, and sees in its aristocratic isolation how illusory the sensations are. For the senses tell us that their objects are permanent, while the reason sees through this deception to the changingness of the world. Thus the beginning is made by Heracleitus in distinguishing the reflections of the reason from sensations. Truth is for the first time systematically set over against opinion. The reasonable Wise Man resigns himself to whatever happens because he knows that it is fateful, wise, and just. The Wise Man recognizes that all is change, and he is happy because he sees providence in the vicissitudes of his own life. Thus in the aristocratic hate, which Heracleitus holds against democracies, he makes conformity to law the only way to happiness. The reason of Wise Men, and not the senses of the multitude, must be the true guide of society.
d. The Practical Philosophy of Heracleitus. Heracleitus was more of a philosopher than a scientist, and his main focus was on developing and applying his theory of change. He viewed humans as a spark of cosmic fire trapped in a body made of earth, water, and air. After death, this fiery soul is freed and returns to the cosmic fire. In his current state, a person experiences a divided existence: the life of the soul, or the rational fire; and the life of the senses tied to the physical body. Reason steps away from sensory illusions and, in its independent clarity, recognizes how deceptive sensations can be. The senses suggest that their objects are constant, while reason reveals the ever-changing nature of the world. This marks the beginning of Heracleitus's distinction between rational insight and sensory experience. For the first time, truth is systematically set against mere opinion. The rational Wise Man accepts whatever happens because he understands it to be fateful, wise, and just. The Wise Man acknowledges that everything is in a state of flux, and he finds happiness because he sees divine order in the ups and downs of his own life. In his disdain for democracies, Heracleitus asserts that adherence to the law is the only path to happiness. The reasoning of the Wise Men, not the senses of the masses, must guide society.
Heracleitus was a profound observer and theorist. His physical theory foreshadowed the modern theories of natural law and of relativity; his practical theories reappear in the psychology of Protagoras and the ethics of the Stoics.
Heraclitus was a deep thinker and observer. His ideas about nature anticipated today’s theories of natural law and relativity; his practical ideas can be seen again in Protagoras's psychology and Stoic ethics.
4. The Eleatic School. The town of Elea to which Xenophanes came in the course of his wanderings had been recently settled by the Ionian refugees from Phocæa, a great maritime city in Asia Minor, which had been conquered by the Persians (543 B. C.). Elea is now Castellamare on the west coast of Italy. It is celebrated as the birthplace of Parmenides and Zeno, who founded the so-called Eleatic school.
4. The Eleatic School. The town of Elea, where Xenophanes arrived during his travels, had recently been established by Ionian refugees from Phocæa, a major coastal city in Asia Minor that had been taken over by the Persians (543 B. C.). Elea is now known as Castellamare on the west coast of Italy. It's famous as the birthplace of Parmenides and Zeno, who started the so-called Eleatic school.
a. Parmenides (b. 515 B. C.).
a. Parmenides (b. 515 B.C.E.).
Parmenides wrote about 470 B. C. He is represented as a serious and influential man, with a high moral character. He exercised strong influence upon such philosophers as Plato and Democritus, and was a political power in the city of Elea, of which he was a native. He was not a stranger to the Pythagoreans. The large fragment of his poem is the most ancient monument extant of metaphysical speculation among the Greeks.
Parmenides wrote around 470 B.C. He is seen as a serious and influential figure with strong moral values. He had a significant impact on philosophers like Plato and Democritus, and he was also a political force in his hometown of Elea. He was familiar with the Pythagoreans. A large fragment of his poem is the oldest surviving example of metaphysical thought among the Greeks.
Parmenides takes the doctrine of Xenophanes with great seriousness, and what Xenophanes says about the Godhead, Parmenides says about all things. Xenophanes’ religious weapon of an unchanging cosmic substance becomes in the hands of Parmenides an academic doctrine of science and the basis of logical controversy. Parmenides used the conception of Xenophanes in his great didactic poem, The Way of Truth and the Way of Opinion, with the evident purpose of refuting the theory of Heracleitus. The fragment of the poem reveals the driest abstractions dressed in rich poetry. As a thinker Parmenides is the most important in this period. Zeno was the friend and pupil of Parmenides.
Parmenides takes Xenophanes' teachings very seriously, and his views on the divine apply to everything else as well. The unchanging cosmic substance that Xenophanes used as a religious tool becomes an academic theory of science and a foundation for logical debates in Parmenides' hands.
(1) The Cosmic Substance is Being. The first assumption in the Milesian doctrine—that there is a single matter that ever remains identical with itself—was so self-evident to Parmenides that he does not attempt to prove it. He assumes it, as if it were cogent to everybody. However, he explains what he means by Being in a negative statement: Not-Being, or what is not, cannot be thought. Being and thought are so correlated that they are the same. Thinking always has Being as its content, and there is no Being that is not thought. Being = Thought. This explanation of Parmenides’ identification of thought and Being may be put in this logical form:—
(1) The Cosmic Substance is Being. The first assumption in the Milesian doctrine—that there’s a single matter that remains the same—was so obvious to Parmenides that he doesn’t try to prove it. He just accepts it as if it were clear to everyone. However, he explains what he means by Being in a negative way: Not-Being, or what isn’t, can’t be thought of. Being and thought are so connected that they are the same. Thinking always has Being as its content, and there’s no Being that isn’t thought. Being = Thought. This explanation of Parmenides’ identification of thought and Being can be expressed in this logical form:—
All thinking refers to something thought, and therefore has Being for its content;
All thinking is about something that’s been thought about, so it has existence as its content;
Thinking that refers to nothing, and is therefore contentless, cannot be;
Thinking that doesn't refer to anything and is therefore meaningless cannot exist;
Therefore, not-Being cannot be thought, much less can it be.
Therefore, non-existence cannot be thought of, let alone be.
These propositions look very abstract, and make us believe that we are to plunge immediately into a kind of German idealism. But Parmenides leaves us in no doubt that he is one of the hylozoists of his time. Being is indeed thought, but Being is also matter. We may therefore amend our equation to Being = Thought = Matter. Being is what fills space, and all Being has this and only this property. All Being is therefore exactly alike, and there is only one, single Being. There are no distinctions in Being. By not-Being Parmenides means empty space or that which is not material. So that Parmenides’ assumption of Being as the cosmic substance means this: all that exists, including thought, fills space; and all that does not exist does not fill space.
These ideas seem very abstract and make us think we're diving straight into a version of German idealism. But Parmenides makes it clear that he is one of the hylozoists of his time. Being is definitely thought, but Being is also matter. So we can update our equation to Being = Thought = Matter. Being is what occupies space, and all Being has this one property. All Being is therefore exactly the same, and there is only one, single Being. There are no differences in Being. By not-Being, Parmenides refers to empty space or anything that is not material. Thus, Parmenides’ idea of Being as the cosmic substance means this: everything that exists, including thought, occupies space; and everything that does not exist does not occupy space.
Being, the cosmic substance, is one, eternal, imperishable, homogeneous, unchangeable, and material. When men see the world as it really is, when they see its cosmic substance, they see it to be one continuous material block. The world is not made up of parts with intervals of nothing between them, but it is a solid, homogeneous whole. The cosmic Being is a timeless, spaceless Being with no distinctions. The form of Being is spherical. It is cosmic-body and cosmic-thought. This is the assumption of Parmenides, which is so self-evident and so cogent to him that he does not attempt to prove but only to explain it.
Being, the cosmic substance, is one, eternal, imperishable, uniform, unchangeable, and material. When people see the world as it truly is, when they recognize its cosmic substance, they understand it to be one continuous material mass. The world isn't made up of separate parts with gaps of nothing in between; it's a solid, uniform whole. The cosmic Being is a timeless, spaceless existence without distinctions. The form of Being is spherical. It encompasses both cosmic-body and cosmic-thought. This is the view of Parmenides, which is so obvious and compelling to him that he does not try to prove it but only to explain it.
(2) Other Things than the Cosmic Substance (Being) have no Real Existence. If Being is space that is filled, not-Being is empty space. However, empty space has no existence. But the existence of a plural number of things depends upon the existence of empty spaces between them. Furthermore, the motion of things and the change of things depend upon the existence of empty spaces in which they can move and change. Since empty space is not-Being and has no existence, the plurality of things and the motion and change of things have also no existence. They are illusions. The nature-world, with its richness of qualities and variety of motions, before the logic of Parmenides “folds up its tents like the Arabs and silently steals away.”
(2) Other Things Besides Cosmic Substance (Being) Don’t Really Exist. If Being is the filled space, then not-Being is empty space. However, empty space doesn’t have existence. The existence of multiple things relies on the existence of empty spaces between them. Additionally, the movement and change of things depend on empty spaces where they can move and change. Since empty space is not-Being and doesn’t exist, the plurality of things and their movement and change also don’t exist. They are illusions. The natural world, with its rich qualities and variety of motions, will, according to Parmenides' logic, “fold up its tents like the Arabs and silently slip away.”
This logical drawing out of one of the aspects of the Milesian conception of the cosmic matter has a curious result. The Milesians and Xenophanes sought to explain by the cosmic substance the many nature changes. But when in the hands of Parmenides the cosmic substance is all of reality, then there is no reality to the changes. Consequently the concept formed for the explanation of change has so developed as to deny the existence of change. The cosmic substance excludes all origination and decay, all space and time differences, all divisibility, diversity, and movement. There is only one real, all else is illusion.
This logical exploration of one aspect of the Milesian view of cosmic matter leads to an interesting outcome. The Milesians and Xenophanes attempted to use the cosmic substance to explain the various changes in nature. However, when Parmenides claims that the cosmic substance encompasses all of reality, then changes cease to exist as real. As a result, the concept created to explain change ultimately rejects the very idea of change. The cosmic substance rules out any form of creation or destruction, any differences in space and time, as well as any divisibility, diversity, or movement. There is only one true reality; everything else is an illusion.
But what can we say of the varied world of nature as it appears to us? Do we see, hear, and touch many things and motions? In Part II of his poem he raises the question, Suppose man takes the world of change as real how must he explain it? He answers by using the explanation of Heracleitus. But these changes of eye and ear belong to the world of sense, and Parmenides is talking, in Part I of his poem, about the real world or that world known to thought. Parmenides insists as strongly as did Heracleitus that the reason and not the sense shall be our guide to what is real. Yet he arrives at exactly the opposite conclusion from Heracleitus as to what the reason sees as real. The senses show us only the many and the changing. The reason shows us nothing of the sort, but only permanence and unchangingness.
But what can we say about the diverse world of nature as it appears to us? Do we see, hear, and touch many things and movements? In Part II of his poem, he raises the question, "If a person takes the world of change as real, how should they explain it?" He answers by referencing the explanation of Heracleitus. However, these changes perceived by our eyes and ears belong to the sensory world, and Parmenides is discussing, in Part I of his poem, the real world known to thought. Parmenides insists, just like Heracleitus, that reason, not the senses, should guide us to what is real. Yet, he reaches a completely opposite conclusion from Heracleitus about what reason recognizes as real. The senses reveal only the many and the changing. Reason, on the other hand, shows us only permanence and unchangingness.
b. Zeno (b. 490–430 B. C.).
b. Zeno (b. 490–430 B.C.)
Zeno was born in Elea. He was contemporary with those who tried to reconcile the two sides of the metaphysical controversy,—Empedocles, Anaxagoras, and the Atomists. He wrote in prose in the form of question and answer. This is the beginning of the dialogue literature, which in the time of the Sophists, Socrates and Plato, was richly developed and became known as dialectic. On the Greek stage during the time of Pericles it came forth in dramatic form through Æschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides.
Zeno was born in Elea. He lived at the same time as those who tried to bridge the gap in the metaphysical controversy—Empedocles, Anaxagoras, and the Atomists. He wrote in prose using a question-and-answer format. This marks the beginning of dialogue literature, which flourished during the era of the Sophists, Socrates, and Plato, evolving into what became known as dialectic. On the Greek stage during Pericles' time, it emerged in dramatic form through Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides.
The Philosophy of Zeno. Zeno was the active controversialist of the school of Elea, and he was not a constructive philosopher. He offered no contribution to advance the thought of Parmenides. He appeared rather as the master of logical argument in defense of his predecessor, by tearing to pieces the arguments of his opponents. The opponents that Zeno is attacking are the Atomists of Abdera, who were his contemporaries, rather than Heracleitus. His contribution was negative and formal, but it was nevertheless effective and searching. His arguments and paradoxes will, however, lose their cogency unless it be kept in mind that he is trying to show how absurd magnitude, multiplicity, and change would be in discontinuous space such as the Atomists describe. While his paradoxes have been attacked again and again, they still have effectiveness against atomic theories.
The Philosophy of Zeno. Zeno was the active debater from the Eleatic school, and he wasn't a philosopher who built new ideas. He didn't contribute anything to advance Parmenides' thoughts. Instead, he focused on defending his predecessor by dismantling the arguments of his opponents. The opponents Zeno targeted were the Atomists of Abdera, who were his contemporaries, not Heraclitus. His contribution was negative and formal, but it was still impactful and thorough. However, his arguments and paradoxes lose their strength unless we remember that he's trying to illustrate how ridiculous concepts like magnitude, multiplicity, and change would be in a discontinuous space like the one the Atomists describe. Although his paradoxes have been challenged repeatedly, they still stand strong against atomic theories.
His arguments are against magnitude, multiplicity, and motion. There can be no magnitude, because a thing would then be both infinitely small and infinitely great. There can be no multiplicity of things, since they would be both limited and unlimited in number. There can be no motion, because (1) it is impossible to go through a fixed space; (2) it is impossible to go though a space that has movable limits; and (3) because of the relativity of motion. The dilemmas which he proposed of Achilles and the tortoise, the flying arrow at rest, and the bushel of corn are classic.10
His arguments challenge size, quantity, and movement. There can't be size, because something would then have to be both infinitely small and infinitely large. There can't be a variety of things, as they would have to be both limited and unlimited in number. There can't be movement, because (1) it's impossible to travel through a fixed space; (2) it's impossible to move through a space that has changing boundaries; and (3) because of the relativity of motion. The dilemmas he presented about Achilles and the tortoise, the flying arrow staying still, and the bushel of corn are classic.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Results of the Conflict between Heracleitus and Parmenides. 1. One important result of this final conflict between the inconsistent motives in the Milesian teaching was that reason was contrasted with sense, reflection with experience. The more fully the philosophers developed their doctrines, the more their doctrines became contrasted with the opinions of unreflecting people. At first the contrast appeared in this naïve form: that what they thought was right, and what others thought must be wrong, if others differed from them. Then the contrast came in this form: that reflection gives the true and sensations the false. Thus reflection came to have such conclusiveness that it gained independence. The philosopher began to feel the supremacy of reason, to assert that he has truth, to call unreasoned belief by the opprobrious name of “opinion.” This is curiously illustrated in the case of Heracleitus and Parmenides. Their opposing conceptions of the cosmic substance are claimed to be the result of reason, while each calls the other’s theory “opinion.”
The Results of the Conflict between Heracleitus and Parmenides. 1. One significant outcome of this final conflict between the conflicting ideas in the Milesian doctrine was that reason was contrasted with sensory perception, and reflection with experience. As the philosophers elaborated on their beliefs, their ideas increasingly clashed with those of unthinking people. Initially, this contrast appeared in a straightforward way: they believed their views were right and anyone who disagreed must be wrong. Then the contrast evolved to suggest that reasoning reveals the truth while sensations provide falsehood. Consequently, reflection became so persuasive that it achieved independence. The philosopher started to feel the dominance of reason, to claim that he possessed the truth, and to refer to unexamined beliefs as “opinions.” This is notably illustrated by the cases of Heracleitus and Parmenides. Their differing views on the fundamental substance of the universe are asserted to stem from reason, with each dismissing the other’s theory as mere “opinion.”
2. Another result was that in the Greek thought the monistic theory was found to be useless in the study of nature. These early monistic views led up as necessary steps to pluralism, but they were not in themselves serviceable. The imperfection in the Milesian teaching appeared in the impassable gulf between Heracleitus and Parmenides. It now remained for the last Cosmologists to see if, on the basis of pluralism, they could not reconcile the preceding views and at the same time obtain a satisfactory metaphysics of nature.
2. Another outcome was that Greek thinkers found the monistic theory to be ineffective for studying nature. These early monistic perspectives were necessary steps toward pluralism, but they weren't useful on their own. The flaws in the Milesian teachings became evident in the unbridgeable divide between Heraclitus and Parmenides. It was now up to the last cosmologists to determine whether, based on pluralism, they could reconcile earlier views and simultaneously develop a satisfactory metaphysics of nature.
3. The third result of the controversy between the Eleatics and Heracleitus was that the peril from the Orphic Mysteries was averted,—not immediately, nor in a year’s time, but after many years. Philosophy became established. The Greek reason now had an object of interest, in a sharp scientific issue. Mystery was not crushed, but subdued. The mental life of the future Greek had a topic for its reflection which supplanted, when the time came, its emotional interest in the supernatural.
3. The third outcome of the conflict between the Eleatics and Heracleitus was that the danger posed by the Orphic Mysteries was avoided—not right away, nor in a year, but after many years. Philosophy took root. Greek reasoning now had a clear topic of interest in a significant scientific debate. Mystery wasn’t eliminated, but it was tamed. The intellectual life of future Greeks had a subject for contemplation that eventually replaced, when the time was right, their emotional fascination with the supernatural.
CHAPTER III
Diversity
Efforts toward Reconciliation. The theories of Heracleitus and Parmenides were in part fantastic and in part abstract. They were the two motives of the Milesian school that had been developed so far as to reveal their inherent inconsistencies.
Efforts toward Reconciliation. The ideas of Heracleitus and Parmenides were partly imaginative and partly theoretical. They represented the two driving forces of the Milesian school that had progressed enough to show their underlying contradictions.
Physical theories now began to spring up which modified the metaphysical theories; and these produced results which while not so logical, were less distant from the facts of life. The Eleatics had so conceived Being as to deny the existence of changing phenomena perceived in the world of nature. On the other hand, Heracleitus had so emphasized the universality of change that there was little reality left in the particular changes. The later Heracleitans were Heracleitus gone mad. “We not only cannot step into the same river twice, but we cannot do it once.” All the preceding philosophers had been monists. The time had therefore come for thinkers to abandon monism if thought were to have any usefulness. Monism, whether in the form of Heracleitus’ doctrine of universal change or of Parmenides’ doctrine of universal permanence, had merely set aside the problem about the Many. Of course, a more satisfactory solution of this problem could come only when human life had become riper and had more experiences upon which to draw. It was natural for the Greek philosopher to look now to pluralism for his solution, when he turned away from monism. At the outset pluralism tried to reconcile the two extremes to which the Milesian motifs had gone. Its later development in the doctrine of Protagoras was as extreme as that of the monists.
Physical theories started to emerge that modified the metaphysical theories, producing results that, while not as logical, were closer to the realities of life. The Eleatics defined Being in a way that denied the existence of changing phenomena seen in the natural world. On the other hand, Heraclitus stressed the universality of change to the point where there was little reality left in specific changes. The later followers of Heraclitus were like a twisted version of him. “We not only cannot step into the same river twice, but we cannot even do it once.” All the philosophers before had been monists. Therefore, it was time for thinkers to let go of monism if thought were to be meaningful. Monism, whether in the form of Heraclitus' doctrine of universal change or Parmenides' doctrine of universal permanence, had merely sidestepped the issue of the Many. Naturally, a more satisfactory solution to this problem would emerge only when human life matured and had more experiences to draw from. It was only natural for Greek philosophers to turn to pluralism for answers as they moved away from monism. At the outset, pluralism attempted to reconcile the two extremes to which the Milesian ideas had gone. Its later development in the doctrine of Protagoras was just as extreme as that of the monists.
The New Conception of Change of the Pluralists. Facing the fact that change has to be explained and cannot be denied, change is conceived by the pluralists to be not a transformation but a transposition. It is an alteration in position of the parts of a mass. Birth, growth, death, are only such changes of transposition. Empedocles, to whom the origin of the doctrine is attributed, says, “There is no coming into Being of aught that perishes, nor any end for it in baneful death, but only a mingling and a separation of what has been mingled. Just as when painters are elaborating temple offerings,—they, when they have taken the pigments of many colors in their hands, mix them in a harmony,—so let not the error prevail in thy mind that there is any other source of all the perishable creatures that appear in countless numbers.” All origination, then, is a new combination, and every destruction only a separation of the original parts. The Pluralists thus make Heracleitus’ conception useful in the explanation of nature.
The New Concept of Change According to the Pluralists. Acknowledging that change needs to be explained and can’t be ignored, the pluralists see change not as a complete transformation but as a reorganization. It’s a shift in the arrangement of elements within a whole. Birth, growth, and death are just these kinds of reorganizations. Empedocles, who is credited with this idea, states, “Nothing truly comes into existence from what perishes, nor does anything meet its end in a harmful death, but there’s just a mixing and a separating of what has been mixed. Just like when painters are creating offerings for temples—they take pigments of various colors and blend them in harmony—don’t let the mistake arise in your mind that there’s any other origin for all the countless perishable beings that exist.” So, every creation is simply a new combination, and every destruction is just a separation of the original pieces. The Pluralists thus find Heraclitus’ ideas useful in explaining nature.
The New Conception of the Unchanging of the Pluralists—The Element. But there must be a permanence in order that there be change. This can only be conceived by assuming that there are many original units that in themselves do not change. The mass of the world is ever the same; there is no new creation. Being consists in many elements, and not in a single block. So to Empedocles in particular is accredited the priority of forming the conception of the element, which has occupied an important place in science. The element is conceived by the Pluralists as unoriginated, imperishable, and unchanging. It has all the qualities that Parmenides attributed to his single Being, only the elements may change their place and suffer mechanical division. The Pluralists thus make the Eleatic conception useful in the explanation of nature.
The New Conception of the Unchanging of the Pluralists—The Element. But there has to be some permanence for change to happen. This can only be understood by assuming there are many original units that, by themselves, don't change. The mass of the world is always the same; there is no new creation. Being consists of many elements, not just one solid block. Empedocles, in particular, is credited with being the first to form the idea of the element, which has been significant in science. The element is seen by the Pluralists as unoriginated, imperishable, and unchanging. It has all the qualities that Parmenides assigned to his single Being, except the elements can change their position and experience mechanical division. The Pluralists thus find the Eleatic concept useful for explaining nature.
The Introduction of the Conception of the Efficient Cause. The Eleatics had detached the quality of motion from Being. The Pluralists, in reintroducing it, were obliged to make it a separate force in order to get movement into their universe. The elements are changeless. How can they move? They cannot move themselves. They are moved from without. Here in Empedocles is made a differentiation of great importance—the concept of the moving or efficient cause. However, this does not appear in this early time in conceptual but in mythical-poetic and undefined form. With this differentiated efficient cause, can Pluralism be considered to be hylozoism? Authorities differ. Certainly this new concept shows the beginning of the breaking up of hylozoism and the beginning of the formation of a mechanistic conception of the universe. But probably the Pluralists were as much hylozoists as their predecessors, the monists. Their efficient causes are material like the elements, and they are poetically and indefinitely described. They are in every case conceived as the material which has a lively or an originating motion. We must keep in mind that all the Cosmologists except the Eleatics believed movement to be life.
The Introduction of the Conception of the Efficient Cause. The Eleatics had separated the idea of motion from Being. The Pluralists, in bringing it back, had to make it a distinct force to introduce movement into their universe. The elements are unchanging. How can they move? They can't move on their own. They are moved from the outside. Here in Empedocles, a significant distinction is made—the idea of the moving or efficient cause. However, this concept appears here in a mythical-poetic and vague form rather than a clear conceptual one. With this differentiated efficient cause, can Pluralism be seen as hylozoism? Scholars disagree. Certainly, this new concept indicates the beginning of the breakdown of hylozoism and the start of a mechanistic view of the universe. But it's likely that the Pluralists were as much hylozoists as their predecessors, the monists. Their efficient causes are material like the elements, and they are described in a poetic and vague manner. They are always thought of as the material that has a lively or initiating motion. We must remember that all the Cosmologists, except the Eleatics, believed that movement equates to life.
Summary of Similarities and Differences in the Theories of the Reconcilers.
Summary of Similarities and Differences in the Theories of the Reconcilers.
The general common characteristics of the theories of the Reconcilers:—
The general common traits of the Reconciler theories:—
1. A plurality of the elements.
Many elements.
2. An efficient cause which explains the shifting of the elements in causing the origin, growth, and decay of the world of nature.
2. An efficient cause that clarifies how the elements change to bring about the origin, growth, and decay of the natural world.
The general differences between the theories of the Reconcilers:—
The overall differences among the theories of the Reconcilers:—
1. In the number and quality of the elements.
1. In the number and quality of the elements.
2. In the number and quality of the causes.
2. In the quantity and quality of the causes.
The Pluralistic Philosophers: Empedocles, Anaxagoras, Leucippus, and the Later Pythagoreans. With the Pluralists we pass completely out of the sixth century B. C. The lives of the hylozoistic Pluralists span the fifth century, and cosmological interest extends later. Even the Eleatic Zeno lived from 490 to 430 B. C. Empedocles lived from 490 to 430 B. C., Anaxagoras from 500 to 425 B. C., and the Pythagoreans and Leucippus later. When the cosmological movement was still virile in the Grecian colonies, and even before it had reached its systematic form in Democritus of Abdera, the anthropological movement had begun in the motherland, in Athens. The Persian Wars are the dividing line between the two periods, but only because they denote the beginning of the new movement in Athens, not the end of the old movement in Asia Minor and Magna Græcia. Contemporaneous with the Pluralists was the brilliant Age of Pericles, when the Sophists were carrying education to the people and Socrates was teaching in the Athenian market-place. By the middle of the fifth century B. C. there was the liveliest interchange of scientific ideas throughout Greek society, and the contemporaneousness of the Pluralists with one another and with the Athenian philosophers shows this in many similarities in their doctrines and in many polemical references. There are four schools of Reconcilers, of which Empedocles, Anaxagoras, Leucippus, and the later Pythagoreans are the representatives.
The Pluralistic Philosophers: Empedocles, Anaxagoras, Leucippus, and the Later Pythagoreans. With the Pluralists, we move entirely out of the sixth century B. C. The lives of the hylozoistic Pluralists cover the fifth century, and their interest in cosmology continues beyond that. Even the Eleatic Zeno lived from 490 to 430 B. C. Empedocles lived from 490 to 430 B. C., Anaxagoras from 500 to 425 B. C., with the Pythagoreans and Leucippus following later. While the cosmological movement was still strong in the Greek colonies, even before it took a more systematic form with Democritus of Abdera, the anthropological movement had begun in the motherland, in Athens. The Persian Wars serve as a dividing point between these two periods, but this is because they mark the start of the new movement in Athens, not the end of the old one in Asia Minor and Magna Graecia. During the time of the Pluralists, there was the remarkable Age of Pericles, when the Sophists were bringing education to the public and Socrates was teaching in the Athenian marketplace. By the middle of the fifth century B. C., there was a dynamic exchange of scientific ideas throughout Greek society, and the similarities in the beliefs of the Pluralists and their connections with Athenian philosophers highlight this. There are four schools of Reconcilers, represented by Empedocles, Anaxagoras, Leucippus, and the later Pythagoreans.
Empedocles11 (490 to 430 B. C.) was the first Dorian philosopher, a partisan of the democracy, and belonged to a rich family of Agrigentum. He became a distinguished statesman, but he later fell from popular favor. Then, in the garb of a magician, he traveled as physician and priest through Magna Græcia. His political affiliations would prevent his direct connection with the Pythagoreans, but he showed that the Pythagoreans influenced him, and his career is an imitation of that of Pythagoras. He was acquainted with the theory of Heracleitus, and he knew Parmenides personally. He was one of the first rhetoricians, and was probably connected with a large literary circle. He is the first and most imperfect representative of the reconciliation. The story of his suicide by leaping into Mt. Ætna is supposed to be a myth.
Empedocles11 (490 to 430 BCE) was the first Dorian philosopher, a supporter of democracy, and came from a wealthy family in Agrigentum. He became a notable politician but eventually lost public support. Later, disguised as a magician, he traveled as a physician and priest throughout Magna Græcia. His political background prevented him from having a direct connection with the Pythagoreans, but it was clear that they influenced him, and his career mirrored that of Pythagoras. He was familiar with Heraclitus's theories and personally knew Parmenides. He was one of the earliest rhetoricians and likely involved in a large literary community. He is the first and most incomplete representative of reconciliation. The tale of his suicide by jumping into Mt. Ætna is thought to be a myth.
Anaxagoras (500–425 B. C.), a man of wealthy antecedents, was much esteemed, was born in Clazomenæ in a circle rich in Ionian culture, but was isolated from practical life. He declared the heaven to be his fatherland and the study of the heavenly bodies to be his life’s task. He went to Athens about 450 B. C., where he formed one of a circle of notable men of culture. He lived in Athens under the patronage of Pericles, but in 434 B. C. he was expelled. In Athens he was intimate with such men as Euripides, Thucydides, and Protagoras. He represents the first appearance of philosophy in Athens.
Anaxagoras (500–425 B. C.), a man from a wealthy background, was highly respected. He was born in Clazomenæ, an area known for its rich Ionian culture, but he was detached from everyday life. He claimed the heavens as his homeland and dedicated his life to studying celestial bodies. He moved to Athens around 450 B.C., where he became part of a notable circle of intellectuals. He lived in Athens under the support of Pericles, but he was expelled in 434 B. C.. During his time in Athens, he was close to figures like Euripides, Thucydides, and Protagoras. He marks the first emergence of philosophy in Athens.
The Later Pythagoreans. After the Pythagoreans as a religious and political body had been defeated at Crotona, they lost their prestige and were scattered to the four winds. They were beaten in the battle of Crotona (510 B. C.) and dispersed about 450 B. C. Pythagoras died 504 B. C. His scattered followers, these later Pythagoreans, formed a school of philosophy which had its centre at Thebes. Destroyed as a religious body the members lost their superstitions and turned their attention to philosophy, astronomy, mathematics, medicine, and physics. As mathematicians and as astronomers they are the most notable among the ancients. Philolaus is the probable originator of their philosophy of numbers. This school disappeared about 350 B. C. Pythagoreanism reappeared later under the name of neo-Pythagoreanism.
The Later Pythagoreans. After the Pythagoreans, as a religious and political group, were defeated at Crotona, they lost their influence and were scattered in all directions. They were defeated in the battle of Crotona (510 B. C.) and dispersed around 450 B.C.. Pythagoras died in 504 B. C.. His scattered followers, known as the later Pythagoreans, formed a philosophical school with its center in Thebes. Once dismantled as a religious group, the members shed their superstitions and shifted their focus to philosophy, astronomy, mathematics, medicine, and physics. They stand out as some of the most notable mathematicians and astronomers of ancient times. Philolaus is likely the person who originated their philosophy of numbers. This school faded away around 350 B. C., but Pythagoreanism later reemerged under the name of neo-Pythagoreanism.
The Philosophy of Empedocles. Empedocles conceived the number of elements to be four,—earth, air, fire, and water,—an arbitrary enumeration, which nevertheless persisted in the popular imagination throughout the Middle Ages. He chose this number of elements because they included all the elements in his predecessors’ theories. By the transposition and new arrangement of these elements he could account for the variety of the world. The efficient causes that make these different separations and mixtures are Love and Hate, two mythical and sensuous entities. Love is the cause of the union of things, Hate of their separation.
The Philosophy of Empedocles. Empedocles believed that there are four elements: earth, air, fire, and water. This choice was somewhat arbitrary, yet it remained ingrained in people's minds throughout the Middle Ages. He selected these four elements because they encompassed all the components of earlier theories. Through the rearrangement and combination of these elements, he could explain the diversity of the world. The forces that create these different separations and mixtures are Love and Hate, two mythical and tangible forces. Love brings things together, while Hate causes them to drift apart.
This is the general metaphysical theory that Empedocles uses to explain the physical world and especially physiological phenomena; and he is probably best known as the author of the aphorism, “Like attracts Like.” For example, he conceives the physical world as continuously repeating itself through four cosmic stages, each centuries long. The world moves therefore in cyclical evolution, in which Love is bringing like elements together only to be followed by stages of the separation of the like elements by Hate,—an endless cosmic procession.
This is the general metaphysical theory that Empedocles uses to explain the physical world and especially physiological phenomena; and he is probably best known as the author of the aphorism, “Like attracts Like.” For example, he sees the physical world as continuously repeating itself through four cosmic stages, each lasting centuries. The world therefore moves in a cyclical evolution, where Love brings similar elements together, only to be followed by stages where the similar elements are separated by Hate—an endless cosmic cycle.
But Empedocles’ interest in cosmology was only a part of his dominating interest in the organic world. He held some interesting evolution theories. His special interest in human physiology led him to frame the first theory of perception. Man is composed of the four elements, and he can know the universe around himself because Like in him attracts Like in the external world. The earth forms our solid parts, water the liquid parts, air is the vital breath, and fire is the soul. The blood contains the four elements, and is therefore the real carrier of life. If we perceive anything, it is because we have qualities similar to that thing. The element in us attracts the like element outside. He fancifully explained how parts of each element pressed upon parts of like elements—earth upon earth, air upon air; and how these clung together until sundered by Hate. The senses have only a partial number of elements, while the reason has them all; therefore sense knowledge is partial when compared with rational knowledge.
But Empedocles’ interest in cosmology was just one aspect of his major fascination with the organic world. He had some intriguing theories about evolution. His particular interest in human physiology led him to develop the first theory of perception. Humans are made up of the four elements, and we can understand the universe around us because Like attracts Like in the outside world. Earth forms our solid parts, water makes up the liquid parts, air is the vital breath, and fire represents the soul. Blood contains all four elements, making it the true carrier of life. When we perceive something, it’s because we possess qualities that are similar to that thing. The element within us attracts the corresponding element outside. He creatively described how parts of each element press against parts of similar elements—earth on earth, air on air—and how these elements stick together until torn apart by Hate. The senses are limited in the number of elements they can perceive, while reason encompasses them all; thus, sensory knowledge is incomplete compared to rational knowledge.
The Philosophy of Anaxagoras. The pluralistic conception of the nature-substance, that was originated by Empedocles in this crude form, got a more complete character in the hands of Anaxagoras. For Anaxagoras took exception to the arbitrary assumption of Empedocles that the elements were only four in number. How could this world of infinite variety be derived from only four elements? We must postulate as many elements as there are qualities, if by merely shuffling them—by various combinings and separatings of them—their infinite number is to be explained. There are a plural number of elements qualitatively distinct. Every perceptual thing is composed of these heterogeneous parts or qualities or elements. But how do you know an element when you find one? Always by the fact that when you divide it, its parts are homogeneous. The elements are, therefore, those substances that divide into parts that are like one another; while the perceptual objects of nature can be divided into parts that are unlike one another. They are called “seeds” by Anaxagoras, and designated as “homoiomeriai” by Aristotle and later philosophy. This was a time, it must be remembered, when chemical analysis had not developed, and when mechanical division and change of temperature were the only means of investigation. Form, color, and taste were the characteristics that differentiated elements. So Anaxagoras was content to name as elements such things as bones, muscles, flesh, marrow, metals, etc. The countless elements or qualities are present in a finely divided state throughout the universe. Every perceptual object has present in it all elements, even opposite elements. It is, however, known and named by the element that prevails in it at any particular instant. For example, fire contains an element of cold but the fire element prevails. Opposites attract, and the qualitative change in a thing consists in the predominance of some other quality already present in it.
The Philosophy of Anaxagoras. The idea of nature as made up of multiple substances, which started with Empedocles in a very basic form, was refined by Anaxagoras. He disagreed with Empedocles' assumption that there were only four elements. How could such a diverse world come from just four elements? We need to assume there are as many elements as there are qualities, if we want to explain their infinite variety by mixing and separating them. There are multiple distinct elements. Every observable thing is made up of these different parts or qualities. But how can you recognize an element when you see one? You can tell because when you divide it, its parts are similar to each other. Therefore, the elements are substances that split into parts that are alike, while the observable objects in nature can be divided into parts that are different. Anaxagoras called them “seeds,” and Aristotle and later philosophers termed them “homoiomeriai.” It’s important to remember that back then, chemical analysis hadn’t been developed, and mechanical splitting and temperature changes were the only means of investigation. Form, color, and taste were how elements were distinguished. So Anaxagoras was okay with naming elements things like bones, muscles, flesh, marrow, metals, etc. The countless elements or qualities exist in a finely divided state throughout the universe. Every observable object contains all elements, even opposing ones. However, it is known and identified by the element that is dominant at any given moment. For example, fire has an element of cold, but the element of fire predominates. Opposites attract, and the change in a thing happens when a different quality that is already present takes over.
For the efficient cause of the combining and separating of the elements Anaxagoras selected one of the elements. He called it the Nous, the Greek word for mind or reason. Many historians have therefore concluded that Anaxagoras is the author of an idealistic philosophy. Aristotle says of Anaxagoras that he “stood out like a sober man among the random talkers that had preceded him.” But both Plato12 and Aristotle are disappointed with the way in which Anaxagoras handles the conception of Nous and, as a matter of fact, the Nous, as Anaxagoras uses it, is not less hylozoistic than the Love and Hate of Empedocles. In the Nous Anaxagoras threw out a thought that was too big for him. Its introduction, however, marks the breaking up of pre-Socratic hylozoism. Anaxagoras wrote down the word, Nous, from which comes the contrast with matter. He stripped the mythical dress from the efficient cause of Empedocles and substituted Nous, because he wished to emphasize the unity of the cosmic process. The Nous is one of the elements; it is “thought-stuff,” it is a corporeal substance. It differs from all the other elements in that it is the finest, the most mobile, and has the power of self-motion. If among the early schools motion is life, here we find the new conception of self-motion as most alive. Instead of a departure from hylozoism, this is a rehabilitation of hylozoism in more perfect form. The Nous is the cause of the harmony and order of the cosmos.
For the efficient cause of combining and separating the elements, Anaxagoras selected one of the elements. He called it the Nous, the Greek term for mind or reason. Many historians have concluded that Anaxagoras is the creator of an idealistic philosophy. Aristotle remarks that Anaxagoras “stood out like a sober man among the random talkers that came before him.” However, both Plato and Aristotle are disappointed with how Anaxagoras approaches the concept of Nous and, in fact, the Nous, as Anaxagoras employs it, is just as hylozoistic as the Love and Hate of Empedocles. Anaxagoras introduced a concept that was too vast for him. Nonetheless, this introduction signifies the end of pre-Socratic hylozoism. Anaxagoras recorded the term, Nous, which sets up the distinction with matter. He removed the mythical framework from the efficient cause of Empedocles and replaced it with Nous because he wanted to highlight the unity of the cosmic process. The Nous is one of the elements; it is “thought-stuff,” a physical substance. It stands apart from all the other elements because it is the finest, the most mobile, and has the ability of self-motion. If in the early schools motion signifies life, here we encounter the new idea of self-motion as the most lively. Instead of a departure from hylozoism, this is a refinement of hylozoism in a more advanced form. The Nous is the source of the harmony and order of the cosmos.
The Philosophy of the Atomists—Leucippus and the School at Abdera. Only circumstantial evidence is left to testify to the early beginnings of the school of atomists at Abdera. About 450 B. C., owing to the rise of Athens and the great victory of Cimon over the Persians, the Ionian civilization on the coasts of Asia Minor had a new lease of life, and there was a renewal of scientific activity in the cities. The influence of the Milesians appeared and Anaxagoras’ doctrine, which had been widely disseminated, began to have great vigor. Among the philosophers of this section was one about whom we know very little, except that his name was Leucippus and that he was the father of atomism. Miletus was probably his native place, and after visiting Elea he settled in Abdera in Thrace. We know that the polemic of Zeno was directed against contemporary atomism; and we know the theories of the pupils of Leucippus, of Protagoras, and of Democritus, in whom the doctrine of atomism culminated. Probably the theory of Leucippus was that the cosmic substance is composed of an infinite number of elements quantitatively distinct, in opposition to Empedocles’ theory of a fourfold division as well as against Anaxagoras’ theory of an infinite number of qualities. Atomism in this early form represents one of the ways that Greek thought took in reconciling the conflicting claims of Heracleitus and Parmenides. The doctrine of atomism will be presented fully in its greatest representative, Democritus.
The Philosophy of the Atomists—Leucippus and the School at Abdera. Only circumstantial evidence remains to support the early development of the atomist school at Abdera. Around 450 BCE, due to the rise of Athens and Cimon's significant victory over the Persians, Ionian civilization along the coasts of Asia Minor experienced a resurgence, sparking new scientific activity in the cities. The influence of the Milesians was felt, and Anaxagoras’ widely spread ideas gained considerable strength. Among the philosophers from this group was one known as Leucippus, about whom we know very little, except that he is considered the father of atomism. Miletus was likely his birthplace, and after visiting Elea, he settled in Abdera in Thrace. We know that Zeno’s arguments were aimed at contemporary atomism, as well as the theories of Leucippus' students, Protagoras, and Democritus, where atomism reached its peak. Leucippus likely proposed that the fundamental substance of the universe is made up of an infinite number of distinct elements, contrasting with Empedocles’ idea of four basic elements and Anaxagoras’ concept of an infinite range of qualities. In its early form, atomism reflects one approach in Greek thought to reconcile the conflicting views of Heraclitus and Parmenides. The doctrine of atomism will be fully explored through its most prominent advocate, Democritus.
The Later Pythagoreans. Had the Pythagorean band remained what Pythagoras had designed it, had it not had its political aspirations crushed at the battle of Crotona and the members scattered far and wide, it would probably have for the historian of to-day only the importance of a local band of political and religious reformers. The adversity at Crotona was, however, a blessing in disguise for the Pythagoreans and for Greece, for it turned the Pythagoreans from religious politics to science and metaphysics. In the first place, they became the authors of an important metaphysical theory. This was the theory of numbers, which influenced Plato, became the foundation of a vigorous school in Alexandria in the Hellenic-Roman Period, flourished during the Middle Ages, and united with the doctrines of the Jews in what is called the Cabala. To-day the magic numbers persist in our superstitions. In the second place, the Pythagoreans turned to science,—especially to mathematics and astronomy,—and in these two branches became very celebrated in ancient times. Their astronomical theory had a most extraordinary history. With modifications it was preserved by Plato and Aristotle, and later became the basis of the Ptolemaic system of astronomy. This system was the scientifically accepted system for fifteen hundred years, when it was supplanted by the Newtonian theory. It is a most singular fact that the cosmological background of the Epics of Dante and Milton is the astronomical system of the Pythagoreans as expressed in the Ptolemaic system.
The Later Pythagoreans. If the Pythagorean group had remained true to Pythagoras's original vision, and if its political ambitions hadn't been crushed at the battle of Crotona, scattering its members far and wide, it likely would be seen today just as a local group of political and religious reformers. However, the setback at Crotona turned out to be a blessing in disguise for the Pythagoreans and for Greece, as it led them to shift their focus from religious politics to science and metaphysics. First of all, they developed a significant metaphysical theory. This theory of numbers influenced Plato, laid the groundwork for a thriving school in Alexandria during the Hellenic-Roman period, flourished in the Middle Ages, and merged with Jewish teachings in what is known as the Cabala. Today, these magical numbers still appear in our superstitions. Secondly, the Pythagoreans embraced science—especially mathematics and astronomy—and became quite famous in these fields in ancient times. Their astronomical theories had a remarkable history. With some changes, they were carried on by Plato and Aristotle and later formed the basis of the Ptolemaic system of astronomy. This system was the scientifically accepted model for fifteen hundred years until it was replaced by Newton's theory. Interestingly, the cosmological backdrop of Dante's and Milton's Epics is rooted in the Pythagorean astronomical system as expressed in the Ptolemaic model.
The Pythagoreans, be it remarked, were “Reconcilers,” but they were more. The original ethical motive of Pythagoras influenced them as scientists. They did not attempt to formulate a science of ethics, but the ethical motive was always back of their mathematics and astronomy.
The Pythagoreans, it should be noted, were “Reconcilers,” but they were more than that. The original ethical drive of Pythagoras shaped them as scientists. They didn't try to create a science of ethics, but the ethical motivation was always behind their mathematics and astronomy.
1. The Pythagorean Conception of Being. The Pythagorean conception of reality is the most advanced of any cosmological theory in this period. The Pythagoreans were hylozoists, but they come the nearest to transcending the hylozoism of their time. The influence of the later Pythagoreans, whom Plato met in Italy, upon Plato shows that Pythagorean philosophy forms a link between the cosmology of the colonies and the following comprehensive systems of thought.
1. The Pythagorean Conception of Being. The Pythagorean view of reality is the most advanced of any cosmological theory during this time. The Pythagoreans were hylozoists, but they come closest to moving beyond the hylozoism of their era. The impact of the later Pythagoreans, whom Plato encountered in Italy, on Plato demonstrates that Pythagorean philosophy acts as a bridge between the cosmology of the colonies and the subsequent comprehensive systems of thought.
The important position in the evolution of Greek thought occupied by the Pythagoreans depends upon their conception of that Being that abides amid all change. Pythagoreanism is usually spoken of as “the number theory.” This is, however, only a suggestion of its import. For numbers are not to the Pythagoreans what the different kinds of cosmic matter were to the early monists, or what the several elements were to the pluralists,—Empedocles, Anaxagoras, and the atomists. Neither are they abstractions merely, such as we use in scientific reckoning. The Pythagoreans were pluralists and hylozoists whose plural numbers look beyond hylozoism.
The significant role that the Pythagoreans played in the development of Greek thought is rooted in their understanding of the Being that exists through all change. Pythagoreanism is often referred to as “the number theory,” but that only hints at its true meaning. For the Pythagoreans, numbers aren't just what different kinds of cosmic matter meant to early monists or what the various elements represented to pluralists like Empedocles, Anaxagoras, and the atomists. They aren't just abstractions that we use in scientific calculations, either. The Pythagoreans were pluralists and hylozoists who viewed their plural numbers as something that goes beyond just hylozoism.
There are two kinds of reality in the Pythagorean teaching: (1) numbers, and (2) unlimited space. The essential nature of things, the Being that abides, consists in the shaping of this unlimited space into mathematical forms. The numbers or the forms are the limited aspect of Being; space is the unlimited aspect of Being. Actual Being consists in the union of the two aspects. Being therefore has two roots, each being necessary to the other. The later Pythagoreans, indeed, called attention to the fact that their numbers were not the same as the different kinds of matter out of which the other Cosmologists conceived the world to be fashioned. Numbers are not the stuff out of which the world of nature-objects have arisen, but rather are forms of nature-objects. Numbers are the patterns or models of things; things are the copies or imitations of numbers. Unlimited space furnishes the material; numbers or mathematical forms furnish the mould; the result is a material thing. Here we find the early basis of Plato’s doctrine of Ideas, and the correlation in Aristotle of Form and matter. If we were to draw an analogy between the Pythagorean conception of numbers and any part of the preceding cosmological teaching, we should find the similarity between the numbers and the earlier efficient causes and not between the numbers and the elements. For example, Pythagorean numbers have a function more nearly like Love and Hate than like the four elements in Empedocles’ teaching. On the other hand, Pythagorean unlimited space is analogous to the Empedoclean elements.
There are two types of reality in Pythagorean teaching: (1) numbers, and (2) unlimited space. The true essence of things, the Being that exists, lies in shaping this unlimited space into mathematical forms. The numbers or forms represent the limited aspect of Being; space represents the unlimited aspect of Being. Actual Being results from the combination of these two aspects. Therefore, Being has two roots, each essential to the other. Later Pythagoreans pointed out that their numbers were not the same as the various types of matter from which other Cosmologists believed the world was made. Numbers are not the material out of which the world of natural objects has come, but rather they are forms of natural objects. Numbers are the patterns or templates for things; things are the copies or imitations of numbers. Unlimited space provides the material; numbers or mathematical forms provide the mold; and the outcome is a material thing. Here we see the early basis of Plato’s doctrine of Ideas and Aristotle’s correlation of Form and matter. If we were to draw an analogy between the Pythagorean view of numbers and any part of earlier cosmological teaching, we would find a similarity between numbers and the earlier efficient causes, rather than between numbers and the elements. For instance, Pythagorean numbers function more like Love and Hate than like the four elements in Empedocles’ teaching. Conversely, Pythagorean unlimited space is similar to the Empedoclean elements.
2. The Pythagorean Dualistic World.13 The Pythagoreans carried out their conception of this twofold reality both in their mathematical studies and in their conceptions of natural objects. It was from such investigations that they were impressed by the dualism in everything and so reached their principle. They observed in mathematics that the number-series consists of alternate odd and even numbers. The odd numbers are limited and the even unlimited (because they could be divided). They explained the elements as determined by mathematical forms: fire has the form of a tetrahedron; earth, of the cube; air, of the octohedron; water, of the icosahedron; and an additional fifth element, the æther, of the dodecahedron. They carried this dualism further by identifying the limited form with the odd, with the perfect, and with the good; while the unlimited was identified with the even, the imperfect, and the bad. Some of the Pythagoreans even sought to trace out this dualism in the many realms of experience, and they originated a table of ten pairs of opposites: limited and unlimited; odd and even; one and many; right and left; male and female; rest and motion; straight and crooked; light and dark; good and bad; square and oblong.
2. The Pythagorean Dualistic World.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The Pythagoreans expressed their idea of this twofold reality in both their mathematical studies and their views of natural objects. From their investigations, they were struck by the dualism present in everything, leading them to their core principle. They noted in mathematics that the sequence of numbers consists of alternating odd and even numbers. The odd numbers are finite, while the even numbers are infinite (because they can be divided). They described the elements in terms of geometric shapes: fire is represented by a tetrahedron; earth, by a cube; air, by an octahedron; water, by an icosahedron; and an additional fifth element, æther, by a dodecahedron. They took this dualism further by connecting the limited form with the odd, the perfect, and the good; whereas the unlimited was linked to the even, the imperfect, and the bad. Some Pythagoreans even attempted to trace this dualism through various areas of experience, creating a list of ten pairs of opposites: limited and unlimited; odd and even; one and many; right and left; male and female; rest and motion; straight and crooked; light and dark; good and bad; square and oblong.
There is a system in the Pythagorean theory not to be found in the teaching of the other reconcilers. Although all the numbers, and with them all the world, are divided into two opposing classes, these are, nevertheless, united in a harmony. The harmony of a dualism reminds us of Heracleitus’ harmony of antitheses. All series of numbers have their unity and harmony in the odd-even number, One. To the Pythagorean the opposites of life—the good and the bad, the limited and unlimited, the perfect and imperfect, the odd and even—exist in an harmonious whole.
There’s a system in Pythagorean theory that you won’t find in the teachings of other thinkers. Even though all numbers, and by extension the entire world, are divided into two opposing categories, they are still united in harmony. This harmony of duality is reminiscent of Heraclitus’ harmony of opposites. All series of numbers find their unity and harmony in the odd-even number, One. For the Pythagorean, the opposites of life—the good and the bad, the limited and unlimited, the perfect and imperfect, the odd and even—exist in a harmonious whole.
As the Pythagorean school grew in years, the realms to which it applied its theory increased. While we have stated its metaphysical theory first in order to give it prominence, the school came to the formulation of its theory through its investigations in mathematics, music, and astronomy. Then it applied the theory to geometrical structures and to other fields with a procedure that was arbitrary and unmethodical. Yet so universal was the application of the theory that it lived to have superstitious authority for the human mind in the Middle Ages.
As the Pythagorean school aged, the areas where it applied its theory expanded. Although we presented its metaphysical theory first for emphasis, the school developed its theory through studies in mathematics, music, and astronomy. It then applied the theory to geometric structures and other fields in a way that was random and unorganized. Still, the application of the theory was so widespread that it gained a superstitious authority over the human mind during the Middle Ages.
3. Pythagorean Astronomy. The formation of the world-all began from the One, or central fire, which attracted and limited the nearest portions of the unlimited. This fire became the centre of the world-all, which had the shape of a hollow globe. Around the central fire the celestial bodies move in globular transparent shells. Their movements are concentric to the fire. This is the beginning of the astronomical theory of the crystalline spheres. The world-all is divided into three concentric portions. The periphery or outer rim is Olympus, where all is perfection and where the gods dwell. Between Olympus and the moon is Cosmos, where all is orderly and all movements are in circles. Between the moon and the central fire is the region called Uranus, where all is disorderly and the movements are up and down. The earth is in this lower section of disorder, and moves in a transparent globular shell like the celestial bodies around the central fire. The number of the heavenly bodies is the perfect number, ten. The world-all is conceived as a heavenly heptachord, with the orbits of the seven planets as the sounding strings. Upon this notion was founded the harmony of the spheres, which harmony is not heard by man because it is constant. In modifying this astronomical theory and then accepting it, the most important change that Aristotle made was to conceive the earth as at the centre of the world-all with the sun revolving about it. This was the form in which the Ptolemaic astronomers received it.
3. Pythagorean Astronomy. The creation of the universe all started from the One, or central fire, which drew in and defined the closest parts of the infinite. This fire became the center of the universe, shaped like a hollow globe. Around the central fire, celestial bodies move in transparent, spherical shells. Their orbits are concentric to the fire. This marks the beginning of the astronomical theory of crystalline spheres. The universe is divided into three concentric sections. The outermost area, Olympus, is where everything is perfect and the gods reside. Between Olympus and the moon is Cosmos, where everything is orderly and movements happen in circles. Between the moon and the central fire is the area known as Uranus, where chaos reigns and movements go up and down. Earth lies in this lower area of disorder and moves in a transparent spherical shell, similar to the celestial bodies around the central fire. The number of heavenly bodies is a perfect number, ten. The universe is imagined as a celestial heptachord, with the orbits of the seven planets acting as the vibrating strings. This concept gave rise to the harmony of the spheres, which remains unheard by humans because it is constant. In revising this astronomical theory and eventually adopting it, the most significant change Aristotle made was placing the earth at the center of the universe, with the sun orbiting around it. This was how it was understood by the Ptolemaic astronomers.
Historical Retrospect. In these many searchings of the Cosmologists for a reality amid the changes of nature, what result can be found significant for the Cosmological Period and valuable as a bequest for the following periods? Are these crude scientific speculations of the early Greeks to be looked upon as out of connection with their own age and the age to come? The Cosmological philosophy had two definite results. In the first place, with reference to its own century and a half, it saved the intellectual world of Greece from the slavery of a mystic religion. When we started with Thales in 625 B. C., we saw Greece confronted with two perils. One was political, and consisted of internecine troubles and of danger from its warlike neighbors. This peril grew still greater, until at the very end of the period it was averted at the battle of Salamis. Greek arms banished this political peril. But the other peril was subjective and therefore more menacing. The mysteries of the Orphic religion would have quenched the Greek genius had not its rational philosophy given the Greek intellectual life new conceptions. In the next place, it bequeathed to the succeeding period a fairly well-drawn contrast between a world of intellectual order and a world of sensuous disorder. The thought of an order in nature in conformity to law was developed into clearness in the Cosmological Period. The order was obtained from the astronomical studies of these scientists. Reasoning from the order that they saw, to an ordering principle, Anaxagoras and the Pythagoreans almost, but not quite, gave to that principle a teleological meaning. The principle of permanence that these nature scientists sought was found in the great and simple relations of the stars, whose revolutions are the expression of order and constancy. Impregnated as they were with their elemental hylozoism, the Greek Cosmologists were as yet not quite able to find an orderly permanence in the terrestrial world with its manifold and intersecting motions. Yet Greek thought was looking forward. The Cosmologist had already contrasted the terrestrial as the imperfect with the celestial as the perfect peace and permanence. The step was but a short one from the contrast of the two realms to the effort to bring them into a unity. Thus in this astronomical and concrete form a distinction of value was obtained that had lasting ethical and æsthetical significance, not only upon Plato and Aristotle, but upon modern thought.
Historical Retrospect. In their extensive search for a reality amid the changes of nature, what significant outcomes can the Cosmologists offer for the Cosmological Period that will also be valuable for future times? Should the early Greeks' rudimentary scientific speculations be seen as disconnected from their own era and those that followed? The Cosmological philosophy yielded two clear results. First, regarding its own century and a half, it liberated the intellectual world of Greece from the constraints of a mystic religion. Beginning with Thales in 625 B. C., Greece faced two dangers. One was political, involving internal conflicts and threats from its warlike neighbors. This danger intensified until it was ultimately mitigated at the battle of Salamis. Greek forces removed this political threat. However, the second danger was subjective and therefore more alarming. The mysteries of the Orphic religion would have stifled the Greek genius if their rational philosophy had not provided the Greek intellectual life with new ideas. Second, it left behind a clear contrast between a world of intellectual order and a world of sensuous chaos for the next period. The idea of an orderly nature governed by laws became clearer during the Cosmological Period. This order was derived from the astronomical studies conducted by these scientists. By reasoning from the order they observed to a guiding principle, Anaxagoras and the Pythagoreans almost, but not entirely, assigned a teleological meaning to that principle. The notion of permanence that these natural scientists sought was discovered in the fundamental and straightforward relationships of the stars, whose motions embody order and stability. Though influenced by their elemental hylozoism, the Greek Cosmologists were still not quite able to identify an orderly permanence in the earthly realm with its diverse and intersecting movements. Nevertheless, Greek thought was forward-looking. The Cosmologists had already distinguished the terrestrial as the imperfect from the celestial as embodying perfect peace and permanence. The transition from contrasting these two realms to attempting to unify them was brief. Thus, in this astronomical and concrete context, a distinction of value emerged that had lasting ethical and aesthetic significance, not just for Plato and Aristotle, but for modern thought as well.
CHAPTER IV
THE ANTHROPOLOGICAL PERIOD (490–399 B.C.): THE PHILOSOPHY OF MAN
An Historical Summary of the Anthropological Period. The Anthropological Period begins with the Persian Wars, 490 and 480 B. C. After the battle of Marathon there sprang up a distinct impulse toward knowledge all over Greece; and detailed investigations were begun in mathematics, astronomy, biology, medicine, history, and physics. Science, which had up to this time been unorganized and undifferentiated, now became sharply divided into the special sciences. But what makes the Persian Wars of particular importance is that they are the starting-point in the motherland of the movement in the study of man and human relations. The battle of Marathon does not therefore mark the end of the Cosmological movement and the waning of the Greeks’ interest in science; but it marks rather the beginning in Athens of the Anthropological movement. The Cosmological and the Anthropological Periods overlap.
An Historical Summary of the Anthropological Period. The Anthropological Period starts with the Persian Wars, 490 and 480 B. C. After the battle of Marathon, there was a noticeable surge in the pursuit of knowledge throughout Greece; detailed studies began in mathematics, astronomy, biology, medicine, history, and physics. Science, which had previously been unstructured and indistinct, became clearly divided into specialized fields. However, what makes the Persian Wars particularly significant is that they mark the beginning of the movement focused on the study of people and human relationships in its homeland. Therefore, the battle of Marathon does not signify the end of the Cosmological movement or a decline in the Greeks' interest in science; instead, it represents the onset of the Anthropological movement in Athens. The Cosmological and Anthropological Periods overlap.
The Anthropological Period easily divides itself into three epochs from the point of view of its political affairs:—
The Anthropological Period easily divides into three eras when it comes to its political events:—
1. The Persian Wars, 490 and 480 B. C.
1. The Persian Wars, 490 and 480 B. C.
2. The Age of Pericles, 467–428 B. C.
2. The Age of Pericles, 467–428 B.C.
3. The Peloponnesian Wars, 432–403 B. C.
3. The Peloponnesian Wars, 432–403 B. C.
The first epoch is the birth and the last epoch the decadence of pure Greek civilization, while the thirty-nine years of the supremacy of Pericles cover the ripest period of Greek life. In this connection it is well to mention Hegel’s thought that nations do not ripen intellectually until they begin to decay politically (“The owl of Minerva does not start upon its flight until the evening twilight has begun to fall”). Plato and Aristotle do not come until after this period, when Greek political life had begun to wane.
The first era is the birth of pure Greek civilization, and the last era is its decline, while the thirty-nine years of Pericles’ dominance represent the peak of Greek culture. In this context, it's worth noting Hegel's idea that nations don’t reach their intellectual peak until they start to decline politically (“The owl of Minerva only takes flight after the evening twilight has begun to fall”). Plato and Aristotle appear after this period, when Greek political life had already started to fade.
The following table is a partial list of the notable men of the period, with the date of their birth:—
The following table is a partial list of the notable men of the period, along with their birth dates:—
Æschylus, 525 (dramatist before Pericles).
Aeschylus, 525 (playwright before Pericles).
Sophocles, 495 (dramatist during Age of Pericles).
Sophocles, 495 (playwright during the Age of Pericles).
Phidias, 490.
Phidias, 490 BCE.
Euripides, 480 (dramatist of the Sophistic and the new learning).
Euripides, 480 (playwright of the Sophistic and the new learning).
Herodotus, 475.
Herodotus, 475 BCE.
Thucydides, 471.
Thucydides, 471 BCE.
Xenophon, 430?
Xenophon, 430 BCE?
Aristophanes, 444.
Aristophanes, 444 BCE.
Anaxagoras, 500.
Anaxagoras, 500 BCE.
Empedocles, 495.
Empedocles, 495 BCE.
Protagoras, 480.
Protagoras, 480 BCE.
Democritus, 470.
Democritus, 470 BCE.
Sophists (many), 450–350.
Sophists (many), 450–350 BCE.
Socrates, 469.
Socrates, 469 BCE.
Antisthenes, 440.
Antisthenes, 440 BCE.
Aristippus, 435.
Aristippus, 435 AD.
Plato, 427.
Plato, 427 BC.
The Persian Wars and the Rise of Athens. The blow that had been impending over Greece during the sixth century had been struck, but had been averted in the Persian Wars of 490 B. C. and 480 B. C. The powerful and splendidly organized “barbaric neighbor,” who had threatened the civilization of the Greek cities of Asia Minor for so many years, had swept over the Hellespont into Greece and had been turned back. It has been pointed out14 that the Persian Wars were only one of a series of conflicts between Oriental and Occidental civilizations; and that the strip of Asia Minor along the Mediterranean has always been a disputed borderland between irreconcilable hemispheres. First was the mythical invasion of Troy; then the Persian Wars; then came the arms of Alexander conquering Persia; then the invasion of the Mohammedans to the very walls of Tours; then the Crusades; and to-day we still have the eternal Eastern question with us. While each of these conflicts was momentous for Europe, none was more important in its issues for the world than the Persian Wars. For through those wars did Greece first come to a consciousness of herself. Never before did she realize her united strength,—the greatness of her inherited instincts. The fifth century B. C. was the most clearly conscious moment of Greece, if not of the world. Classic Greece—the Greece whose thought became fundamental to western civilization—was born from the Persian Wars.
The Persian Wars and the Rise of Athens. The threat hanging over Greece in the sixth century finally struck, but it was held off during the Persian Wars of 490 BCE and 480 BCE The powerful and well-organized “barbaric neighbor,” which had posed a danger to the Greek cities in Asia Minor for many years, invaded Greece but was pushed back. It has been pointed out__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that the Persian Wars were just one in a series of conflicts between Eastern and Western civilizations; that the area of Asia Minor along the Mediterranean has always been a contested borderland between opposing cultures. First, there was the legendary invasion of Troy; then the Persian Wars; next came Alexander's conquests of Persia; followed by the Muslim invasions reaching the very walls of Tours; then the Crusades; and today, we still face the ongoing Eastern question. While each of these conflicts was significant for Europe, none had more profound implications for the world than the Persian Wars. It was during these wars that Greece first became aware of its unity and strength—the greatness of its inherited instincts. The fifth century BCE marked Greece's most conscious moment, if not that of the world. Classic Greece—the Greece whose ideas became foundational to Western civilization—was born from the Persian Wars.
The centre of gravity of the Greek world was shifted after the Persian Wars from Miletus to Athens, from the colonies to the motherland. Indeed, the history of classic Greece is almost entirely the history of Athens. Of the large cities of Greece,—Corinth, Ægina, Sparta, and Thebes,—Athens was naturally the locality where Grecian civilization would centre when the commercial and maritime colonies fell. The Ionian race, by whom it had been settled, was a mixed race, and by nature very versatile. Before the Persian Wars it had been under the wise tyranny of Pisistratus, who took the first steps toward the founding of an Athenian empire. In the period between the two wars, Themistocles had built the Athenian fleet and thereby made Athens the great maritime and naval centre of Greece. There was, indeed, every reason why Athens and not some other Grecian city should become the new centre of classic Greece. The Spartans were oligarchical, stern, unintellectual, and offensive to strangers; the people of Thebes were held under a strict aristocratic government, the people of Thessaly were aristocratic, luxurious, and stagnant; but the Athenians were democratic, social to strangers, literary, liberal, frugal, and alert. After the Persian Wars the power of the Delian confederacy became more and more centralized in the city of Athens. Controlling the fleet of the Confederacy for her own defense and using the rich treasury of the Confederacy for her own municipal improvements, Athens under the brilliant rule of Pericles, who summoned scholars and artists from all Greece, was the only city of Greece where the Renaissance of Greece was possible. Athens had become the eye of Greece, and the following description of the Greek Renaissance is especially significant in regard to her.
The center of gravity in the Greek world shifted after the Persian Wars from Miletus to Athens, from the colonies back to the homeland. In fact, the history of classical Greece is almost entirely the history of Athens. Among the large cities—Corinth, Aegina, Sparta, and Thebes—Athens was naturally the place where Greek civilization would focus when the commercial and maritime colonies declined. The Ionian race, which had settled there, was a diverse group and quite adaptable. Before the Persian Wars, it was under the wise rule of Pisistratus, who took the initial steps toward establishing an Athenian empire. In the period between the two wars, Themistocles built the Athenian fleet, making Athens the great maritime and naval center of Greece. There were many reasons why Athens, rather than another Greek city, became the new center of classical Greece. The Spartans were oligarchical, strict, not intellectual, and unfriendly to outsiders; the Thebans were governed by a strict aristocracy; the Thessalians were aristocratic, indulgent, and stagnant; but the Athenians were democratic, welcoming to outsiders, literary, progressive, frugal, and alert. After the Persian Wars, the power of the Delian confederacy became increasingly centralized in Athens. Controlling the Confederacy's fleet for its own defense and utilizing the rich treasury for its municipal improvements, Athens, under the brilliant leadership of Pericles—who brought in scholars and artists from all over Greece—was the only city in Greece where a Renaissance was possible. Athens had become the focal point of Greece, and the following description of the Greek Renaissance is particularly significant regarding her.
The Greek Enlightenment. Following the Persian Wars there arose throughout Greece a great national intellectual movement. The years mark the Greek Renaissance, the Age of Pericles, and the time when the Greek masterpieces in literature and plastic art were produced. Perhaps the greatest Greek production was Athens itself, whose cultural influence was personified in the scholar-politician, Pericles.
The Greek Enlightenment. After the Persian Wars, a major national intellectual movement emerged across Greece. These years are known as the Greek Renaissance, the Age of Pericles, and the period when Greek masterpieces in literature and the visual arts were created. Perhaps the most significant Greek achievement was Athens itself, whose cultural impact was embodied in the scholar-politician, Pericles.
1. The Impulse for Learning. In the first place there was a general impulse throughout Greece for education. Everybody seemed to want to know what the schools of Cosmologists had had to say about science. The Greeks now had wealth and therefore leisure; they had come into contact with the Oriental peoples and therefore they had their curiosity excited. Learning, which had been confined in the Cosmological Period to a few scholars in the schools, now came forth into the market place. Learning in the fifth century B. C. was drawn from the schools into publicity. The objects of interest had greatly widened and the learning of the scholars began to filter into the general consciousness. Whereas in the sixth century philosophy was a matter between learned men, in the fifth century we find Socrates and the Sophists teaching whosoever would listen.
1. The Impulse for Learning. First, there was a strong desire for education throughout Greece. Everyone seemed eager to learn what the schools of Cosmologists had to say about science. The Greeks now had wealth and, consequently, leisure; they had interacted with the Eastern peoples and, as a result, their curiosity was sparked. Learning, which had previously been limited to a few scholars in the schools during the Cosmological Period, now emerged into the public sphere. In the fifth century B. C., knowledge from the schools became accessible to everyone. The range of topics that interested people expanded significantly, and scholars' insights began to permeate general awareness. While in the sixth century philosophy was mostly a discussion among educated men, by the fifth century, we see Socrates and the Sophists teaching anyone who wanted to listen.
2. The Practical Need of Knowledge. But mere curiosity will not entirely explain the Greek intellectual movement. There had grown up an imperative practical need for knowledge. In Athens and other Greek cities the democracy of the fifth century B. C. had supplanted the tyranny of the sixth century. Duty and inclination together forced the citizen into active participation in public affairs. In these democratic cities family tradition and character were no longer sufficient for success; but it became generally recognized that the most useful and successful man was the educated man. The complex relations existing between states and between the citizens in the states made education absolutely necessary for the politician. Nowhere was the need of an education more imperative than in Athens; nowhere was the need more easily filled. In a very short time after the Persian Wars the social position of science changed to one of power; and the inner character of science changed from the study of nature to the study of ethical and political problems. Scientists became teachers of eloquence, for the citizen now needed to be an orator and a rhetorician. Statesmen and generals must know how to persuade. Courts of law were public, their proceeding oral, and personal attendance was therefore required. There was no man in Athens who might not be condemned, if he could not personally in court refute falsehoods and disentangle sophistries. Besides, to be beaten in debate was as disgraceful in the eyes of the public as to lose one’s cause.
2. The Practical Need of Knowledge. But simple curiosity doesn’t completely explain the Greek intellectual movement. There was a strong practical need for knowledge. In Athens and other Greek cities, the democracy of the fifth century B. C. replaced the tyranny of the sixth century. Duty and personal interest pushed citizens to engage actively in public affairs. In these democratic cities, family background and character alone were no longer enough for success; it became widely accepted that the most useful and successful individuals were educated. The complicated relationships between states and between citizens in those states made education absolutely essential for politicians. Nowhere was the demand for education stronger than in Athens, and nowhere was it more easily accessible. Soon after the Persian Wars, the social standing of science evolved into one of influence; and the focus of science shifted from studying nature to exploring ethical and political issues. Scientists became teachers of rhetoric, as citizens now needed to be orators and skilled speakers. Statesmen and generals had to know how to persuade. Courts of law were public; their proceedings were oral, requiring personal attendance. No one in Athens could avoid being condemned if they couldn't personally refute falsehoods and unravel tricky arguments in court. Furthermore, losing a debate was viewed as disgraceful by the public, just like losing a case.
Two classes of men, with an importance hitherto unknown, appear in Greek history,—the rhetoricians and the dialecticians. Rhetoric was public oratory, necessary for the public defense of one’s rights, or for the maintenance of one’s dignity, or for the gratification of one’s ambition. The dialectic was, on the other hand, argument employed in private between two persons, usually friends, to unravel an obscurity, to reduce an opponent to silence, to exercise one’s self in the mastery of a subject, or to sift evidence. The dialectic, therefore, became a distinct mental pursuit for men who had a natural defect in public speaking or rhetoric. Besides rhetoric and dialectic, there grew up somewhat later what was called the eristic. Eristic was polemical argument consisting of catch-phrases and logical subtleties. It was taught as an art of adroit argument.
Two new types of individuals, with a significance never seen before, emerge in Greek history—the rhetoricians and the dialecticians. Rhetoric was public speaking, essential for defending one’s rights, maintaining one’s dignity, or fulfilling one’s ambitions. Dialectic, on the other hand, involved argument between two people, usually friends, aimed at clearing up confusion, silencing an opponent, mastering a subject, or evaluating evidence. Thus, dialectic became a distinct intellectual pursuit for those who struggled with public speaking or rhetoric. Later on, a new form called eristic developed. Eristic was a type of argumentative debate filled with catchphrases and logical tricks, taught as a skillful way to argue.
The great Greek tragedies occupy a place in the development of the dialectic and the satisfying of the need of knowledge. Science, through the drama, transformed the old religious views and brought its new interpretation to the common people. The development of the fifth-century drama out of the epic of the sixth century was not merely a change in architectonic, but a transformation of its ethical and religious spirit. The germ was in the previous ethics, lyrics, and gnomics, yet it was fully amplified in the drama. Instead of a summary of deeds the tragic poet makes his characters talk, defend, refute, accuse, lament, etc. This gives rise to exigencies that require the dialectic. In the conflicting duties and in the justification of the wrong done by the wrong suffered, dialectical skill is called for in the drama to weigh the ethical motives in a manner that the epic does not demand. Thus the drama of Æschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides was a link between the lyric and gnomic poetry of the sixth century B. C. and the dialogue literature of Plato.15
The great Greek tragedies play a significant role in the evolution of dialectics and in fulfilling the desire for knowledge. Through drama, science transformed old religious beliefs and provided a new interpretation for the general public. The development of fifth-century drama from the epic of the sixth century wasn’t just an architectural change; it was a transformation of its ethical and religious spirit. The seeds were present in earlier ethics, lyrics, and wisdom literature, but they were fully developed in drama. Instead of summarizing actions, the tragic poet lets his characters speak, defend, refute, accuse, lament, etc. This creates situations that require dialectical reasoning. In the midst of conflicting duties and the justification of wrongs endured and inflicted, the drama calls for dialectical skill to evaluate the ethical motives in a way that epic poetry does not. Therefore, the works of Æschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides serve as a bridge between the lyric and wisdom poetry of the sixth century B. C. and the dialogue literature of Plato.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
3. The Critical Attitude of Mind. The most important characteristic of this period is neither the intensified social curiosity nor the increased social needs. It is rather ethical in its character. It is the “critical” or “individualistic” attitude of mind. This began with the “free city feeling”—the consciousness of the free man in a free state—in the first half of the fifth century B. C., and developed rapidly into individualism and critical skepticism toward the end of that century.
3. The Critical Attitude of Mind. The key feature of this period isn't the heightened social curiosity or the growing social needs. Instead, it has an ethical nature. It's about the “critical” or “individualistic” mindset. This started with the feeling of a “free city”—the awareness of being a free person in a free state—in the early part of the fifth century B. C., and it quickly grew into individualism and critical skepticism by the end of that century.
If one were to compare in a single word the history of Greece before the Persian Wars with that after the Persian Wars, he would say that the former was traditional and the latter was critical. Nevertheless, at the beginning of the Cosmological Period Greek traditional customs were being weakened by attacks upon them. Religious ideas were threatened by the Cosmologists. The subordination of the gods to the cosmic substance was an attack upon the established polytheism of the Epic, and the attack became direct in the hands of Xenophanes. It was “the divestiture of Nature of its gods by science.” The Mysteries were a part of this departure from the traditional religion. But the new and more critical scientific attitude toward traditional religion was only incidental to the growing criticism of law. In the days of the oligarchy there were two self-evident political assumptions: (1) that law has validity because it is law; (2) that obedience to law is for one’s advantage. When, however, the political disturbances began, a self-conscious individualism developed among the Greeks. The Gnomic Poets had been the first to appeal to the individual consciousness of the people. All through the sixth century B. C. Greece had stern experiences, and the individual found himself questioning the sanctity of tradition and of time-honored laws. There was no longer a tacit acquiescence in established order, and the claims of authority were no longer, as formerly, unchallenged. Confidence in political assumptions began to waver, and a critical attitude was taken toward laws which changed from year to year. The appearance everywhere of the tyrant, the vigorous personality who could set up his will against the will of a traditional aristocracy, impressed the age with the power of individual egoism. The seat of authority was shifted from tradition to the individual reason, and all institutions were brought under individual criticism.
If you were to sum up the history of Greece before the Persian Wars and after them in one word each, you’d say the first was traditional and the second was critical. Still, at the start of the Cosmological Period, Greek traditional customs were being undermined. Religious beliefs faced challenges from the Cosmologists. The idea that the gods were subordinate to the cosmic substance directly attacked the established polytheism of the Epic, and this assault became explicit with Xenophanes. It was “the stripping of Nature of its gods by science.” The Mysteries represented a shift away from the traditional religion. However, the new and more critical scientific view toward traditional religion was just a part of the growing scrutiny of law. During the oligarchy, there were two obvious political beliefs: (1) that law is valid simply because it is law; (2) that obeying the law is beneficial. However, when political unrest began, a sense of self-awareness developed among the Greeks. The Gnomic Poets were the first to connect with people’s individual consciousness. Throughout the sixth century B.C., Greece faced harsh experiences, leading individuals to question the sanctity of tradition and age-old laws. There was no longer an unspoken acceptance of the established order, and claims to authority were no longer accepted without question. Confidence in political beliefs started to fade, and laws that changed from year to year were viewed critically. The emergence of the tyrant, a strong personality who could assert his will against traditional aristocracy, highlighted the power of individual egoism. Authority shifted from tradition to individual reasoning, and all institutions came under scrutiny by individuals.
The Persian Wars mark the point of transition from the traditional attitude to the critical attitude of the Greek mind. In themselves the Persian Wars were a great moral uplift, and were a return for a time to the traditional institutions. The changes long since begun were suspended for a time in the united effort of the Greek nation. But the tendencies became more insistent when the danger was past. The Persian Wars had cleared the atmosphere of its pessimism and had given freedom to the intellectual movement. Then later, in the heat of that intellectual movement, individualism and criticism came to fullest fruitage. Doubt grew into positive skepticism.
The Persian Wars represent a shift from a traditional mindset to a more critical one in Greek thought. They served as a significant moral boost and a temporary return to traditional institutions. Previous changes were put on hold during the unified effort of the Greek nation. However, these trends became more pronounced once the threat was over. The Persian Wars cleared away the prevailing pessimism and allowed intellectual progress to flourish. Later, amid this intellectual surge, individualism and criticism reached their peak. Doubt evolved into outright skepticism.
In the last part of the fifth century B. C., critical skepticism became universal. In religion the anthropomorphism of the Epic passes under ridicule. Critias declares that the gods are the invention of shrewd statecraft. In literature the Epic, in which the gods interfere in all human details, yields to the naturalistic descriptions of Herodotus and Thucydides, and to the personal note of lyric and satirical poetry. More important than all was the change of attitude toward the laws. Instead of the law having a divine authority, the individual placed himself above it and sat in judgment upon it. The tribal conception of guilt, that when a member of a tribe sinned the whole tribe would suffer at the hands of the gods, had given way at the time of the Persian Wars to that of personal responsibility and retribution. It was noted that laws change in the same state, that they differ in different states, and that moral customs have a great variety. All laws seem therefore to be made by man, and the question then arose, Is there any law which has universal validity? Is there any real prius or “Nature” of laws? In the Anthropological Period, the important question was about the real prius or “Nature” of human institutions, just as in the Cosmological Period the question was about the real prius or “Nature” of the world of physical phenomena. Yet the question of the Anthropologists was a part of the Cosmological problem. The Cosmologists had called the real prius or “Nature” (φύσις), that which ever remains like itself, and it is now asked if “Nature” in itself contains any unchanging and eternal politico-moral law. The contrast is thus drawn for all time between natural law and statute law, and the distinction dominates this period. Human legal institutions were regarded as only makeshifts, and often even as contradicting the divine law. The conflict between natural or divine law and human law appears worked out in the Antigone of Sophocles.
In the late fifth century B.C., critical skepticism became widespread. In religion, the anthropomorphism of the Epic was mocked. Critias argued that the gods were created by clever political leaders. In literature, the Epic, where gods intervene in every human affair, gave way to the realistic accounts of Herodotus and Thucydides, along with the personal touch of lyric and satirical poetry. More significantly, there was a shift in attitude toward the laws. Instead of the law being seen as having divine authority, individuals began to see themselves as above it and judged it. The tribal idea of guilt, where the whole tribe suffered for one person's sin, had shifted during the Persian Wars to personal responsibility and retribution. It became clear that laws change within the same state, differ between states, and that moral customs vary widely. Thus, all laws seemed to be human creations, leading to the question: Is there any law with universal validity? Is there a real prius or “Nature” of laws? During the Anthropological Period, the key question concerned the true prius or “Nature” of human institutions, just as in the Cosmological Period, the focus was on the real prius or “Nature” of the physical world. However, the Anthropologists' question was part of the Cosmological problem. Cosmologists referred to the real prius or “Nature” (φύσις) as that which always remains itself, and now the inquiry was whether “Nature” contains any unchanging and eternal politico-moral law. This establishes a contrast between natural law and statutory law that will persist through time, dominating this period. Human legal systems were viewed as mere makeshifts and often as contradicting divine law. The tension between natural or divine law and human law is explored in Sophocles' Antigone.
The same interest in the foundations of morality and moral relations opened up the whole subject of the power of human consciousness to discern such relations. It was a logical necessity that turned thought from a review of man’s relations with his fellows to a criticism of his own constitution. What is man? What are his faculties? Has he any that give him the truth and the reality? Or do they all deceive him so that he cannot detect the real from the sham of life? What are the mental faculties used in disputation, and how are they to be trained so that man may rise to an eminence of culture among his fellows? The Greek thus turned to a criticism of his knowing faculties, and the positive social and moral demands made such a criticism necessary to his well-being. Greek science took a strong anthropological direction, and logic, ethics, psychology, rhetoric, etc., took the place of natural science subjects. The Greek in the fifth century B. C. was interested in man—in his inner activities, his ideations and volitions. Of this critical and individualistic attitude Euripides is the literary exponent; Pericles is the political personification; Socrates and the Sophists are its philosophical expression.
The same interest in the foundations of morality and moral relationships opened up the entire topic of human consciousness's ability to recognize these relationships. It was a logical necessity that shifted focus from evaluating human interactions to critiquing one's own nature. Who is man? What abilities does he possess? Does he have any that reveal the truth and reality? Or are all his faculties misleading, causing him to confuse what is real with the fake aspects of life? What mental abilities are used in argumentation, and how can they be developed so that a person can achieve a higher level of culture among others? The Greek thinker thus began to analyze his cognitive faculties, as the pressing social and moral requirements made such analysis crucial for his well-being. Greek science took a strong anthropological approach, with logic, ethics, psychology, rhetoric, etc., replacing traditional natural sciences. In the fifth century B. C., the Greek was focused on man—his inner workings, thoughts, and intentions. Euripides served as the literary voice of this critical and individualistic perspective; Pericles embodied it politically; and Socrates and the Sophists represented its philosophical expression.
The Significance of the Sophists. The Sophists were the direct means of bringing this intellectual change into Greek life. They were the bearers of this Greek Enlightenment, and they were the missionaries that spread its influence far and wide. This significance of the Sophists to the culture of Greece was never understood by the historian until Hegel set them in their true light. The dark side of their character has been painted in blackest colors, so that the word “Sophist” has carried an opprobrium with it. They were, however, the exponents of the Greek illumination, and not the cause of it. They therefore share all its weaknesses and its excellencies; and any judgment upon them is a judgment upon the time itself. The most accurate description of them is that they were the exponents of Greek culture in the age of Pericles; the worst that can be said of them is that they stimulated the Greek spirit in directions in which it should have been controlled. Their true work was to carry the gospel of Greek individualism everywhere; their fault lay in the fact that too frequently they confused individualism with hypocrisy, and led their hearers to believe that appearance knowledge is the same as true knowledge.
The Significance of the Sophists. The Sophists were the key to bringing about this intellectual change in Greek life. They were the carriers of the Greek Enlightenment and the ones who spread its influence widely. The importance of the Sophists to Greek culture was not fully understood by historians until Hegel illuminated their role. The negative aspects of their character have been exaggerated, leading to the term “Sophist” carrying a stigma. However, they were the advocates of Greek enlightenment, not the reason for it. They embodied both its flaws and its strengths; therefore, any judgment on them reflects the era itself. The most accurate way to describe them is as the representatives of Greek culture during the age of Pericles; the worst that can be said is that they encouraged the Greek spirit in ways it should have been restrained. Their primary contribution was to promote Greek individualism everywhere; their mistake was too often equating individualism with superficiality, which led their audience to believe that surface-level knowledge was the same as genuine knowledge.
The word “Sophist” had a development among the Greeks. It first meant a wise man (the Cosmologists, from Thales to Anaxagoras, were Sophists); then a teacher of wisdom; then a paid teacher of wisdom. Moreover, among the Sophists there is a difference between the early Sophists, who were inspired by a distinct desire to spread culture, and the later Sophists, who were mercenary teachers, and had on that account degenerated into mere quibblers. In general, the ground of the contemporary hostility to the Sophists was the hatred of the conservative and reactionary party, to which belonged Aristophanes the satirist, Æschylus “the father of tragedy,” and the exponent of institutional morals, and Xenophon, who stood for a complete return to a patriarchal state. This party was very bitter against the exponents of the new and radical spirit springing up in Greece. All the philosophers of the new learning, including Socrates, suffered at the hands of those who would conserve the old traditions. In particular, the accusations against the Sophists of this period were: they were cavilers; they taught for pay; they represented the universalizing of education against the old aristocracy; they menaced institutions.
The term “Sophist” evolved among the Greeks. It originally referred to a wise person (the Cosmologists, from Thales to Anaxagoras, were Sophists); then it meant a teacher of wisdom; and eventually, it came to signify a paid teacher of wisdom. Moreover, within the Sophists, there is a distinction between the early Sophists, who were motivated by a genuine desire to spread culture, and the later Sophists, who became mercenary teachers and thus degraded into mere debaters. Generally, the contemporary hostility towards the Sophists stemmed from the resentment of the conservative and reactionary faction, which included figures like Aristophanes the satirist, Aeschylus “the father of tragedy,” and Xenophon, who advocated for a complete return to a patriarchal society. This faction was very hostile towards the advocates of the new and radical spirit emerging in Greece. All the philosophers of the new learning, including Socrates, faced criticism from those who sought to uphold old traditions. In particular, the accusations against the Sophists during this time were: they were nitpickers; they taught for money; they promoted the universalization of education against the old aristocracy; and they threatened established institutions.
The Sophists were then primarily and, on the whole, the transmitters to the people of the culture of the time. They were the teachers of the humanities to that age. They were not technically philosophers, but were interested in philosophical questions. Protagoras was the only Sophist who was the author of any fruitful philosophical conceptions. Gorgias made occasional essays into philosophy. But besides Protagoras and Gorgias no other Sophists can be classed as philosophers, except possibly Hippias and Prodicus.
The Sophists were mainly the representatives of the culture of their time, serving as teachers of the humanities during that era. While they weren't technically philosophers, they were engaged with philosophical questions. Protagoras was the only Sophist who developed any significant philosophical ideas. Gorgias occasionally explored philosophy, but apart from Protagoras and Gorgias, no other Sophists are considered philosophers, except possibly Hippias and Prodicus.
The Sophists introduced a profusion of knowledge among the people. They made investigations in language, logic, and the theory of cognition. They taught literature, history, grammar, the principles of the dialectic, the eristic, and rhetoric—all subjects concerned with the art of human expression. They studied and taught the special subjects concerned with human relations, like ethics, the theory of knowledge, psychology, and politics. Anything that had a place in Greek culture was systematically and skillfully presented by such men as Protagoras, Gorgias, Hippias, and Prodicus, who were men of encyclopædic erudition. The Sophist took the education of the Greek child at the age of sixteen, after he had received his elementary training, first at home and then at the hands of the teacher at school. The Greek boy’s education was naturally divided into two parts: gymnastics for the body and music for the soul. Under music was included geometry, performance on the lyre, pronunciation, the chorus and poetry, astronomy, physics, and geography. At the age of sixteen he got his instruction by meeting public men, such as the Sophists, in the street, in the Agora, and other public places. It was at this period of his life that the Sophist took his education into those higher branches which were necessary for his success in politics, society, and law. Thus the instruction of the Sophist was usually for a specific purpose, and thus rhetoric, dialectic, and the mental sciences were in great demand.
The Sophists brought a wealth of knowledge to the people. They explored language, logic, and the theory of knowledge. They taught subjects like literature, history, grammar, the principles of dialectic, debate, and rhetoric—all focused on the art of human expression. They studied and taught key areas related to human relationships, including ethics, epistemology, psychology, and politics. Anything relevant to Greek culture was skillfully presented by figures like Protagoras, Gorgias, Hippias, and Prodicus, who were men of extensive knowledge. The Sophist began educating Greek boys at the age of sixteen, after they had completed their basic training, first at home and then with a teacher at school. The education of a Greek boy was naturally divided into two parts: physical training and music for the soul. Music included subjects like geometry, playing the lyre, speech, choral performance, poetry, astronomy, physics, and geography. At sixteen, he received instruction by interacting with public figures, such as the Sophists, in the streets, in the Agora, and other public spaces. During this stage of life, the Sophist guided his education in the higher subjects necessary for success in politics, society, and law. Thus, the instruction from the Sophist was typically goal-oriented, leading to a high demand for rhetoric, dialectic, and the mental sciences.
The Prominent Sophists. The list of Sophists is a long one. The first to call himself a Sophist and a teacher of public virtue was, according to Plato, Protagoras of Abdera. He was also probably the most eminent of the number. He was born about 480 B. C. Polus and Thrasymachus were the last; and Aristotle mentions the Sophists as in the past. So that we may conclude that as a band they existed only one hundred years (450–350 B. C.). Already at the beginning of the fourth century (400 B. C.) their importance had greatly diminished. In this hundred years we find some fourteen or fifteen prominent Sophists. There is, first, Protagoras, whose theory of knowledge is not only in itself a contribution to thought, but also of importance as a factor in forming the materialist atomistic doctrine of the school of Abdera,—the school of Leucippus and Democritus; Gorgias of Leontini, the head of an embassy to Athens, a man of eloquence, whose style was imitated by Thucydides and whom we might have studied in connection with the Eleatic school, for he carried out still further the doctrines of Zeno; Prodicus, the pupil of Protagoras and Gorgias, a brilliant man and a traveler, whose method of instruction was used by Socrates; Hippias, contemporary of Prodicus, remarkable for his mathematical, physical, and historical erudition, and a man full of vanity; the brothers, Euthydemus and Dionysiodorus, teachers of eristic; the rhetorician Thrasymachus and the rhetoricians of the school of Gorgias, viz., Polus, Lycophron, Protarchus, and Alcidamus; Evenus, rhetorician, moralist, and poet; Critias, the leader of the thirty; Callicles and Hippodamus.
The Prominent Sophists. The list of Sophists is quite extensive. The first person to refer to himself as a Sophist and a teacher of public virtue was, according to Plato, Protagoras of Abdera. He was likely the most distinguished among them. He was born around 480 B.C. Polus and Thrasymachus were the last; Aristotle refers to the Sophists as part of the past. We can conclude that as a group they existed for only about a hundred years (450–350 B.C.). By the early fourth century (400 BCE), their significance had significantly declined. During this century, we find around fourteen or fifteen notable Sophists. First, there's Protagoras, whose theory of knowledge not only contributes to philosophy but also plays a key role in developing the materialist atomistic theory of the Abderan school—established by Leucippus and Democritus; Gorgias of Leontini, who led an embassy to Athens, was a skilled orator, whose style was emulated by Thucydides and could be studied in conjunction with the Eleatic school due to his further elaboration on Zeno's doctrines; Prodicus, a student of Protagoras and Gorgias, was an eloquent traveler, whose teaching methods influenced Socrates; Hippias, a contemporary of Prodicus, was noted for his extensive knowledge in math, physics, and history, as well as his arrogance; the brothers Euthydemus and Dionysiodorus, who taught eristic; the orator Thrasymachus along with the rhetoricians from Gorgias's school, including Polus, Lycophron, Protarchus, and Alcidamus; Evenus, a rhetorician, moralist, and poet; Critias, the leader of the thirty; Callicles and Hippodamus.
Many of these men were reformers. Some (as Alcidamus) were opposed to the institution of slavery in Greece; some to marriage; some (as Lycophron) to the nobility; some to the inequality of property; while Hippodamus was the first to propose an ideal state.
Many of these men were reformers. Some (like Alcidamus) opposed slavery in Greece; some were against marriage; some (like Lycophron) criticized the nobility; some challenged property inequality; while Hippodamus was the first to suggest an ideal state.
The method of argumentation employed by the Sophists was first to perplex and confuse their opponents as to what had been taken in the past as valid. Then they made their opponents ridiculous by drawing out consequences from their statements. Their conclusions were often verbal and their witticisms vulgar.16
The way the Sophists argued was to first confuse their opponents about what was previously considered valid. Then, they would make their opponents look foolish by highlighting the implications of their statements. Their conclusions were often based on wordplay, and their jokes were pretty crude.vulgar.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Philosophy of the Sophists. The philosophy of the Sophists was only the logical following out of the general attitude of the time toward all traditions. The more the old physical theories fell into disrepute, the more the changes of the world of politics seemed to indicate instability everywhere, the more opinions differed on the same subject,—so much the more did the possibility present itself to the Sophists of taking two contradictories as equally true, and so much the faster did the whole Greek world lose faith in any valid truth and in any certain knowledge. The dogmatism of the Cosmological Period is thus naturally followed by the skepticism of the Anthropological. Beginning with the cautious and enlightened relativism of Protagoras, there grew up a volume of criticism, until the later Sophists applied destructive doctrines to everything. The best representatives of the philosophical aspect of the Sophistic movement were Protagoras and Gorgias.
The Philosophy of the Sophists. The philosophy of the Sophists was simply a logical extension of the general mindset of the time towards all traditions. As the old physical theories lost credibility and the political world seemed to show instability everywhere, opinions started to diverge more and more on the same topics—this led the Sophists to consider the possibility of accepting two contradictory ideas as equally true. Consequently, the entire Greek world rapidly lost faith in any valid truth and certain knowledge. The assertiveness of the Cosmological Period was naturally followed by the skepticism of the Anthropological. Beginning with the cautious and enlightened relativism of Protagoras, a significant volume of criticism emerged, until the later Sophists applied destructive ideas to everything. Protagoras and Gorgias were the best representatives of the philosophical side of the Sophistic movement.
1. The Relativism of Protagoras. Although theoretically skepticism is the centre and logical result of the Sophistic movement, the teaching of the greatest Sophist, Protagoras, cannot be strictly called skepticism. Philosophically, skepticism is not the denial of this or that particular belief as true, but the denial of the existence of any truth whatever. Protagoras refused to make any positive statements—either in denial or affirmation—about ultimate truth, because, as he said, we have no insight whatever into the nature of absolute truth. Our knowledge is confined to motions and the phenomena of motion. His teaching would be called in modern times relativism or phenomenalism. The fundamental principle beneath such a doctrine is that knowledge is human—never absolute, but always relative.
1. The Relativism of Protagoras. While skepticism is the core and logical outcome of the Sophistic movement, the views of the leading Sophist, Protagoras, can't be strictly categorized as skepticism. Philosophically, skepticism doesn't just reject specific beliefs as true; it denies the existence of any truth at all. Protagoras avoided making any definitive claims—whether denials or affirmations—about ultimate truth because, as he stated, we have no real understanding of what absolute truth is. Our knowledge is limited to movements and the experiences of those movements. Today, his ideas would be referred to as relativism or phenomenalism. The basic principle behind this doctrine is that knowledge is human—never absolute, but always relative.
The relativism of Protagoras was based on two principles: the first is that of universal change, which he borrowed from Heracleitus; the second is, so far as we know, original with Protagoras,—that sense-perception is the only source and only kind of knowledge. In Heracleitus’ doctrine change is universal, each term of a series of changes passing into another. The senses are a part of this flux, and since they are, according to Protagoras, the only source of knowledge, knowledge is ephemeral and unreal. Reason is extended and continued sensation. A movement external to the organism stimulates an organ of the body and is met by a reacting movement of the organ. The result is perception. Perception being itself a process, each present moment of perception is the only knowledge. We cannot know things as they are in themselves; there is no insight into the Being of things over and above our perceptions. On the contrary, reality is not only what it perceptually appears for each individual, but also what it appears at each individual momentary perception.
The relativism of Protagoras was based on two main ideas: the first is universal change, which he borrowed from Heraclitus; the second, as far as we know, is original to Protagoras— that sense perception is the only source and type of knowledge. In Heraclitus’s view, change is universal, with each stage of a series of changes transitioning into another. The senses are a part of this continuous change, and since they are, according to Protagoras, the only source of knowledge, knowledge is fleeting and not real. Reason is just extended and ongoing sensation. An external movement stimulates an organ of the body, which then reacts, resulting in perception. Since perception is itself a process, each moment of perception is the only knowledge we have. We cannot know things as they truly are; there’s no understanding of the essence of things beyond our perceptions. Instead, reality is not just what it seems to each individual, but also what it appears to be at each individual moment of perception.
What is the result of such a theory of knowledge? Protagoras expresses it well in his famous words, “Man is the measure of all things.” It is absolute sensationalism. There is no truth except that of the present moment. Each man sees the truth for himself at the moment of his perception. It does not matter if another has a different perception. It does not matter if at the next moment his perception differs. Each perception exists at the moment, is true, and at that moment is the only perception. There are as many truths as there are individuals, as many as there are moments in an individual’s life. Each individual is the measure of the true, the beautiful, and the good; for a thing that is good or true to one man may be harmful or false to another. Metaphysical discussions are vain, for the only reality to prove is the content of the present moment. All causes and ultimate criteria are impossible to be known.
What does such a theory of knowledge lead to? Protagoras sums it up nicely with his famous phrase, “Man is the measure of all things.” It’s pure sensationalism. There’s no truth beyond what’s happening right now. Each person perceives their own truth at the moment they experience it. It doesn’t matter if someone else sees it differently. It doesn’t matter if a person’s perception changes in the next moment. Every perception exists in that moment, is true, and at that moment is the only perception. There are as many truths as there are individuals, as many as there are moments in a person's life. Each person is the measure of what’s true, beautiful, and good; what one person finds good or true may be harmful or false to someone else. Philosophical debates are pointless, as the only reality to prove is the content of the present moment. All causes and ultimate criteria are impossible to know.
2. The Nihilism of Gorgias. As the philosophy of Protagoras teaches that everything is equally true, that of Gorgias teaches that everything is equally false. Gorgias declared that Being, knowledge, and the communication of knowledge are impossible. Starting from the dialectic of the Eleatic, Zeno (as Protagoras started from that of Heracleitus), Gorgias maintained: (1) Nothing is; (2) If anything is, it cannot be thought; (3) Even if it can be thought, it cannot be communicated. The knowledge of the thing is different from the thing; the expression of the thought in words is different from the thought itself.
2. The Nihilism of Gorgias. While Protagoras' philosophy claims that everything is equally true, Gorgias' philosophy claims that everything is equally false. Gorgias stated that existence, knowledge, and sharing knowledge are impossible. Building on the dialectic of the Eleatic school, Zeno (just as Protagoras built on Heraclitus) argued: (1) Nothing exists; (2) If anything exists, it can't be thought of; (3) Even if it can be thought of, it can't be communicated. Understanding something is different from the thing itself; expressing a thought in words is different from the thought itself.
The Ethics of the Sophists.—The Application of their Critical Theory to Political Life. The ethical-political life was of paramount importance to the Greek. When the later Sophists began to scrutinize it from the point of view of the individual, their skepticism became a direct menace to Greek political institutions. The individual became a law unto himself, and the citizen set himself up as superior to society. Since the time of the Gnomic poets the content of both moral and political laws had become more and more a subject of reflection; and at the time of the Sophists the whole foundation of law was called in question. When the individual man is declared to be the measure of all things, all legal and moral institutions hang in the balance. All rules of conduct and all laws become then artificial and merely conventional products; and just as there is no standard of truth or error in knowledge, so there is no standard of good citizenship or morality. The good man is the prudent man; the good citizen is the successful and powerful man. Might is right.
The Ethics of the Sophists.—The Application of their Critical Theory to Political Life. The ethical-political life was extremely important to the Greeks. When the later Sophists began to analyze it from an individual perspective, their skepticism posed a direct threat to Greek political institutions. Individuals saw themselves as their own authority, and citizens regarded themselves as above society. Since the time of the Gnomic poets, both moral and political laws had increasingly become subjects of contemplation; by the time of the Sophists, the very foundation of law was being questioned. When the individual is declared to be the standard of all things, all legal and moral institutions are left hanging precariously. All rules of behavior and all laws then appear to be artificial and merely conventional creations; just as there is no standard of truth or falsehood in knowledge, there is also no standard for good citizenship or morality. The good person is the wise person; the good citizen is the successful and powerful person. Might makes right.
Thus the Sophists came to teach such doctrines as these: Laws are made by the strongest, represent their will, and must be obeyed if they cannot be disobeyed; it takes a strong man to make a law, but a stronger to break it; the laws are only conventions invented either by the many to restrain the powerful few, or by the few to enslave the many. Even religions are devices of the crafty to enchain the people. Obedience to law is therefore a matter of personal interest. Happiness is the most important consideration of the individual. Sometimes personal interest conflicts with law and law does not then bring happiness, for criminals are often the most happy. It is not obedience to law that brings happiness but (Polus) a shrewd calculation of ends with no regard to right or law. The Sophists made no attempt to put their theories into execution. They expressed the sentiments of the Greek people, and Greek public opinion then pointed to segregation and individualism. Plato said that, after all, the Greek public was the great Sophist.
So, the Sophists taught ideas like these: Laws are created by the strongest, reflect their will, and must be followed if they can’t be ignored; it takes a strong person to create a law, but an even stronger one to break it. Laws are just agreements made either by the majority to control the powerful few, or by the few to dominate the many. Even religions are tricks used by the clever to bind the people. Therefore, following the law is just a matter of personal benefit. Happiness is the main concern for an individual. Sometimes personal interests clash with the law, and in those cases, law doesn’t lead to happiness, since criminals are often the happiest. It’s not obeying the law that brings happiness, but rather (Polus) a smart calculation of outcomes with no consideration for what’s right or the law. The Sophists didn’t try to put their theories into practice. They voiced the thoughts of the Greek populace, which at the time leaned toward segregation and individualism. Plato said that, ultimately, the Greek public was the great Sophist.
It was thus that the distinction arose between positive law and natural law. Reflecting upon the differences among the constitutions of the Greek states and upon the constant alterations in these constitutions, the Sophist concluded that the greater part of them were of human invention. They were positive laws and were to be contrasted with natural law, which was such law as is binding on all men equally. Natural law is therefore of greater worth than positive law, and is set in antithesis to it. Sir Henry Maine says in his Ancient Law that the Greeks did not found any system of jurisprudence, because natural law was always referred to by them in arguing any question. The only way to find natural law is to strip it of the mass of conventional laws. The word “nature” has been in its history one of the most ambiguous of words; and Protagoras’ teaching that “nature” consists of primary ethical feelings is hardly a complete and satisfactory definition. The more the theory of the Sophists limited “nature” to human nature, and to human nature in its capricious and individual aspects, so much the more did statute laws appear antagonistic to natural law and seem to be detrimental to it.
It was in this way that the difference between positive law and natural law came about. When considering the differences among the constitutions of Greek states and the frequent changes in these constitutions, the Sophist concluded that most of them were created by people. These were positive laws, which contrasted with natural law, a law that applies equally to all people. Therefore, natural law is more valuable than positive law and stands in opposition to it. Sir Henry Maine mentions in his Ancient Law that the Greeks did not create any system of jurisprudence because they always referred to natural law when discussing any issue. The only way to identify natural law is to remove the layers of conventional laws. The term “nature” has historically been one of the most ambiguous words, and Protagoras’ view that “nature” consists of basic ethical feelings is not a complete or satisfying definition. As the Sophists’ theory increasingly limited “nature” to human nature, and particularly to its unpredictable and individual traits, positive laws seemed more and more to conflict with natural law and appeared to be harmful to it.
Summary.
Summary.
1. Although a skepticism and a criticism, Sophistry was a relative advance over the traditionalism and dogmatism of the Cosmologists.
1. While it was met with skepticism and criticism, Sophistry was a step forward compared to the traditionalism and dogmatism of the Cosmologists.
2. Sophistry turned the attention to man and his interests as the principal object of inquiry.
2. Sophistry focused on humans and their interests as the main subject of investigation.
3. The Sophists stood for freedom of thought by pointing to individual consciousness as the final court of appeal.
3. The Sophists advocated for freedom of thought by emphasizing individual consciousness as the ultimate authority.
4. Although the Sophists differed very much in their teaching, they had a mutual dependence and common presuppositions.
4. Even though the Sophists had very different teachings, they relied on each other and shared some common beliefs.
5. The Sophists disregarded the likenesses and emphasized the differences among men.
5. The Sophists ignored the similarities and focused on the differences among people.
6. The Sophists built up their doctrines upon the basis of a sensationalist psychology.
6. The Sophists developed their theories based on a sensationalist understanding of psychology.
CHAPTER V
SOCRATES (469–399 B.C.E.).
Socrates and Aristophanes. There were two ways in which the other elements in Greek society tried to meet the Sophists. One was led by Aristophanes, the other by Socrates. Aristophanes was a rich nobleman who looked back with pride upon the good old times. He would have a government of the best rather than of the many. He would destroy the Sophistic movement, and he wrote many satires upon Greek life with that end in view. His satire, The Clouds, is of especial interest in this connection. Socrates represents the other way in which the Sophistic movement was met. He accepted the Sophistic movement, but he read more deeply into it than the Sophists themselves, and he tried to find its truth.
Socrates and Aristophanes. There were two approaches that different groups in Greek society took to respond to the Sophists. One was led by Aristophanes, and the other by Socrates. Aristophanes was a wealthy nobleman who looked back fondly on the good old days. He believed in a government run by the best individuals rather than by the masses. He aimed to eliminate the Sophistic movement and wrote many satires about Greek life with that goal in mind. His satire, The Clouds, is particularly relevant in this context. Socrates represents the other approach to addressing the Sophistic movement. He embraced the Sophistic movement but explored it more deeply than the Sophists themselves, seeking to uncover its truth.
The extraordinary personality of Socrates is the central figure in this age of critical inquiry. For the first time do we find philosophy centred in a great personality, and there is no more picturesque figure in history. The exposition of his doctrines is essentially a biography. He wrote nothing himself, and the literary sources of his life and teaching are found in Xenophon’s Memorabilia and Symposium, in the writings of Plato, and in those of Aristotle. They throw different lights upon his character, and together give a fairly complete picture. Xenophon records the sober, practical, and popular side of Socrates, caught in casual conversation. Plato idealizes Socrates, especially in his later writings, and he reveals Socrates’ character on its imaginative and spiritual sides. Aristotle is more discriminating and less sympathetic, but always reliable because he is a generation removed.17
The amazing personality of Socrates is the key figure in this era of critical thinking. For the first time, we see philosophy rooted in a significant individual, and he stands out as one of the most colorful characters in history. The explanation of his ideas is basically a biography. He wrote nothing himself, and the literary accounts of his life and teachings come from Xenophon’s Memorabilia and Symposium, as well as the writings of Plato and Aristotle. These sources cast different perspectives on his character and, together, they provide a fairly complete picture. Xenophon captures the sober, practical, and popular aspects of Socrates through casual conversations. Plato romanticizes Socrates, particularly in his later works, showcasing Socrates’ character through its imaginative and spiritual dimensions. Aristotle is more discerning and less sympathetic, but always credible because he is a generation removed.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Personality and Life of Socrates. Alcibiades described Socrates as like the little cases sold upon the streets of Athens, which were made in the shape of Silenus and contained a carved image. The description was apt, for Socrates had a fine spiritual nature within an astonishing shell. He was short, stout, and thick-set, with his head set upon his shoulders. His eyes were bulging, his nose flat with upturned nostrils, his mouth big and grinning, and his beard disordered. His protruding belly was set upon slender legs, and his dress was slovenly. Nevertheless his geniality, his fine humor, the unselfishness which he manifested unstintedly toward his friends, exercised an irresistible charm upon all the remarkable personalities of his time. Over the Athenian youth his influence was very great, and he surrounded himself with a large circle of admirers, to the neglect of his home cares and his wife Xantippe. While the habit of the Sophists was to talk in private and for pay, Socrates was distinguished from all his contemporaries by the fact that he would talk in the public places with any one, rich or poor, and without remuneration.
The Personality and Life of Socrates. Alcibiades described Socrates as being like the small cases sold on the streets of Athens, shaped like Silenus and containing a carved figure. The description was fitting, as Socrates had a wonderful spirit inside an unusual exterior. He was short, sturdy, and stocky, with his head resting heavily on his shoulders. His eyes were bulging, his nose flat with upturned nostrils, his mouth large and grinning, and his beard unkempt. His protruding belly sat atop thin legs, and his clothing was messy. However, his warmth, great sense of humor, and the selflessness he consistently showed toward his friends had an irresistible appeal to all the remarkable individuals of his time. He had a significant influence on the youth of Athens, surrounding himself with a large group of admirers, often neglecting his home life and his wife Xantippe. While the Sophists typically spoke in private and for a fee, Socrates stood out from his contemporaries by engaging in conversations in public spaces with anyone, rich or poor, and without charge.
His life had its ascetic side. He was frugal in his needs. He went barefoot, summer and winter, and his clothing was the scantiest. He was abstemious in food and drink. While on occasion at the feast he would drink more wine than any one else, yet he never was seen intoxicated. The ascetic side of his nature is seen in his refusal to cultivate gymnastics, because such training required much food. He tried to limit his wants. He was a model of hardiness, self-denial, and self-mastery, as many an anecdote will show. “No one ever saw or heard anything wicked in Socrates,” said Xenophon. “So pious was he that he never did anything without first consulting the Gods, so master of himself as never to prefer pleasure to goodness, so sensible as never to err in the choice between the better and the worse. In a word, he was the best and the most happy of men.”
His life had a simple side. He was careful with his needs. He went barefoot, in summer and winter, and his clothes were minimal. He was moderate with food and drink. While at a feast he might drink more wine than anyone else, he was never seen drunk. His simple nature is evident in his choice not to engage in physical training, as it required a lot of food. He aimed to limit his desires. He was a perfect example of resilience, self-control, and discipline, as many stories illustrate. “No one ever saw or heard anything immoral in Socrates,” said Xenophon. “He was so devoted that he never did anything without first consulting the Gods, so in control of himself that he never chose pleasure over what was right, and so wise that he never made mistakes in choosing between what was better and what was worse. In short, he was the best and happiest of men.”
At times Socrates seems intellectually stiff and prosaic. This may have been incidental to his asceticism, or the result of it. He was indifferent to the sensuous, and he explained the beautiful in terms of the useful. He refused to walk out because trees and flowers could teach him nothing. Art offered no suggestions to him, for it is useless even if it is inspired. His unpoetic and prosy nature was perhaps not due so much to his lack of taste as to his original mind overflowing with ideas. He was not perceptive, but reflective. He said that astronomy is a mystery, geometry is land measuring, which any man can do, arithmetic is merely permissible, and physics something to be neglected. “Ye may judge how unprofitable these studies are by seeing how men differ among themselves.” He was once found dancing at home by himself when he was expected to be at a dance with others, and his practical nature is also revealed in the fact that at the feast he was reminded of its utility.
At times, Socrates seems intellectually rigid and dull. This could have been a result of his ascetic lifestyle or just part of it. He was indifferent to sensory pleasures and explained beauty in terms of usefulness. He refused to go for walks because trees and flowers had nothing to teach him. Art didn’t inspire him either, as it was useless, even if it was creative. His lack of poetic flair wasn't so much due to poor taste but rather to his original mind overflowing with ideas. He wasn’t very perceptive but was quite reflective. He said that astronomy is a mystery, geometry is just land measurement that anyone can do, arithmetic is only acceptable, and physics is something to ignore. “You can gauge how unhelpful these studies are by seeing how much people disagree with one another.” He was once found dancing alone at home when he was supposed to be socializing at a dance, and his practical nature is also evident from the fact that he was reminded of the feast's utility.
The influence of Socrates’ dæmon or divine voice upon him is very interesting. He felt himself divinely called by his dæmon (Apology, 29, 33 f.) to unremitting labor in the moral perfecting of society through an examination of himself and his fellows. Socrates was moved by a deep religious feeling in all that he undertook. This divine leading is what he designates as his dæmon. He speaks of it as “the God” or “the gods” which speaks to other men through the oracles. This divine voice was ever with him, but as to specific actions it only warned him against the injudicious action, never incited him to the correct action. Specifically it did not tell him what to do so much as what not to do. When he was about to prepare a defense beforehand that he should make to the judges, his dæmon interposed, and so he relied upon the inspiration of the moment. On one of his campaigns he was observed to stand in communion with the dæmon the whole day, unmindful of the weather.
The influence of Socrates’ daemon or inner voice on him is really interesting. He felt a divine call from his daemon (Apology, 29, 33 f.) to tirelessly work on the moral improvement of society by examining himself and those around him. Socrates was deeply moved by a strong sense of spirituality in everything he did. This divine guidance is what he refers to as his daemon. He talks about it as “the God” or “the gods” that communicate with other people through oracles. This divine voice was always present, but it only warned him against foolish actions, never prompted him to take the right actions. Specifically, it didn’t tell him what to do; it told him what not to do. When he was getting ready to prepare a defense for the judges, his daemon intervened, so he relied on inspiration in the moment. During one of his campaigns, he was seen spending the whole day in communion with the daemon, completely unaware of the weather.
As to the education and intellectual training of Socrates, one must say that it formed a factor of less importance in his life. The uniqueness of Socrates’ character is only in small measure to be accounted for by his environment. He was one of those men who would have been great in any time. He got but little from his father, who was a sculptor, or from his mother, who was a midwife. He was not strictly an educated man, although he had the early education of an Athenian youth, and of course no one could grow up a citizen of Athens in the time of Pericles without absorbing its culture. His formal education probably consisted of music and gymnastics, and he was certainly familiar with the preceding schools of philosophy. Socrates lived a long life of contented poverty, and he dedicated his life to the public. Two inherited instincts were strong within him, which alone will account for his career: (1) his strong religious persuasion that he was acting under a mission from the gods; (2) his great intellectual originality, as shown in his teaching and in his power over others.
As for Socrates' education and intellectual development, it played a less significant role in his life. The distinctiveness of Socrates' character can only partially be attributed to his surroundings. He was the kind of person who would have stood out in any era. He received little from his father, a sculptor, or from his mother, a midwife. He wasn't formally educated in the traditional sense, although he had the early upbringing of an Athenian youth, and it was impossible not to absorb the culture of Athens during the time of Pericles. His formal education likely included music and gymnastics, and he was definitely familiar with the earlier philosophical schools. Socrates lived a long life of contented poverty and devoted himself to the public good. Two inherited traits were strongly present in him, which can explain his career: (1) his deep religious belief that he was on a mission from the gods; (2) his remarkable intellectual originality, evident in his teachings and his influence over others.
There are few striking events in Socrates’ career, except his death. He was born in Athens in 469 B. C. He began his divinely appointed work of redeeming Athens from the dangerous tendencies of the Sophists at the commencement of the Peloponnesian War. He served in three campaigns as a soldier. He also acted, when called upon, as prytanis, or lawgiver, although he stood aloof from political activity. At the advanced age of seventy he was accused of corrupting the youth and denying the gods. His life thus far would have seemed to be one of unimpeachable moral and brilliant intellectual monotony. But his death illuminates his life and makes it heroic, because his death shows what in reality his life was,—the tragic epitome of the Athenian social situation. His death was not due to himself, although he could have escaped, nor to his judges, although they could have acquitted him. It represents the inevitable conflict between the Greek ideal of universalism and Greek individualism. Its value is therefore historic. His particular accusers were actuated by personal animosity. Behind them were many others whom his efforts at reform and his bitter irony had made hostile. Behind all was the voice of Athenian conservatism against the Athenian culture movement. The charges against Socrates were in part true, and besides as a moral reformer he had been a public nuisance. Yet his death was a judicial murder. He was found guilty by his judges. To the sentence of death proposed by Meletus, one of his accusers, Socrates had the right to propose an alternative sentence, and the judges must choose between the two. Had Socrates proposed a small fine, it would probably have been accepted by the judges. He proposed, however, that Athens provide for him at the public expense, arrogant as he was in his complacent sense of virtue. The judges then could do nothing else than pronounce the sentence of death. This was delayed thirty days on account of the sacrifice at Delos. Even then Socrates could have easily escaped from jail. But he refused to do the law a wrong, and drank the hemlock in May, 399 B. C.
There are not many remarkable events in Socrates’ life, except for his death. He was born in Athens in 469 BCE He began his mission to save Athens from the dangerous ideas of the Sophists at the start of the Peloponnesian War. He fought in three military campaigns. When needed, he also served as a prytanis, or lawmaker, although he stayed away from political involvement. At the age of seventy, he was accused of corrupting the youth and denying the gods. Until that point, his life would have seemed morally sound and intellectually impressive but somewhat monotonous. However, his death gives deeper meaning to his life and makes it heroic because it reflects the tragic essence of the Athenian social landscape. His death was not caused by his own actions, although he could have avoided it, nor by his judges, who could have acquitted him. It symbolizes the inevitable clash between the Greek ideals of universalism and individualism. Its significance is therefore historic. His specific accusers were motivated by personal grudges. Behind them were many others who had become hostile due to his reform efforts and sharp criticism. Ultimately, it represented the voice of Athenian conservatism opposing the cultural movement in Athens. The accusations against Socrates had some truth to them, and as a moral reformer, he had also been a public annoyance. Yet his death was a judicial murder. He was found guilty by the judges. When Meletus, one of his accusers, proposed the death penalty, Socrates had the right to suggest an alternative punishment, and the judges had to choose between the two. If Socrates had suggested a small fine, it likely would have been accepted by the judges. Instead, he arrogantly proposed that Athens support him at public expense, confident in his sense of virtue. As a result, the judges had no choice but to impose the death sentence. This was delayed for thirty days due to a sacrifice at Delos. Even then, Socrates could have easily escaped from jail, but he refused to do wrong by the law and drank the hemlock in May, 399 BCE
Professor G. H. Palmer points out the irony that characterizes the life and death of Socrates. He stands for the harmony of opposite qualities. He devoted himself to the good of Athens, and yet Athens put him to death. In the service of the eternal was he sacrificed. His own personality is an exemplification of this irony. In appearance his un-Greek physical ugliness is in contrast with his beautiful Greek soul; he was the most austere and yet the most sensitive of men; he was always a serious moralist and yet always a jester; he was scarcely out of Athens and yet he was a world’s man; he was the world’s philosopher and yet he had no system of thought and left no writings.
Professor G. H. Palmer highlights the irony that defines Socrates' life and death. He embodies the harmony of conflicting qualities. He dedicated himself to the welfare of Athens, yet Athens condemned him to death. He was sacrificed for the sake of the eternal. His own character exemplifies this irony. Physically, his un-Greek ugliness contrasts with his beautiful Greek soul; he was both the strictest and the most sensitive of men; he was always a serious moralist but also a constant jester; he was hardly ever out of Athens, yet he was a man of the world; he was the world's philosopher, yet he had no structured philosophy and left no writings.
Socrates and the Sophists. In his point of departure Socrates is in entire agreement with the Sophists. He is a critical philosopher. Criticism is the starting-point of his philosophy as a whole, and he begins each particular argument afresh with a critical examination of its grounds. This means that he, like the Sophists, turns to the individual reason as the final court of appeal. Like them he refused to accept any traditional dogma unexamined, and he commenced a critical inquiry into all kinds of conceptions. Socrates and the Sophists are one in the spirit of the Greek illumination in their critical attack upon intellectual problems. Socrates’ famous saying that “virtue is knowledge” could equally well be put into the mouth of Protagoras; and the doctrine of Protagoras that “man is the measure of all things” could be ascribed to Socrates without inconsistency.
Socrates and the Sophists. At his starting point Socrates completely aligns with the Sophists. He is a critical thinker. Criticism is the foundation of his entire philosophy, and he begins each specific argument with a thorough examination of its reasoning. This means he, like the Sophists, relies on individual reasoning as the ultimate authority. He also refused to accept any traditional beliefs without questioning them, initiating a critical exploration of all sorts of ideas. Socrates and the Sophists share a common spirit in the Greek enlightenment as they critically engage with intellectual issues. Socrates’ well-known saying that “virtue is knowledge” could easily be attributed to Protagoras; similarly, Protagoras’ claim that “man is the measure of all things” could just as well be associated with Socrates without contradiction.
In his conclusions in one respect Socrates arrives at the same point as the Sophists,—but in only one respect. He agrees with them as to the worthlessness of the results of natural science. Natural science cannot be worth while, because it does not lead to moral excellence. The meagre results of the Cosmologists show the worthlessness of natural science to man. In this one respect Socrates’ criticism leads him to skepticism like the Sophists,—to a skepticism of natural science.
In one aspect of his conclusions Socrates reaches the same conclusion as the Sophists—but only in this one aspect. He agrees with them on the uselessness of the results of natural science. Natural science isn’t valuable because it doesn’t contribute to moral excellence. The limited outcomes of the Cosmologists demonstrate the futility of natural science for humanity. In this regard, Socrates’ criticism brings him to a skepticism similar to that of the Sophists—specifically a skepticism towards natural science.
But in his conclusions as to the value of human nature, Socrates set himself entirely against the outcome of the reflections of the Sophists, and indeed of his time. In the absorbing anthropological topics of his time, he laid the foundations of a constructive philosophy against the skeptical conclusions of the Sophists. In human matters he maintained that there is a validity to truth and a possibility of absolute knowledge. He admitted with the Sophists that there are obscurities in human thought, and that obviously the standard of truth does not belong to any one man. But while the Sophists emphasized these contradictions and reasoned therefore that no valid truth existed, Socrates cut his way through such contradictions and obscurities, emphasized the identity in men, and maintained that the truth is in all men together,—in humanity. It exists as an ideal to be striven for by men together. When Protagoras says that “man is the measure of all things,” he means by “man” the individual man; while Socrates, if he had used that expression, would have meant “humanity.” And Socrates means by his principle “virtue is knowledge” that the knowledge of that same humanity (i. e. insight, reason) is virtue; while Protagoras, agreeing as he did formally with the maxim that “virtue is knowledge,” would always define “knowledge” as the individual feelings. “The individual man is the measure of all things,” Protagoras would say; “Humanity is the measure of all things,” Socrates would reply. “Virtue is knowledge gained by the feelings,” Protagoras would say; “Virtue is knowledge gained by the reason,” Socrates would reply. Beneath the changing capricious individual, beneath the variety of men, Socrates believed that there was a common humanity, one unchanging man, who contained the ultimate truth. There are many opinions, ideas, and feelings, but only one knowledge. This knowledge is rational; and human nature is a unity in the possession of this knowledge.
But in his conclusions about the value of human nature, Socrates completely opposed the views of the Sophists and the prevailing thoughts of his era. In the important discussions of his time, he established the groundwork for a constructive philosophy that challenged the skeptical views of the Sophists. In matters relating to humanity, he argued that truth is valid and that absolute knowledge is possible. He acknowledged, along with the Sophists, that human thought can be unclear and that the standard of truth doesn’t belong to just one person. However, while the Sophists focused on these contradictions and concluded that no valid truth exists, Socrates navigated through these contradictions and obscurities. He highlighted the commonality among people and insisted that truth exists within all humans together—in humanity. It exists as an ideal that people should strive for collectively. When Protagoras states that “man is the measure of all things,” he refers to the individual person; whereas Socrates, if he had used that phrase, would have meant “humanity.” By his principle “virtue is knowledge,” Socrates implies that understanding of that same humanity (i.e., insight, reason) is virtue; while Protagoras, despite agreeing with the saying that “virtue is knowledge,” would define “knowledge” as individual feelings. Protagoras would assert, “The individual man is the measure of all things,” to which Socrates would reply, “Humanity is the measure of all things.” Protagoras would claim, “Virtue is knowledge gained by the feelings,” while Socrates would respond, “Virtue is knowledge gained by reason.” Beneath the ever-changing individual and the diversity of humanity, Socrates believed there is a shared humanity, one constant man, who embodies the ultimate truth. There are numerous opinions, ideas, and feelings, but there is only one knowledge. This knowledge is rational, and human nature is unified in possessing this knowledge.
This is the principle that distinguishes Socrates from the other leaders of the Greek Illumination. While he was imbued with the motives of the Greek culture of his time,—curious about its results, feeling its usefulness, and critical of all tradition,—he nevertheless withheld himself from its skeptical conclusions. Any culture illumination runs the danger of defeating itself and becoming skeptical of its own powers. This is what actually happened in the Sophistic philosophy. But when Socrates set himself against this superficial and self-destructive outcome of his age, he became in his constructive philosophy the clearest and most comprehensive expression of that age. Because he grasped the principle of the Greek Enlightenment deeply and formulated it constructively, his intellectual reign became historically established. The fundamental principle of the philosophy of Socrates was therefore the real principle of classic Greek civilization, and by saving that principle he saved Greek civilization for modern Europe.
This is the principle that sets Socrates apart from the other leaders of the Greek Enlightenment. While he was influenced by the motivations of the Greek culture of his time—curious about its outcomes, aware of its benefits, and critical of tradition—he still held back from its skeptical conclusions. Any cultural enlightenment risks undermining itself and becoming doubtful of its own capabilities. This is what actually occurred in Sophistic philosophy. However, when Socrates opposed this shallow and self-destructive direction of his time, he became the most clear and comprehensive expression of that era through his constructive philosophy. Because he understood the principle of the Greek Enlightenment deeply and articulated it effectively, his intellectual influence became historically significant. The core principle of Socratic philosophy was, therefore, the true essence of classic Greek civilization, and by preserving that principle, he safeguarded Greek civilization for modern Europe.
The Unsystematic Character of the Socratic Philosophy. The casual reader is often troubled to know for what precisely Socrates is searching. The vagueness of the Socratic quest is partly due to the fact that he had no system. Indeed, he had no groundwork for a system of thought. His psychology or theory of the human mind was undefined. He speaks of sensations and perceptions, but they, with the feelings and the will, are considered by him to be unimportant factors in the conscious life. On the whole, the mind was thought by him to be an aggregation of conceptions or ideas. The feelings cloud the activity of these conceptions, and the only feeling to which Socrates attached any importance was his dæmon or divine voice. This grew to be his mentor as he grew older. Socrates never made a scientific psychological analysis. He began rather with three assumptions which amounted to convictions. They were these: that only by acquiring conceptions is true knowledge to be found; that virtue consists in acting according to conceptions; that the world has been designed according to conceptions. Conceptions were, so to speak, an obsession with Socrates.18 They were his postulates, his instruments, and his goal. The other factors of the mind were neglected by him.
The Unsystematic Character of the Socratic Philosophy. The casual reader often finds it confusing to understand exactly what Socrates is searching for. The ambiguity of the Socratic quest is partly due to the fact that he didn’t have a system. In fact, he lacked a foundation for a system of thought. His understanding of psychology or the human mind was undefined. He talked about sensations and perceptions, but he viewed them, along with feelings and will, as unimportant in conscious life. Overall, he believed that the mind was just a collection of concepts or ideas. Feelings obstruct the function of these concepts, and the only feeling Socrates considered significant was his dæmon or divine voice. This became his guide as he grew older. Socrates never conducted a scientific psychological analysis. Instead, he started with three assumptions that he held as beliefs. They were: that true knowledge can only be found by acquiring concepts; that virtue involves acting according to these concepts; that the world is designed according to these concepts. Concepts were, in a sense, an obsession for Socrates.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. They were his foundational ideas, his tools, and his ultimate aim. He neglected the other aspects of the mind.
The Ideal of Socrates. The goal of the quest of Socrates is an ideal, and in the nature of things had the vagueness of any ideal. The content of an ideal has to remain undefined until it has been gained by experience, and then of course it is no longer an ideal. Any ideal, however, can be stated formally, and the formal and deductive side of knowledge has had an important place both in practical conduct and in the history of science. Socrates could state his ideal formally and to some extent he could give it content; but it always remained for him an object to be sought. He believed that the ideal lay in conceptions and could be found if he got the truth of any one conception. So he undertook to define such conceptions as friendship, courage, prudence, etc., but his search was never satisfied. Nevertheless, the search itself was scarcely less important to him than its accomplishment.
The Ideal of Socrates. The goal of Socrates' quest is an ideal, which naturally has the vagueness typical of any ideal. The essence of an ideal has to remain undefined until it is realized through experience, and then, of course, it’s no longer an ideal. However, any ideal can be articulated formally, and the formal and deductive aspects of knowledge have played a significant role in both practical actions and the history of science. Socrates could express his ideal formally and to some extent could provide it with substance; yet it always remained an object for him to pursue. He believed that the ideal existed in concepts and could be discovered if he uncovered the truth of any single concept. Therefore, he set out to define concepts such as friendship, courage, prudence, etc., but his quest was never fully satisfied. Still, the quest itself mattered to him almost as much as its achievement.
The ideal of Socrates was Knowledge or Wisdom, and his formal statement of the ideal was Knowledge is Virtue. The primal end to be striven for is wisdom, that is, in conceptions and by conceptions. But where are these conceptions to be found but in one’s own mind? Therefore the region of the quest of Socrates was his own mind, and his motto was, “Know thyself.” And what is this Virtue of which knowledge or wisdom is the equivalent? It does not mean virtue in the narrow modern meaning of the term, nor yet in the narrow original meaning, of warlike prowess or valor. The Greek word which Socrates used was ἀρετή, and is best translated excellence or ability. In the history of the word it had a variety of meanings, like the Latin word virtus, whose equivalent it is. It is derived from the same root as the word Ἄρης, Ares (or Mars), the name of the god of war. While therefore originally it meant military valor, it came to mean any kind of excellence. In modern times there appeared a book called The Greatest Thing in the World, which had as its aim to show that Christian love is the “greatest thing in the world.” To Socrates not “Love” but “Wisdom” is the “greatest thing in the world,” and Greek civilization is thus contrasted with that of Christianity.
The ideal of Socrates was Knowledge or Wisdom, and he summed it up by saying, Knowledge is Virtue. The ultimate goal to strive for is wisdom, which is shaped by ideas and concepts. But where do these concepts come from if not from our own minds? So, Socrates focused his quest on his own mind, and his motto was, “Know thyself.” And what does this Virtue, which is synonymous with knowledge or wisdom, mean? It doesn't refer to virtue in the narrow modern sense, nor in the limited original sense of military bravery or valor. The Greek word Socrates used was virtue, which is best translated as excellence or ability. Throughout history, the word has had various meanings, just like the Latin word virtus, which is its equivalent. It comes from the same root as Ares, Ares (or Mars), the god of war. So, while it originally signified military valor, it evolved to encompass any kind of excellence. In modern times, a book titled The Greatest Thing in the World aimed to argue that Christian love is the “greatest thing in the world.” For Socrates, however, it is not “Love” but “Wisdom” that holds that title, highlighting a contrast between Greek civilization and Christianity.
But now the question comes, What kind of knowledge or wisdom does Socrates mean as the greatest excellence? In contrast to the Sophists, who relied upon the sensations and impulses as wisdom, Socrates turned to that element which had been the decisive factor of the culture of the time. This was insight. The greatest excellence is insight. He who acts according to his feelings is not sure of his knowledge, but he who acts according to insight has the greatest excellence in the world. But Socrates restricts the meaning of knowledge still further. Not only is knowledge to Socrates insight, but it is moral insight. For the problems in which he was interested were the problems of human life and principally the problem of self-examination. Thus we can translate the conventional formal statement of Socrates, viz., Knowledge is virtue, into this rather longer sentence, Moral insight is the most excellent thing in the world. For the first time in the history of thought philosophy is founded upon a moral postulate.
But now the question arises, what kind of knowledge or wisdom does Socrates consider to be the highest virtue? Unlike the Sophists, who believed that sensations and impulses constituted wisdom, Socrates focused on what had been the most influential element of the culture at that time. This was insight. The greatest virtue is insight. Someone who acts based on their feelings isn’t confident in their knowledge, but someone who acts based on insight possesses the highest virtue in the world. However, Socrates further narrows the definition of knowledge. To Socrates, knowledge isn’t just insight; it’s moral insight. The issues he cared about were those related to human life, especially the problem of self-examination. So we can rephrase Socrates' traditional formal statement, viz., Knowledge is virtue, into this longer version: Moral insight is the most excellent thing in the world. For the first time in the history of thought, philosophy is based on a moral principle.
What the Socratic Ideal involves. We have now examined the meaning of the formal statement of the Socratic ideal. A further question along this same line concerns what that ideal involves.
What the Socratic Ideal involves. We have now looked at the meaning of the formal statement of the Socratic ideal. A further question in this same area is what that ideal includes.
1. In the first place, to possess knowledge is to act righteously. Knowledge = righteous conduct. Socrates does not mean that knowledge is merely the condition of right conduct; he means that knowledge actually constitutes moral conduct. The development of the reason is actually the same as the development of the will. Knowledge is virtue and virtue is knowledge. Vice is ignorance and ignorance is vice. To have an insight into the truth is the principle of living. Not only is deficient insight the cause of evil, but it is itself the greatest evil. Not only does a man act wrongly because he does not know the good, but not to know the good is the greatest wrong that can happen to him.
1. First of all, having knowledge means acting rightly. Knowledge equals righteous behavior. Socrates isn’t saying that knowledge is just a prerequisite for right action; he believes that knowledge actually defines moral behavior. Developing reason is the same as developing willpower. Knowledge is virtue, and virtue is knowledge. Ignorance is vice, and vice is ignorance. Understanding the truth is the foundation of living. Not only does a lack of understanding lead to wrongdoing, but it is also the greatest evil itself. A person doesn’t act wrongly simply because they don’t know what's good; not knowing what is good is the worst thing that can happen to them.
2. Not only is moral insight the same as virtuous activity, but this insight is always accompanied by happiness. The will follows the recognition of the good, and the appropriate action makes man happy. Happiness is the necessary result of moral excellence. The Wise Man knows what is good for him and does it; thus in his performance he becomes happy. Socrates would subscribe to the proverb “Be good and you will be happy.” Such teaching on the part of Socrates implies that he believed two things: (1) that man by unremitting earnest examination of himself and others could gain such perfect happiness; and (2) that the world is under providential guidance. Socrates never expressly denied the existence of the Homeric gods and never expressly declared himself a monotheist. He is, however, always referring to one over-ruling wisdom. He had a personal conviction of immortality, but he never attempted its proof. Although Socrates had little confidence in human knowledge about the world of physical nature, he was animated by a belief that amounted to a conviction in the providential arrangement of the world. In such a divinely ordered world the good must be happy. Only a perfect wisdom can, however, be certain that always the results of his actions will gain happiness in the environment in which he lives; but still man can be sure that happiness increases proportionately with knowledge. Greek philosophy did go beyond this point in ethics, and this is called, in technical language, eudæmonism. Eudæmonism and hedonism are pleasure theories that are similar. Eudæmonism is the theory that active well-being is the highest good in life and that that good is always accompanied by pleasure. In hedonism pleasure is the good to be aimed at. In history eudæmonism has easily degenerated into hedonism.
2. Moral insight is not only the same as virtuous activity, but it also always brings happiness. The will follows the acknowledgment of what is good, and taking the right action makes a person happy. Happiness is the inevitable result of moral excellence. The Wise Man understands what is good for him and acts accordingly; in doing so, he finds happiness. Socrates would agree with the saying, “Be good and you will be happy.” This teaching from Socrates suggests that he believed two things: (1) that through constant self-examination and reflection on others, a person could achieve perfect happiness; and (2) that the world operates under a providential guidance. Socrates never explicitly denied the existence of the Homeric gods or claimed to be a monotheist. However, he consistently referred to a singular, overarching wisdom. He personally believed in immortality, but he never sought to prove it. While Socrates had little faith in human knowledge about the physical world, he was driven by a belief that reflected a conviction in the providential structure of the universe. In such a divinely ordered world, the good must be happy. Only perfect wisdom can guarantee that the outcomes of actions will lead to happiness in one's environment; nevertheless, a person can be sure that happiness grows in proportion to knowledge. Greek philosophy advanced beyond this point in ethics, known in technical terms as eudæmonism. Eudæmonism and hedonism are pleasure theories that are similar. Eudæmonism posits that active well-being is the highest good in life and that this good is always associated with pleasure. In hedonism, pleasure is the primary good to strive for. Historically, eudæmonism has often devolved into hedonism.
3. Socrates makes moral insight the same as virtuous activity, and he says that its inevitable accompaniment is happiness. Does he also make moral insight the same as utility? According to Xenophon, Socrates regards moral excellence as that which is most useful. Indeed, in some of the Platonic dialogues Socrates seems to define insight as the art of measuring or prudence, and it is pointed out that Socrates developed no virtue so fully as self-control. In the exigencies of the argument Socrates also often resorted to the useful to define the good. The question, What is the good? often resolves itself into the other question, What is the thing good for? Indeed, the form of the argument often assumes the vicious circle: Why is the act just? Because it is useful? Why is it useful? Because it is just. For the purposes of disputation, in which Socrates was always shrewd and not always scrupulous, he so frequently refers the good to what is suitable to men’s happiness and profit that his philosophy does not seem to rise above the relativism of the Sophists. But it is certain that Socrates strove to transcend this relativism, although not with full success and although his formulated teaching does not always go beyond it. However, that he believed in an absolute rather than a relative good appears in many ways: in his doctrine that it is better to suffer wrong than to do it; in his strict conformity to law rather than to save himself from death by breaking the law; in his constant interpretation of life as right-doing, ethical improvement, and participation in the good. The utility that is always in the background of his thought is the usefulness for the soul. We may conclude, therefore, that it was only superficially for the purposes of argumentation that Socrates made the useful an equivalent of moral insight.
3. Socrates equates moral insight with virtuous behavior, claiming that happiness is its natural result. Does he also connect moral insight to usefulness? According to Xenophon, Socrates sees moral excellence as the most beneficial trait. In fact, in some of the Platonic dialogues, Socrates appears to define insight as the skill of measuring or practical wisdom, noting that he emphasized self-control more than any other virtue. Throughout his arguments, Socrates often used usefulness as a way to define the good. The question, What is the good? often turns into, What is it good for? Indeed, the structure of his arguments sometimes leads to a circular reasoning: Why is the act just? Because it’s useful? Why is it useful? Because it’s just. In discussions, where Socrates was always clever and not always meticulous, he often refers to the good in terms of what brings happiness and benefit to people, making his philosophy seem to reflect the relativism of the Sophists. However, it’s clear that Socrates aimed to go beyond this relativism, even if he didn’t always succeed and his teachings didn’t fully escape it. Yet, he believed in an absolute good rather than a relative one, as evidenced in many ways: by teaching that it’s better to suffer wrong than to commit it; by adhering strictly to the law rather than attempting to save himself from death by breaking it; and by consistently viewing life as about doing what is right, ethical development, and engaging with the good. The underlying utility in his thinking is the usefulness for the soul. Therefore, we can conclude that Socrates only superficially equated the useful with moral insight for the sake of argument.
The purpose of Socrates was, after all, not to teach men to think correctly nor to become cultured but to become happy and useful Athenians. Moral excellence is the Socratic goal; and knowledge, happiness, and usefulness are only aspects of that goal. Knowledge is the essential means, happiness the essential result, and usefulness the essential sign of moral excellence. It follows as a corollary from Socrates’ philosophical ideal that he should also teach: (1) that virtue is teachable, and (2) that the virtues are one. Virtue is obviously teachable if it is knowledge. It follows also, although not so obviously, that all the virtues are fundamentally the same, and that a man cannot be virtuous in one thing without being virtuous in all. The really temperate man is also courageous, wise, and just.
The aim of Socrates wasn't just to teach people to think correctly or to become cultured but to help them become happy and useful citizens of Athens. Moral excellence is the main goal according to Socrates; knowledge, happiness, and usefulness are simply parts of that goal. Knowledge is the crucial method, happiness is the key outcome, and usefulness is the clear indicator of moral excellence. Consequently, from Socrates’ philosophical views, it follows that he should also teach: (1) that virtue can be taught, and (2) that all virtues are interconnected. Virtue can be taught if it is a form of knowledge. It also follows, although less obviously, that all virtues are inherently the same, meaning that a person cannot be virtuous in one area without being virtuous in all. A truly temperate person is also courageous, wise, and just.
The Two Steps of the Method of Socrates. The external form of the method of Socrates was conversation. Thinking was to him an inner conversation. The result of a conversation, external or internal, was evolvement,—the implicit in thought made explicit. This was quite opposed to the method of the Sophists, which was the supplying of knowledge. Socrates did not propose to start from any kind of knowledge except the ideal to be striven for. Starting with the presupposition that man contained knowledge, the end which Socrates attempted to reach by his method was a practical one. With so much in summary, let us examine the two steps of the method of Socrates.
The Two Steps of the Method of Socrates. The method of Socrates was based on conversation. For him, thinking was like having an internal dialogue. The outcome of a conversation, whether external or internal, was development—the unspoken ideas in our minds becoming clear. This was in stark contrast to the method of the Sophists, which focused on providing knowledge. Socrates didn't intend to start from any existing knowledge except for the ideal that people should strive for. Believing that every person held some knowledge, the goal Socrates aimed to achieve with his method was practical. With that summary in mind, let's look at the two steps of Socrates' method.
The first step that Socrates deems necessary for man in attaining this ideal of moral excellence is negative. Indeed, it is more,—it is complete abnegation on the part of the seeker for truth. One must confess that he himself knows nothing, and come to a realization that his untested individual opinions are not the truth. He must approach the subject as a seeker and not as a teacher. This attitude of mind is the beginning of wisdom. Plato relates how the Delphic oracle amazed Socrates by announcing that he was the wisest of the Greeks. In reflecting upon the statement of the oracle he came to agree with the oracle because, as he said, he was ignorant and he knew it, while the other Greeks were ignorant and did not know it. Before Socrates began to examine any conception, he professed or assumed to profess absolute ignorance of it. He is the modest inquirer. He is always described in the rôle of the questioner who is seeking information and light.
The first step that Socrates considers essential for a person to achieve this ideal of moral excellence is negative. In fact, it goes further—it requires complete self-denial from the truth seeker. One must admit that they know nothing and come to realize that their untested personal opinions are not the truth. They must approach the topic as a seeker rather than a teacher. This mindset is the starting point of wisdom. Plato recounts how the Delphic oracle surprised Socrates by declaring that he was the wisest of the Greeks. Upon reflecting on the oracle's statement, he came to agree with it because, as he stated, he was aware of his ignorance, while other Greeks were ignorant and didn’t realize it. Before Socrates examined any idea, he claimed or pretended to have complete ignorance of it. He is the humble inquirer. He is always portrayed in the role of the questioner who is looking for information and understanding.
He laid the same requirement upon others that he did upon himself. The dialectic conversation could not be successfully carried on unless his interlocutors had the same recognition of self-ignorance,—the same measure of self-knowledge. The Sophists with whom he often carried on his discussions laid claim to knowledge on every known subject under the Greek sun and were ready to teach anything to the Greek youth. To Socrates’ mind nothing could more impede his undertakings than such an affectation of wisdom; to the Sophists nothing could be more repugnant than such a confession which Socrates always obliged them to make. Although professing to be only a seeker for knowledge, he tried first by his questions to scrutinize and to break down with his exasperating logic the half-formed conceptions of the egotist. This clear-cut analysis for purely destructive purposes, which he used in preparation for his later constructive conversation, is called the Socratic irony. As he proved himself superior to any of his companions in the use of the dialectic, he could begin his conversations in the most destructive fashion. His method was destructive of all prejudice and preconceived opinion that would in any way stand athwart perfectly free inquiry into the truth. His wish was to begin de novo with every one, so that all traditional beliefs having been given up and the investigators having confessed their ignorance, constructive study of the concept in hand could be begun.
He expected the same things from others as he did from himself. The back-and-forth conversation couldn't go well unless his conversation partners recognized their own ignorance—the same level of self-awareness. The Sophists he often debated claimed to know everything under the Greek sun and were eager to teach anything to Greek youth. To Socrates, nothing could hinder his efforts more than that false display of wisdom; to the Sophists, nothing could be more repulsive than the confession Socrates always forced them to make. Although he claimed to be just a seeker of knowledge, he first used his questions to analyze and dismantle the poorly formed ideas of the self-centered. This clear-cut analysis, done purely for destructive purposes, was his way of preparing for later constructive conversations and is known as Socratic irony. As he demonstrated his superior skill in dialectics compared to his peers, he could start his discussions in a very destructive way. His method aimed to eliminate all biases and preconceived notions that could block completely open inquiry into the truth. He wanted to start de novo with everyone, so that all traditional beliefs could be discarded and the participants could admit their ignorance, allowing for a constructive exploration of the topic at hand.
The second step in Socrates’ method of dialectical inquiry follows upon the initial destructive criticism. It is in this part of the conversation that we find his own constructive theory. The dialogue is, of course, its necessary condition; for the truth is not in me nor in thee, but in us all. It is latent in the mind and not on the surface of any opinion. Let us rub our minds together. Let us sift our varied concepts, unfold our real selves, and bring the unborn truth to the light. Our ideas supplement one another and have a common ground. Intellectual intercourse is an intellectual and a personal need, for it reveals common sympathies and a oneness of life. Common love of knowledge makes friends, and this mutual intellectual helpfulness he calls by the mythical term Eros. Inquiry is indefinite in duration; the quest of truth is endless; and Socrates acknowledges by his fresh beginnings again and again his failure to reach the ideal. Thus the theoretical self-abnegation of Socrates had a twofold significance in his constructive philosophy. On the one hand, it was an invitation to his countrymen to help him in his search for the universal truth; on the other, it was an acknowledgment that he had failed to attain that universal truth.
The second step in Socrates’ method of questioning follows the initial critical analysis. This part of the discussion reveals his own constructive theory. The dialogue is essential because the truth isn’t just in one person but in all of us. It’s hidden in our minds, not obvious in any single opinion. Let’s combine our thoughts. Let’s examine our different ideas, reveal our true selves, and bring the hidden truth to light. Our ideas complement each other and share common ground. Engaging in intellectual discussion is both an intellectual and personal necessity, as it shows our shared interests and unity in life. A mutual love of knowledge creates friendships, and this collective intellectual support is what he refers to with the mythical term Eros. The process of inquiry can go on indefinitely; the pursuit of truth is unending, and Socrates repeatedly acknowledges his inability to reach the ideal. Thus, Socrates’ theoretical self-denial had dual significance in his constructive philosophy. On one hand, it was a call to his fellow citizens to assist him in his search for universal truth; on the other, it acknowledged his own failure to achieve that universal truth.
Socrates and Athens. Socrates had a religious reverence for his own mission in the Athenian community. He was the “gad-fly of the Athenian public”; he was the educator of the time; he was divinely appointed to the Athenian people. He felt himself so necessary to the Athenian State that at his trial he proudly suggested that instead of punishing him the State keep him at the public expense in the Prytaneum. But the educator creates nothing; he only awakens and develops the germs of knowledge that lie latent. The human Athenian nature is big with truth; Socrates was divinely appointed to bring it forth. He called his method, after the profession of midwifery of his mother, the maieutic method. It was intellectual midwifery, and he was the intellectual midwife of Athens. Although he failed to find any concrete form of ultimate truth, he never had any doubt about the correctness of his method and of undertaking the problem afresh. He believed that his failure was due to the inherent weakness of human discernment; and so far as man’s discernment or insight is clear, so far will he know the true significance of things.
Socrates and Athens. Socrates had a deep sense of purpose regarding his role in the Athenian community. He was known as the “gadfly of the Athenian public”; he was the educator of his time; he felt he was divinely assigned to the Athenian people. He believed he was so essential to the Athenian State that during his trial, he boldly proposed that instead of punishing him, the State should support him at public expense in the Prytaneum. However, the educator doesn't create anything; he merely awakens and nurtures the seeds of knowledge that lie dormant. The Athenian spirit is full of truth; Socrates was divinely chosen to bring it out. He named his method after his mother’s profession of midwifery, the maieutic method. It was intellectual midwifery, and he considered himself the intellectual midwife of Athens. Even though he didn’t discover any definitive truth, he never doubted the validity of his approach and was always ready to tackle the problem again. He believed that his failure stemmed from the inherent limitations of human understanding; as far as a person’s insight is clear, they will grasp the true significance of things.
Socrates believed in man, and he believed that in man were contained all those elements that make up a firm, rational, and moral society. Since he failed to justify this belief in a theoretical way, his belief became largely a matter of faith. Humanity is something to be won, something to be developed. He was personally the embodiment of his faith, and his large influence was due to his unswerving confidence in ethical ideals that did not allow the least paltering.
Socrates had faith in humanity, believing that within each person are all the qualities needed for a strong, rational, and ethical society. Since he couldn’t fully explain this belief in a theoretical sense, it mostly relied on faith. Humanity is something to strive for, something to grow. He was a living example of this belief, and his significant impact came from his steadfast confidence in ethical ideals that allowed for no compromise.
The Logical Expedients of Socrates. The examination of concepts by Socrates was an attempt to find a logical “Nature,” just as the Cosmologists had searched physical phenomena to find a physical “Nature.” This makes Socrates the first to teach by induction and one of the first to use definition effectively. In contrast to the Sophists, he tried to give words exact meanings; for the Sophists fixed artificial meanings to words with reference to particular objects. In seeking for the exact meaning, Socrates was looking below the changing particulars to the “Nature” of the fact and the universal principle. Thus he was making his hearers conscious of the logical dependence of the particular upon the universal. The universal is that which is common to all particular conceptions or opinions. It lies beneath them and binds them together. Thus, by logical analysis, Socrates is taking steps in the educational process of gaining the universal. Provisional definition would be given by him in some dialogue; this definition would be tried by many facts; thus an advance would be made toward a true definition and a universal principle. This process is that of induction. It leads to generic concepts by comparison of particular views and individual perceptions, by bringing together analogous cases and allied relations. The subordination of the particular under the universal thus became a principle of science. However imperfect and childlike was Socrates’ method of procedure, whatever lack of caution in generalization and in the collection of material, however hasty oftentimes his judgments, he nevertheless made the subordination of the particular to the universal a principle of logical procedure. Xenophon says that Socrates was untiring in his efforts to examine and define goodness and wickedness, justice and injustice, wisdom and folly, courage and cowardice, the state and the citizen.
The Logical Expedients of Socrates. Socrates' examination of concepts was an effort to find a logical “Nature,” similar to how the Cosmologists searched physical phenomena for a physical “Nature.” This positions Socrates as the first to teach using induction and one of the first to effectively use definitions. Unlike the Sophists, who assigned arbitrary meanings to words related to specific objects, he aimed to give words precise meanings. In his quest for exact meanings, Socrates looked beyond ever-changing specifics to the “Nature” of facts and universal principles. Consequently, he helped his listeners understand the logical dependence of the specific on the universal. The universal is what’s shared among all particular concepts or opinions, underlying and connecting them. Through logical analysis, Socrates advanced the educational process of achieving the universal. He would provide provisional definitions in his dialogues, which would be tested against various facts, making progress toward true definitions and universal principles. This process is known as induction. It leads to generic concepts by comparing specific views and individual perceptions, linking analogous cases and related ideas. The principle of subordinating the specific to the universal thus became foundational in science. Despite the imperfections and naive aspects of Socrates’ methods—his occasional lack of caution in generalization and material collection, and sometimes hasty judgments—he nonetheless established the idea that the specific must be subordinated to the universal as a principle of logical reasoning. Xenophon noted that Socrates tirelessly sought to examine and define goodness and wickedness, justice and injustice, wisdom and folly, courage and cowardice, the state and the citizen.
Socrates and the Lesser Socratics. The death of Socrates proved to be his transfiguration. His influence, widespread and profound, came more from his personality than from his formulated theory. He was a revelator without a revelation. An absolutely true end of life, the Good, he firmly believed to exist; but it was an ideal to be won by each and all. After him, therefore, there was opportunity for various interpretations of his doctrine, and several schools were founded by his disciples. His truest and most discriminating pupil was Plato, who is in a class by himself as developing the philosophy of Socrates to a systematic perfectness. The philosophy of Plato stands with that of Democritus and Aristotle as one of the three systematic philosophies that Greek civilization produced. Besides Plato there were the Lesser Socratics: Euclid (not the mathematician), Phædo, Aristippus, and Antisthenes. Each of these was respectively the founder of a school. These four Lesser-Socratic schools were that at Megara founded by Euclid, the Elean-Eretrian founded by Phædo, the Cynic founded by Antisthenes, and the Cyrenaic founded by Aristippus. The influence of the Megarian and Elean-Eretrian schools was unimportant. It may suffice to dismiss them by saying that Phædo was the favorite pupil of Socrates, and that Plato was a member of the Megarian school for a short time after the death of Socrates. The two other Lesser-Socratic schools had an important influence upon contemporary and later civilization and will be mentioned here. These are the Cynic and Cyrenaic schools. In these two schools two great types of ethical theory that have since existed were formulated. All four of the Lesser Socratics pretended to be the true development of the teaching of Socrates; and these two, as well as the other two, differ in the accentuation that they place on some phase of the master’s doctrine.
Socrates and the Lesser Socratics. The death of Socrates marked his transformation. His influence, wide-ranging and deep, stemmed more from his character than from any formal theories he laid out. He was a revealer without a revelation. He believed firmly in the existence of an ultimate truth in life, the Good, but he saw it as an ideal that everyone must strive for individually. As a result, after him, there was room for various interpretations of his teachings, leading to the establishment of several schools by his followers. His most devoted and discerning student was Plato, who uniquely advanced Socratic philosophy to a systematic level of excellence. Plato’s philosophy ranks alongside that of Democritus and Aristotle as one of the three systematic philosophies produced by Greek civilization. In addition to Plato, there were the Lesser Socratics: Euclid (not the mathematician), Phædo, Aristippus, and Antisthenes. Each of these figures founded their own school. The four Lesser-Socratic schools were: the one at Megara founded by Euclid, the Elean-Eretrian founded by Phædo, the Cynic founded by Antisthenes, and the Cyrenaic founded by Aristippus. The impact of the Megarian and Elean-Eretrian schools was minimal. It’s enough to note that Phædo was Socrates' favorite pupil and that Plato briefly joined the Megarian school after Socrates' death. The other two Lesser-Socratic schools had a significant influence on both contemporary and later civilizations and will be discussed here. These are the Cynic and Cyrenaic schools. In these two schools, two major types of ethical theories that have persisted since then were developed. All four Lesser Socratics claimed to be the true heirs of Socratic teaching, differing mainly in their emphasis on certain aspects of the master’s doctrine.
Socrates’ own definition of ideal excellence being incomplete, the Cynics and Cyrenaics tried to define it, to give it content and to show a practical way of reaching it. They attempted
Socrates' definition of ideal excellence was incomplete, so the Cynics and Cyrenaics tried to define it, give it meaning, and show a practical way to achieve it. They attempted
(1) to answer affirmatively that there is a universal validity;
(1) to confidently say that there is a universal validity;
(2) to show in what it consists;
(2) to explain what it is made up of;
(3) to show how man must prepare himself in order to reach it.
(3) to show how a person must prepare themselves in order to achieve it.
Both schools are individualistic and eudæmonistic. They maintained that to affirm that the Good is good for its own sake is to leave the Good contentless; and to affirm that the Good is insight into the Good is to go in a circle. The one unambiguous answer to the question of Socrates, What is ideal excellence or the Good? is this: Goodness is happiness. This gives a content to the otherwise contentless ideal of Socrates. The difference between the two schools consists in the ethical way in which this happiness may be obtained.
Both schools focus on individualism and the pursuit of happiness. They argued that saying the Good is good for its own sake renders the concept empty, and claiming that the Good is simply understanding the Good leads to circular reasoning. The clear answer to Socrates' question, "What is ideal excellence or the Good?" is this: Goodness is happiness. This provides substance to Socrates' otherwise abstract ideal. The distinction between the two schools lies in the ethical methods through which this happiness can be achieved.
It will appear, therefore, that the Lesser Socratics were more Sophistic than Socratic. They were diametrically opposed to Socrates’ theory of the universality of truth. The excellent Good must be sought by each in his own way. This is individualistic virtue, and not that of humanity. Civilization was valued by them only as it satisfied individual needs. The common problem of individualistic happiness limited the efforts of both schools, while the results that they reached in solving it were quite different.
It seems that the Lesser Socratics were more influenced by Sophism than by Socratic ideas. They completely rejected Socrates’ belief in universal truth. Each person must pursue what they consider good in their own way. This represents individualistic virtue, rather than a shared human virtue. They valued civilization only to the extent that it met individual needs. The shared challenge of achieving personal happiness restricted the goals of both schools, while the conclusions they reached in addressing it were quite different.
There are two ways of achieving happiness; one is by satisfying the desires, the other is by cutting off the desires. For happiness is the perfect proportion of desire and satisfaction. A living creature is happy if his desires are satisfied, whether those desires be few or many. In the theory of the Cyrenaic school, happiness is gained by increasing the satisfactions; in the theory of the Cynic school, happiness is gained by decreasing the desires.
There are two ways to achieve happiness: one is by fulfilling your desires, and the other is by eliminating them. Happiness is the right balance between desire and satisfaction. A person is happy if their desires are met, whether they have a few or many. According to the Cyrenaic philosophy, happiness comes from increasing pleasures; according to the Cynic philosophy, happiness comes from reducing desires.
The Cynic School was founded by Antisthenes, and numbered among its adherents Diogenes, about whom so many curious stories have been told, Crates of Thebes, his wife Hipparchia, and her brother, Metrocles. Virtue in the eudæmonistic sense is the only end, and this school agreed with Socrates that this end is to be attained by knowledge. That is to say, virtue or knowledge is only a means of gaining happiness, and all other possessions the Cynics affected to despise. Virtue as knowledge is therefore to be sought; ignorance is to be shunned; all else is a matter of indifference. Riches, luxury, fame, honor, sense-pleasure and pain, and later with logical consistency all shame, convention, family, and country were objects of contempt. Man must make himself independent by cutting off the desires which he cannot satisfy or the desires that seem superfluous. He should keep alive only such desires as are necessary to existence. In independence of all outward circumstance the Cynic conceives himself to be the Wise Man, in contrast to whom the mass of men are fools. The Cynic is, therefore, the equal of the undesiring gods. He has independent lordship and does not need the artificialities of civilization. Natural law was contrasted by him in a Sophistic way with statutory law, and in the midst of the refinements of society he preached a return to a state of nature.
The Cynic School was founded by Antisthenes, and included followers like Diogenes, who has many fascinating stories told about him, Crates of Thebes, his wife Hipparchia, and her brother Metrocles. For the Cynics, virtue in the sense of leading to happiness is the only goal, and they agreed with Socrates that this goal is achieved through knowledge. In other words, virtue or knowledge is just a way to attain happiness, and they pretended to despise all other possessions. Therefore, virtue as knowledge should be pursued; ignorance should be avoided; everything else is unimportant. Wealth, luxury, fame, honor, pleasure and pain, and later consistently all shame, social rules, family, and country were seen as worthless. A person must become independent by eliminating desires they cannot fulfill or those that seem unnecessary. They should only maintain the desires that are essential for survival. Free from all external circumstances, the Cynic sees himself as the Wise Man, in contrast to the majority of people, whom he regards as fools. Thus, the Cynic is equal to the unneeding gods. He has true independence and doesn't rely on the complexities of civilization. He contrasted natural law with statutory law, and amidst the complexities of society, he advocated for a return to a more natural state.
The Cyrenaic School was founded by Aristippus, who lived in Cyrene, a luxurious city of northern Africa. Aristippus was a man of the world. He was first a Sophist and later a disciple of Socrates. After Socrates’ death he returned to Cyrene. Here he founded his school, which included three generations of his own family. The prominent members of it were Arete, his daughter; Aristippus, his grandson; Theodorus, Hegesias, Anniceris, and Euhemerus, the author of so-called Euhemerism, which taught that the gods were originally only great men. In opposition to the brutal bareness of the Cynic school, the Cyrenaics saw the true end of life in the pleasures of sense. Following Protagoras, Aristippus said that the sensations are always true and can be defined in terms of motion. The school developed an elaborate psychology of sensation which summarizes its doctrine. It is as follows: (1) The intensity and not the duration of a sensation determines its value; (2) Bodily pleasures are of greater value than mental because they are more intense; (3) I can know only my own sensations, and therefore they are of greater value than another’s; (4) Man has a reasonable insight which determines him in the choice of his sensations.
The Cyrenaic School was founded by Aristippus, who lived in Cyrene, a wealthy city in North Africa. Aristippus was a worldly man. He started as a Sophist and later became a student of Socrates. After Socrates’ death, he returned to Cyrene. There, he established his school, which included three generations of his family. The key members were Arete, his daughter; Aristippus, his grandson; Theodorus, Hegesias, Anniceris, and Euhemerus, the writer of what’s known as Euhemerism, which taught that gods were originally just great men. In contrast to the harshness of the Cynic school, the Cyrenaics believed the true goal of life was to enjoy sensory pleasures. Following Protagoras, Aristippus argued that sensations are always true and can be understood in terms of movement. The school created a detailed psychology of sensation that outlines its beliefs. It is as follows: (1) The intensity, not the duration, of a sensation determines its value; (2) Bodily pleasures are more valuable than mental pleasures because they are more intense; (3) I can only know my own sensations, which makes them more valuable than someone else’s; (4) Humans have a rational insight that guides them in choosing their sensations.
The practical problem of life for this, as it was for the Cynic school, was how to become individually independent of the world. But the Cyrenaic taught independence by enjoyment, in opposition to the Cynic’s independence by renunciation. The Cyrenaic Wise Man knows all the pleasures of life thoroughly, from animal satisfactions to spiritual ecstasies. He uses them all, but never forgets himself. He is lord of his appetites, never wishes the impossible, and has perfect and serene peace.
The practical issue in life for this, just like for the Cynic school, was figuring out how to be individually independent from the world. However, the Cyrenaic philosophy promoted independence through enjoyment, contrasting with the Cynic approach of independence through renunciation. The Cyrenaic Wise Man understands all the pleasures of life deeply, from physical satisfaction to spiritual highs. He embraces them all but never loses himself. He masters his desires, never longs for the unattainable, and possesses perfect and calm peace.
It is an interesting fact that this pleasure-loving school drew pessimism as the consequence of its theory. If life fails to give enjoyment, it is a failure. That life alone is reprehensible that has more pain than pleasure. It is on this ground that man should submit to law and custom rather than give up his pleasures. Yet some members of the school maintained that man is bound to be unhappy. While he should have pleasure, he is so constituted that he cannot gain it. The body of man is an inevitable sufferer. The highest that we can hope is painlessness.
It’s an interesting fact that this pleasure-seeking school viewed pessimism as a result of its theory. If life doesn’t provide enjoyment, it’s considered a failure. A life that has more pain than pleasure is deemed unacceptable. For this reason, people should follow laws and traditions instead of sacrificing their pleasures. However, some members of the school argued that people are destined to be unhappy. Although they should experience pleasure, they are shaped in a way that makes it hard to achieve. The human body is bound to suffer. The best we can hope for is to be free from pain.
The Cynic and Cyrenaic schools occupy an important position in the history of philosophy. The Cynic doctrine was the basis of the teaching of the Stoic school, and the Cyrenaic was the legitimate predecessor of the Epicurean school. These great schools were founded in Athens seventy-five years later, and will be discussed under the Hellenic-Roman Period.
The Cynic and Cyrenaic schools hold a significant place in the history of philosophy. The Cynic teachings laid the groundwork for the Stoic school, while the Cyrenaic school was a direct precursor to the Epicurean school. These influential schools were established in Athens seventy-five years later and will be explored during the Hellenic-Roman Period.
CHAPTER VI
THE SYSTEMATIC PERIOD
(399 B.C. – 322 B.C.)
The Waning of the Greek National Spirit. The Systematic Period extends from the death of Socrates to the death of Aristotle. It is only seventy-seven years long—about the same length as the Anthropological and half as long as the Cosmological Period. It begins with those sorry days after the Peloponnesian War and ends with the supremacy of Macedonian power. The period was filled with ferocious wars among the Grecian cities. First came the supremacy of Sparta, then of Thebes (371–362 B. C.), then the invasion by Philip of Macedon and the battle of Chæronea, 338 B. C. In 334 B. C. Alexander the Great began the conquest of the Orient, which he accomplished in two years. He thought by this that he could reunite the Greeks in a common cause. He failed for two reasons. In the first place, as a Macedonian the Greeks would not take him as a national representative. In the second place, the Greek spirit was waning. The people had lost their glorious ideals. Decay had set in. The worm was at the root of Greek life. Greek art, literature, and statesmanship had passed.
The Waning of the Greek National Spirit. The Systematic Period lasts from the death of Socrates to the death of Aristotle. It only spans seventy-seven years—about the same length as the Anthropological Period and half as long as the Cosmological Period. It starts with the difficult times after the Peloponnesian War and ends with the rise of Macedonian power. This period was marked by intense warfare among the Greek city-states. First, there was Sparta's dominance, followed by Thebes (371–362 B.C.), and then the invasion by Philip of Macedon and the battle of Chæronea in 338 B.C. In 334 B.C., Alexander the Great began conquering the East, achieving this in two years. He hoped this would unite the Greeks under a common purpose. He failed for two reasons. First, because he was Macedonian, the Greeks did not see him as their national leader. Second, the Greek spirit was diminishing. The people had lost their once-glorious ideals. Decline had set in. The rot was at the heart of Greek life. Greek art, literature, and politics had faded away.
The Place of the Three Systematic Philosophers in Greek History. Nevertheless, when Greek national life was approaching dissolution, science ripened its richest fruits and created its most comprehensive systems of philosophy. These are connected with the names of Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle. These great systems evidently cannot be accounted for by the social conditions in which they appear. Neither the need nor the demand of the disrupted Greece of these years would be a sufficient cause to explain the appearance of a Plato or an Aristotle. The interests of the Greek people became narrower as the interests of the Greek philosophers became more broadly human. The intellectual tendency of this short period was utilitarian and practical. The problems that now interested the Athenians were the details of mechanics, physiology, rhetoric, and politics. The field of science was now for the first time systematized to logic, ethics, and physics—a classification which, we shall find, will exist for many centuries. Sparta and Macedonia, not Athens and Abdera, represent the spirit of the period.
The Place of the Three Systematic Philosophers in Greek History. However, as Greek national life was nearing its end, science produced its greatest achievements and created its most extensive systems of philosophy. These are linked to the names of Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle. These great systems clearly can't be explained solely by the social conditions of the time. The needs or demands of the fractured Greece of those years wouldn’t sufficiently account for the emergence of a Plato or an Aristotle. While the interests of the Greek people became more limited, the interests of Greek philosophers expanded to encompass broader human concerns. The intellectual focus of this brief period was practical and utilitarian. The issues that concerned Athenians at this time included the specifics of mechanics, physiology, rhetoric, and politics. For the first time, science was organized into categories like logic, ethics, and physics—a classification that would persist for many centuries. Sparta and Macedonia, rather than Athens and Abdera, capture the spirit of this era.
If then Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle do not reflect the time in which they live, what relation do they bear to Greek civilization? They are not isolated and out of all relation to the life of the Greek people. On the contrary, they are the most comprehensive and the most profound expression of Greek life. One turns to them as the most perfect representation of Greek culture. They are the intimate expression of Greek thought, even if not of contemporaneous Greek thought. They are the final statements of the two preceding periods, projected into a time that had other interests. Democritus brought the Cosmological movement to a close, was its final expression, and gave it systematic form. Plato did the same for the Anthropological Period. In Aristotle the systematic cosmology of Democritus and the systematic ethics of Plato find a new meaning, in a closer union, under a more coördinating principle. Aristotle was the last possible word of Greek philosophy, for he systematized every branch known to the Greeks. He not only evolved a speculative theory of the whole, but he organized the special sciences. It must be further said that no one of these three great Greeks could have produced the results each did produce, if each had not been the leader of a school of many workers. Within each school there must have been vigorous coöperation along lines according to the inclination of the individual members. Thus each school collected a vast amount of material which was worked over according to the method and purpose of the leader.
If Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle don't reflect the times they lived in, what connection do they have to Greek civilization? They aren't isolated or unrelated to the life of the Greek people. Instead, they are the most complete and profound expression of Greek life. People look to them as the best representation of Greek culture. They capture the essence of Greek thought, even if it's not in line with the contemporary ideas of their time. They summarize the two earlier periods and adapt them to a time focused on different interests. Democritus marked the end of the Cosmological movement, serving as its final expression and providing it with a systematic structure. Plato did the same for the Anthropological Period. In Aristotle, the systematic cosmology of Democritus and the systematic ethics of Plato find new significance, coming together under a more cohesive principle. Aristotle represented the last word in Greek philosophy because he systematized every known branch of study to the Greeks. He not only developed a speculative theory of the whole but also organized the various special sciences. It should also be noted that none of these three influential Greeks could have achieved what they did without being the leaders of schools filled with many contributors. Each school likely had active collaboration among its members, based on their individual interests. Thus, each school amassed a wealth of material that was refined according to the method and goals of its leader.
The Fundamental Principle of the Systematic Period. At the beginning of this book attention was called to the difference between Greek, Mediæval, and Modern thought. Greek thought was characterized as objective. It is important to reiterate this objective significance of Greek thought at this point, when we are about to discuss the teachings of Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle. Plato’s theory is often called an idealism and Democritus’ theory materialism, but they are not the idealism and materialism of modern times. No terms have fluctuated in their meanings more than such philosophical terms as these, as can be judged from the fact that in the Middle Ages Plato’s doctrine was called realism. The Greeks were not idealists in the sense that Berkeley and Hegel were idealists. In general, it should be remembered that when we speak of Greek art, Greek politics, Greek philosophy as idealistic, they are not idealistic in the modern sense.19
The Fundamental Principle of the Systematic Period. At the beginning of this book, we pointed out the differences between Greek, Medieval, and Modern thought. Greek thought was noted for its objectivity. It’s important to emphasize this objective nature of Greek thought now, as we are about to discuss the ideas of Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle. Plato’s theory is often labeled as idealism, while Democritus’ theory is termed materialism, but they do not represent the idealism and materialism of today. Few philosophical terms have shifted in meaning as much as these, which is evident from the fact that during the Middle Ages, Plato’s doctrine was referred to as realism. The Greeks were not idealists in the same way that Berkeley and Hegel were idealists. Generally, when we refer to Greek art, Greek politics, or Greek philosophy as idealistic, it’s important to note that they do not align with the modern sense.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The open-minded Greek sought to picture, to ascertain, to present. He was not dominated by the wish to show how things should be. To know and to understand, to explain by understanding the abiding reason in things, to find out the fundamental principle in things rather than to adjust it to the personal desires—this was the objective attitude of mind of the Greeks. The Greek saw before he reasoned; he visualized his thought in form before he subjected the form to rational analysis. The cosmos was a harmony and an art before which he stood in contemplation rather than in criticism. Human elements were found in it everywhere, but only as parts of that cosmos. “The unity of the spiritual and the natural, which Greek thought demands and presupposes, is the direct unbroken unity of the classic theory of the world.”20
The open-minded Greek aimed to imagine, to understand, and to express. He wasn’t driven by the need to show how things should be. To know and understand, to explain by grasping the underlying reasons behind things, and to discover the basic principles of things instead of bending them to personal desires—this was the Greeks' objective mindset. The Greek observed before he reasoned; he visualized his ideas in form before he applied rational analysis to them. The cosmos was a harmony and an art that he contemplated rather than critiqued. Human elements were everywhere within it, but only as parts of that larger cosmos. “The unity of the spiritual and the natural, which Greek thought demands and presupposes, is the direct unbroken unity of the classic theory of the world.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
By whatever names the great theories of the Systematic Period are called, we must remember that they did not depart from this objective Greek point of view. At certain times the moorings of Greek thought seem about to be shifted, as when Plato passes beyond the ancient Greek attitude and anticipates Christian morality by flight from the world of sense, and when Aristotle elaborates his doctrine of a transcendent god. But the tie never breaks, and the Systematic philosophers remain Greek and not modern. They have the Greek objective attitude of mind. The inner consciousness does not stand with its attestations over against all other things. The greatest of these philosophers never thought of himself but as “bone of the bone and flesh of the flesh” of the world surrounding him. In art the classic Greek “could obey but not surpass nature”; in religion he worshiped beings that were only superior human beings; in politics he was a member of a social whole. To Æschylus, Pericles, Socrates, Protagoras, Aristophanes, Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle alike, human nature is a part of the world and not vice versa. The Greek mind interpreted nature rather than recreated it.
By whatever names the significant theories of the Systematic Period are known, we must remember that they did not stray from this objective Greek perspective. At times, it seems like Greek thought might shift, as when Plato goes beyond the traditional Greek viewpoint and anticipates Christian morality by turning away from the material world, or when Aristotle develops his idea of a transcendent god. However, the connection never breaks, and the Systematic philosophers remain Greek and not modern. They maintain the Greek objective mindset. The inner consciousness does not position itself in opposition to everything else. The greatest of these philosophers never saw themselves as anything but “bone of the bone and flesh of the flesh” of the surrounding world. In art, the classic Greek could only follow nature but not surpass it; in religion, he worshipped beings that were simply superior human beings; in politics, he was part of a social whole. To Æschylus, Pericles, Socrates, Protagoras, Aristophanes, Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle, human nature is a part of the world and not vice versa. The Greek mind interpreted nature instead of recreating it.
What, then, is the nature of the development of Greek thought, and in what respect does the Greek Systematic philosophy differ from the philosophy of the Greek Cosmologists? Greek philosophy in the Cosmological Period starts with a conception of an objective harmony of nature and spirit which is called hylozoism. Step by step in the Anthropological and Systematic Periods that harmony becomes broken into a dualism of mind and matter. The philosophy of this Systematic Period is a dualism of the parts of one objective world, not a subjective-objective antithesis. The realm of spirit lies side by side with that of nature, and the separation and alienation never reached the complete form that it did in the Middle Ages. The great Greek Systematizers in part represent this dualistic tendency, in part are a scientific effort to overcome it. “In spite of this tendency [to a dualism] the original presupposition [a harmony between nature and spirit] asserts itself in decisive traits; and we shall find that the true cause of its incapacity to reconcile these contradictions satisfactorily lies in its refusal to abandon that presupposition. When that [unity] is canceled, there remains to it no possible way of filling up a chasm which, according to its own standpoint, cannot exist.”21
What, then, is the nature of the development of Greek thought, and how does Greek Systematic philosophy differ from the philosophy of the Greek Cosmologists? Greek philosophy in the Cosmological Period starts with the idea of an objective harmony between nature and spirit, known as hylozoism. Gradually, during the Anthropological and Systematic Periods, that harmony becomes fractured into a dualism of mind and matter. The philosophy of this Systematic Period is a dualism of the components of one objective world, not a subjective-objective opposition. The realm of spirit exists alongside nature, and the separation and alienation never reached the extreme form that it did in the Middle Ages. The great Greek Systematizers partly reflect this dualistic tendency, and partly represent a scientific effort to overcome it. “Despite this tendency [toward dualism], the original assumption [a harmony between nature and spirit] still makes a decisive appearance; and we will find that the true reason for its inability to reconcile these contradictions satisfactorily lies in its refusal to let go of that assumption. When that [unity] is abandoned, it has no possible way of bridging a gap that, from its own perspective, cannot exist.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
A Summary of Greek Philosophy. At this point a summary of Greek objective philosophy will be helpful. The philosophical problem that had been working itself out since Thales had been this: How may we think the Being that abides amid the changes of phenomena? The Cosmologists scrutinized physical nature and, without differentiating nature and spirit, conceived abiding Being to be living matter. The Anthropologists (except Socrates) doubted if there is any abiding Being. Among the Systematic Philosophers a dualism for the first time appears. Nature and spirit are differentiated, but both remain entirely objective. Democritus regarded the material universe as abiding Being, but in so large a way as to be able to construct upon it a psychology and an ethics. Plato found abiding Being in the realm of the spirit, in a group of moral and æsthetic entities. Aristotle attempts to overcome the opposition between materialism and Platonism. To him abiding Being is neither physical nature nor the spirit apart from physical nature. Abiding Being to Aristotle is the spirit in nature.
A Summary of Greek Philosophy. At this point, a summary of Greek objective philosophy will be useful. The philosophical issue that had been developing since Thales was this: How can we understand the Being that exists amidst the changes of phenomena? The Cosmologists examined physical nature and, without distinguishing between nature and spirit, believed that enduring Being was living matter. The Anthropologists (except for Socrates) questioned whether there is any enduring Being. Among the Systematic Philosophers, dualism emerges for the first time. Nature and spirit are differentiated, but both remain completely objective. Democritus saw the material universe as enduring Being, but in such a broad sense that it allowed for the development of psychology and ethics. Plato identified enduring Being in the realm of spirit, within a collection of moral and aesthetic entities. Aristotle sought to bridge the gap between materialism and Platonism. For him, enduring Being is neither physical nature nor spirit separate from physical nature. For Aristotle, enduring Being is the spirit in nature.
Greek Philosophy (objective).
Greek Philosophy (objective).
1. The Cosmologists—Hylozoism.
Abiding Being is living nature—some form of living matter.
1. The Cosmologists—Hylozoism.
Constant existence is living nature—some type of living matter.
2. The Anthropologists—Relativism (except Socrates).
Being is not abiding, but consists of transitory mental states. This is a form of what was called by the schoolmen Nominalism, and summed up by the phrase Universalia post rem.
2. The Anthropologists—Relativism (except Socrates).
Being isn't permanent, but is made up of fleeting mental states. This is a type of what the schoolmen referred to as Nominalism, summarized by the phrase Universalia post rem.
3. The Systematic Philosophers.
3. The Systematic Thinkers.
Democritus—Materialism.
Democritus - Materialism.
Being consists in material atoms, but regarded in so large a way as to furnish a basis for a psychology and an ethics.
Being is made up of material atoms, but it's viewed in such a broad way that it provides a foundation for psychology and ethics.
Plato—Objective Idealism.
Plato—Objective Idealism.
Being consists of permanent moral and æsthetic concepts or types. In mediæval philosophy Platonism was called realism and was summed up by the phrase Universalia ante rem.
Being consists of enduring moral and aesthetic concepts or types. In medieval philosophy, Platonism was referred to as realism and was summarized by the phrase Universalia ante rem.
Aristotle—Conceptualism.
Aristotle—Conceptualism.
The abiding Being does not consist of material atoms nor in spiritual types apart from matter, but is an unfolding essence in matter. This was usually called conceptualism by the Schoolmen, and was summed up by the phrase Universalia in re. Aristotle’s conception was as difficult as it was important. He was not always clearly a conceptualist, but sometimes appeared in the rôle of an “objective realist.”
The eternal being isn't made up of physical atoms or separate spiritual forms, but is an essence that develops within matter. This was typically referred to as conceptualism by the Scholastics and was encapsulated by the phrase Universalia in re. Aristotle's ideas were as challenging as they were significant. He didn’t always clearly identify as a conceptualist, but sometimes showed up as an “objective realist.”
Democritus and Plato—Their Similarities and Differences. The materialism of Democritus and the idealism of Plato were as opposed as was possible within the realm of Greek thought. We must not exaggerate their similarities, but they had at least four common characteristics.
Democritus and Plato—Their Similarities and Differences. The materialism of Democritus and the idealism of Plato were as opposed as possible within the context of Greek thought. We shouldn’t overstate their similarities, but they did share at least four common traits.
Their Similarities.
Their Similarities.
1. Both develop an outspoken rationalism,22 which starts as a reaction from the perception theory of Protagoras. They agree with Protagoras that perception cannot yield truth, and so they turn away from perception to the reason to find true knowledge.
1. Both express a clear rationalism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that emerges as a response to Protagoras's theory of perception. They share Protagoras's view that perception does not lead to truth, so they shift their focus from perception to reason in search of true knowledge.
2. Both develop a world of twofold reality. Perceptions are not regarded by them as illusions, although perceptions are transitory. Both make a new estimate of perceptions, and give to the world of perceptions a relative value. There are therefore two kinds of reality: the relative reality of the world of perceptions and the absolute reality of the world of reason. The result in both is a broad theory of knowledge.
2. Both create a world of dual reality. They don’t see perceptions as illusions, even though perceptions are fleeting. Both reevaluate perceptions and assign a relative value to the world of perceptions. Consequently, there are two types of reality: the relative reality of the perception world and the absolute reality of the realm of reason. The outcome for both is a comprehensive theory of knowledge.
3. In both, reality consists in a plural number of objective norms. Both reach their conception of these norms in the same way. The changing qualities of things are stripped away and the true reality is discovered beneath. Both designate this true form by the same word, idea (ἰδέα). To both, the forms are objective entities.
3. In both, reality is made up of multiple objective standards. They arrive at their understanding of these standards in the same way. The shifting qualities of things are removed, revealing the true reality underneath. Both refer to this true form using the same term, idea (idea). For both, the forms are objective entities.
4. Both are attempts to overcome scientifically the dualism which had emerged from the former hylozoism of Greek thought.
4. Both are efforts to scientifically address the dualism that arose from the earlier hylozoism in Greek philosophy.
Their Differences—The Development of the Meaning of Idea. 1. But the forms or ideas are so vitally different in the doctrines of these two philosophers that they have nothing in common save the name. On the one hand, Democritus took the word “idea” just as he found it in popular speech. It is the shape of a visible thing, the geometrical form of physical objects. It gets no new content in his hands, but is merely the physical atom. With Plato, however, the word gets a new meaning. He fills the form or idea with an ethical content. The idea as a quantity becomes now a quality. The idea becomes an Idea. The forms of Plato are logical species and teleological causes, while the forms of Democritus are atom-complexes.23 In both philosophers they are the norms of reality. But while Democritus still keeps his forms as the realities of physical nature, Plato conceives his forms to be true realities of objective human nature.
Their Differences—The Development of the Meaning of Idea. 1. But the forms or ideas are so fundamentally different in the teachings of these two philosophers that the only thing they share is the name. On one side, Democritus uses the term “idea” in its everyday sense. It refers to the shape of something we can see, the geometric form of physical objects. He doesn’t add any new meaning; it remains simply the physical atom. In contrast, Plato gives the word a new interpretation. He infuses the form or idea with ethical significance. The idea shifts from being a quantity to becoming a quality. The idea transforms into an Idea. Plato's forms are logical categories and purposeful causes, while Democritus's forms are atom-complexes.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ In both philosophers , they serve as standards of reality. However, while Democritus views his forms as realities of the physical world, Plato sees his forms as true realities of objective human existence.
2. This vital difference between the two philosophers may get some explanation from the difference in the philosophical inheritance of each. To be sure, they were contemporaries, both being born in the Anthropological Period and both doing their most mature work in the Systematic Period. Both, too, were acquainted with the philosophy of the preceding time. But the ethical teaching of Socrates dominated Plato, and through it he became the legitimate perfecter of the Greek enlightenment and the anthropological movement. But what was the influence of Socrates upon Democritus? It seems to have been nothing. Why is Plato absolutely silent about Democritus when he mentions other Greek philosophers? No one has yet been able to say. Democritus stands at Abdera isolated from the ethical movement at Athens. The only influence upon him from that movement came from Protagoras, who was a member of the school at Abdera. Democritus is the finisher of the Cosmological movement.
2. This crucial difference between the two philosophers can be explained by the differences in their philosophical backgrounds. They were contemporaries, both born during the Anthropological Period and both doing their most significant work in the Systematic Period. They were also familiar with the philosophy from the previous era. However, Socrates' ethical teachings greatly influenced Plato, making him the rightful successor of the Greek enlightenment and the anthropological movement. But what impact did Socrates have on Democritus? It appears to be none. Why does Plato completely ignore Democritus while mentioning other Greek philosophers? No one has managed to answer that question. Democritus remained in Abdera, disconnected from the ethical movement in Athens. The only influence he received from that movement came from Protagoras, who was part of the Abderan school. Democritus concludes the Cosmological movement.
The Life of Democritus (460–370 B. C.). Democritus was twenty years younger than Protagoras, about ten years younger than Socrates, and a generation older than Plato. He was outlived by Plato; and Aristotle was a young man when Democritus died. He was therefore contemporary with the intellectual movement going on in Greece, with Athens as a centre. While he does not appear to have come under the influence of Socrates, he was well acquainted with the destructive epistemology of the Sophists. Abdera, where he lived, is in Thrace, and seems to have been outside the Anthropological movement at Athens. The school of Leucippus was at Abdera; and Democritus was instructed in the Sophistic doctrine directly from Protagoras, who was a member of the Atomistic school before going to Athens. The three Systematic philosophers were wide travelers, Democritus not less than Plato and Aristotle. He traveled extensively through Greece, Egypt, and the Orient. He then returned to Abdera and began his scientific activity. He remained five years in Egypt, and came to know the greater part of western Asia. He returned to Abdera about 420 B. C., and therefore did not begin his teaching before he was forty years old. The length of time that Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle took for their apprenticeship, and the advanced age before they began their mastership, is remarkable. Democritus was the greatest investigator of nature in antiquity, and Aristotle used much of Democritus’ work for his own scientific writings. The ancients admired the writings of Democritus, and the loss of them in the fourth century after Christ is one of the most lamentable that has happened to the literary documents of antiquity. His works were extraordinary in number, and upon every known subject.
The Life of Democritus (460–370 B.C.). Democritus was twenty years younger than Protagoras, about ten years younger than Socrates, and a generation older than Plato. He outlived Plato, and Aristotle was still young when Democritus died. He was therefore part of the intellectual movement happening in Greece, with Athens at its center. While he doesn't seem to have been influenced by Socrates, he was well familiar with the critical ideas of the Sophists. Abdera, where he lived, is in Thrace and appears to have been outside the Anthropological movement in Athens. The school of Leucippus was in Abdera; Democritus learned the Sophistic doctrine directly from Protagoras, who was part of the Atomistic school before moving to Athens. The three systematic philosophers were all well-traveled, and Democritus was no exception, journeying extensively through Greece, Egypt, and the East. He then returned to Abdera and started his scientific work. He spent five years in Egypt and became familiar with much of western Asia. He returned to Abdera around 420 B. C., so he didn't begin teaching until he was over forty years old. The long period that Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle spent in their studies, and their relatively advanced age before they began teaching, is noteworthy. Democritus was the greatest natural investigator of ancient times, and Aristotle drew heavily from Democritus’ work for his own scientific writings. The ancients admired Democritus' writings, and the loss of them in the fourth century after Christ is one of the most unfortunate events in the literary history of antiquity. His works were vast in number and covered every known subject.
Democritus was the real exponent of the Atomistic school. The founder, Leucippus, belonged to the Cosmological Period; Protagoras, the Sophist, belonged to the Anthropological Period, and had great influence in the development of the school at Abdera; but Democritus, in systematizing the doctrines of Leucippus and in accepting the perception theory of Protagoras, became its most notable representative. He was the great systematizer of the Cosmologists, and yet he differed from all the Cosmologists in embodying in his theory the results of the Sophistic movement.
Democritus was the primary figure of the Atomistic school. The founder, Leucippus, was part of the Cosmological Period; Protagoras, the Sophist, was part of the Anthropological Period and had a significant impact on the development of the school in Abdera. However, Democritus became its most prominent representative by organizing Leucippus's ideas and adopting Protagoras's theory of perception. He was the major organizer of the Cosmologists, but he stood apart from them by incorporating insights from the Sophistic movement into his theory.
The Comprehensiveness of the Aim of Democritus. The reconstruction of the philosophy of Democritus has always been difficult for the historian because, from the originally great mass of his writings, only fragments remain. The fragments show, however, many interesting things: that he covered the entire range of experience in his investigations; that he was quite as much interested in psychical as in physical problems; that his contribution to epistemology was even greater than to physics; and that he was interested in the atomic theory because he believed that it was a working hypothesis for the explanation of experience of every kind. This last characteristic shows the systematic nature of his work and his right to stand with Plato and Aristotle. Democritus fully realized that the task of science was to explain experiences through a conception of reality. So he constructed his conception of the atom in order that he might explain phenomena intelligibly. He saw that no conception strange to experience or against experience, like the Eleatic Being, would answer scientific demands. A rational conception of absolute reality will have value only as experience testifies to it and, on the other hand, as it explains experience. Democritus valued his theory of the atoms because it seemed to explain all phenomena. This construction of a single fundamental rational principle for all kinds of phenomena shows how much more of a systematic scientist he was than the Cosmologists.
The Comprehensiveness of the Aim of Democritus. Piecing together the philosophy of Democritus has always been a challenge for historians since only fragments of his extensive writings remain. However, these fragments reveal many intriguing insights: he explored the full spectrum of experience in his inquiries; he was just as interested in psychological problems as he was in physical ones; his contributions to epistemology were even more significant than those to physics; and he engaged with atomic theory because he viewed it as a practical way to explain all types of experiences. This last trait highlights the systematic nature of his work and justifies his place alongside Plato and Aristotle. Democritus understood that the goal of science was to clarify experiences through a conception of reality. He developed his idea of the atom to provide a clear explanation of phenomena. He realized that any concept that was alien to or contradicted experience, like the Eleatic Being, would not meet scientific standards. A rational understanding of absolute reality holds value only if it is supported by experience and, in turn, helps explain experience. Democritus esteemed his atomic theory because it appeared to clarify all phenomena. This establishment of a single fundamental rational principle for all kinds of phenomena illustrates how much more systematic a scientist he was compared to the Cosmologists.
The Enriched Physics of Democritus—Hylozoism becomes Materialism. There is so great enrichment in elaboration and generalization in the physical doctrine of Democritus over that of Leucippus that it amounts to a change in principle. In all probability Leucippus, like other Cosmologists, was a hylozoist, and did not differentiate matter and life. He is to be grouped with the Reconcilers, or even with the Eleatics, rather than with Democritus. Democritus was a materialist. The period of forty years between himself and Leucippus had been the rich period of the introduction of psychological investigation and of the discrimination of psychical from physical processes. Materialism or spiritualism is not possible in the historical development of the human mind until it passes through just such a period of differentiation as the Sophistic Enlightenment. Before such a period there is animism and hylozoism; after such a period there is materialism and spiritualism of various sorts. Matter must be discriminated from spirit before one of the terms can be reduced to the other. So the hylozoistic pluralism of Leucippus became in the hands of Democritus a realistic materialism, pluralistic as well.
The Enriched Physics of Democritus—Hylozoism becomes Materialism. The elaboration and generalization in Democritus's physical theory are so significant compared to Leucippus's that it represents a fundamental shift. Likely, Leucippus, like other Cosmologists, was a hylozoist and did not distinguish between matter and life. He should be classified with the Reconcilers, or even with the Eleatics, rather than with Democritus. Democritus was a materialist. The forty-year gap between him and Leucippus was a rich time for the emergence of psychological exploration and the distinction between mental and physical processes. Materialism or spiritualism can't emerge in the historical development of human thought until it experiences a period of differentiation like the Sophistic Enlightenment. Before such a period, there is animism and hylozoism; after, there are various forms of materialism and spiritualism. Matter must be distinguished from spirit before one can be understood in terms of the other. Thus, the hylozoistic pluralism of Leucippus transformed, in Democritus's hands, into a realistic and pluralistic materialism.
The reduction of all phenomena by Democritus to a mechanics of atoms was theoretically an enrichment of physics, for it anticipated the underlying principle of modern physics. The apparent qualities of things and the qualitative changes of things are conceived by Democritus to be in truth only a quantitative relation of atoms. He set before himself the task of explaining in detail how this or that quality consists of atoms in mechanical motion. The mental life of man must be explained in the same way. So too, wherever he could, he emphasized more sharply than his predecessors the mechanical necessity of the movement of atoms. Impact caused by contact of the atoms was the cause of every occurrence and change. No event is to be explained as the manifestation of some spirit, or referred to some spiritual agency. Mechanical cause is behind every event; mechanical cause is the unifying principle of the doctrine of Democritus; mechanical cause is the reason for the chasm between the philosophy of Plato, of Aristotle, and that of Democritus. It is the reason, too, why the theory of Democritus was obscured until modern times. All teleological conceptions and all hylozoistic and animistic ideas are expelled from the theory of Democritus, on the assumption that spatial form and motion are simpler and more comprehensible terms of explanation. Thus for the first time we have a conscious outspoken materialism, and for the first time the world is conceived to be a universal reign of mechanical law.
The reduction of all phenomena by Democritus to a mechanics of atoms was theoretically an enhancement of physics because it anticipated the fundamental principle of modern physics. Democritus believed that the apparent qualities of things and their qualitative changes are really just a quantitative relationship of atoms. He aimed to explain in detail how this or that quality is made up of atoms in mechanical motion. The mental life of humans must be explained in the same way. He also stressed, more than his predecessors, the mechanical necessity of atomic movement. The impact caused by the contact of atoms was the reason behind every occurrence and change. No event should be explained as the result of some spirit or spiritual agency. A mechanical cause underlies every event; mechanical cause is the unifying principle of Democritus's doctrine; mechanical cause is what separates the philosophy of Plato and Aristotle from that of Democritus. This is also why Democritus's theory remained obscure until modern times. All teleological ideas and all hylozoistic and animistic concepts are removed from Democritus’s theory, based on the assumption that spatial form and motion are simpler and more understandable terms of explanation. Thus, for the first time, we have a conscious outspoken materialism, and for the first time, the world is perceived as a universal reign of mechanical law.
The physical theory of Democritus also yielded a rich scientific explanation of the historical evolution of the universe. The universe, according to Democritus,—following the teaching of Leucippus,—consists of two parts: the Plenum or self-moving, qualitatively similar atoms; and the Void or empty space, in which the atoms move. The Plenum, or the atoms, is Being; the Void is not-Being. The atoms differ only in form and size;24 they are infinite in number and therefore are of an infinite number of forms and sizes; they are imperceptibly small. The perceptible qualities do not belong to them, but to their motions. Motion is an irreducible function of atoms, and each atom, lawless in itself, is in flight through space. An aggregation of atoms arises when the atoms meet in their cosmic flight. The shock causes a vortex which draws more atoms into itself. Like atoms are drawn together, and the heavy atoms press the fine fire-atoms to the periphery. Thus innumerable worlds are formed, for any place of the meeting of several atoms can be the beginning of a new world. Sometimes small worlds are drawn into the vortices of large worlds, and sometimes large worlds disintegrate in fatal collisions. The worlds are therefore endless and in endless succession. The whole swings in space like a ball; the rim of the whole consists of compact atoms; the centre is filled with air. To much further length than we can go here Democritus developed a theoretical description of cosmic evolution upon the principle of mechanical necessity—and the description is almost modern.
The physical theory of Democritus also provided a detailed scientific explanation of the historical evolution of the universe. According to Democritus, following the teachings of Leucippus, the universe is made up of two parts: the Plenum, which consists of self-moving, qualitatively similar atoms, and the Void, which is empty space where the atoms move. The Plenum, or the atoms, represents Being; the Void represents not-Being. The atoms differ only in shape and size;__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ they are infinite in number and therefore come in an infinite variety of shapes and sizes; they are imperceptibly small. The qualities we can perceive do not belong to the atoms themselves, but to their movements. Motion is an essential characteristic of atoms, and each atom, free in itself, is constantly moving through space. An aggregation of atoms occurs when they come together during their cosmic journey. This interaction creates a vortex that attracts more atoms. Similar atoms cluster together, while the heavier atoms push the lighter fire-atoms to the edges. In this way, countless worlds come into existence, as any point where atoms meet can spark the formation of a new world. Sometimes small worlds get caught in the vortices of larger worlds, and sometimes larger worlds break apart in catastrophic collisions. Thus, worlds are endless and exist in an infinite sequence. The whole universe rotates in space like a ball; the edge consists of compact atoms, while the center is filled with air. To a much greater extent than we can cover here, Democritus developed a theoretical description of cosmic evolution based on the principle of mechanical necessity—and this description is nearly modern.
The Materialistic Psychology of Democritus. It is easy to understand an explanation of the physical universe as atoms in motion; for our modern scientific theories of nature are set in these terms, even if we have transformed the Democritan static atom into a dynamic entity. It is rather more interesting to follow such a materialist as Democritus in his extension of the materialistic principle over upon the realm of the mental life.
The Materialistic Psychology of Democritus. It's straightforward to grasp the idea of the physical universe as atoms in motion; our current scientific theories about nature are framed this way, even though we’ve changed Democritus's static atom into a dynamic one. It's more fascinating to explore how a materialist like Democritus applies the materialistic principle to the realm of mental life.
In the first place, Democritus conceives man to be part and parcel of the world of atoms. Man is composed of all kinds of atoms. His body consists of earth, water, and air atoms. His mind is made up of fire atoms, which differ from the others in being the finest, smoothest, and most mobile. On this account the fire atoms are the most perfect of all. Psychical activity is the motion of fire atoms. They are scattered throughout the universe, and wherever they are, there is life. They are in plants and animals as well as in man. There is a larger collection of them in man, and this shows his superiority over other living things. In man there is a fire atom between every two other atoms, and the whole is held together by breathing. The different forms of mental activity are simply different forms of atomic motion.
In the first place, Democritus sees humans as a part of the world of atoms. Humans are made up of all kinds of atoms. Their bodies consist of atoms from earth, water, and air. Their minds are made up of fire atoms, which are different from the others because they are the finest, smoothest, and most mobile. Because of this, fire atoms are considered the most perfect of all. Mental activity is simply the movement of fire atoms. They are spread throughout the universe, and wherever they exist, there is life. They can be found in plants and animals as well as in humans. There is a larger concentration of them in humans, which shows their superiority over other living beings. In humans, there is a fire atom between every two other atoms, and everything is held together by breathing. The various forms of mental activity are just different expressions of atomic motion.
In the next place, our atomic make-up involves the presence of other atomic complexes, if we are to have any psychical activity. External things must stimulate us. But these external things are atoms in action. They can, however, influence us only by coming into contact with our bodies. Only by impact on our bodies can they set in motion the fire atoms which are scattered through our bodies. Every kind of knowledge or mental life involves the participation of the fire atoms in us. Thus mental activity involves two factors; the fire atoms within us and an external group of atoms without us.
In addition, our atomic structure includes the presence of other atomic groups, which is necessary for any mental activity. External factors must stimulate us. However, these external factors are atoms in motion. They can only affect us by interacting with our bodies. Only through direct contact with our bodies can they activate the fire atoms that are spread throughout us. Every type of knowledge or mental experience requires the involvement of the fire atoms within us. Therefore, mental activity relies on two elements: the fire atoms inside us and an external collection of atoms outside us.
How did Democritus explain the varied mental life as the resultant of these two factors? He employed the theory of effluxes, belief in which he shared with his time. This is a purely physiological assumption, originated by such Cosmologists as Empedocles, that somehow external bodies send off emanations from themselves which strike upon our bodies. Most objects in the world influence us at a distance and only through the emission of these effluxes. Democritus conceived these emanations to be little copies or “eidola” of the thing that sends them off. To illustrate Democritus’ meaning: a tree is seen by me because little trees, thrown off by it, hit my eye. This theory retained its position in philosophical circles until after Locke. It persists in the popular mind to-day. It is a general belief that a thought is a copy, photograph, or image of the thing. The words “image” and “imagination” betray their origin. It was believed by Democritus that such copies set in motion the sense organs and through them the fire atoms. The effluxes can, however, affect only those organs of the body that have similar formation and similar atomic motions.
How did Democritus explain the different aspects of mental life as a result of these two factors? He used the theory of effluxes, which was a common belief during his time. This is a purely physiological concept, first proposed by cosmologists like Empedocles, suggesting that external objects emit emanations that impact our bodies. Most things in the world influence us from a distance only through these effluxes. Democritus believed these emanations were tiny copies or "eidola" of the objects that produce them. To illustrate Democritus' idea: I see a tree because tiny trees, released by it, hit my eye. This theory remained prevalent in philosophical discussions until after Locke. It still lingers in popular belief today. Many people generally think of a thought as a copy, photograph, or image of the actual object. The words "image" and "imagination" reveal their origins. Democritus believed that these copies activated the sense organs and, through them, the fire atoms. However, the effluxes could only affect those body parts that have a similar structure and similar atomic motions.
But the effluxes vary very much in the degree of fineness of their atomic structure. There are all sorts, from very fine to very coarse. Since the efflux must correspond to a particular sense if that sense is to be affected by it, the effluxes that can affect the senses vary respectively as to their fineness. Democritus was particularly interested in the sensations of sight and hearing as examples of this. None of the effluxes affecting the senses are as fine as those that stimulate the reason. Unless they were the finest of all the effluxes, they could not affect the fine motions of the fire atoms of the reason. These finest “eidola” or effluxes are the true copies of things, and the reason therefore alone knows things truly. Thought, on the one hand, is precisely the atomic motion of the direct impact of the finest effluxes upon the fine fire-atoms of the soul. Sensation, on the other hand, is atomic motion from the indirect impact of the coarser grades of effluxes upon the fire atoms. The reason knows reality directly. Sensations are aroused in a roundabout way by the coarse effluxes setting in motion the corresponding sense organ, which in turn sets in motion the fire atoms. Thus does Democritus make the distinction between thought and sensation in quantitative terms. Thus does he reduce his psychology to a consistency with his metaphysical principle of materialism.
But the outflows vary greatly in the fineness of their atomic structure. There are all kinds, from very fine to very coarse. Since the outflow must correspond to a specific sense for that sense to be affected, the outflows that can influence the senses differ in fineness. Democritus was especially interested in vision and hearing as examples of this. None of the outflows that affect the senses are as fine as those that engage reason. If they weren't the finest of all the outflows, they couldn't influence the delicate movements of the fire atoms of reason. These finest "eidola" or outflows are the true representations of things, and therefore only reason knows things truly. On one hand, thought is specifically the atomic motion from the direct impact of the finest outflows on the fine fire-atoms of the soul. On the other hand, sensation is atomic motion from the indirect impact of the coarser types of outflows on the fire atoms. Reason knows reality directly. Sensations are triggered indirectly by the coarse outflows activating the corresponding sense organ, which then triggers the fire atoms. Thus, Democritus distinguishes between thought and sensation in quantitative terms. In this way, he aligns his psychology with his metaphysical principle of materialism.
Democritus’ Theory of Knowledge—The World of Twofold Reality. Democritus would have been only one of the great Cosmologists, and he would not have his place by the side of Plato and Aristotle, if his materialism had illuminated no other subject than physics. Indeed, it is doubtful if his physics would have been so grandly comprehensive and unqualified had it not been strengthened by his discriminating theory of twofold knowledge. He might have extended and systematized his materialism so that it explained to the satisfaction of his time both physical and psychical phenomena, and still have been a hylozoist, like Leucippus, the founder of the Atomistic school. The problem of knowledge—the problem of estimating our mental states—was as incomprehensible to Leucippus as to the Eleatics. Democritus, however, was a rationalist and realist like Plato and Aristotle. He recognized, as did they, that there is a difference in epistemological values. His universalized materialism did not prevent him from evaluating our experiences from the same general point of view as the leader of the Academy and the Stagirite. He felt that a twofold reality is as consistent with materialistic principles as with idealism. So he reduced all qualities to quantities, and then as quantities re-valued and classified them. His chief contribution was to the subject of epistemology and not to physics, and that is why he is treated among the Greek Systematizers and not among the Cosmologists. Probably his chief interest lay where he did his chief work.
Democritus’ Theory of Knowledge—The World of Twofold Reality. Democritus would have been just one of the great cosmologists, and he wouldn’t have a place alongside Plato and Aristotle if his materialism hadn't shed light on more than just physics. In fact, it's questionable whether his understanding of physics would have been so extensive and unqualified if it hadn’t been bolstered by his insightful theory of dual knowledge. He could have developed and organized his materialism in a way that addressed both physical and mental phenomena to the satisfaction of his time, and still have been a hylozoist like Leucippus, the founder of the Atomistic school. The question of knowledge—the challenge of assessing our mental states—was just as perplexing to Leucippus as it was to the Eleatics. However, Democritus was a rationalist and realist like Plato and Aristotle. He recognized, as they did, that there is a distinction in epistemological values. His all-encompassing materialism didn’t stop him from evaluating our experiences from a standpoint similar to that of the leader of the Academy and the Stagirite. He believed that a dual reality is just as compatible with materialistic principles as it is with idealism. Thus, he reduced all qualities to quantities, and then as quantities, he re-evaluated and classified them. His main contribution was to the field of epistemology rather than physics, which is why he is categorized among the Greek Systematizers rather than the Cosmologists. Likely, his main interest was where he focused most of his work.
The perception theory of Protagoras was the starting-point of both Democritus and Plato. Both adopted it in order to transcend it and make it of real significance. Democritus, upon the basis of his materialistic psychology, admitted that sense-perception is only a transitory process, and its knowledge must be as transitory. But he did not agree with Protagoras that all knowledge is perceptual. Sense-perception does yield only relative knowledge; but there is another kind of knowledge that is not relative but absolute. This is knowledge of the reason. Human beings have reason as well as sense-perception. Thus is Democritus a rationalist, although a materialist.
The perception theory of Protagoras was the starting point for both Democritus and Plato. They both adopted it to go beyond it and give it real significance. Democritus, based on his materialistic views, argued that sense perception is just a temporary process, and so any knowledge gained from it is also temporary. However, he disagreed with Protagoras that all knowledge is based on perception. While sense perception provides only relative knowledge, there is another type of knowledge that is not relative but absolute. This is the knowledge of reason. Humans have both reason and sense perception. Therefore, Democritus is a rationalist, even though he is also a materialist.
The contribution of Democritus to the theory of knowledge consists in just this turn which he gave to Protagoras’ doctrine of perception. The relativity of perception becomes in the Democritan theory a different thing from what it was in the doctrine of the great Sophist. To Protagoras perceptual knowledge is relative, and therefore of no value in determining what is real. To Democritus perceptual knowledge is relative, but it has a value,—a relative value. It gets this relative value from the fact that the reason can determine absolute reality. Perception is the contributor to the reason, and also in turn is illuminated by the reason. In the same breath we may say that Protagoras was a contributor to the theory of Democritus, and in turn that the Protagorean relativism was illuminated by the Democritan rationalism. The result was a twofold knowledge—in the language of Democritus, “genuine knowledge” and “obscure insight.”
The contribution of Democritus to the theory of knowledge is this shift he made from Protagoras' idea of perception. The relativity of perception changes in Democritus' theory compared to how it was in the great Sophist's teachings. For Protagoras, perceptual knowledge is relative, and therefore it doesn't help in determining what’s real. For Democritus, perceptual knowledge is still relative, but it holds value—relative value. This value comes from the fact that reason can identify absolute reality. Perception aids reason and is also clarified by reason. We can say that Protagoras contributed to Democritus' theory, and in turn, that Protagorean relativism was clarified by Democritan rationalism. The outcome was a dual form of knowledge—in Democritus' terms, “genuine knowledge” and “obscure insight.”
The objects corresponding to these two kinds of knowledge must be of two kinds. On the one hand, the objects of the reason, or “genuine knowledge,” are the genuine, primary, or real properties of the atoms—for the atoms are reality to Democritus. These are form, size, inertia, density, and hardness.25 A study of these properties of things is, therefore, a study of real objects. On the other hand, the objects of perception or “obscure insight” are the properties of atoms as perceived obscurely by the senses. These are color, sound, taste, smell. They are the qualities or relative properties of things. A study of these is a study of only what is relatively real. When materialism was revived by the Renaissance, the former group of objects were called “primary qualities” and the latter “secondary qualities.” These terms have become classic, and have rendered permanent Democritus’ evaluation of the objects of the two kinds of knowledge. Out of the fragments of the teaching of the Cosmologists and the one-sided epistemology of the Sophists, Democritus constructed contemporaneously with Plato, perhaps antecedently to him, a theory of twofold knowledge.
The objects related to these two types of knowledge must be of two types. On one hand, the objects of reason, or “genuine knowledge,” are the genuine, primary, or real properties of atoms—since atoms represent reality to Democritus. These include form, size, inertia, density, and hardness.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Studying these properties is, therefore, a study of real objects. On the other hand, the objects of perception or “obscure insight” are the properties of atoms as perceived vaguely by the senses. These include color, sound, taste, and smell. They are the qualities or relative properties of things. Studying these is only a study of what is relatively real. When materialism was revived during the Renaissance, the first group of objects was labeled “primary qualities,” and the second “secondary qualities.” These terms have become classic and have solidified Democritus’ evaluation of the objects of the two types of knowledge. From the fragments of the teachings of the Cosmologists and the narrow epistemology of the Sophists, Democritus developed a theory of twofold knowledge concurrently with Plato, possibly even preceding him.
The Ethical Theory of Democritus. The ethics of Democritus is another example of his general principle of a mechanism of atoms. His attempt to reduce all qualitative to quantitative relations, which gives his theory a unique place in Greek thought, reaches its highest distinction in his ethics. The influence of his ethical doctrine upon the Epicureans, and possibly upon the Cyrenaics, shows its importance in history. Furthermore, its high quality proves that a materialism can offer inspiring ethical doctrines. Some have placed the ethics of Democritus upon a level with the ethics of Socrates because, as it is pointed out, he placed it upon an intellectual basis. The basal ethical principle of Democritus may be stated thus: As true knowledge is the ideal object of the intellect, so true happiness is the ideal object of our conduct. The ethics of Democritus is eudæmonistic, like that of Socrates.
The Ethical Theory of Democritus. The ethics of Democritus is another example of his overall principle that everything is made up of atoms. His effort to turn all qualitative relationships into quantitative ones, which gives his theory a special place in Greek thought, reaches its peak in his ethical views. The impact of his ethical beliefs on the Epicureans, and possibly the Cyrenaics, highlights its historical significance. Additionally, its high quality demonstrates that materialism can provide inspiring ethical theories. Some have argued that the ethics of Democritus is on par with Socratic ethics because, as noted, he based it on an intellectual foundation. The core ethical principle of Democritus can be summarized as follows: Just as true knowledge is the ultimate goal of the intellect, true happiness is the ultimate goal of our actions. The ethics of Democritus is eudaimonistic, similar to that of Socrates.
Pleasures have fundamental differences. They are in every case the results of atomic motions; but the atomic motions of the intellect differ from those of the senses, and those of the senses differ from one another. The fire atoms of the intellect are small, and have a gentle, peaceful motion; the atomic motions of the senses are coarse and violent, caused by the coarse effluxes of the objects that excite them. Sense-pleasures are relative, like the perceptions. As perception is obscure insight and gains the appearance and not the true reality, so the pleasures of sense are transitory, uncertain, violent, and deceitful. Intellectual pleasures are, like the intellect, real, true, permanent, gentle, and peaceful. True happiness, the goal of human activity, attends upon that right insight—upon the gentle atomic motions of the intellectual life. On the other hand, the coarse atomic motions of the senses disturb the intellectual calm, and are often violent explosions. Democritus believed that knowledge of the atoms, as the true explanation of the world, will give to the soul a measure and a harmony, will guard it from excitement and make it possessor of a peace which—to use his happy simile—is like the ocean calm. Two ideals seem to stand before Democritus, which he did not try to reconcile. Sometimes before his mind’s eye the ideal happiness is purely intellectual pleasure and points toward asceticism. Sometimes he speaks of happiness as the life of perfect self-control and temperance. He never positively denies all value to sense-pleasure, but he gives to sense-pleasure the relative value that he gives to the senses themselves. In every case the ground of happiness is intellectual refinement, and the ground of unhappiness the lack of it. The majority of men are sensualists and are to be contrasted with the Wise Man, who finds his happiness either in his individual life or in his friendship with other Wise Men.
Pleasures have basic differences. They are all the results of atomic movements; however, the atomic movements of the mind vary from those of the senses, and the movements of the senses differ among themselves. The intellectual atoms are small and have a gentle, peaceful motion; the atomic movements of the senses are rough and intense, triggered by the coarse emissions from the objects that stimulate them. Sense pleasures are relative, just like perceptions. Just as perception is unclear insight and presents an appearance rather than true reality, the pleasures of the senses are temporary, uncertain, intense, and misleading. Intellectual pleasures are, like the intellect, real, true, lasting, gentle, and peaceful. True happiness, the aim of human activity, is tied to that correct insight—stemming from the gentle atomic movements of intellectual life. In contrast, the rough atomic movements of the senses disrupt intellectual calm and are often explosive. Democritus believed that understanding atoms, as the true explanation of the world, would provide the soul with balance and harmony, protect it from turmoil, and grant peace that, to use his apt metaphor, is like the calm of the ocean. Two ideals seem to present themselves to Democritus, which he did not attempt to reconcile. Sometimes, the ideal happiness in his mind is purely intellectual pleasure, leaning toward asceticism. Other times, he describes happiness as a life of complete self-control and moderation. He never outright denies all value to sense pleasure, but he assigns to it the relative value that he ascribes to the senses themselves. In all cases, the foundation of happiness is intellectual refinement, while the lack of it is the basis for unhappiness. Most people are sensualists and stand in contrast to the Wise Man, who finds his happiness either in his own life or in his friendships with other Wise Men.
CHAPTER VII
PLATO (427–347 BCE)
Abdera and Athens. The materialism of Democritus was the natural consummation of the thought of the Cosmological Period. The influence of the Sophistic psychology only enriched it, widened it, and brought its materialism into a systematic formulation. The Democritan system from the isolated centre of Abdera points only to the past. Upon the death of Democritus the school quickly disappeared. Its materialistic doctrine reappeared from time to time in one form and another,—in the Skeptics, the Epicureans, and the Stoics. It was reintroduced as a system into Europe during the Renaissance. So far as Greece was concerned, the school of Abdera was an early ripening and an early dying branch.
Abdera and Athens. The materialism of Democritus was the natural culmination of thinking during the Cosmological Period. The impact of Sophistic psychology only enriched and expanded it, leading to a more systematic formulation of its materialism. The Democritan system, emerging from the isolated center of Abdera, mainly reflects the past. After Democritus died, the school quickly faded away. Its materialistic ideas occasionally resurfaced in various forms—in the Skeptics, the Epicureans, and the Stoics. They were reintroduced as a system in Europe during the Renaissance. For Greece, the school of Abdera was an early blossoming that quickly withered.
The school of Athenian immaterialism, the principal tendency of Greek thought, arose from the centre of Attic civilization and pointed to the future. It drew its materials from practically the same sources as the philosophy of Abdera, but the materials were polarized about the ethical teaching of Socrates. The life of Plato coincides with the unhappy history of Athens after the death of Pericles (429 B. C.). The Peloponnesian War began in 431 B. C., two years before the death of Pericles and four years before the birth of Plato; and it did not end until 403 B. C. The event most disastrous to the Athenians during this war was the Sicilian expedition in 413 B. C. Athens was captured by the Spartans in 403 B. C., and the great walls of the city were destroyed. The remainder of Plato’s life was contemporaneous with the devastating wars among the Greek cities, for there was no city strong enough to hold the balance of power after it left the hands of the Athenians. In 359 B. C. Macedon began to loom up as a power in the north. The life of Plato, the formulator of Athenian immaterialism, may be easily remembered as covering that period between the rise of Sparta and the rise of Macedon.
The school of Athenian immaterialism, the main trend in Greek thought, emerged from the heart of Attic civilization and pointed towards the future. It drew its ideas from nearly the same sources as the philosophy of Abdera, but these ideas were centered around the ethical teachings of Socrates. Plato's life coincided with the troubled history of Athens after the death of Pericles (429 B. C.). The Peloponnesian War started in 431 B.C., two years before Pericles died and four years before Plato was born, and it didn't conclude until 403 B. C.. The most catastrophic event for the Athenians during this war was the Sicilian expedition in 413 B. C.. Athens was captured by the Spartans in 403 B. C., and the city's great walls were demolished. The rest of Plato's life coincided with the brutal wars among the Greek city-states, as no city was strong enough to maintain the balance of power after it fell from Athenian control. In 359 B. C., Macedon began to rise as a power in the north. Plato's life, the originator of Athenian immaterialism, can be easily remembered as spanning the period between the rise of Sparta and the rise of Macedon.
The Difficulties in Understanding the Teaching of Plato. The theory of Plato is one of the most involved and one of the most difficult to understand in the whole history of philosophy. This difficulty of interpreting Plato as a philosopher depends upon many factors: upon the artistic literary form of the dialogue in which his philosophy is presented; upon the conflicting tendencies of thought in Plato himself; upon the fact that the composition of his dialogues extended over a period of more than half a century; upon the constant reshaping of the content as well as the form of his thought; and upon the uncertainty of the chronological order of his writings. This chronological order of Plato’s dialogues is an important factor in determining his teaching. Since the beginning of the nineteenth century a vast amount of literature has been published on the subject, and many theories of the dialogue-chronology have been proposed. There are three principal groups of theories: (1) those based upon purely a priori hypotheses, as, for example, that of Hermann, that each dialogue is a stage in the development of Plato’s thought; or that of Schleiermacher, that Plato had a systematic plan from the beginning; (2) those based upon an empirical study of the historical allusions in the dialogues themselves (Zeller, Windelband, et als.); (3) those recent theories based upon the “stylometric test,” i. e. by an examination of the peculiarities of the style of Plato. Lutoslawski is a prominent representative of this method.
The Difficulties in Understanding the Teaching of Plato. Plato's theory is one of the most complex and hardest to grasp in all of philosophy's history. The challenges in interpreting Plato as a philosopher stem from several factors: the artistic literary style of the dialogues where his philosophy is conveyed; the conflicting ideas within Plato himself; the fact that his dialogues were written over a span of more than fifty years; the ongoing evolution of both the content and style of his ideas; and the uncertainty surrounding the chronological order of his works. The sequence in which Plato's dialogues were written is a key factor in understanding his teachings. Since the early nineteenth century, a significant amount of literature has been published on this topic, with many theories regarding the order of the dialogues. There are three main groups of theories: (1) those based on purely a priori assumptions, such as Hermann's idea that each dialogue represents a stage in the evolution of Plato’s thought or Schleiermacher's belief that Plato had a systematic plan from the start; (2) those based on an empirical analysis of the historical references within the dialogues themselves (Zeller, Windelband, et als.); (3) recent theories that rely on the "stylometric test," i. e. analyzing the unique features of Plato's style. Lutoslawski is a leading figure in this approach.
The result to the student is bewildering, on account of the differing conclusions. But since some choice must be made, we shall follow the order laid down by Windelband,26 because it is fairly orthodox and conservative. For convenience to the memory, the writings will be grouped in the periods of Plato’s life. Our interpretation will therefore follow Windelband in respect to the character of Plato’s theory itself.
The outcome for the student is confusing due to the different conclusions. However, since a decision must be made, we will adhere to the order proposed by Windelband, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ because it is quite traditional and conservative. To make it easier to remember, the writings will be organized by the periods of Plato's life. Our interpretation will thus align with Windelband regarding the nature of Plato's theory itself.
The Life and Writings of Plato. Two important events divide Plato’s long life of eighty years into three periods. These events were the death of his master, Socrates, in 399 B. C., and Plato’s return from Sicily in 387 B. C., after having there come under the influence of the Pythagoreans. His first period may be called his student life, and was twenty-eight years long; the second period was that of the traveler, and was twelve years long; the third period was that of teacher of the Academy, and was forty years long. The first half of his life therefore covers the first two periods, and the second half covers his period as teacher. Probably he was engaged in the composition of the dialogues during all these periods, and Cicero reports him to have died “pen in hand” (scribens est mortuus).
The Life and Writings of Plato. Two significant events divide Plato’s long life of eighty years into three periods. These events were the death of his mentor, Socrates, in 399 B. C., and Plato’s return from Sicily in 387 B. C., where he was influenced by the Pythagoreans. The first period can be called his student life, lasting twenty-eight years; the second period was his time as a traveler, which lasted twelve years; and the third period was his role as a teacher at the Academy, lasting forty years. Thus, the first half of his life encompasses the first two periods, while the second half encompasses his teaching period. He likely worked on his dialogues throughout all these periods, and Cicero noted that he died “pen in hand” (scribens est mortuus).
1. Plato’s Student Life (427–399 B. C.). This period closes with the death of Socrates. His acquaintance with Socrates began when he was twenty years old, and therefore lasted eight years.
1. Plato’s Student Life (427–399 B. C.). This period ends with the death of Socrates. He started getting to know Socrates when he was twenty, and that connection lasted for eight years.
The dialogues written during this period are presentations of the doctrine of Socrates and do not contain the constructive theory of Plato. They are concerned either with Socratic subjects or with Socrates personally, and were written in part during Socrates’ life, in part directly after his death.
The dialogues from this time showcase Socrates' teachings and don’t include Plato's comprehensive theories. They focus either on Socratic topics or on Socrates himself and were written partly while Socrates was alive and partly right after his death.
(a) Dialogues written under the influence of Socrates:
Socratic conversations:
Lysis, concerning friendship;
Lysis, about friendship;
Laches, concerning courage;
Laches, about courage;
Charmides, concerning moderation.
Charmides, about self-control.
(b) Dialogues written in defense of Socrates:
(b) Dialogues written in defense of Socrates:
Crito, concerning Socrates’ fidelity to law;
Crito, about Socrates’ loyalty to the law;
Apology, a general defense of Socrates;
Apology, a broad defense of Socrates;
Euthryphro, concerning Socrates’ true piety.
Euthyphro, about Socrates’ genuine piety.
2. Plato as Traveler (399–387 B. C.). During this period Plato made one short and two long journeys, and after each he returned to Athens. Upon the death of Socrates he went to Megara, where a former pupil of Socrates had a school. Upon this journey he was accompanied by other pupils of Socrates, who, as tradition has it, feared violence to themselves after the death of their master. Plato remained in Megara but a short time, and soon returned to Athens. Immediately upon his return to Athens he went to Cyrene and Egypt, and was away from Athens about four years (until 395 B. C.). The Egyptian journey had little influence upon his thought, but must have stimulated his imagination. He then remained at Athens four years (395–391 B. C.), and during this time he taught a small circle and wrote his polemics against the Sophists.
2. Plato as Traveler (399–387 B. C.). During this time, Plato took one short trip and two long trips, returning to Athens after each. Following Socrates' death, he went to Megara, where a former student of Socrates had a school. He was joined on this journey by other students of Socrates who, according to tradition, were afraid of being harmed after their master's death. Plato stayed in Megara for only a short time before heading back to Athens. As soon as he returned to Athens, he traveled to Cyrene and Egypt, spending about four years away (until 395 B. C.). The journey to Egypt didn't greatly impact his thoughts but likely sparked his imagination. He then stayed in Athens for four more years (395–391 B. C.), during which he taught a small group and wrote his critiques against the Sophists.
In 391 B. C. Plato made his first Italian journey—to Sicily and southern Italy. This marks the second critical point in his mental development. For at this time (1) he came under the influence of the Italian Pythagoreans, and (2) he attempted and failed in connection with Dion27 and Dionysius to erect his ideal state in Syracuse. He was sold as a slave by Dionysius, redeemed by a friend, and returned to Athens in 387 B. C., having been away about four years.
In 391 BCE, Plato made his first trip to Italy—visiting Sicily and southern Italy. This marks the second significant moment in his intellectual growth. During this time, (1) he came under the influence of the Italian Pythagoreans, and (2) he tried and failed, along with Dion__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and Dionysius, to establish his ideal state in Syracuse. He was sold into slavery by Dionysius, rescued by a friend, and returned to Athens in 387 BCE, after being away for about four years.
It is to be noted that Democritus and Plato were wide travelers, considering the difficulties of locomotion of the time. Both Democritus and Plato went to Egypt, and Democritus spent several years in Asia Minor (see p. 107).
It’s worth mentioning that Democritus and Plato traveled a lot, given the travel challenges of their time. Both Democritus and Plato visited Egypt, and Democritus spent several years in Asia Minor (see p. 107).
The dialogues written during this period may be divided into (a) the group of polemics against the Sophists, and (b) the Meno.
The dialogues written during this time can be divided into (a) the group of arguments against the Sophists, and (b) the Meno.
(a) The polemics against the Sophists (written between his return from Egypt in 395 B. C. and his first Italian journey in 391 B. C.).
(a) The debates against the Sophists (written between his return from Egypt in 395 BCE and his first trip to Italy in 391 BCE).
They are an attempt to present a solid front against the Sophists, and to show the weakness of the Sophistic doctrines. These polemical dialogues are:
They aim to create a strong stance against the Sophists and to highlight the flaws in Sophistic beliefs. These argumentative dialogues are:
Protagoras, a criticism of the Sophistic assumption that virtue is teachable, because that assumption is incompatible with the Sophistic fundamental principle;
Protagoras, a critique of the Sophistic belief that virtue can be taught, since that belief contradicts the core principle of Sophism;
Gorgias, showing how superficial the Sophistic rhetoric is when compared with true culture, which is the foundation of real statecraft;
Gorgias, demonstrating how shallow Sophistic rhetoric is in comparison to genuine culture, which is the basis of effective governance;
Euthydemus, an exposition of the fallacies in the Sophistic eristic;
Euthydemus, an exploration of the flaws in Sophistic debate tactics;
Cratylus, a criticism of the philological attempts of the Sophists;
Cratylus, a critique of the language theories proposed by the Sophists;
Theætetus, a criticism of the Sophistic theories of knowledge;
Theætetus, a critique of the Sophistic theories of knowledge;
The First Book of the Republic (the “Dialogue concerning Justice”), a criticism of the Sophistic naturalistic theory of the state.
The First Book of the Republic (the “Dialogue about Justice”), a critique of the Sophistic naturalistic theory of the state.
(b) Meno, which contains the first positive statement by Plato of his own constructive theory. It is the first intimation of development beyond the simple Socratic theory of knowledge. Plato states this, however, rather timidly, by suggestions and after the manner of a mathematician.
(b) Meno, which includes the first clear expression of Plato’s own constructive theory. It marks the initial indication of progress beyond the basic Socratic theory of knowledge. However, Plato presents this rather cautiously, through suggestions and in a way similar to a mathematician.
3. Plato as Teacher of the Academy (387–347 B. C.). These forty years were spent by Plato in Athens as master and teacher of his school, the Academy, with the exception of two journeys to Italy. He undertook these journeys in the hope of realizing in a practical way his political ideals. He made his second Italian journey upon the invitation of Dion, in the hope of influencing the younger Dionysius, and the third Italian journey in order to reconcile Dion and Dionysius. This last journey brought him again into great personal danger.
3. Plato as Teacher of the Academy (387–347 B. C.). Plato spent these forty years in Athens as the leader and educator of his school, the Academy, except for two trips to Italy. He took these trips in hopes of putting his political ideals into practice. He made his second trip to Italy at the invitation of Dion, aiming to influence the younger Dionysius, and his third trip to help reconcile Dion and Dionysius. This last trip put him in serious personal danger again.
What was the Academy? It was a public grove or garden in the suburbs of Athens (see map, p. 219) that had been left to the city for gymnastics by a public-spirited man named Academus. It had been surrounded by a wall and had been adorned by olive trees, statues, and temples. Near this inclosure Plato possessed by inheritance a small estate. It was here that he opened his school, and few places could be more favorable for the study of philosophy. Plato bequeathed this estate to the school, which held the property in a corporate capacity for several centuries. The leader of the school was called scholarch, and he appointed his own successor. The school was a kind of religious brotherhood based upon the worship of the Muses.
What was the Academy? It was a public grove or garden in the suburbs of Athens (see map, p. 219) that had been donated to the city for physical training by a generous man named Academus. It was surrounded by a wall and filled with olive trees, statues, and temples. Near this enclosure, Plato inherited a small estate. It was here that he established his school, and few places could be better suited for the study of philosophy. Plato left this estate to the school, which managed the property in a corporate manner for several centuries. The leader of the school was called the scholarch, and he chose his own successor. The school functioned as a sort of religious community centered around the worship of the Muses.
Note that Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle finished their education at an age much beyond what is supposed to be the limit in modern time. They were, in fact, mature men before they began their life work. Plato was 32 before he began to teach in Athens and 40 before he set himself about his real life task in the founding of the Academy. Democritus was 40 before he returned to Abdera from his travels in Asia Minor. Aristotle was 41 when he undertook to act as tutor of Alexander, and 49 when he began his administration of the Lyceum.
Note that Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle completed their education at an age far beyond what is considered typical today. They were actually grown adults before they started their life's work. Plato was 32 when he began teaching in Athens and 40 when he took on his major project of founding the Academy. Democritus was 40 when he returned to Abdera after his travels in Asia Minor. Aristotle was 41 when he became tutor to Alexander and 49 when he began managing the Lyceum.
The dialogues of the third period of Plato’s life contain his constructive theory, and are his masterpieces of art. The topics with which they deal show the advance of his thought over the dialogues of his first period. The purely Socratic dialogues were ethical discussions; these are ethical, metaphysical, and physical.
The dialogues from the third period of Plato’s life present his constructive theory and are his masterpieces of art. The subjects they cover reflect the evolution of his ideas compared to the dialogues from his first period. The purely Socratic dialogues focused on ethics; these include ethics, metaphysics, and physics.
Phædrus, Plato’s delivery of his programme upon his entrance into active teaching in the Academy, in 386 B. C.
Phædrus, Plato's presentation of his plan when he started teaching at the Academy in 386 B. C.
Symposium, an exposition of his entire doctrine in “love speeches.” It is the most artistic of his writings, and represents the climax of his intellectual power (385 or 384 B. C.).
Symposium is a comprehensive presentation of his entire philosophy through “love speeches.” It is his most artistic work and showcases the peak of his intellectual abilities (385 or 384 B. C.).
Republic (major portion). The composition of the Republic extended over a long period. It is a discussion: (1) concerning justice (written in the second period, see above); (2) concerning the ideal state which shall realize justice; (3) concerning the Idea of the Good and in criticism of the constitutions of states. It is Plato’s masterpiece and his life work.
Republic (major portion). The composition of the Republic took a long time to complete. It involves a discussion: (1) about justice (written in the second period, see above); (2) about the ideal state that will achieve justice; (3) about the Idea of the Good and a critique of the constitutions of states. It is Plato’s masterpiece and his life’s work.
Parmenides and Sophist, written to express the objections to the theory of Ideas, and to discuss such objections. (Windelband holds these dialogues were not written by Plato, but by some member of his school. This is, however, not the consensus of opinion.)
Parmenides and Sophist were written to present the criticisms of the theory of Ideas and to discuss those criticisms. (Windelband believes these dialogues were not written by Plato but by someone from his school. However, this is not the widely accepted view.)
Politicus, a discussion of the field of knowledge and of action for a statesman.
Politicus, a conversation about the knowledge and actions necessary for a politician.
Phædo, Plato’s final will and testament to the school, written shortly before his third Sicilian journey, in 361 B. C. It is his completed conception of the Idea of the Good and of the relation of other Ideas to it. It contains Anaxagorean and Pythagorean elements.
Phædo, Plato’s last will and testament to the school, written shortly before his third trip to Sicily in 361 B. C. It presents his full understanding of the Idea of the Good and how other Ideas relate to it. It includes elements from Anaxagoras and Pythagoras.
Philebus, concerning the ingredients of the Idea of the Good.
Philebus, about what makes up the Idea of the Good.
Timæus, Plato’s conception of physical nature, expressed in mythical form.
Timæus, Plato's idea of physical nature, presented in a mythical way.
Laws, the work of Plato’s old age, his revision of the ideal State.
Laws, written during Plato’s later years, is his updated vision of the perfect State.
Concerning the Dialogues28 of Plato. The early philosophers presented their philosophy in metrical form as poems “concerning nature”; Socrates perpetuated his teachings through conversations with men; Plato made his influence permanent by written dialogues; Aristotle’s philosophy, in the works that have been preserved, stands in the form of treatises whose sole purpose is that of exposition. Plato’s dialogues therefore have a twofold place in the history of literature. On the one hand, in the history of literature proper we have already mentioned them as standing after the Greek drama in the development of Greek dialectics; on the other hand, in the development of philosophical instruction they stand between the conversations of Socrates and the scientific expositions of Aristotle.
About the Dialogues __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ of Plato. Early philosophers presented their ideas in poetic form as works “about nature”; Socrates spread his teachings through discussions with others; Plato ensured his influence lasted by writing dialogues; Aristotle’s philosophy, in the works that have survived, takes the form of treatises meant solely for explanation. Plato’s dialogues thus hold a dual significance in the history of literature. On one hand, in the history of literature, we have already noted them as following Greek drama in the evolution of Greek dialectics; on the other hand, in the advancement of philosophical education, they connect Socratic conversations with Aristotle’s scientific explanations.
Plato was the first child of Fortune, and the complete preservation of his works was the most remarkable proof of it. Æschylus was the author of at least 70 writings, of which 7 are preserved; Euripides was the author of 95 writings, of which 18 are preserved; Sophocles had 123 writings, aside from his lyric works, of which 7 are preserved. Shakespeare wrote 36 plays, Plato wrote 35 dialogues that are genuine. All of Plato’s writings have come down to us. Why were the writings of Plato preserved from the destroying hand of time? There are at least three causes of their preservation: (1) they had intrinsic beauty; (2) there was contemporary public interest in them; (3) the chief cause, Plato’s school kept close guard over them.
Plato was the first child of Fortune, and the complete preservation of his works is the most remarkable proof of it. Æschylus wrote at least 70 works, of which 7 are preserved; Euripides wrote 95 works, of which 18 are preserved; Sophocles had 123 works, aside from his lyric pieces, of which 7 are preserved. Shakespeare wrote 36 plays, and Plato wrote 35 authentic dialogues. All of Plato’s writings have survived. Why were Plato's works saved from the destructive hands of time? There are at least three reasons for their preservation: (1) they had intrinsic beauty; (2) there was contemporary public interest in them; (3) the main reason, Plato’s school kept a close watch over them.
By the dialogue Plato could employ the Socratic method, give dramatic effect, and idealize Socrates. The Republic is his crowning literary effort, and the most complete statement of his mature political views. Perhaps the Philebus is the best expression of his idea of goodness, and presents his most complete organization of the sciences. All Plato’s dialogues have a transparent beauty and a purity of diction; and they may be taken as a revelation of himself. All are dialogues save the Apology, but the dialogue element grows less and less in his later works. Socrates is usually the spokesman in them, and to him is usually given the deciding word. Only a few have a fixed plan of argument. One thread and then another is followed, and in many no decision whatever is reached; for the dialogues must always be taken as artistic products in which philosophical experiences are idealized. Plato often employs myths or parables to illuminate his arguments. The situations and the literary adornments show the human touch, and the conversation often moves to a dramatic close.
By using dialogue, Plato could apply the Socratic method, create dramatic impact, and portray Socrates in an ideal light. The Republic is his most significant literary work and the clearest expression of his developed political ideas. The Philebus might best capture his concept of goodness and presents his most thorough organization of the sciences. All of Plato’s dialogues have a clear beauty and an elegance of language; they can be seen as a reflection of himself. All are dialogues except for the Apology, but the dialogue aspect becomes less prominent in his later writings. Socrates typically serves as the main speaker in these texts, often delivering the final word. Only a few have a clear argumentative structure. Various threads of conversation are followed, and many do not lead to any definitive conclusion; the dialogues should always be regarded as artistic works where philosophical ideas are idealized. Plato frequently uses myths or parables to clarify his points. The situations and literary details add a personal touch, and the conversations often conclude dramatically.
In the Republic Plato sought to formulate theoretically certain political conceptions of the ideal State that were then in the air. It is interesting to note that his conception influenced the political idealism of later time, as, for example, Cicero’s De Republica, Augustine’s City of God, More’s Utopia, Campanella’s State of the Sun, Bacon’s New Atlantis, Macchiavelli’s Il Principe.
In the Republic, Plato aimed to theoretically outline certain political ideas about the ideal State that were popular at the time. It's interesting to see how his views shaped political idealism later on, such as in Cicero’s De Republica, Augustine’s City of God, More’s Utopia, Campanella’s State of the Sun, Bacon’s New Atlantis, and Machiavelli’s Il Principe.
The Factors in the Construction of Plato’s Doctrine.
The Factors in the Development of Plato’s Doctrine.
1. His Inherited Tendencies. (a) In the first place Plato was by instinct an aristocrat. His family was one of the most distinguished in Athens, and traced its descent from Solon and Codrus. In making an estimate of his philosophy one must take account of the caste of society in which he was born. His metaphysical theory of Ideas is aristocratic, and in it he turns from all that is of the earth earthy to what is above the life of “opinion.” His four cardinal virtues are possible only to the few. His political attitude was peculiar. He was hostile to the democracy, and yet his political idealism diverged so far from the practical politics of Athenian aristocracy that he completely abstained from public life. With Plato, philosophy once more retires to the school. Here we have the strange juxtaposition of Socrates, the teacher, who had been engaged in a practical reformation, whose father was an artisan and whose mother a midwife, and Plato, his adoring pupil and truest interpreter,—Plato, the idealist, “whose speculation is not like the Philistine, whose life is spent in the market place or the workshop, and whose world is measured by the narrow boundaries of his native town; it is the lord of the manor, who retires to his mansion, after having seen the world, and turns his gaze towards the distant horizon; disdaining the noise of the cross-roads, he mingles only in the best society, where is heard the most elegant, the noblest, and the loftiest language that has ever been spoken in the home of the Muses.”29
1. His Inherited Tendencies. (a) First of all, Plato was naturally an aristocrat. His family was one of the most prominent in Athens, claiming descent from Solon and Codrus. When evaluating his philosophy, it's important to consider the social class into which he was born. His metaphysical theory of Ideas reflects aristocratic values, as he shifts focus from the earthly to what lies beyond mere “opinion.” His four cardinal virtues are attainable only by a select few. His political views were unusual. He opposed democracy, yet his political ideals diverged so much from the practical politics of Athenian aristocracy that he completely avoided public life. For Plato, philosophy retreats back to the school. Here we see the odd contrast between Socrates, the teacher who was actively involved in reform and came from a family of an artisan and a midwife, and Plato, his devoted student and closest interpreter — Plato, the idealist, whose thoughts are far removed from the Philistine, who spends his life in the marketplace or workshop, and whose world is limited to the small boundaries of his hometown; he is like the lord of the manor, returning to his estate after traveling the world, directing his gaze toward the distant horizon; ignoring the chaos of the crossroads, he engages only with the finest society, where the most elegant, noble, and lofty language ever spoken in the domain of the Muses __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
(b) In the next place Plato had an instinctive love for the beautiful, and in this he was great, even in his time. Every Periclean Greek was artistic, but Plato was more than this. He is to be ranked among the great creators of the art of his day,—with Phidias and Sophocles. He represented in his person everything ideally Greek. He was a man of great beauty, a human Apollo, a man endowed with every physical and mental talent, and his moral character was almost ideal in its purposes. His real name was Aristocles, and he got his name Plato from his broad frame. The artistic development of the time appealed to him in his youth, and he was early interested in the writing of epic and dramatic poetry. This artistic instinct determined in no small measure not only the form of the presentation of his thought, but also the content of the thought itself. It determined his principle of conceiving the Ideas, the constitution of his State, his theory of pleasure, and his conception of the highest Good. The artistic form of the presentation of his writings was as important to him as the matter presented.
(b) First of all, Plato had a natural love for beauty, which made him stand out even in his own time. Every Periclean Greek had an artistic side, but Plato was more than that. He ranks among the great creators of art during his era, alongside Phidias and Sophocles. He embodied everything that was ideally Greek. He was a strikingly beautiful man, almost like a human Apollo, gifted with every physical and mental ability, and his moral character was nearly ideal in its intentions. His real name was Aristocles, and he received the name Plato because of his broad build. The artistic developments of his time captivated him in his youth, and he became interested early on in writing epic and dramatic poetry. This artistic instinct significantly influenced not only how he presented his thoughts but also the substance of those thoughts. It shaped his concept of Ideas, the structure of his State, his theory of pleasure, and his conception of the highest Good. For him, the artistic form of his writings was just as important as the content itself.
2. His Philosophical Sources. Plato had received a careful education that made him familiar with all the scientific theories of current interest to the Athenians. The elements of the earlier philosophies, that were fundamental to the mechanical atomism of Democritus, were recombined in a different way by Plato under the influence of Socrates’ ethical principle. Even Plato’s political and artistic ideals are subordinate to his entire absorption in the personality and teaching of Socrates. Heracleitus, Protagoras, Parmenides, and, later, Anaxagoras and the Pythagoreans, furnished him with his philosophical materials. We may point out three of the preceding philosophies that had an especially powerful influence upon him: those of (1) Socrates; (2) Parmenides; and (3) the Pythagoreans. His revered master, Socrates, furnished Plato throughout with the conceptual principle, by which he worked over all his material into his daring system. The influence of Parmenides upon him was also very great. He speaks of the Eleatic as “Parmenides, my father.” Plato betook himself to the Eleatic school at Megara upon the death of Socrates, and this shows that he must already have been hospitable to the philosophy which taught the conception of an absolute and eternal essence of things known by the human reason. The influence of the Pythagoreans was felt by Plato on his first visit to Italy. This influence grew with him, and seems to dominate the dialogue of his old age, the Laws. The Eleatic Oneness was a single, immutable block. In the Pythagorean doctrine of numbers he found the conceptual divisions of that Oneness, and he also found that such conceptions would give a content to Socrates’ conception of the Good. Indeed, the numbers seemed to be the conceptual models for which Socrates was searching. Mathematical truths are independent of perception. They are innate ideas. They are eternal and immutable Forms. They were the weapons needed against the Protagorean doctrine of perception. While Plato agreed with Heracleitus that the visible world is a changing world, and with Protagoras that our sense-perceptions of that world can yield only relative truth, he developed his philosophy almost entirely on its conceptual side; and this is due to the influence first of Socrates, second of Parmenides, and third of the Pythagoreans. Plato’s completed philosophy was the theory of Ideas, worked over in his mind a half-century or more, and is in itself a history of the development of pure concepts.
2. His Philosophical Sources. Plato received a thorough education that made him well-versed in all the scientific theories that were popular among the Athenians. The foundational elements of earlier philosophies that were key to Democritus' mechanical atomism were reinterpreted by Plato, influenced by Socrates' ethical principles. Even Plato's political and artistic ideals were secondary to his deep engagement with Socrates' personality and teachings. Heraclitus, Protagoras, Parmenides, and later, Anaxagoras and the Pythagoreans, provided him with the philosophical material he needed. We can identify three preceding philosophies that particularly influenced him: those of (1) Socrates; (2) Parmenides; and (3) the Pythagoreans. His respected mentor, Socrates, provided Plato with the conceptual framework through which he transformed all his material into his ambitious system. The influence of Parmenides was also significant; he referred to the Eleatic philosopher as “Parmenides, my father.” After Socrates' death, Plato joined the Eleatic school in Megara, indicating that he was already open to the philosophy that taught the idea of an absolute and eternal essence of things accessible to human reason. Plato felt the impact of the Pythagoreans during his first trip to Italy. This influence grew over time and seems to dominate the dialogue of his later years, the Laws. The Eleatic Oneness was a singular, unchanging entity. In the Pythagorean philosophy of numbers, he found the conceptual breakdowns of that Oneness, and he realized that these ideas could enrich Socrates' notion of the Good. Indeed, the numbers appeared to be the conceptual models that Socrates was seeking. Mathematical truths exist independently of sensory experience; they are innate ideas and eternal, unchangeable Forms. These were the tools needed to challenge Protagoras' theory of perception. While Plato agreed with Heraclitus that the physical world is in constant flux and with Protagoras that our sensory perceptions of it can only yield relative truths, he developed his philosophy primarily from a conceptual standpoint due to the influences of Socrates first, Parmenides second, and the Pythagoreans third. Plato's fully developed philosophy was the theory of Ideas, shaped in his mind over fifty years or more, and represents a history of the evolution of pure concepts.
The Divisions of Plato’s Philosophy. Plato himself had no clear conception of an exact division of science, and did not confine himself in a single dialogue to a single science. Aristotle, however, distinguished in the philosophy of his master dialectic, ethics, and physics, and these divisions of Plato’s teaching have been traditionally adopted. The dialectic, as commonly used in his time, meant “the dialogue or conversation employed as a means of scientific investigation.” It was transformed by Plato to mean not logical but metaphysical discussion. Plato was concerned with the laws of Being rather than the laws of logic, and, as Being to him consisted of Ideas, his dialectic interest was to reduce experience by division and induction to some unity. Plato’s dialectic was not logical but methodological,—logical operations taken as a whole,—by means of which the Ideas and their relations to one another were to be found. The physics of Plato is of little value. It was an afterthought to satisfy the demands of his school. The world of nature phenomena could never be for Plato the object of true knowledge. Unfortunately, the teleological physics of Plato was regarded by the Hellenistic time and the Middle Ages as Plato’s most important achievement. Plato wrote entirely in the spirit of the Enlightenment, and his works show a great interest in man as a moral being, but little interest in physical nature.
The Divisions of Plato’s Philosophy. Plato didn't have a clear idea of how to divide science, and he didn't stick to a single discipline in one dialogue. Aristotle, on the other hand, identified dialectic, ethics, and physics in his master's philosophy, and these classifications have been accepted over time. In Plato's era, dialectic referred to "the dialogue or conversation used for scientific inquiry." Plato transformed this idea to mean not just logical but also metaphysical discussion. He focused on the laws of Being rather than just the laws of logic, and since he saw Being as consisting of Ideas, his dialectic aimed to break down experiences through division and induction to achieve some unity. Plato's dialectic was more about methodology than logic—logical operations viewed in their entirety—through which the Ideas and their connections were to be uncovered. Plato's physics is not very valuable; it was an afterthought meant to meet the expectations of his school. For Plato, the natural world could never truly be a source of knowledge. Unfortunately, during the Hellenistic period and the Middle Ages, his teleological physics were seen as his most significant contribution. Plato's writings reflected the spirit of the Enlightenment, demonstrating a deep interest in humanity as a moral being, but showed little concern for the physical world.
Summary of Plato’s Doctrine. The interpretation of Plato as set forth in what follows may be thus summarized: Plato began with the conceptual form of idealism, suggested by the logical method of Socrates, with the purpose of solving logical and ethical problems. He advanced to a teleological idealism, conditioned by the doctrines of Anaxagoras and the Pythagoreans, with the purpose of applying his doctrine to physical problems.
Summary of Plato’s Doctrine. The interpretation of Plato as presented below can be summarized like this: Plato started with the concept of idealism, influenced by Socrates’ logical method, aiming to tackle logical and ethical issues. He then progressed to a teleological idealism, shaped by the ideas of Anaxagoras and the Pythagoreans, intending to apply his theory to physical problems.
The Formation of Plato’s Metaphysics. In his earliest period Plato made these very clear statements: (1) virtue is knowledge; (2) by knowledge is not meant sense-perceptions. In his final statement of his philosophy, as he bequeathed it to posterity, he only gave a new evaluation of these two early principles, although he expressed them in a highly complex form. “Virtue is knowledge” is the basis of agreement between Socrates and the Sophists; and “by knowledge is not meant sense-perceptions” is the basis of their opposition. During Plato’s early period he was acting as a faithful transcriber of Socrates in the presentation of this first principle: virtue is knowledge, is teachable, is one. During Plato’s second period he was called on to defend the second statement against the Sophists. Plato’s formation of his own theory begins at this point,—at the point where his defense of his master was keenest. From this time, for a full half-century, Plato developed the Socratic principles in a theory that went far beyond Socrates, but that was never untrue to him.
The Formation of Plato’s Metaphysics. In his early years, Plato made these very clear statements: (1) virtue is knowledge; (2) knowledge does not refer to sense-perceptions. In his final expression of his philosophy, which he left for future generations, he simply re-evaluated these two early principles, even though he presented them in a much more complex way. “Virtue is knowledge” reflects the shared view between Socrates and the Sophists, while “knowledge does not refer to sense-perceptions” highlights their disagreement. During Plato’s early years, he acted as a faithful recorder of Socrates in presenting this first principle: virtue is knowledge, it can be taught, and it is unified. During Plato’s middle period, he was tasked with defending the second statement against the Sophists. This is where Plato started to form his own theory—at the point where his defense of his mentor was strongest. From that moment on, for a full fifty years, Plato expanded upon Socratic principles in a theory that went well beyond Socrates, but always remained true to him.
The simplest way of stating Plato’s formation of his own doctrine is this: he accepted the Protagorean doctrine of a perceptual world of relative knowledge; he placed it beside the Socratic theory of conceptual reality; and as a result he conceived the world to be twofold. Both Being and Becoming share in reality. There are, on the one side, the immutable concepts that compose true reality; there are, on the other side, the changing perceptions that come and go. The world of true reality is, but never becomes; the world of relative reality becomes, but never is. These two worlds are by nature separate; one is the object of the reason, the other is the object of the senses; one is incorporeal, the other is corporeal. The first world is the immutable One of the Eleatics presented by Plato as a plural number of Socratic concepts; the other world is the Heracleitan flux presented as perceivable things. There is true knowledge, but Protagoras is right in saying that it cannot be found in the perception of the material world. It is knowledge of an incorporeal world, and that is precisely the world of Socratic concepts which now in Plato’s hands become Ideas.
The simplest way to describe how Plato developed his own philosophy is as follows: he embraced the Protagorean idea of a perceptual world with relative knowledge; he placed that alongside the Socratic theory of conceptual reality; and as a result, he understood the world to be dual in nature. Both Being and Becoming are part of reality. On one side, there are the unchanging concepts that make up true reality; on the other side, there are the changing perceptions that appear and disappear. The world of true reality is, but never becomes; the world of relative reality becomes, but never is. These two worlds are inherently separate; one is the realm of reason, while the other is the realm of the senses; one is incorporeal, and the other is corporeal. The first world is the unchanging One described by the Eleatics, presented by Plato as a collection of Socratic concepts; the other world is the constant change described by Heraclitus as perceivable things. True knowledge exists, but Protagoras is correct in saying that it cannot be found in the perception of the material world. It is knowledge of an incorporeal realm, which is exactly what Socratic concepts represent, and in Plato’s view, these concepts become Ideas.
It would, however, be a mistake to suppose that Plato’s conception of the world was an artificial eclecticism, obtained by putting two worlds side by side. To be sure, he never was able to bring them into an organic unity, and the dualism between them is often very marked. But they do not lie like two drawers in a desk, each having no vital influence on the character of the other. In the juxtaposition of the two worlds each gets a new meaning, and the value of each becomes greater.
It would be a mistake to think that Plato’s view of the world was just an artificial mix, created by placing two worlds next to each other. While it's true that he never fully integrated them into a cohesive unity, and their dualism is often very prominent, they aren't like two drawers in a desk that have no real impact on one another. When these two worlds are considered together, each gains new meaning, and the importance of each increases.
In the first place, perception30 gets a new value. The logic of the Sophistic doctrine of perception was that perceptions are the only form of knowledge, and even perceptions have no share of truthfulness. Protagoras himself did not go so far as this absolute skepticism, but this is the logic of his position. Perceptions can have no value, because each is a standard to itself. Plato incorporates the perception theory into his own, and immediately gives it a new value. Perceptions do not, to be sure, yield true knowledge, but they have a relative value. They have a value for the practical world, although the highest they can give is Right Opinion. When we remember that the world of that day was weary of its own speculations leading to nihilism, it is remarkable that Plato did not turn away entirely from the doctrine of the Sophists. On the contrary, he took up the Sophistic doctrine into his own and gave to it a value which it had not possessed by itself.
In the beginning, perception__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ gets a new value. The logic behind the Sophistic view of perception was that perceptions are the only kind of knowledge, and even those perceptions lack true accuracy. Protagoras himself didn't fully embrace this extreme skepticism, but that's the reasoning behind his perspective. Perceptions have no real value because each one is a standard in itself. Plato incorporates the theory of perception into his own philosophy and immediately assigns it a new significance. While perceptions may not provide true knowledge, they do hold relative value. They are useful in the practical world, though the highest they can offer is Right Opinion. Considering that the people of that time were tired of their own theories leading to nothingness, it's noteworthy that Plato didn't completely reject the Sophist doctrine. Instead, he adopted it and assigned it a value it previously lacked.
In the second place, conception gets a new value. What was conception to Socrates? It was the common content of opinions and perceptions; it was the universal that was developed inductively out of many particulars. Socrates brought many particulars together in order to reveal their common qualities. The abode of conceptions was to Socrates the half-formed individual opinions and experiences in which conception lay, as in an envelope; and the conversation was needed to bring it forth. The concept to Socrates was the logical “nature” of perceptions. But now since Plato admitted the relative reality of all perceptions, he was obliged to look elsewhere to account for conceptions. If the conceptions are true reality, they cannot be the common quality in opinions, nor the logical “nature” of changing perceptions. The true conception cannot be contained in the perception. Accordingly the conception must exist in an incorporeal world and possess an independent reality. The concepts are hypostasized by Plato. They become Ideas. Thus the Socratic concept became the Platonic Idea, and for the first time in European thought, reality is conceived as immaterial. The conceptual world grows under Plato’s hands to be “other than” the perceptual world, and this was his first step beyond Socrates. The conceptual world is the perfect reality that cannot be contained in any material thing nor in the sum of all material things. The immaterial Ideas are the object of thought, as nature phenomena are the objects of perception. Ideas are not the abstractions of perceptions, for the process of thought is not an analysis nor an abstraction, but an intuition of reality presented in single instances. Ideas are the reality of which perceptions are the copies or shadows. Perceptions do not contain the truth. They are only the suggestions or promptings by which the soul bethinks itself of the Ideas. Material things merely hint to the soul of the existence of the Ideas.
In the second place, conception gains a new meaning. What did conception mean to Socrates? It was the shared content of opinions and perceptions; it was the universal that emerged inductively from many specific instances. Socrates brought many specifics together to highlight their common traits. To Socrates, the home of conceptions was the partially formed individual opinions and experiences that held conception, like an envelope; and conversation was needed to bring it to light. For Socrates, the concept represented the logical “nature” of perceptions. However, since Plato recognized the relative reality of all perceptions, he had to look elsewhere to explain conceptions. If conceptions are true reality, they cannot simply be the common quality found in opinions or the logical “nature” of changing perceptions. The true conception cannot be found within the perception. Therefore, the conception must exist in a non-physical world and hold an independent reality. Plato hypostasizes the concepts. They become Ideas. Thus, the Socratic concept became the Platonic Idea, and for the first time in European thought, reality is seen as immaterial. The conceptual world develops under Plato’s guidance to be “other than” the perceptual world, marking his first step beyond Socrates. The conceptual world is the perfect reality that cannot be contained in any physical thing or in the totality of all physical things. The immaterial Ideas are the focus of thought, just as natural phenomena are the focus of perception. Ideas are not mere abstractions of perceptions because the process of thought is not analysis or abstraction, but an intuition of reality presented in singular instances. Ideas represent the reality of which perceptions are mere copies or shadows. Perceptions do not hold the truth. They are simply the suggestions or prompts that cause the soul to remember the Ideas. Physical things only hint to the soul about the existence of the Ideas.
It is important in this connection to point out that Plato’s conception of immateriality is not to be taken as what we mean in modern times by the spiritual or psychical; for, according to Plato, our psychical functions belong to the world of Becoming, just as the functions of our body and other perceptual things belong to it. Besides, even the Ideas of sense qualities have reality. Plato does not identify the human mind with the incorporeal world of Ideas, nor does he make the modern dualistic division of the world into mind and matter. The immaterial world is “other than” the world of perception, and bears the relation to the material world of the unchanging to the changing, of the simple to the manifold, of Being to Becoming.
It’s important to highlight that Plato’s idea of immateriality isn't what we refer to today as spiritual or psychological. For Plato, our mental functions are part of the world of Becoming, the same as our bodily functions and other things we perceive. Moreover, even the Ideas of sensory qualities are real. Plato doesn’t equate the human mind with the incorporeal world of Ideas, nor does he create the modern dualistic split between mind and matter. The immaterial world is “different from” the world of perception, relating to the material world as the unchanging relates to the changing, the simple to the complex, and Being to Becoming.
The Development of Plato’s Metaphysics—The Development of Plato’s Ideas in the Two Drafts. The twofold world with its new evaluation of the Socratic conception and of the Protagorean perception was, after all, only Plato’s point of departure for his constructive work. It was his first and undeveloped apprehension of a theory of Ideas. It appeared first in the Meno in his doctrine of recollection and immortality, which was written in his second period just after his series of splendid polemics against the Sophists. From this time for a full half-century Plato developed the conception of a twofold world into a Theory of Ideas. In the course of time he found himself confronted with three problems: (1) How many Ideas are there? (2) What is the relation between Ideas and physical things? (3) What is the relation of the Ideas to one another? Plato’s answers to these three questions compose what is known as his Theory of Ideas. However, he answers these three questions differently when he first considered them than later, when his grasp upon the significance of his problem became more mature. Plato’s Theory of Ideas, therefore, may be said to have had a development in two stages. These two stages are called his “two drafts” (Windelband) of the Ideas. We shall now present, first in summary form and then in more detail, his answers to these three questions in the two drafts, and thereby show how his theory developed to its final formulation.
The Development of Plato’s Metaphysics—The Development of Plato’s Ideas in the Two Drafts. The dual world, with its fresh take on Socratic thought and Protagorean views, was really just the starting point for Plato’s constructive work. It was his initial, undeveloped understanding of a theory of Ideas. This first appeared in the Meno, in his concepts of recollection and immortality, which he wrote in his second period, right after his impressive debates against the Sophists. From this moment and for the next fifty years, Plato expanded the idea of a dual world into a Theory of Ideas. Over time, he faced three main questions: (1) How many Ideas are there? (2) What is the relationship between Ideas and physical objects? (3) What is the relationship of the Ideas to one another? Plato’s responses to these three questions form what we now refer to as his Theory of Ideas. However, his answers changed from when he first thought about them to later on, as he gained a deeper understanding of their significance. Thus, we can say that Plato’s Theory of Ideas evolved in two stages. These two stages are called his “two drafts” (Windelband) of the Ideas. We will now present, first in summary and then in more detail, his responses to these three questions in the two drafts, demonstrating how his theory developed to its final form.
Brief Comparison of the Two Drafts of the Ideas.
Quick Comparison of the Two Drafts of the Ideas.
1. The Earlier Draft of Ideas.
1. The Earlier Draft of Ideas.
(a) The Number of Ideas is infinite.
The number of ideas is infinite.
(b) The Relation of Ideas to Physical Things is similarity. The Ideas on their side are spoken of as having a “presence” in physical things, but never fully appearing in them; the physical phenomena on their side are spoken of as “participating” in the Ideas.
(b) The Relation of Ideas to Physical Things is about similarity. The Ideas are said to have a “presence” in physical things, but never fully manifest in them; the physical phenomena are described as “participating” in the Ideas.
(c) The Ideas are Related to One Another logically, as genera to species, but they are only roughly classified by Plato.
(c) The Ideas are Connected to Each Other logically, like genera to species, but they are only loosely categorized by Plato.
2. The Later Draft of Ideas—Plato’s Final Statement.
2. The Later Draft of Ideas—Plato’s Final Statement.
(a) The Number of Ideas is limited to those of worth, mathematical relations, and nature-products, but Plato never arrived at any definite selection.
(a) The Number of Ideas is restricted to valuable concepts, mathematical relationships, and natural phenomena, yet Plato never made any clear choices.
(b) The Relation of Ideas to Physical Things is teleological. The Ideas are the ideal or purposeful ends of physical objects.
(b) The Relation of Ideas to Physical Things is goal-oriented. The Ideas represent the ideal or intended purposes of physical objects.
(c) The Ideas are Related to One Another teleologically. The Idea of the Good stands at the head, and is the purposeful end of all the other Ideas.
(c) The Ideas are Connected to Each Other in a goal-oriented way. The Idea of the Good is at the forefront and serves as the intended purpose of all the other Ideas.
Comparison of the Two Drafts of Ideas in More Detail.
Comparison of the Two Drafts of Ideas in More Detail.
1. The Number of Ideas in the Earlier and Later Drafts compared. When Plato first presented the Theory of Ideas to himself, he conceived their number to be infinite. There are Ideas of everything that is thinkable. There are as many as there are class concepts, as there are qualities of things in the universe, as there are common nouns in the language. But it was pointed out to Plato that he had only reproduced and paralleled in the immaterial world what exists in the material world; that such a theory did not solve, but only doubled our difficulties. Then there were technical difficulties in the conception of the Ideas of everything—of things, qualities, relations,—good, bad, and indifferent. But what probably appealed to him most cogently was the raillery to which he found his theory subjected (see Parmenides), that he as a Greek could think of ugly Ideas, like hair and filth, as real. The result was that in the later drafting of his theory the number of qualities worthy to be called Ideas becomes very much limited. Plato makes the elimination from no avowed principle except that of worth, because as a Greek it was absolutely repellent to him to regard anything as real except worth. Consequently in his later dialogues he speaks of (1) Ideas having an inherent value, like the Good and the Beautiful, (2) Ideas corresponding to nature products, (3) Ideas of mathematical relations. Norms of value thus take the place of class-concepts, and in his selection of Ideas his choice is determined more and more by their moral worth.
1. The Number of Ideas in the Earlier and Later Drafts compared. When Plato first introduced the Theory of Ideas to himself, he imagined their number to be infinite. There are Ideas for everything that is thinkable. There are as many as there are class concepts, qualities of things in the universe, and common nouns in the language. However, it was pointed out to Plato that he had merely mirrored and reflected in the immaterial world what exists in the material world; that such a theory didn't solve our problems but only multiplied them. Additionally, there were technical challenges in defining the Ideas of everything—of things, qualities, relations—good, bad, and indifferent. But what likely affected him most was the mockery his theory faced (see Parmenides), as a Greek, in thinking of ugly Ideas, like hair and dirt, as real. As a result, in the later versions of his theory, the number of qualities he deemed worthy of being called Ideas became significantly limited. Plato excludes ideas based on no explicit principle other than worth, since it was completely repulsive to him as a Greek to consider anything real except for worth. Consequently, in his later dialogues, he discusses (1) Ideas that have inherent value, like the Good and the Beautiful, (2) Ideas that correspond to natural products, and (3) Ideas of mathematical relations. Standards of value thus replace class concepts, and in selecting Ideas, his choices increasingly reflect their moral value.
2. The Relation of Ideas and the World of Nature in the Two Drafts compared. Plato did not construct his world of Ideas in order to explain the world of physical nature. His original purpose was to find an object for knowledge; and his Ideas were born out of his striving to give a reality to the conceptions of Socrates. In his evaluation of the doctrine of his master he had drawn a distinction between the two worlds, but he had not thought of explaining one by the other. They were related and distinguished, but one threw no light upon the other. In Plato’s first draft of the Ideas he speaks of this relation as imitation. The phenomena are an imitation of reality. The Ideas are the originals and physical objects are copies. To state the relation in modern terms, the laws of the growth of a tree are permanent, while the tree changes. The lower world of Becoming has a similarity to the higher world of Being. As the Pythagoreans had conceived things as imitations of numbers, Plato, strongly influenced by the Pythagoreans, thought that concrete things correspond to their class concepts only in a degree. On the one hand, the individual thing partakes of the universal of the Idea, and this is called “participation” in the Idea. On the other hand, the word “presence” describes the way the Idea exists in the thing, which means that the Idea is present in the thing so long as the thing possesses the quality of the Idea. The Ideas are present and then withdraw, and thus the perception changes.
2. The Relation of Ideas and the World of Nature in the Two Drafts Compared. Plato didn’t create his world of Ideas to explain the physical world. His original goal was to find something to know; his Ideas emerged from his desire to give reality to Socrates’ concepts. In evaluating his teacher's doctrine , he distinguished between the two worlds but didn’t intend to explain one through the other. They are related and separate, but one doesn't clarify the other. In Plato’s initial draft about Ideas, he describes this relationship as imitation. The phenomena are an imitation of reality. The Ideas are the originals, and physical objects are the copies. To put it in modern terms, the laws governing a tree's growth are constant, while the tree itself changes. The lower world of Becoming resembles the higher world of Being. Just as the Pythagoreans viewed things as imitations of numbers, Plato, heavily influenced by them, believed that concrete things correspond to their class concepts only to some extent. On one hand, the individual thing includes the universal Idea, which is referred to as “participation” in the Idea. On the other hand, the term “presence” describes how the Idea exists in the thing, indicating that the Idea is present in the thing as long as the thing has the qualities of the Idea. The Ideas are present and then recede, causing perception to shift.
In the second drafting of the Ideas, Plato has become conscious of the need of explaining physical nature by the Ideas. He did not at first think of explaining the nature of the physical world by his metaphysical reality. It was an afterthought, and arose out of the compulsion of having a systematic theory. His conception of the world of Ideas as the world of true Being ultimately demanded that the world of physical nature should be not merely “other than” but dependent upon the Ideas. The Ideas are unchanging; the phenomena are changing. If the Ideas are the reality of the changing world, in what other sense can they be its reality than as its cause? The Meno, Theætetus, Symposium, and Phædrus do not discuss this problem. The Sophist proposes it, and in the Phædo the thought is first expressed that the Ideas are the causes of physical phenomena appearing as they do appear. But how can the Ideas be causes, when the very conception of them as pure and immaterial realities denies to them all qualities of motion and change? The Platonic theory reached its zenith in its solution of this problem. The Ideas must be conceived as the causes of nature phenomena, and still as not moving nor suffering change. They are teleological causes. They are the realized ends of the phenomenal world. The world of Ideas is the actual goal of perfection for physical nature. The world of Ideas is not only the truth of all knowledge; it is also the perfect teleological cause of all actual change. This thought is developed in the Philebus and the Republic, where the Ideas as a whole, and in particular the Idea of the Good,—to which all the other Ideas are means,—stand as the final cause of all occurrence. The physical phenomena stand therefore in a teleological relation to the Idea of the Good. From the Good all things get their meaning. It permeates and explains all.
In the second version of the Ideas, Plato realizes he needs to explain physical nature using the Ideas. Initially, he didn't consider explaining the physical world through his metaphysical reality. It was a later realization, stemming from the necessity for a systematic theory. His understanding of the world of Ideas as the realm of true Being ultimately required that the physical world is not just “other than” but also dependent on the Ideas. The Ideas are unchanging; the phenomena are changing. If the Ideas are the reality of the changing world, how else can they be its reality than as its cause? The Meno, Theætetus, Symposium, and Phædrus do not address this issue. The Sophist raises it, and in the Phædo, it's first suggested that the Ideas are the causes of physical phenomena as they appear. But how can the Ideas be causes when the very idea of them as pure and immaterial realities strips them of all qualities of motion and change? The Platonic theory peaked in its resolution of this dilemma. The Ideas must be seen as the causes of natural phenomena while still being unchanging and unaffected. They are teleological causes—the realized goals of the phenomenal world. The world of Ideas is the actual standard of perfection for physical nature. The world of Ideas is not just the truth behind all knowledge; it's also the perfect teleological cause of all real change. This idea is explored in the Philebus and the Republic, where the Ideas as a whole, particularly the Idea of the Good—which all other Ideas serve—exists as the ultimate cause of everything. Therefore, physical phenomena have a teleological relationship with the Idea of the Good. From the Good, everything derives its meaning. It fills and clarifies all.
3. The Relation among the Ideas in the Two Drafts compared. It was natural that the conception of a pluralism of Ideas should lead Plato to a consideration of the law of their relationship. A systematic theory of a multiplicity of reals involves their orderly relationship. They cannot exist independently in the same world. What is the relationship among the Ideas? In the earlier drafting of his theory Plato was principally attentive to the relations of coördination and subordination among the Ideas; in the possibility of the division of class concepts into genera and species. The relationship that he sought was logical relationship, the relationship that the scientist seeks to find in the classification of plants or rocks. Just what result Plato tried to reach by such a logical classification of his realities, it is difficult to say. He was not successful. His attempt to erect a logically arranged pyramid of conceptions with the most abstract at the apex was not carried out.
3. The Relationship between the Ideas in the Two Drafts Compared. It was only natural for Plato to explore how a pluralism of Ideas would lead him to consider the laws governing their relationships. A structured theory of multiple realities requires understanding how they connect. They can't exist separately in the same world. What is the connection between the Ideas? In the earlier development of his theory, Plato focused mainly on the relationships of coordination and subordination among the Ideas; specifically, how class concepts can be divided into genera and species. The relationship he was looking for was a logical one, similar to what a scientist seeks when classifying plants or minerals. It's hard to determine exactly what outcome Plato intended with this logical classification of realities; he didn't succeed. His attempt to create a logically organized pyramid of concepts, with the most abstract at the top, was not achieved.
In his second drafting of the Ideas, Plato felt the inadequacy of a mere logical relationship among them, and conceived them to be teleologically related. His reduction of the number of Ideas had naturally brought about a new conception of their relationship. There must be some principle for their elimination, for the rejecting of some and the keeping of others. That principle was the principle of their ethical worth. That is to say, the Idea of the Good, which had been the standard for eliminating some concepts from the list of Ideas and for retaining others, now became for him the principle of the relationship of the Ideas among themselves. Plato turned from the logical to the teleological relation among Ideas. The Idea of the Good embraces and realizes all the others. It is therefore the absolute end of all the other Ideas, and they bear the relation to it, not of particulars to a general term, but of means to an end. The principle in their selection becomes the principle of their arrangement.
In his second version of the Ideas, Plato realized that just having a logical connection between them wasn’t enough, so he saw them as being connected based on purpose. By reducing the number of Ideas, he naturally developed a new understanding of how they relate to each other. There had to be a reason for why some Ideas were excluded while others were kept. That reason was based on their ethical value. In other words, the Idea of the Good, which had previously guided the removal of certain concepts from the list of Ideas and the retention of others, now served as the foundation for how the Ideas relate to each other. Plato shifted from seeing just logical connections among Ideas to understanding their purposeful relationships. The Idea of the Good encompasses and actualizes all the others. It is, therefore, the ultimate goal of all the other Ideas, and they relate to it not as examples of a general term, but as means to an end. The principle used in their selection becomes the basis for how they are organized.
Plato’s Conception of God. The above sketch of the formation and development of Plato’s theory of Ideas shows how difficult it would be to frame a short definition of them that would at the same time be adequate. As he finally defined them, they are immaterial archetypes or ideals, dominated by a moral purpose. This dominating moral purpose in the Ideas is the highest Idea of all, the Idea of the Good, which stands above all the others and gives to them and to everything else their value and indeed their actuality.
Plato’s Conception of God. The overview of how Plato’s theory of Ideas was formed and developed highlights how challenging it is to create a brief definition that is also sufficient. As he ultimately defined them, they are non-material models or ideals, guided by a moral purpose. This overarching moral purpose in the Ideas is the highest Idea of all, the Idea of the Good, which transcends all others and provides them, as well as everything else, with their value and even their existence.
Is this Idea of the Good the same as God? Plato calls the Good “Deity” and the “World Reason,” and ascribes to it the name of Nous. Nevertheless the Idea of the Good is not the same as the Christian God, and Plato is only showing here the influence of Anaxagoras’ conception upon him. (See p. 47.) The Idea of the Good is not a person or a spiritual being. It is merely the absolute ethical end and purpose of the world. Plato did not attempt to give it a content, any more than did his master, Socrates; but Plato presupposed it, because it was in itself the simplest and most comprehensible thing in the world.
Is the Idea of the Good the same as God? Plato refers to the Good as “Deity” and “World Reason,” and calls it Nous. However, the Idea of the Good is not the same as the Christian God, and here Plato is demonstrating the influence of Anaxagoras’ ideas on him. (See p. 47.) The Idea of the Good is not a person or a spiritual being. It is simply the ultimate ethical goal and purpose of the world. Plato didn’t try to define it any more than his teacher, Socrates did; but Plato assumed it, because it was the simplest and most understandable concept in the world.
Plato’s Conception of Physical Nature. Plato constructed a rough sketch of the philosophy of nature in his later years, in compliance with the needs of his School, and perhaps with the urging of his pupil, Aristotle. In his earlier period, he would have nothing of physics, and was in this respect quite in accord with the spirit of Socrates. To the end of his life he maintained that there can be no true knowledge of the physical world; for it is a world of change, and therefore all scientific conclusions about it could be only probable. In a mythical account in the Timæus he drew a picture of the constitution of the world. He conceived a Demiurge or world-forming God to exist, and he thought that this God made the world out of not-Being or empty space “with regard to the Ideas.” The world thus constructed is conceived by Plato as a huge living thing, composed of a visible body and an invisible soul. The world-soul sets the world-body in a circular motion, which motion was considered by antiquity to be the most perfect of all motions. In sharp opposition to the mechanical theory of the world, Plato conceived the world to be endowed with knowledge, of which the spherical motion in its return upon itself is the symbol. The world is unitary and unique, the most perfect and most beautiful world, and its origin can be traced only to a reason working toward ends. Plato’s physics, of which the above is an abbreviated account, will be seen to be of little importance; but it was unfortunately, as we have said, this side of his doctrine that was emphasized in the Middle Ages.
Plato’s View on Physical Nature. In his later years, Plato developed a rough outline of his philosophy of nature, responding to the needs of his School and possibly influenced by his student, Aristotle. In his earlier work, he rejected the idea of physics entirely, aligning with the spirit of Socrates. Throughout his life, he argued that true knowledge of the physical world is impossible because it is constantly changing, making all scientific conclusions only probable. In a mythical account in the Timæus, he depicted the structure of the universe. He imagined a Demiurge, or world-forming God, who created the world from not-Being or empty space based on the Ideas. Plato envisioned this world as a large living entity, made up of a visible body and an invisible soul. The world-soul sets the world-body in circular motion, which was regarded in ancient times as the most perfect type of motion. Contrary to the mechanical view of the universe, Plato believed that the world possesses knowledge, symbolized by its spherical motion returning upon itself. The universe is singular and unique, the most perfect and beautiful world, with its origin traced back to a reason working toward specific purposes. Although this summary of Plato’s physics may seem unimportant, it was unfortunately the aspect of his teaching that gained emphasis during the Middle Ages.
This mythical account shows, however, the inherent dualism in Plato’s doctrine. The Idea never fully realizes itself in corporeal things, and Plato was called on to explain the cause of the evil and imperfection of the physical world. Moreover, the imperfection of the physical world got new emphasis in the influence upon him of the Pythagorean doctrine, which had set the perfect and imperfect worlds in opposition. What prevents the Idea from fully appearing in phenomena? The more Plato conceived the world of Ideas as ethical Ideals and a kingdom of pure worth, and the more teleological the Ideas became, the less could he regard the Ideas as the cause of imperfection in nature. Ideas are Being, and the essence of perfection. The cause of imperfection must therefore be that which has no being whatsoever. The physical world as “becoming” has participation, not only in that which has Being (Ideas), but in that which has no Being (empty space). The physical world has a composite character. It has sprung from the union of the Ideas and an absolutely negative factor, which Plato calls empty space. This eternal negative is formless and unfashioned, but it is capable of taking on all possible forms. The physical universe is therefore neither Ideas simply, nor matter simply, but a composition of the two. This non-Being is not like the matter, “unformed stuff,” of Aristotle, from which all sensible things are made; but it is that in which Ideas have to appear. The Ideas are plunged into this empty non-Being, which they take on as a veil. And just this is the origin of imperfection; non-Being withholds the Ideas from perfect expression. Non-Being, or empty space, is an indispensable auxiliary to the Ideas, for without it no physical universe would be possible. But at the same time it is the eternal foe and obstruction of the Ideas. Its coöperation with the Ideas is at the same time a resistance to them. It is the perpetual negation of Being, and the primary cause of imperfection, change, and instability. On this account the universe can never be like the Ideas, but it can approximate them. The soul of the world, for example,—which was regarded by Plato in Pythagorean fashion as number subjecting chaotic space to harmony,—is the most perfect reproduction of the Idea of the Good. The existence of matter detracts from the perfection of the world, but it does not detract from the majesty of the Ideas.
This mythical account shows the inherent dualism in Plato’s philosophy. The Idea never fully manifests in physical things, and Plato had to explain the reasons behind the evil and imperfection of the physical world. Additionally, the flaws of the physical realm were emphasized by the influence of the Pythagorean doctrine, which contrasted the perfect and imperfect worlds. What prevents the Idea from fully emerging in phenomena? As Plato envisioned the realm of Ideas as ethical ideals and a realm of pure worth, and as the Ideas became more purposeful, he could no longer consider the Ideas as the source of nature's imperfections. Ideas represent Being and the essence of perfection. Therefore, the cause of imperfection must be that which lacks any Being. The physical world as “becoming” participates not only in that which has Being (Ideas) but also in that which has no Being (empty space). The physical world has a mixed nature. It arises from the union of Ideas and an entirely negative factor, which Plato refers to as empty space. This eternal negative is formless and unshaped, yet capable of adopting all possible forms. Therefore, the physical universe is neither purely Ideas nor purely matter, but a blend of both. This non-Being is different from Aristotle's “unformed stuff” that makes up all sensible things; it is what the Ideas have to manifest within. The Ideas are immersed in this empty non-Being, which they don like a veil. This is the source of imperfection; non-Being prevents the Ideas from achieving perfect expression. Non-Being, or empty space, is a crucial partner to the Ideas, for without it, no physical universe could exist. However, it is also the eternal adversary and barrier to the Ideas. Its collaboration with the Ideas simultaneously resists them. It constantly negates Being and is the primary reason for imperfection, change, and instability. For this reason, the universe can never be like the Ideas, but it can come close to them. For instance, the soul of the world, which Plato viewed in a Pythagorean way as a number bringing order to chaotic space, is the most perfect reflection of the Idea of the Good. The presence of matter detracts from the perfection of the world, but it does not diminish the grandeur of the Ideas.
Plato’s Conception of Man. Plato needed a psychology of another sort from that developed by the Cosmologists. His analysis of the mental life of man stands or falls with his metaphysical theory of Ideas, but it has this importance: it is the first attempt to understand the psychical life from within.
Plato’s Conception of Man. Plato needed a different kind of psychology than what the Cosmologists had developed. His examination of human mental life is closely tied to his metaphysical theory of Ideas, but it holds this significance: it is the first effort to understand psychological life from an internal perspective.
The dualism of the two worlds appears in sharp outlines in the narrower field of the life of man. The soul of man belongs to both worlds. On the one hand, it belongs to the world of Becoming and partakes of that world through its sense-perceptions, desires, and their pleasures. In this lower world it is the principle of life and motion; it is that which moves itself and other things. On the other hand, it shares in the world of Being through its intuitive reason or knowledge. It shares in the instability and change of psychical phenomena; it also possesses the immutability of reality. Through its perceptions it constructs its “opinions” or inferences of changing phenomena; through its reason it has true knowledge of the eternal Ideas. Therefore the soul must bear in itself traits that correspond to the two worlds. Plato conceives man to have an irrational and a rational nature; and he divides the irrational nature into two parts,—the noble irrational part and the ignoble irrational part. The rational part of man is the reason, the noble irrational part is the will, the ignoble irrational part is the sensuous appetites.
The dualism of the two worlds is clearly evident in the narrower scope of human life. The human soul belongs to both worlds. On one hand, it belongs to the world of Becoming and engages with that world through its senses, desires, and pleasures. In this lower world, it is the source of life and movement; it is what moves itself and other things. On the other hand, it is part of the world of Being through its intuitive reasoning or knowledge. It experiences the instability and change of psychological phenomena; it also possesses the permanence of reality. Through its perceptions, it forms its “opinions” or conclusions about changing phenomena; through its reason, it has true knowledge of eternal Ideas. Therefore, the soul must contain aspects that correspond to both worlds. Plato sees humans as having both an irrational and a rational nature, and he divides the irrational nature into two parts—the noble irrational part and the ignoble irrational part. The rational part of a person is reason, the noble irrational part is will, and the ignoble irrational part is the sensory appetites.
Man |
![]() |
Rational nature = reason | ||
Irrational nature |
![]() |
Noble = will | ||
Ignoble = sensuous appetites |
This is the celebrated doctrine of the “three parts” of the soul. Are they three parts or three functions of the soul? Plato is not clear as to this point. He sometimes speaks of them as three divisions, and treats them as separable in such a way that only the reason is immortal and the other two parts are mortal. Again, he speaks of the soul as a unity, which carries with it in the next life all three functions. In this latter meaning the three parts are three natures or three different degrees of worth of the unitary soul.
This is the well-known idea of the “three parts” of the soul. Are they three parts or three functions of the soul? Plato is unclear on this matter. At times, he refers to them as three divisions and discusses them as if they can be separated, suggesting that only reason is immortal while the other two parts are mortal. Conversely, he talks about the soul as a unified whole, which in the afterlife carries all three functions. In this latter sense, the three parts represent three aspects or three different levels of value within the singular soul.
Plato’s Doctrine of Immortality. Beginning with this conception of the dual nature of the human soul, Plato reasons both backward and forward from it: backward to its pre-existence, and forward from its post-existence,—its existence after death. In the Phædo, Plato has put into the mouth of what has become his Platonized Socrates his final thought concerning the relation of this present life to its past and its future. It is plainly the doctrine of the transmigration of souls, which he got from the Pythagoreans. The soul has a reality that is imperishable, and the soul is rewarded or punished for its conduct in one existence by the kind of existence into which it is metamorphosed. In prison, on that fatal day when he drank the poison, Socrates explained to those around him why he was so cheerful at the thought of death. Is not our present existence a kind of death? Is not the soul in the present life deterred from true knowledge by the trammels of the bodily desires? The true philosopher is he who turns away from his body’s passions,—dies to them, and tries to live the reality of the world of Ideas. We shall have full knowledge when we pass beyond the grave and then we shall be rewarded, if we have striven truly. But at present our body hampers and misleads us with its perceptions of changing mortality around us, and with its transitory desires. This life itself is the reward or punishment for our conduct in our preceding state.
Plato’s Doctrine of Immortality. Starting with the idea of the dual nature of the human soul, Plato reasons both backward and forward: backward to its pre-existence and forward from its post-existence—its existence after death. In the Phædo, Plato presents the thoughts of what has become his Platonized Socrates about how this present life relates to its past and future. It's clearly the doctrine of the transmigration of souls, which he took from the Pythagoreans. The soul has an enduring reality, and it is rewarded or punished in one life based on its actions by the kind of existence it is transformed into. In prison, on that fateful day when he drank the poison, Socrates explained to those around him why he felt so cheerful about death. Isn't our current existence a form of death? Isn't the soul in this life prevented from true knowledge by the restrictions of bodily desires? The true philosopher is the one who turns away from his body's passions—dies to them—and tries to engage with the reality of the world of Ideas. We will have full knowledge when we pass beyond the grave, and we will be rewarded if we have made a genuine effort. But right now, our body restricts and misleads us with its perceptions of the changing mortality around us and with its fleeting desires. This life itself is the reward or punishment for our actions in our previous state.
1. The Immortality of Pre-existence. What proof does Plato offer for our existence before this life? The Ideas, these testimonies of reality, form a part of the human soul. They are eternal, and have not been created by the soul. Knowledge is not the origination of a new truth, but is the recognition of Ideas, whose presence the mind merely records. Greek psychology never got much farther than this. The modern psychological conception of the soul as a dynamic something, which creates its own content, was quite foreign to the Greeks. To Plato, as to all other Greeks, the soul is as passive as the wax that receives the impress of the seal. All Greek psychology was under this general limitation: all ideas must be “given” to the soul. Therefore if the Ideas are not “given” by perception, because perception is of the changing; if nevertheless the soul finds itself in possession of the Ideas on the occasion of perception; if the soul did not create the Ideas, because the soul is by nature passive; the logical and only conclusion is that the soul was already in possession of the Ideas in a pre-existent state. Pre-existence is the only way of accounting for the full-born knowledge of the soul, and it is interesting to note how important was the pre-existent state to the imagination of the ancient world.
1. The Immortality of Pre-existence. What evidence does Plato provide for our existence before this life? The Ideas, these reflections of reality, are part of the human soul. They are eternal and were not created by the soul. Knowledge isn’t about creating new truths; it’s about recognizing Ideas, which the mind simply records. Greek psychology never advanced much beyond this point. The modern understanding of the soul as something dynamic that generates its own content was completely foreign to the Greeks. To Plato, as to all other Greeks, the soul is as passive as wax that takes on the shape of a seal. All Greek psychology was limited by this idea: all concepts must be “given” to the soul. Therefore, if the Ideas are not “given” through perception, since perception deals with the changing; if the soul finds itself possessing the Ideas during perception; and if the soul didn’t create the Ideas because it is inherently passive, the logical conclusion is that the soul already possessed the Ideas in a pre-existing state. Pre-existence is the only explanation for the soul’s innate knowledge, and it's interesting to see how significant the pre-existing state was to the imagination of the ancient world.
Plato therefore advanced the doctrine of reminiscence, or as he called it, Anamnesis, as proof of our pre-existence. Knowledge is recollection. The Ideas have always been present in the mind, and when we recognize them we have knowledge. The Ideas have no past or future, but they always exist. It is the mind that undergoes awakening—an awakening to their existence in itself. When the mind sees the objects of physical nature, it awakens in painful astonishment at the contrast between the sense world and the Ideas of its native world of immateriality. In a mythical representation in the Phædrus, Plato supposes that before the present life our souls have beheld the pure Ideas in their full reality, that the Ideas had been forgotten in our birth into the present life, but that the perception of similar corporeal things calls the soul back to the Ideas themselves. Then the “Eros” is awakened—the native philosophical impulse or inborn love for the Ideas, by which the soul is raised again to the knowledge of that true reality. Only the pure Ideas themselves will satisfy this longing; the embodiment of the Ideas in art or personalities is not adequate. The Eros ties us to the Ideas. God does not have this longing, for He fully knows the Good. The ignorant man does not have this longing, for he does not suspect the existence of the Ideas in himself. The Eros is the homesickness that the lover of the truth feels.
Plato introduced the idea of reminiscence, which he called Anamnesis, as evidence of our pre-existence. Knowledge is simply recalling what we already know. The Ideas have always existed in our minds, and when we recognize them, we gain knowledge. The Ideas don’t have a past or future; they always exist. It’s the mind that experiences an awakening—an awakening to their presence within itself. When the mind observes physical objects, it feels a painful astonishment at the contrast between the sensory world and the Ideas of its true, immaterial nature. In a mythical story from the Phædrus, Plato suggests that before this life, our souls have seen the pure Ideas in their full reality, but we forget them when we are born into this life. However, seeing similar physical things brings the soul back to the Ideas themselves. Then “Eros” is awakened—the natural philosophical drive or inherent love for the Ideas, which lifts the soul back to the knowledge of that true reality. Only the pure Ideas can satisfy this longing; the physical representations of the Ideas in art or through personalities aren’t enough. Eros connects us to the Ideas. God doesn’t experience this longing because He knows the Good completely. The ignorant person doesn't feel this longing either, as they don't recognize the existence of the Ideas within themselves. Eros is the homesickness that a truth-seeker feels.
Our birth is but a sleep and a forgetting,
Our birth is just a sleep and a forgetting,
The soul that rises in us, our life’s star,
The soul that rises within us, our guiding star in life,
Hath had elsewhere its setting,
Has had its setting elsewhere,
And cometh from afar;
And comes from afar;
Not in entire forgetfulness,
Not completely forgotten,
And not in utter nakedness,
And not in complete nudity,
But trailing clouds of glory do we come
But we come with clouds of glory behind us
From God, who is our home.31
From God, our home.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
When, in the Meno, the Sophistic dilemma was proposed to Socrates, “How can inquiry be made into what we know or into what we don’t know?” Socrates pointed out that the only escape from the dilemma was the process of recollecting, and that knowledge is the thing recalled. Socrates then called a slave to him, and by skillfully questioning him found that the slave recognized the mathematical relationship between the square on the hypothenuse of a right triangle and the sums of the squares on the other two sides. “The ignorant slave can only have been recollecting,” says Socrates. Mathematical knowledge is extracted from the sense-perception of the slave only because the slave has through such perception the opportunity of recollecting Ideas present in himself and not hitherto suspected by himself. In Plato’s system, mathematical forms have an important place. They are the links by means of which the Idea shapes space teleologically into the sense world.
When, in the Meno, the Sophistic dilemma was presented to Socrates, “How can we inquire about what we know or what we don’t know?” Socrates pointed out that the only way out of the dilemma was through the process of recollection, and that knowledge is essentially what is recalled. He then called a slave over and, by skillfully questioning him, discovered that the slave recognized the mathematical relationship between the square of the hypotenuse of a right triangle and the sums of the squares of the other two sides. “The ignorant slave must be recollecting,” says Socrates. Mathematical knowledge comes from the slave’s sensory perception because it allows him the opportunity to recall Ideas that he has within himself but hasn’t previously recognized. In Plato’s system, mathematical forms hold significant importance. They serve as the connections through which the Idea shapes space purposefully into the sensory world.
2. The Immortality of Post-Existence. Plato’s ground for belief in the existence of soul after death is practically the same as that for its previous existence. Its destiny hereafter depends upon how far it has freed itself in this earthly life from the sensuous appetite. As proofs for future existence Plato mentions the soul’s possession of the Ideas, the simplicity and unity of the soul, the soul as the principle of life, and the goodness of God. However weak Plato’s arguments may be for the existence of future immortality, his absolute belief in it is one of the chief points in his teaching. It is interesting to note that the modern western world seems to have no concern in the previous state of the soul, but through the influence of the Christian religion has focused its attention upon the future life. Oriental religions contain the doctrine of pre-existence and the transmigration of souls, but not in the same sense as Plato. In Plato the soul possesses an identity that persists. It has all the qualities of the Ideas, but is also an entity possessing these qualities. It has non-origination, indestructibility, unity, and changelessness. The doctrine of the immortality of post-existence had appeared in the Greek religion, but this is the first time that we have found it as a part of philosophic teaching. The student will, of course, feel the difficulties in Plato’s conception as he has presented it. For how can the soul preserve its individuality as a unity, when the soul belongs in part to a world which is temporal?
2. The Immortality of Post-Existence. Plato’s reason for believing in the existence of the soul after death is essentially the same as his rationale for its existence before birth. Its fate in the afterlife depends on how much it has liberated itself from sensory desires during its earthly life. As evidence for life after death, Plato points to the soul’s grasp of the Ideas, its simplicity and unity, the soul as the source of life, and the goodness of God. Although Plato’s arguments for future immortality might be seen as weak, his firm belief in it is a key aspect of his teachings. It’s interesting to observe that the modern Western world seems less interested in the soul’s previous state and has, through the influence of Christianity, directed its focus towards the afterlife. Eastern religions teach ideas of pre-existence and the reincarnation of souls, but not in the same way as Plato. In Plato’s view, the soul has an identity that endures. It contains all the attributes of the Ideas but is also a distinct entity that possesses these qualities. It is uncreated, indestructible, unified, and unchanging. The idea of post-existence immortality had surfaced in Greek religion, but this marks its first incorporation into philosophical thought. Students will, of course, recognize the challenges in Plato’s idea as he has presented it. How can the soul maintain its individuality as a unity when it is partly part of a world that is temporary?
The Two Tendencies in Plato. From the doctrine of the two worlds there are two distinct tendencies running through the entire teaching of Plato. These are (1) the tendency to glorify nature, and (2) the tendency to turn away from nature to ascetic contemplation. On the one hand, Plato felt within himself the light heart-beat of the artist, and the Hellenic love of life was strong within him. He felt that the Idea of the Good was realized even in the world of sense, that there was pleasure in the sensuous imitation of the Idea, in practical artistic skill, and in an intelligent understanding of mathematical orderings. These were at least preparations for the highest Good, which consisted in knowledge of the Ideas. On the other hand, one finds beside this the ascetic tendency to be repelled by nature, a negative ethics that would leave the world of sense and would spiritualize the life. The Theætetus sets up an ideal of retirement for the philosopher, and points out that he should find refuge as soon as possible from the evils of the world in the divine presence. The Phædo pictures the whole life of the philosopher as a dying, a purification of the soul, an existence in prison, from which escape is only by virtue and knowledge. This ascetic tendency seems very anti-Greek; and yet is it foreign to Greek life? In Greek history do we not find, by the side of the Epic and the glorification of nature, the Mysteries and the withdrawal of the individual from the world? Both these historic tendencies appear in Plato, and on the whole the ascetic tendency is stronger. The Ideas are contrasted with the nature world more often than they transfigure it. The dualism of Heaven and earth is emphasized, and the contrast is strongly drawn between the reality of the Ideas and the temporality of sense.
The Two Tendencies in Plato. Plato's teachings show two clear tendencies stemming from his idea of the two worlds. These are (1) the tendency to celebrate nature, and (2) the tendency to retreat from nature in favor of ascetic contemplation. On one hand, Plato was aware of the creative spirit within him, and he strongly embraced the Hellenic love of life. He believed that the Idea of the Good could be found even in the sensory world, and that pleasure came from sensuous interpretations of the Idea, practical artistry, and an insightful grasp of mathematical principles. These, at the very least, prepared one for the highest Good, which was the knowledge of the Ideas. On the other hand, there was an ascetic tendency that rejected nature, promoting a negative ethics that sought to escape the sensory world for a more spiritual existence. The Theætetus presents an ideal of solitude for the philosopher, emphasizing the importance of finding refuge from worldly evils in the presence of the divine. The Phædo depicts the philosopher's entire life as a process of dying, a purification of the soul, and a prison existence, from which escape is achieved only through virtue and knowledge. This ascetic tendency seems very un-Greek; but is it really so foreign to Greek life? In Greek history, do we not see alongside the Epic and the celebration of nature, the Mysteries and the individual's withdrawal from the world? Both of these historical tendencies are present in Plato, and overall, the ascetic tendency is stronger. The Ideas are more frequently set against the natural world rather than transforming it. The dualism of Heaven and earth is highlighted, and a strong distinction is made between the reality of the Ideas and the temporality of sensory experience.
Platonic Love. Described in technical terms, in both Socrates and Plato, Love (Eros) is the philosophic and not a purely intellectual impulse. Its rather more didactic character in Socrates of an attempt to engender knowledge and virtue in others appears in Plato in a larger way as the personal and practical realization of the truth. Reduced to its simplest terms, Platonic Love is the longing of the human being in his imperfectness for perfectness and completeness. It is the innate desire for immortality.
Platonic Love. In technical terms, both Socrates and Plato describe Love (Eros) as a philosophical rather than just an intellectual drive. Socrates presents it as a more instructive attempt to inspire knowledge and virtue in others, while Plato expands on this idea, framing it as a personal and practical pursuit of truth. Simply put, Platonic Love is the human longing for perfection and wholeness, stemming from our inherent desire for immortality.
True love, according to Plato, takes its beginning in the astonishment or pain at the presentment of the Ideas through remembrance, and the starting-point of Love in an individual is the principle fundamental in pre-existence. The philosophic impulse for the Ideas takes the form of Love, because visible beauty has a special brightness and makes a strong impression on the mind. Love belongs only to mortal natures; for they, since they do not possess the divine unchangeableness, have to propagate themselves continually. Love may be described therefore as the propagative impulse. On the one side it may be viewed as an inspiration from above, springing from the higher, divinely-related nature in man; on the other hand it may be viewed as an aspiration from below of the sensuous and human in man. On this side it is a yearning and not a possession; and it presupposes a want. Analyzed in this way, Love is the middle term between having and not having. It is the union of the higher and lower natures in man, and throughout the universe there stirs this longing for the eternal and imperishable.
True love, according to Plato, begins with the wonder or pain we feel when we recall the Ideas, and the starting point of Love in a person is rooted in a fundamental principle that existed before our current life. The desire for the Ideas takes the form of Love because physical beauty has a unique glow and leaves a strong impact on our minds. Love is something only mortals experience; since they lack the eternal stability of the divine, they must continuously seek to create and nurture life. Love can be described as the drive to reproduce. On one hand, it can be seen as inspiration from a higher, divine aspect of human nature; on the other hand, it can be seen as a longing that comes from our physical and human side. This aspect of love is more about desire than having; it implies a sense of need. When analyzed this way, Love is the connection between having and not having. It represents the union of our higher and lower natures, and throughout the universe, this yearning for the eternal and unchanging exists.
What is the object of this Love,—of this desire of the finite to fill itself with the eternal and to generate something enduring? That object is the possession of the Good, which is happiness. The possession of the Good is immortality. What is the external condition of Love’s existence? The presence of Beauty; for this alone, by its harmonious form, corresponds to our desire and awakens it. Does this Love appear first in its complete realization? No; there are many kinds of beauty, and Love is as various in degree and kind as beautiful objects. Love rises step by step, and is realized in a graduated series of forms. There is Love for beautiful shapes, sexual love; Love for beautiful souls, and this appears in works of art, education, and legislation; Love for beautiful sciences, the seeking of beauty wherever found; and finally Love for the pure, shapeless, eternal, and unchangeable—the Idea, which is immortality. All else is preliminary to the dialectical knowledge of the Ideas. In all this, man is reaching out from his sense of want for satisfaction, from his poverty to the completed riches of life. Love bears him on from height to height until, in religion and Love of the Good, man gains his immortality. In Platonic Love all kinds of Love have place in pointing the soul onward to the divinely perfect. Yet this Love for the divinely perfect is the soul’s aspiration from the beginning, and all the preliminary stages are only the uncertain attempts to seize the Idea in the copies. Love, therefore, is this universal struggle of the finite to inform itself with the Idea; and delight in any one object of beauty is a stage in the development of this impulse.32
What is the purpose of this Love—this desire of the finite to connect with the eternal and create something lasting? That purpose is the attainment of the Good, which is happiness. The attainment of the Good is immortality. What is the external condition for Love to exist? It’s the presence of Beauty; because only this, through its harmonious form, resonates with our desire and ignites it. Does this Love appear first in its complete form? No; there are many types of beauty, and Love varies in degree and type just like beautiful objects do. Love grows gradually and is realized in a series of stages. There is Love for beautiful forms, which is sexual love; Love for beautiful souls, expressed in art, education, and legislation; Love for beautiful sciences, the pursuit of beauty wherever it exists; and ultimately Love for the pure, formless, eternal, and unchanging—the Idea, which is immortality. Everything else leads up to understanding the Ideas. In all of this, humanity is reaching out from a sense of lack for fulfillment, from scarcity to the fullness of life. Love lifts people from one height to another until, in religion and Love of the Good, they achieve their immortality. In Platonic Love, all forms of Love contribute to guiding the soul towards the divine ideal. However, this Love for the divine ideal has been the soul’s aspiration from the start, and all the preliminary stages are just unsure attempts to grasp the Idea through its imitations. Thus, Love is this universal struggle of the finite to embody the Idea; and finding joy in any single object of beauty is just a step in the evolution of this impulse.
Plato’s Theory of Ethics. Plato’s Theory of Ideas is, after all, fundamentally only an outspoken ethical metaphysics, and his Ethics is his most fruitful accomplishment. Plato’s ethical teaching is therefore involved in all that we have said about him up to this point. An understanding of his ethics includes an understanding of the formation and growth of his dialectic, an insight into his physical theory, knowledge of the two tendencies which run through his teaching, and especially an understanding of his doctrine of Love. If some of the previous exposition is repeated, it will be only to bring out more fully his ethical teaching as a special science. We shall speak of three topics under this general subject of his ethics: (1) his development of his theory of the Good; (2) the four cardinal virtues; (3) his theory of political society.
Plato’s Theory of Ethics. Plato’s Theory of Ideas is essentially a clear expression of ethical metaphysics, and his Ethics is his greatest achievement. Therefore, Plato's ethical teaching is connected to everything we've discussed about him so far. Understanding his ethics involves grasping the formation and evolution of his dialectic, insights into his physical theories, knowledge of the two main themes in his teachings, and especially an understanding of his doctrine of Love. If some previous points are repeated, it will be to more fully highlight his ethical teaching as a distinct discipline. We will cover three topics under the general subject of his ethics: (1) his development of the theory of the Good; (2) the four cardinal virtues; (3) his theory of political society.
1. Development of Plato’s Theory of the Good. Plato betrays his ascetic tendency in his first drafting of the Ideas and, as we have said, the double-world theory is the cause of this. Only one of the two worlds is real and will appeal to the Wise Man. The soul belongs to the supersensible world, and the knowledge, of which virtue consists, takes man away from the sensible world. Since earthly life is full of evil, the soul should die to it and turn away as soon as possible to the divine presence. This ascetic aspect of morality is set forth in the Phædo and the Theætetus.
1. Development of Plato’s Theory of the Good. Plato reveals his ascetic tendencies in his early formulation of the Ideas, and as we've mentioned, the double-world theory is the reason behind this. Only one of the two worlds is real and appealing to the Wise Man. The soul belongs to the non-physical world, and the knowledge that makes up virtue pulls a person away from the physical world. Since earthly life is full of evil, the soul should detach from it and turn towards the divine presence as quickly as possible. This ascetic aspect of morality is discussed in the Phædo and the Theætetus.
In the general development of his metaphysics in the second drafting of his Ideas, Plato’s ethical theory developed also. He not only went beyond the abstract statement of Socrates, but beyond his own original asceticism. When he brought his two worlds into teleological relationship, he was logically compelled to abandon his conception of ascetic morals. The physical world has now a relative reality, and by the same sign sense-life has a relative moral value. It was Plato’s firm conviction that moral conduct makes man truly blessed, in this and another world. He still held, too, that this blessedness, this complete perfection of the soul, this sharing in the divine world of the Ideas, is the Highest Good. Yet he now came to recognize other kinds of happiness as steps toward the ideal Good. There are varieties of Goods, as appeared in his doctrine of Love. Besides the intuition of knowledge and its pleasures, there are physical Goods and their pleasures. Intellectual pleasure may be unmixed with pain, but there are also sensuous pleasures unmixed with pain. Here is indeed Plato, the Greek, speaking; Plato, the Greek artist, impelled by the charm of the Greek world around him. Strongly as he combated the Cyrenaic hedonism, and closely as he was allied to Socrates, his Greek nature gave way before the manifestations of the Idea of the Good in the physical world. The pleasure in nature objects, in educational development, in the practical and plastic arts, in mathematical sciences, and in the orderliness of life—all these became for him preliminary stages in the full participation in the ethical Good. They came to have for him a relative value, as expressed in the Philebus, Republic, and Symposium.
In the overall development of his metaphysics in the second version of his Ideas, Plato’s ethical theory also evolved. He not only moved beyond Socrates' abstract statements but also beyond his own initial asceticism. When he connected his two worlds in a purposeful way, he had to logically let go of his idea of ascetic ethics. The physical world now had a relative reality, and in the same way, sensory life had a relative moral value. Plato firmly believed that moral behavior truly makes a person blessed, both in this life and the next. He still maintained that this blessedness, this complete perfection of the soul, and this connection to the divine world of Ideas is the Highest Good. However, he also recognized different kinds of happiness as steps toward the ideal Good. There are various Goods, as seen in his doctrine of Love. In addition to the enjoyment of knowledge and its pleasures, there are physical Goods and their pleasures. Intellectual pleasure can exist without pain, but there are also sensory pleasures that can be pain-free. Here is indeed Plato, the Greek, speaking; Plato, the Greek artist, inspired by the beauty of the Greek world around him. Despite his strong opposition to Cyrenaic hedonism and his close alliance with Socrates, his Greek nature was influenced by the expressions of the Idea of the Good in the physical world. The joy found in natural objects, in education, in the practical and visual arts, in mathematics, and in the orderliness of life—these all became for him initial steps toward participating fully in the ethical Good. They took on a relative value for him, as expressed in the Philebus, Republic, and Symposium.
2. The Four Cardinal Virtues. But Plato went farther, and was not content merely to point out the place of human conduct in the twofold world. He developed his theory of ethics systematically. He classified the virtues on the basis of his threefold division of the soul. Naturally enough, in his first draft of his theory, Plato followed Socrates in reducing the single virtues to one, viz., the virtue of knowledge. In his second drafting, however, in the later dialogues, he assumed their distinct independence, and he reflected upon their respective spheres. A virtue corresponds to each part of the soul. Each part has its own perfection, which is its virtue. Moreover, in so far as one or another part of the soul preponderates in different men, so far are they suited to developing the corresponding virtue.
2. The Four Cardinal Virtues. But Plato went further and wasn't satisfied just pointing out the role of human behavior in the twofold world. He developed his ethics theory in a systematic way. He classified the virtues based on his three-part division of the soul. Naturally, in his first version of the theory, Plato followed Socrates by reducing all virtues to one, namely, the virtue of knowledge. However, in his later drafts, he recognized their distinct independence and contemplated their respective areas. Each virtue corresponds to a part of the soul. Each part has its own perfection, which is its virtue. Furthermore, since one part of the soul tends to dominate in different people, they are more suited to developing the corresponding virtue.
Soul (Justice) |
![]() |
Rational nature—in brain (Wisdom) | ||
Irrational nature |
![]() |
Noble part—in heart (Courage) | ||
Ignoble part—in liver (Temperance) |
From the above scheme it will be observed that the rational nature has the brain as its organ and reaches its perfection or virtue in Wisdom; that the ignoble irrational nature has the liver as its organ, and reaches its virtue in self-control or Temperance. Finally, since the perfection of the whole soul consists in the orderly relation of its single parts, so subordinated and regulated that the soul can reach its highest perfection, the fourth and highest virtue is Justice. The four cardinal virtues are Temperance, Courage, Wisdom, and Justice.
From the scheme above, it can be seen that rational nature has the brain as its organ and achieves its fullest potential or excellence in Wisdom; while the lower irrational nature has the liver as its organ, reaching its excellence in self-control or Temperance. Lastly, since the perfection of the entire soul consists in the harmonious relationship of its individual parts, arranged and regulated so that the soul can attain its highest form of perfection, the fourth and greatest virtue is Justice. The four cardinal virtues are Temperance, Courage, Wisdom, and Justice.
3. Plato’s Theory of Political Society. The virtue, Justice, has little meaning in individual ethics, and as an ethical perfection can only be attained in society. There is no English word that is quite the equivalent for the Greek term, but Justice is the usual translation. Justice, however, does not contain the moral spirit of the Greek word. Consistent with his conception of the Ideas in his metaphysics, Plato’s ideal of moral perfection is to be found, not in the individual, but in the species. Plato pictures less the perfect man than the perfect society. Perfect happiness is rather that of the social whole than of the individual, and this ideal of happiness can be reached only in the ideal State. That is why the dialogue, the Republic, occupies so important a place in Plato’s writings. It is an attempt to show how the fourth and last virtue, Justice, can be attained. The first book was written in Plato’s early period, and was perhaps called a “dialogue concerning Justice.” Justice is distinctly the social virtue found only in a perfect society, and it will make possible the fulfillment of Wisdom, Courage, and Temperance. The individual man is a vital being whose heart is the central organ, whose characteristic virtue is courage. His courage is indeed a combination of wisdom and temperance. The picture is of the individual man, not amenable to society, but in “a state of warfare.” In such isolation Justice would not exist as a virtue.
3. Plato’s Theory of Political Society. The concept of virtue, specifically Justice, has little relevance in individual ethics and can only be achieved within a society. There isn't a direct English equivalent for the Greek term, but Justice is the common translation. However, Justice doesn’t capture the full moral essence of the Greek word. Aligned with his ideas about metaphysics, Plato believes that the ideal of moral perfection is found not in individuals, but in the collective. He emphasizes the perfect society more than the perfect individual. True happiness belongs to the society as a whole rather than to one person, and this ideal form of happiness can only be realized in the perfect State. That’s why the dialogue, the Republic, holds such a significant position in Plato’s works. It attempts to explain how the fourth and final virtue, Justice, can be achieved. The first book was written during Plato’s early phase and may have been titled “a dialogue about Justice.” Justice is a distinctly social virtue that exists only in a perfect society, and it enables the realization of Wisdom, Courage, and Temperance. The individual man is a living being with the heart as the central organ, whose key virtue is courage. His courage is essentially a mix of wisdom and temperance. The focus is on the individual, who is not in harmony with society but in “a state of warfare.” In such isolation, Justice cannot exist as a virtue.
The political state is necessary if the Idea of the Good is to be manifested in human life. The state is the true educator in Justice, and at the same time the ideal state will be the realization of Justice. The task of the state everywhere is the same, to wit, to direct the common life of man so that every one may be happy through virtue. The result may be attained only by so ordering the relations of society that Justice may prevail. Plato’s Republic is a carefully worked-out plan of such an ideal society. The author made several attempts at Syracuse with the aid of Dion to get first the elder and then the younger Dionysius to transform the tyranny into an ideal state. These attempts resulted disastrously. In the disappointment of his old age that his ideal scheme had never succeeded, he wrote the Laws, which is a revised version of the Republic with the Pythagorean number theory as a basis.
The political state is essential for the Idea of the Good to be realized in human life. The state truly educates in Justice, and ideally, it represents the embodiment of Justice. The role of the state everywhere is the same: to guide the shared life of people so that everyone can achieve happiness through virtue. This outcome can only be achieved by organizing social relationships in a way that allows Justice to thrive. Plato’s Republic is a detailed plan for such an ideal society. The author made several attempts in Syracuse, with the help of Dion, to persuade both the elder and then the younger Dionysius to change the tyranny into an ideal state. These efforts ended in failure. In the disappointment of his old age, realizing that his ideal vision never came to fruition, he wrote the Laws, which is a revised version of the Republic based on Pythagorean number theory.
The Spartan state is his model. The Platonic Republic is aristocratic. There is paternal government in everything, censorship of everything. Each individual’s course is marked out for him. When Greek political life was undergoing dissolution, Plato raised the ideal of political unity as necessary to individual happiness as against the anarchism of segregation. Yet even in this he was reflecting the current distrust of political institutions. The comparison of existing political conditions with his own political ideal reinforced his aristocratic leanings, and made him the more distrustful of the political possibilities of a democracy. He believed that an intelligently worked out scheme of government was practicable, and should be forced upon people, if necessary. In no other way was political salvation possible.
The Spartan state is his example. The Platonic Republic is elitist. There's a controlling government in everything, with censorship all around. Everyone’s path is predetermined. When Greek political life was falling apart, Plato emphasized that political unity was just as important for individual happiness as opposed to the chaos of isolation. Yet even in this, he was mirroring the prevailing skepticism of political systems. Comparing current political situations to his ideal reinforced his aristocratic views and made him more wary of the potential for democracy. He thought a well-thought-out system of government was feasible and should be imposed on people if necessary. This was the only way to achieve political salvation.
Since the State is the man “writ large,” it has three parts, corresponding to the three parts of the human soul. There is (1) the working or peasant class, which corresponds to the appetitive part of man; the only object of such a class is to furnish food for the State, and the highest virtue of this class is temperance. The peasant can only work, eat, and drink, and the highest praise of him is that he controls his appetites. (2) The warrior class guards the State within and without; and its characteristic virtue is courage. The will must show its highest efficiency in guidance of the emotions. (3) Highest of all is the cultured class of philosophers or rulers, who determine by their insight the laws that should rule the State. The virtue of this class is wisdom, for is this class not the brain of the State? The perfection of the entire State exists when the three classes have their proper distribution of power. Then does justice exist. The duty of the rulers is therefore to have the highest wisdom possible, of the warriors to be unflinching in their devotion to duty, of the peasants to exercise self-control. Thus Plato’s Republic is an aristocracy in the hands of the carefully cultured, which consists of the two upper classes. By means of community of wives, the exposure of deformed infants, and the State’s education of the children of the two upper classes, a continuous selection can be made, the two upper classes can be renewed, and all private ends can be renounced in favor of the State. Thus the sole end of a community is moral education, and Plato arranges his ideal community with reference to that. The two upper classes are a great family, to whom this is intrusted. They have dedicated their lives to the furthering of science and to its administration.
Since the State is like a person on a larger scale, it has three parts that reflect the three aspects of the human soul. There is (1) the working or peasant class, which corresponds to the appetitive aspect of a person; the only purpose of this class is to provide food for the State, and their highest virtue is self-restraint. The peasant primarily works, eats, and drinks, and the greatest praise for them is their ability to manage their desires. (2) The warrior class protects the State from both internal and external threats, and their defining virtue is bravery. The will must demonstrate its highest effectiveness in controlling emotions. (3) At the top is the educated class of philosophers or rulers, who use their insight to establish the laws that govern the State. The virtue of this class is wisdom, because aren’t they the brain of the State? A perfect State exists when these three classes have the right balance of power. That’s when justice occurs. Therefore, the rulers must possess the highest possible wisdom, the warriors must be unwavering in their commitment to duty, and the peasants must practice self-control. Thus, Plato’s Republic represents an aristocracy led by the educated, which is made up of the two upper classes. Through shared marriages, the rejection of deformed infants, and the State’s education of the children from the two upper classes, a continuous selection process can take place, renewing the upper classes and dismissing individual interests in favor of the State. Thus, the main goal of a community is moral education, and Plato arranges his ideal community around that. The two upper classes form a large family, entrusted with this responsibility. They have committed their lives to advancing science and its management.
A SELECTION OF PASSAGES FROM PLATO FOR ENGLISH READERS.
A SELECTION OF PASSAGES FROM PLATO FOR ENGLISH READERS.
By Professor Benjamin Jowett, late Principal of Balliol College, Oxford.
By Professor Benjamin Jowett, former Principal of Balliol College, Oxford.
The figures refer to the pages in the margin of Professor Jowett’s translation of Plato’s Dialogues; the letters (A, B, C, D, E) to the subdivisions of these pages.
The numbers point to the pages in the margin of Professor Jowett’s translation of Plato’s Dialogues, and the letters (A, B, C, D, E) indicate the sections within those pages.
FIRST VOLUME.
Volume 1.
Charmides.
Charmides.
Socrates prescribes for Charmides’ headache.
Socrates offers advice for Charmides' headache.
156 D (... ‘Such, Charmides, is the nature of the charm’....)
–157 C (... ‘my dear Charmides.’)
156 D (... ‘This is how the charm works, Charmides’....)
–157 C (... ‘my dear Charmides.’)
Lysis.
Lysis.
We only trust those who appear to know more than ourselves.
We only trust people who seem to know more than we do.
206 D (‘Upon entering’ ...)
–210 B (‘He assented.’)
206 D (‘Upon entering’ ...)
–210 B (‘He agreed.’)
Laches.
Laches.
(1) The art of fighting in armour is useless to the soldier.
(1) The skill of fighting in armor is pointless for the soldier.
182 E (‘I should not like to maintain’ ...)
–184 C (... ‘his opinion of the matter.’)
182 E (‘I wouldn’t want to argue’ ...)
–184 C (... ‘his view on the issue.’)
(2) The harmony of words and deeds.
(2) The alignment of words and actions.
188 C (‘I have but one feeling’ ...)
–189 B (... ‘the difference of our ages.’)
188 C (‘I only have one feeling’ ...)
–189 B (... ‘the difference in our ages.’)
Protagoras.
Protagoras.
(1) The Sophists at the house of Callias.
(1) The Sophists at Callias' house.
314 B (... ‘And now let us go’ ...)
–316 A (... ‘rendered his words inaudible.’)
314 B (... ‘And now let’s go’ ...)
–316 A (... ‘made his words impossible to hear.’)
(2) Protagoras tells the story of Prometheus and Epimetheus.
(2) Protagoras shares the story of Prometheus and Epimetheus.
320 D (‘Once upon a time’ ...)
–322 D (... ‘a plague of the state.’)
320 D (‘Once upon a time’ ...)
–322 D (... ‘a plague of the state.’)
(3) The education of a Greek child.
(3) The education of a Greek child.
325 D (‘Education and admonition’ ...)
–326 E (... ‘would be far more surprising.’)
325 D (‘Education and warning’ ...)
–326 E (... ‘would be much more surprising.’)
Euthydemus.
Euthydemus.
The doctrinaire politician and the true philosopher.
The dogmatic politician and the genuine philosopher.
304 B (‘Such was the discussion, Crito’ ...)
–to end (... ‘and be of good cheer.’)
304 B (‘That was the conversation, Crito’ ...)
–to finish (... ‘and stay positive.’)
Cratylus.
Cratylus.
The significations of the various letters.
The meanings of the different letters.
426 B (‘My first notions’ ...)
–427 C (... ‘and out of them by imitation compounding other signs.’ ...)
426 B (‘My first ideas’ ...)
–427 C (... ‘and from them by imitating, creating other symbols.’ ...)
Phaedrus.
Phaedrus.
(1) The philosopher must study the nature of man.
(1) The philosopher needs to explore what it means to be human.
229 A (‘Let us turn aside,’ ...)
–230 A (... ‘a diviner and lowlier destiny?’ ...)
229 A (‘Let’s take a break,’ ...)
–230 A (... ‘a fortune teller and a lesser fate?’ ...)
(2) The banks of the Ilissus.
(2) The banks of the Ilissus.
230 B (... ‘But let me ask you, friend,’ ...)
–E (... ‘in which you can read best.’)
230 B (... ‘But let me ask you, my friend,’ ...)
–E (... ‘where you can read the best.’)
(3) The soul in a figure and her transmigrations.
(3) The soul represented as a figure and its journeys through different lives.
245 C (‘The soul through all her being’ ...)
–257 A (... ‘leave you a fool in the world below.’)
245 C (‘The soul through all her being’ ...)
–257 A (... ‘leave you a fool in the world below.’)
(4) The true orator.
The real speaker.
269 E (‘I conceive Pericles’ ...)
–272 C (... ‘and yet the creation of such an art is not easy.’)
269 E (‘I think Pericles’ ...)
–272 C (... ‘and still, creating such an art isn’t easy.’)
(5) The tale of Thamus and Theuth.
(5) The story of Thamus and Theuth.
274 C (‘I have heard a tradition of the ancients’ ...)
–275 C (... ‘that the Theban is right in his view about letters.’)
274 C (‘I’ve heard a story from the ancients’ ...)
–275 C (... ‘that the Theban is correct in his opinion about letters.’)
(6) Speech better than writing.
Talk is better than writing.
275 C (‘I cannot help feeling’ ...)
–277 A (... ‘to the utmost extent of human happiness.’)
275 C (‘I can’t help feeling’ ...)
–277 A (... ‘to the fullest extent of human happiness.’)
(7) The true art of composition.
(7) The real skill of writing.
277 B (‘Until a man knows the truth’ ...)
–278 D (... ‘poet or speech-maker or law-maker.’)
277 B (‘Until a man knows the truth’ ...)
–278 D (... ‘poet or speaker or lawmaker.’)
Ion.
Ion.
The inspiration of the poet.
The poet's inspiration.
533 C (‘I perceive, Ion,’ ...)
–536 C (... ‘not by art, but by divine inspiration.’)
533 C (‘I get it, Ion,’ ...)
–536 C (... ‘not by skill, but by divine inspiration.’)
Symposium.
Conference.
The Character of Socrates.
The Character of Socrates.
(1) His fit of abstraction in the porch.
(1) His moment of distraction on the porch.
174 A (‘He said that he met Socrates’ ...)
–175 C (... ‘Socrates entered.’ ...)
174 A (‘He said that he met Socrates’ ...)
–175 C (... ‘Socrates entered.’ ...)
(2) His strange appearance and marvellous power of influencing others.
(2) His unusual appearance and amazing ability to influence others.
215 A (‘And now, my boys,’ ...)
–216 G (... ‘so that I am at my wit’s end.’)
215 A (‘And now, my boys,’ ...)
–216 G (... ‘so that I’m completely at a loss.’)
(3) His endurance, eccentricity, and bravery.
(3) His stamina, uniqueness, and courage.
219 E (... ‘All this happened’ ...)
–222 A (... ‘a good and honourable man.’)
219 E (... ‘All this happened’ ...)
–222 A (... ‘a good and respectable man.’)
SECOND VOLUME.
Volume Two.
Meno.
Meno.
Learning is only Recollection (ἀνάμνησις): The Immortality of the Soul proved out of Pindar.
Learning is just remembering (remembrance): The Immortality of the Soul demonstrated through Pindar.
81 A (‘I will tell you why’ ...)
–E (... ‘active and inquisitive.’ ...)
81 A (‘I’ll explain why’ ...)
–E (... ‘engaged and curious.’ ...)
Apology, or the Defence of Socrates.
Apology, or the Defense of Socrates.
The whole.
The entire thing.
Crito, or Socrates in prison.
Crito: Socrates in prison.
The whole.
The entire thing.
Phaedo, or the last day of Socrates’ life.
Phaedo, or the last day of Socrates' life.
(1) Socrates in prison.
Socrates in jail.
57–60 C (... ‘pleasure appears to succeed.’)
57–60 C (... ‘enjoyment seems to follow.’)
(2) Why the philosopher is willing to die, although he will not take his own life.
(2) Why the philosopher is willing to die, even though he won’t end his own life.
60 C (‘Upon this Cebes said’ ...)
–69 E (... ‘it will be well.’)
60 C (‘Then Cebes said’ ...)
–69 E (... ‘everything will be fine.’)
(3) The Description of the Other Life.
(3) The Description of the Other Life.
107 C (‘But then, O my friends,’ ...)
–115 A (... ‘after I am dead.’)
107 C (‘But then, oh my friends,’ ...)
–115 A (... ‘after I've died.’)
(4) The Death of Socrates.
The Death of Socrates.
115 A (‘When he had done speaking’ ...)
–to end.
115 A (‘When he finished speaking’ ...)
–to end.
Gorgias.
Gorgias.
(1) The good man desires, not a long, but a virtuous, life.
(1) A good person wishes for a life that is not long, but meaningful.
511 A (‘You always contrive’ ...)
–513 A (... ‘their own perdition.’ ...)
511 A (‘You always manage’ ...)
–513 A (... ‘their own downfall.’ ...)
(2) The Judgment of the Dead.
(2) The Judgment of the Dead.
523 A (‘Listen, then,’ ...)
–527 A (... ‘any sort of insult.’)
523 A (‘Listen, then,’ ...)
–527 A (... ‘any kind of insult.’)
(3) The Moral of the Tale.
(3) The Moral of the Story.
527 A (‘Perhaps this may appear’ ...)
–to end.
527 A (‘Maybe this seems’ ...)
–to end.
[Appendix.]
[Appendix.]
I Alcibiades.
I Alcibiades.
Socrates humiliates Alcibiades by shewing him his inferiority to the Kings of Lacedaemon and of Persia.
Socrates embarrasses Alcibiades by showing him how he falls short compared to the kings of Sparta and Persia.
120 A (‘Why, you surely know’ ...)
–124 B (... ‘ever desired anything.’)
120 A (‘Why, you definitely know’ ...)
–124 B (... ‘ever wanted anything.’)
II Alcibiades.
II Alcibiades.
The Gods approve of simple worship.
The gods value simple worship.
148 C (‘The Lacedaemonians, too,’ ...)
–150 B (... ‘for me to oppose.’)
148 C (‘The Spartans, too,’ ...)
–150 B (... ‘for me to disagree.’)
Eryxias.
Eryxias.
The nature of money.
The meaning of money.
399 E (‘Then now we have to consider’ ...)
–400 E (... ‘of no use to us ... True.’)
399 E (‘Then now we have to consider’ ...)
–400 E (... ‘of no use to us ... True.’)
THIRD VOLUME.
Volume Three.
Republic.
Republic.
Book i.
Book 1
The commencement of the Dialogue: Cephalus on Old Age.
The start of the Dialogue: Cephalus on Aging.
327–331 B (... ‘is, in my opinion, the greatest.’)
327–331 B (... ‘is, in my opinion, the greatest.’)
Book ii.
Book 2
(1) The argument of Adeimantus.
The argument of Adeimantus.
362 E (... ‘But let me add something more’ ...)
–367 E (... ‘seen or unseen by Gods and men.’)
362 E (... ‘But let me add something else’ ...)
–367 E (... ‘seen or unseen by gods and humans.’)
(2) The true nature of God.
(2) The true nature of God.
376 D (‘Come, then, and let us pass’ ...)
–383 A (‘Your thoughts ... my own.’)
376 D (‘Come on, let’s go’ ...)
–383 A (‘Your thoughts ... are just like mine.’)
Book iii.
Book 3
(1) Grace and beauty in art and education.
(1) Elegance and charm in art and education.
400 D (‘But there is no difficulty’ ...)
–402 A (... ‘made him long familiar.’)
400 D (‘But there is no difficulty’ ...)
–402 A (... ‘made him long familiar.’)
(2) The good physician and the good judge.
(2) The good doctor and the good judge.
408 C (‘All that, Socrates, is excellent,’ ...)
–409 E (‘And in mine also.’)
408 C (‘That’s all great, Socrates,’ ...)
–409 E (‘And I feel the same way.’)
(3) The true use of music and gymnastic.
(3) The real purpose of music and physical exercise.
409 E (‘This is the sort of medicine’ ...)
–412 A (‘You are quite right, Socrates.’)
409 E (‘This is the kind of medicine’ ...)
–412 A (‘You’re absolutely right, Socrates.’)
Book iv.
Book 4
Virtue the health, Vice the disease, of the Soul.
Virtue is the health of the soul, while vice is its disease.
443 C (‘Then our dream has been realized’ ...)
–444 E (‘Assuredly.’)
443 C (‘Then our dream has come true’ ...)
–444 E (‘For sure.’)
Book v.
Book 5
(1) The right treatment of enemies.
(1) How to properly deal with enemies.
469 A (‘Next, how shall our soldiers’ ...)
–471 C (... ‘like all our previous enactments, are very good.’)
469 A (‘Next, how should our soldiers’ ...)
–471 C (... ‘like all our previous laws, are really good.’)
(2) The last wave:—The Government of Philosophers.
(2) The final wave:—The Government of Philosophers.
471 C (‘But still I must say, Socrates.’ ...)
–473 E (... ‘is indeed a hard thing.’)
471 C (‘But still I have to say, Socrates.’ ...)
–473 E (... ‘is definitely a tough thing.’)
Book vi.
Book 6
(1) The Parable of the Pilot.
(1) The Parable of the Pilot.
487 A (‘Here Adeimantus interposed’ ...)
–489 D (‘Precisely so, he said.’)
487 A (‘Here Adeimantus interjected’ ...)
–489 D (‘Exactly, he replied.’)
(2) The low estimation in which Philosophy is held by the World.
(2) The low regard in which the world holds Philosophy.
493 E (‘You recognize the truth of what I have been saying?’ ...)
–497 A (... ‘as well as of himself.’)
493 E (‘Do you see the truth in what I've been saying?’ ...)
–497 A (... ‘as well as of himself.’)
Book vii.
Book 7
The Allegory of the Cave.
The Allegory of the Cave.
514 A–520 E (... ‘present rulers of the State.’)
514 A–520 E (... ‘current leaders of the State.’)
Book viii.
Book 8
Democracy and the Democratic Man.
Democracy and the Democratic Citizen.
555 B (‘Next comes democracy’ ...)
–562 A ( ... ‘the democratic man.’)
555 B (‘Next comes democracy’ ...)
–562 A ( ... ‘the democratic person.’)
Book ix.
Book 9
The Many-headed Monster.
The City of which the Pattern is laid up in Heaven.
The Many-headed Monster.
The City whose design is kept in Heaven.
588 A (‘Well, I said, and now’ ...)
–to the end of the book.
588 A (‘Well, I said, and now’ ...)
–to the end of the book.
Book x.
Book 10
The Vision of Er.
The Vision of Er.
614 B (‘Well, I said, I will tell you a tale;’ ...)
–to the end of the book.
614 B (‘Well, I said, I will share a story;’ ...)
–to the end of the book.
Timaeus.
Timaeus.
(1) The Tale of Solon.
Solon's Story.
20 E (‘Then listen, Socrates’ ...)
–26 D ( ... ‘these ancient Athenians.’ ...)
20 E (‘Then listen, Socrates’ ...)
–26 D ( ... ‘these ancient Athenians.’ ...)
(2) The Balance of Mind and Body.
(2) The Balance of Mind and Body.
87 C (‘There is a corresponding enquiry’ ...)
–90 D ( ... ‘the present and the future.’)
87 C (‘There is a corresponding inquiry’ ...)
–90 D ( ... ‘the present and the future.’)
Critias, or the Island of Atlantis.
Critias, also known as the Island of Atlantis.
The entire Dialogue.
The whole convo.
FOURTH VOLUME.
Volume Four.
Parmenides.
Parmenides.
The meeting of Socrates and Parmenides at Athens. Criticism of the Ideas.
The meeting of Socrates and Parmenides in Athens. Critique of the Concepts.
126 A (‘We had come from our home’ ...)
–136 C ( ... ‘and see the real truth.’)
126 A (‘We had come from our home’ ...)
–136 C ( ... ‘and see the real truth.’)
Theaetetus.
Theaetetus.
(1) Socrates, a midwife, and the son of a midwife.
(1) Socrates, a midwife, and the child of a midwife.
148 E (‘These are the pangs of labour’ ...)
–151 E ( ... ‘by the help of God you will be able to tell.’)
148 E (‘These are the pains of labor’ ...)
–151 E ( ... ‘with God's help, you will be able to know.’)
(2) The Lawyer and the Philosopher.
(2) The Lawyer and the Philosopher.
172 B ( ... ‘Here arises a new question’ ...)
–177 C ( ... ‘Let us go back to the argument.’)
172 B ( ... ‘Here arises a new question’ ...)
–177 C ( ... ‘Let us return to the argument.’)
Sophist.
Sophist.
The Pre-Socratic Philosophers and their puzzles.
The Pre-Socratic Philosophers and their challenges.
241 D (‘Will you then forgive me’ ...)
–246 D ( ... ‘but seekers after truth.’)
241 D (‘Will you then forgive me’ ...)
–246 D ( ... ‘but those who seek the truth.’)
Statesman.
Politician.
The Reign of Cronos.
The Era of Cronos.
269 A (‘Again, we have been often told’ ...)
–274 E (... ‘and at another time in another.’ ...)
269 A (‘Again, we have often been told’ ...)
–274 E (... ‘and at another time in another.’ ...)
Philebus.
Philebus.
The first Taste of Logic.
The Art of Dialectic.
The first Taste of Logic.
The Art of Dialectic.
15 C (‘Good; and where shall we begin’ ...)
–17 A (... ‘and true dialectic.’)
15 C (‘Good; and where should we start’ ...)
–17 A (... ‘and real discussion.’)
FIFTH VOLUME.
Volume 5.
Laws.
Laws.
Book i.
Book I
(1) The true nature of Education.
(1) The real nature of Education.
643 A (‘You seem to be quite ready to listen’ ...)
–644 B (... ‘of every man while he lives.’)
643 A (‘You seem to be pretty willing to listen’ ...)
–644 B (... ‘of every person while they live.’)
(2) Man a puppet of the Gods.
(2) Man is a puppet of the Gods.
644 E (‘Let us look at the matter thus’ ...)
–645 B (... ‘more clearly distinguished by us.’ ...)
644 E (‘Let’s look at it this way’ ...)
–645 B (... ‘more clearly defined by us.’ ...)
Book iii.
Book 3
The Origin of Government.
The Birth of Government.
676 A (‘Enough of this’ ...)
–679 E (‘Very true.’)
676 A (‘Enough of this’ ...)
–679 E (‘Very true.’)
Book iv.
Book 4
(1) The virtuous Tyrant.
The benevolent dictator.
709 C (‘And does not a like principle’ ...)
–712 A (... ‘granting our supposition.’)
709 C (‘And doesn’t a similar principle’ ...)
–712 A (... ‘supporting our assumption.’)
(2) The life of Virtue.
The Virtuous Life.
715 E (‘And now what is to be the next step?’ ...)
–718 A (... ‘for the most part in good hope.’ ...)
715 E (‘So, what's the next step?’ ...)
–718 A (... ‘mostly with optimism.’ ...)
Book v.
Book V
(1)
The honour of the Soul.
Precepts for a virtuous life.
(1)
The dignity of the Soul.
Principles for a good life.
726 A–732 D (... ‘both in jest and earnest.’)
726 A–732 D (... ‘both in joke and in seriousness.’)
(2) The best and second-best state.
(2) The best and second-best situation.
739 A (‘The next move’ ...)
–741 A (... ‘to fight against necessity.’)
739 A (‘The next move’ ...)
–741 A (... ‘to fight against necessity.’)
(3) Riches and Godliness.
Wealth and Spirituality.
742 D (... ‘The intention, as we affirm’ ...)
–744 A (... ‘the work of legislation.’)
742 D (... 'The intention, as we confirm' ...)
–744 A (... 'the task of making laws.')
Book vii.
Book 7
(1) The good citizen must not lead an inactive life.
(1) A good citizen shouldn't lead an inactive life.
806 D (‘What will be the manner of life’ ...)
–808 C (... ‘to the whole state.’)
806 D (‘How will people live’ ...)
–808 C (... ‘for the entire society.’)
(2) The education of the young.
(2) The education of young people.
808 D (... ‘When the day breaks’ ...)
–809 A (... ‘according to the law.’)
810 A (... ‘A fair time’...)
–812 A (... ‘come to an end.’)
808 D (... 'When the day starts' ...)
–809 A (... 'as per the law.')
810 A (... 'A reasonable time'...)
–812 A (... 'conclude.')
Book viii.
Book 8
The evils of licentiousness.
The problems of promiscuity.
835 C (... ‘There is, however, another matter’ ...)
–841 E (... ‘wrongly indulged.’)
835 C (... ‘There's another thing’ ...)
–841 E (... ‘inappropriately indulged.’)
Book x.
Book 10
(1)
The three classes of unbelievers.
Advice to the young.
(1)
The three kinds of non-believers.
Advice for the youth.
885 B (... ‘For we have already said’ ...)
–888 D (... ‘the truth of these matters.’)
885 B (... ‘For we have already mentioned’ ...)
–888 D (... ‘the reality of these issues.’)
(2) God is not an idle ruler of the Universe; but orders all, even the smallest things, for our good.
(2) God is not a passive ruler of the Universe; He directs everything, even the smallest details, for our benefit.
899 D (... ‘And now we are to address him’ ...)
–905 D (... ‘any understanding whatsoever’ ...)
899 D (... 'And now we have to talk to him' ...)
–905 D (... 'any understanding at all' ...)
(3) God cannot be propitiated by the gifts of the wicked.
(3) God cannot be appeased by the gifts of the wicked.
905 D (... ‘For I think that we have sufficiently proved’ ...)
–907 D (... ‘will not discredit the lawgiver.’)
905 D (... ‘I believe we have proven enough’ ...)
–907 D (... ‘will not bring shame to the lawmaker.’)
Book xi.
Book 11
(1) The evils of retail trade, and the cure of them.
(1) The problems of retail trade and how to fix them.
918 A (‘After the practices of adulteration’ ...)
–919 C (... ‘shamelessness and meanness.’)
918 A (‘After the practices of adulteration’ ...)
–919 C (... ‘shamelessness and meanness.’)
(2) The honour of parents.
The respect for parents.
930 E (‘Neither God, nor a man’ ...)
–932 A (... ‘to what has now been said.’...)
930 E (‘Neither God, nor a man’ ...)
–932 A (... ‘to what has now been said.’...)
Book xii.
Book 12
(1) The good state in its intercourse with the world.
(1) The good state in its relationship with the world.
949 E (‘Now a state’ ...)
–951 C (... ‘is ill-conducted.’)
949 E (‘Now a state’ ...)
–951 C (... ‘is poorly managed.’)
(2) The Burial of the Dead.
(2) The Burial of the Dead.
958 C (‘Thus a man is born’ ...)
–960 A (... ‘a fitting penalty.’...)
958 C (‘So a man is born’ ...)
–960 A (... ‘an appropriate punishment.’...)
CHAPTER VIII
ARISTOTLE (384–322 BC)
Aristotle in the Academy and Lyceum. Many notable pupils gathered around Plato during his mastership of more than forty years. Plato’s nephew, Speusippus, succeeded him as leader of the Academy, and for the next three hundred and fifty years the Academy is called by various names. It is the Older Academy under Speusippus and later; then it is known as the Middle Academy; and then, about 120 B. C., it is known as the New Academy. The history of the Academy is, however, a part of the Hellenic-Roman Period. It is sufficient to say here that the leaders succeeding Plato in the Academy added but little to philosophical speculation, although much to empirical research. The important fact is that the sceptre in philosophy passed from the Academy when Plato died and his greatest pupil Aristotle left it. Just as Plato stood among the pupils of Socrates as Socrates’ most discriminating interpreter, so among the pupils of Plato there was one preëminent pupil,—Aristotle. Aristotle was too great a man to be subordinated to the leadership of Speusippus. Upon the death of Plato he left the Academy, and fourteen years later he returned to Athens and founded the Lyceum, which became under his mastership the most influential Athenian school. The Lyceum was an inclosed space of ground, like the Academy. It was situated just outside the walls of Athens, on the right bank of the Ilissus. It was dedicated to Apollo, decorated with fountains, gardens, and buildings, and contained one of the great gymnasia of Athens. It was frequented by philosophers, and is known to have been the favorite walk of Aristotle and his pupils, whence they got their name of Peripatetics. Theophrastus, the most eminent pupil of Aristotle, bought a property near the grove and bequeathed it to the school. It was a religious foundation, like the Academy. The method of choosing the scholarchs varied at different times. The name Lyceum is from the same root as Lycian, and was given to Aristotle’s school from the fact that the grove was dedicated to the Lycian Apollo.
Aristotle in the Academy and Lyceum. Many famous students gathered around Plato during his leadership of more than forty years. Plato’s nephew, Speusippus, took over as head of the Academy, and for the next three hundred and fifty years, the Academy was known by various names. It was called the Older Academy under Speusippus, then the Middle Academy, and around 120 BCE, it became known as the New Academy. The history of the Academy is part of the Hellenic-Roman Period. It’s enough to say that the leaders who followed Plato in the Academy contributed little to philosophical thought, though they made significant advancements in empirical research. The key point is that the leadership in philosophy shifted from the Academy after Plato's death when his greatest student, Aristotle, left. Just as Plato was the most insightful interpreter of Socrates among his students, Aristotle stood out among Plato’s pupils. Aristotle was too significant a figure to be under Speusippus’ leadership. After Plato died, he left the Academy, and fourteen years later, he returned to Athens to establish the Lyceum, which became the most influential school in Athens under his guidance. The Lyceum was an enclosed area like the Academy. It was located just outside the walls of Athens on the right bank of the Ilissus. It was dedicated to Apollo, adorned with fountains, gardens, and buildings, and housed one of the major gymnasiums of Athens. It was popular with philosophers and was known to be Aristotle and his students' favorite place to walk, which is how they got the name Peripatetics. Theophrastus, Aristotle’s most distinguished pupil, purchased land nearby and left it to the school. It was a religious institution, similar to the Academy. The method of selecting the leaders varied over time. The name Lyceum comes from the same root as Lycian and was given to Aristotle’s school because the grove was dedicated to the Lycian Apollo.
Here, in the Lyceum, Greek philosophy was brought to its most complete expression. Here all the threads of Greek cosmological and anthropological undertakings were finally woven together. Here an adjustment was accomplished between Aristotle’s two great predecessors, Plato and Democritus; and materialistic and idealistic realism crystallized in a theory of development. The great form of Aristotle rises to speak the final word of pure Greek civilization, at a time when the custody of Greece had passed from the hands of the Athenians, the Spartans, the Thebans in succession to the Macedonians. He was the most influential thinker that history had seen. In his formative power upon human thought he has scarcely a peer. Dante called him “the master of those who know.” “In my opinion,” said Cicero, “Aristotle stands almost alone in philosophy.” Eusebius said of him, “Aristotle, nature’s private secretary, dipped his pen in thought.” Goethe remarked, “If now in my quiet days I had youthful faculties at my command, I should devote myself to Greek, in spite of all the difficulties I know. Nature and Aristotle should be my sole study. It is beyond all conception what that man espied, saw, beheld, remarked, observed.”
Here, in the Lyceum, Greek philosophy reached its fullest expression. Here, all the threads of Greek cosmological and anthropological efforts were finally woven together. Here, a balance was achieved between Aristotle’s two great predecessors, Plato and Democritus; and materialistic and idealistic realism formed a theory of development. The great figure of Aristotle arises to deliver the final word of pure Greek civilization, at a time when the governance of Greece had shifted from the hands of the Athenians, Spartans, and Thebans to the Macedonians. He was the most influential thinker in history. In shaping human thought, he has few equals. Dante called him “the master of those who know.” “In my opinion,” Cicero said, “Aristotle stands almost alone in philosophy.” Eusebius remarked, “Aristotle, nature’s private secretary, dipped his pen in thought.” Goethe noted, “If now in my quiet days I had youthful abilities at my disposal, I would dedicate myself to Greek, despite all the challenges I know. Nature and Aristotle would be my only focus. It's beyond imagination what that man discovered, observed, and noted.”
The portrait that we draw of Aristotle is very different from that of Plato. Instead of the deeply poetic temper, the man who sees all things in an ideal unity of infiniteness and vastness, we have before us now the scientist in search of facts, the accurate man of good sense, whose imagination does not soar above the clouds, but at the same time has extraordinary fertility in historical and scientific theoretical explanations. His was a life filled with the love of truth. His learning took up into itself the entire range of human knowledge in such a way as to include its earlier development. And what is more, he showed an equal interest in all departments. Aristotle was more of a scientist than Plato, for the theoretical rather than the ethical interest was fundamental in his work. He is the personification and completion of pure Greek learning.
The picture we have of Aristotle is very different from that of Plato. Instead of the deeply poetic nature of someone who views everything in an ideal unity of infinity and vastness, we now see a scientist searching for facts, a practical person with good judgment, whose imagination doesn’t just float above the clouds, but also provides remarkable insights into historical and scientific theories. His life was dedicated to the pursuit of truth. His knowledge encompassed the full spectrum of human understanding, integrating its earlier progress. Furthermore, he showed equal interest in all fields. Aristotle was more of a scientist than Plato, as his focus was more on theoretical rather than ethical concerns. He embodies and completes the essence of pure Greek learning.
Biography of Aristotle, 384–322 B. C.
Biography of Aristotle, 384–322 B.C.
Brief Chronological Sketch of Aristotle’s Life.
Overview of Aristotle’s Life in Chronological Order.
First Period—Aristotle the Student—37 years. 384–347 B. C. | |
---|---|
384 | Born in Stagira in Macedonia. |
367 | Entered the Academy. Remained 19 years. |
347 | Left the Academy upon the death of Plato. |
Second Period—Aristotle the Traveler—12 years. 347–335 B. C. | |
347 | Went to the courts at Atarneus and Mytilene in Asia Minor. |
343 | Returned to the court of Macedon at Pella, in response to the summons of King Philip, to teach the young prince Alexander. Remained 4 years. |
340 | Went from Pella to Stagira to engage in scientific work. Remained 5 years. |
Third Period—Aristotle the Leader of the Lyceum—13 years. 335–322 B. C. | |
335 | Founded the Lyceum in Athens. Taught and administered the school 12 years. |
323 | Fled to Chalcis. |
322 | Died in Chalcis. |
Aristotle’s Biography in Detail.
Detailed Biography of Aristotle.
1. First Period, 384–347 B. C.—Early Influences. Aristotle was born in Stagira in Macedonia. His father was court physician to King Amyntas, the founder of the Macedonian power and the father of King Philip. He came from a long line of physicians (the caste, Asclepiad) who traced their origin to Asclepius. Little is known about the early years of Aristotle except that his father and mother died, leaving him in the guardianship of Proxenus of Atarneus. (Atarneus is the state in Asia Minor which he later visited.) It can scarcely be doubted that he was destined by his family to be a physician, and that the empirical works of Hippocrates and Democritus were the first elements of his early education. Aristotle grew up in this atmosphere of medicine of Macedonia, which explains his respect for the results of experience and his accuracy in details,—all of which contrasts him with the Attic philosophers.
1. First Period, 384–347 B. C.—Early Influences. Aristotle was born in Stagira, Macedonia. His father was the court physician to King Amyntas, who founded Macedonian power and was the father of King Philip. He came from a long line of physicians (the Asclepiad caste) who traced their roots to Asclepius. Not much is known about Aristotle's early years except that his parents passed away, leaving him under the care of Proxenus of Atarneus. (Atarneus is a region in Asia Minor that he visited later.) It’s clear that his family had intended for him to become a physician, and the practical works of Hippocrates and Democritus were his early educational influences. Aristotle grew up in this medical environment in Macedonia, which explains his respect for empirical results and his attention to detail—qualities that set him apart from the Attic philosophers.
He was sent by Proxenus to the Academy in 367 B. C., at the age of eighteen, and he remained there for nineteen years, or until he was thirty-seven. He was not merely a pupil in the school, but his brilliancy won for him immediately a prominent position there. He became a teacher, an attractive writer, and champion of the literary spirit of the school. Even while he was a member of the Academy he became a famous man. It is difficult to say just how much influence the Academy had upon the casting of his thought. His scientific inclinations were formed before he went to the Academy; he got his immense scientific erudition in Asia Minor and in Stagira later, after he left the Academy. Probably the spirit of the Platonic school turned his attention to ethical and metaphysical theories, and probably it was due to his stay in the Academy that he became interested in rhetorical and purely cultural studies. At the same time his own influence must have been very great in forming the policy of the Academy, and he was probably responsible for its turning its attention to scientific matters.
He was sent by Proxenus to the Academy in 367 B. C., at the age of eighteen, and he stayed there for nineteen years, until he was thirty-seven. He wasn’t just a student at the school; his brilliance earned him a prominent role right away. He became a teacher, an engaging writer, and a supporter of the school’s literary spirit. Even while he was at the Academy, he became well-known. It’s hard to say how much the Academy influenced his thinking. His scientific interests were developed before he arrived at the Academy; he gained his extensive scientific knowledge in Asia Minor and later in Stagira, after leaving the Academy. It’s likely that the Platonic school inspired his focus on ethical and metaphysical theories, and it was probably because of his time at the Academy that he became interested in rhetorical and cultural studies. At the same time, his influence must have been significant in shaping the Academy’s direction, and he was likely responsible for its increased focus on scientific issues.
The sources from which Aristotle drew the material of his philosophical science were therefore (1) his inherited taste for medicine and empirical science; and (2) the influence of the Academy in ethical, metaphysical, and cultural subjects. Both these factors appear throughout the philosophical development of Aristotle. On the other hand, it must not be forgotten that probably Aristotle’s influence upon the Academy was as great as that of the Academy upon him. His own persistence along the line of empirical science shows itself in his period at Atarneus, Mitylene, and on his return to Stagira. Much has been said about an estrangement between Aristotle and his teacher, Plato. This is probably idle gossip. Aristotle held his master in great esteem, as he himself testifies in his Ethics. Aristotle was an independent and original mind, and probably even in the school he would point out defects in Plato’s thought, when his aged teacher would lead his theories upon mistaken lines. Plato said that his pupil Xenocrates needed the spur, while Aristotle needed the bridle. Aristotle was called the brain of the Academy.
The sources that influenced Aristotle's philosophical work were (1) his inherited interest in medicine and practical science, and (2) the impact of the Academy on ethical, metaphysical, and cultural topics. These elements are evident throughout Aristotle's philosophical journey. However, it’s important to note that Aristotle likely influenced the Academy as much as the Academy influenced him. His commitment to empirical science is reflected during his time in Atarneus, Mitylene, and after returning to Stagira. There has been much discussion about a rift between Aristotle and his teacher, Plato. This is probably just rumor. Aristotle greatly respected his teacher, as he states in his Ethics. He was an independent and original thinker, and even within the school, he would point out flaws in Plato's ideas when his older teacher took his theories in the wrong direction. Plato said that his student Xenocrates needed motivation, while Aristotle needed restraint. Aristotle was known as the brain of the Academy.
2. Second Period, 347–335 B. C.—Traveler and Collector. When Plato died, and his nephew Speusippus became scholarch of the Academy, Aristotle, in company with Xenocrates, went to the court of Hermeias, ruler of Atarneus and Mitylene. Hermeias was another pupil of Plato at the Academy. Here Aristotle married twice, and here he resided for six years. In 343 B. C. he obeyed the summons of King Philip to come to Pella and become the tutor of Alexander. He acted in this capacity for four years, and seems to have been more fortunate than Plato as instructor of a king. His influence upon Alexander was very great. Without losing himself in the impracticable, Aristotle seems to have impressed high philosophical ideals upon the noble spirit of his kingly ward. Alexander says of Aristotle, “To my father I owe my life, to Aristotle the knowledge how to live worthily.” During the tedium of the protracted campaign in Bactria, Alexander sent for the tragedies of Euripides, Sophocles, and Æschylus. The Ethics of his teacher was always with him. The ideals of statesmanship, the wide purposes in political control, the greatness of the aims of the young conqueror, as well as his self-control, his aversion to meanness and petty things, and his sublime moderation were due in part to the teachings of Aristotle. Never was there a more fortunate conjunction of two great minds than here.
2. Second Period, 347–335 B. C.—Traveler and Collector. After Plato died and his nephew Speusippus took over as leader of the Academy, Aristotle, along with Xenocrates, went to the court of Hermeias, the ruler of Atarneus and Mitylene. Hermeias had also been a student of Plato at the Academy. During his time there, Aristotle got married twice and lived there for six years. In 343 B. C., he received a call from King Philip to come to Pella and become Alexander's tutor. He held this position for four years and seemed to be more successful than Plato in teaching a king. His influence on Alexander was significant. Without getting lost in unrealistic ideas, Aristotle managed to instill high philosophical ideals in the noble spirit of his royal student. Alexander stated, “To my father, I owe my life; to Aristotle, the knowledge of how to live well.” During the long and boring campaign in Bactria, Alexander requested the tragedies of Euripides, Sophocles, and Æschylus. He always carried the Ethics of his teacher with him. Alexander's ideals of leadership, his broad goals in political matters, and the high aspirations of the young conqueror, along with his self-discipline, dislike for pettiness, and remarkable moderation, were due in part to Aristotle's teachings. There has never been a more fortunate meeting of two brilliant minds than this.
In 340 B. C., when Alexander entered upon his administrative and military duties, Aristotle became independent of the Macedonian court. He spent the most of these four years (340–335 B. C.) in scientific work at Stagira, in intimate companionship with his young friend Theophrastus, who later succeeded him as scholarch of the Lyceum. “Among the special subjects of study in the school of Mieza and Stagira, natural history formed a part.... Alexander at one time contributed eight hundred talents to forward his former teacher’s investigations in zoölogy, placed at his disposal a thousand men throughout Asia and Greece, with instructions to follow out Aristotle’s directions in collecting and reporting details concerning the life, conditions, and habits of animals, and in every way made his campaigns serve the purpose of scientific investigation.”33 The reports of the ancients concerning the vast sums placed at Aristotle’s disposal for use in scientific investigation are of course exaggerated. That he made large collections during this period, as well as later, is certain. This was possible to him, first, because he was a rich man himself, and second, because of his relations to the courts at Atarneus and Macedonia.
In 340 B.C., when Alexander took on his administrative and military roles, Aristotle became free from the Macedonian court. He spent most of the next four years (340–335 B.C.) focusing on scientific work in Stagira, in close collaboration with his young friend Theophrastus, who would later become his successor as head of the Lyceum. “Among the specific subjects studied in the schools of Mieza and Stagira, natural history was included.... At one point, Alexander contributed eight hundred talents to support his former teacher’s research in zoology, provided a thousand men across Asia and Greece to follow Aristotle’s instructions in gathering and reporting information about the lives, environments, and behaviors of animals, and in every way allowed his campaigns to serve the purpose of scientific investigation.” The ancient reports about the large sums available to Aristotle for scientific research are certainly exaggerated. It is clear he made significant collections during this time and later. This was feasible for him, firstly, because he was wealthy himself, and secondly, due to his connections with the courts at Atarneus and Macedonia.
3. Third Period, 335–322 B. C.—Administrator of the Lyceum. When Alexander entered upon his campaigns in Asia, and Aristotle felt himself free from immediate duty to him, he went to Athens and founded the Lyceum. This school very soon arose above the Academy, and became the model of later societies of scholars of antiquity. Its greatness partook of the greatness of Aristotle,—in the universality of its interests, in the orderliness of its administration, and in methodical coöperation. For twelve years he was the executive, teacher, administrator, and inspiration of this school—developing his philosophy, accumulating materials, and instructing his pupils. The enormous product of the school could not have been the work of one pair of hands. Nevertheless the writings, the immense collections, the ethical and political treatises, show a unity that speaks of one master-mind that had them under direction. When the Athenians began to rise against the Macedonian rule, Aristotle’s position in Athens as a friend of Alexander became unsafe. He fled to Chalcis, excusing himself, so the tradition goes, because he wished to spare the Athenians a second crime against philosophy. He died in Chalcis the next year (322 B. C.).
3. Third Period, 335–322 B. C.—Administrator of the Lyceum. When Alexander began his campaigns in Asia and Aristotle felt he was no longer needed by him, he returned to Athens and established the Lyceum. This school quickly surpassed the Academy and became the prototype for later scholarly societies in antiquity. Its significance mirrored the significance of Aristotle himself—in the breadth of its focus, the structure of its organization, and its systematic collaboration. For twelve years, he served as the leader, teacher, administrator, and inspiration for this school—developing his philosophy, gathering materials, and educating his students. The vast output of the school couldn’t possibly have come from just one person. Still, the writings, extensive collections, and ethical and political treatises exhibit a cohesion that suggests they were guided by a single master mind. When the Athenians began to resist Macedonian rule, Aristotle’s standing in Athens as a supporter of Alexander became precarious. He fled to Chalcis, reportedly to spare the Athenians from committing a second injustice against philosophy. He died in Chalcis the following year (322 B. C.).
A comparison of these three periods of Aristotle’s life discloses the uniformity of that life, from beginning to end. He was, from the time he entered the Academy to the founding of the Lyceum, a teacher. Even as pupil of Plato his original mind was influencing the Platonic teaching into new channels. During his second period he was a traveler, to be sure; but he was more,—a collector and a king’s tutor. He was always Aristotle, the philosophical teacher. Hence the periods of his life cannot be so sharply marked as Plato’s, and the lines that are drawn point only to phases of a life that had unity, like his doctrine. His life is a regular development from sources in his first period, and with no later deviating influence.
A comparison of these three stages of Aristotle’s life reveals a consistency throughout his life, from start to finish. From the time he joined the Academy to when he founded the Lyceum, he was a teacher. Even as Plato’s student, his original ideas were shaping Platonic teachings in new ways. During his second phase, he was certainly a traveler, but he was also a collector and a tutor to a king. He was always Aristotle, the philosophical teacher. Therefore, his life stages aren’t as distinctly separated as Plato’s, and the distinctions made only highlight different aspects of a unified life, much like his doctrine. His life represents a steady development from the foundations he laid in his first period, without any later diverging influences.
The Writings of Aristotle. On every page of Plato’s dialogues you meet Plato; in Aristotle’s writings the personality of the author is subordinated to his science. The collections of writings transmitted under the name of Aristotle do not give even an approximately complete picture of the immense activity of the man. They form, indeed, a stately memorial, even after the spurious writings have been omitted, but their bulk is small compared with what we know was the product of his literary workshop. Forty treatises have been preserved. A catalogue of the library of Alexandria in 220 B. C. includes a list of one hundred and forty-six others, which have since been lost. Aristotle was writer, lecturer, teacher, and the administrator of the Lyceum. His leadership of that school, his careful direction of his coöperators in research and study, was not only an instruction but an impulsion to independent scientific study for all time. His great collections of scientific data can be explained only by their being the combined efforts of many different forces, guided and schooled by a common master. The world was ready to take an account of stock, and Aristotle was the first encyclopædic philosopher.
The Writings of Aristotle. On every page of Plato’s dialogues, you encounter Plato; in Aristotle’s writings, the author's personality takes a back seat to his science. The collections of writings attributed to Aristotle don’t even come close to capturing the vast range of his work. They are indeed an impressive testament, even with the fake ones omitted, but they are minor compared to the extensive output from his literary workshop. Forty treatises have been preserved. A catalog from the Library of Alexandria in 220 B. C. includes a list of one hundred and forty-six others that have since been lost. Aristotle was a writer, lecturer, teacher, and administrator of the Lyceum. His leadership of that school and his careful guidance of his collaborators in research and study not only provided instruction but also inspired independent scientific inquiry for generations. His vast collections of scientific data can only be understood as the combined efforts of many different contributors, all guided by a shared master. The world was ready to take stock, and Aristotle was the first encyclopedic philosopher.
1. The Popular Writings, published by Aristotle himself. These were intended for a circle of readers wider than his own school. No one of these works is extant in complete form. They were written by Aristotle during his life in the Academy. They were dialogues in form; in content they were discussions of justice, wealth, wisdom, rhetoric, politics, love, conduct, prayer, generosity, education, government, etc. They were less artistic than Plato’s dialogues, but more original and striking; and they were full of happy inventions and rich thought, expressed in florid diction. The ancients spoke often of Aristotle’s “golden flow of thought,” but this cannot truthfully apply to any save these lost writings.
1. The Popular Writings, published by Aristotle himself. These were meant for a broader audience beyond just his own students. None of these works exist in complete form today. They were written by Aristotle during his time at the Academy. They took the form of dialogues, covering topics like justice, wealth, wisdom, rhetoric, politics, love, behavior, prayer, generosity, education, government, etc. They weren’t as artistic as Plato’s dialogues, but they were more original and impactful; filled with inventive ideas and deep thoughts, presented in elaborate language. The ancients often referred to Aristotle’s “golden flow of thought,” but this truly only applies to these lost writings.
2. The Compilations. These were excerpts from scientific works, collections of zoölogical, literary, historical, and antiquarian data, which Aristotle and his pupils had gathered together. Only a few fragments of the total remain. There were critical notes upon the Pythagoreans, reports of extracts of Plato’s dialogues, a descriptive basis for zoölogy with illustrations, collections of previous rhetorical theories and models, histories of tragedies and comedies, discussions about Homer, Hesiod, Archilochus, Euripides, and other poets; there were historical miscellanies and reports concerning one hundred fifty-eight Greek state constitutions.
2. The Compilations. These were selections from scientific works, collections of zoological, literary, historical, and antique information that Aristotle and his students compiled. Only a few fragments of the complete works remain. There were critical notes on the Pythagoreans, summaries of Plato’s dialogues, a foundational description for zoology with illustrations, collections of earlier rhetorical theories and examples, histories of tragedies and comedies, discussions about Homer, Hesiod, Archilochus, Euripides, and other poets; there were also historical compilations and reports on one hundred fifty-eight Greek state constitutions.
3. The Didactic Writings. These have in part been preserved, and they make up the collection of what we have of Aristotle’s writings. They have a consistently developed terminology, but they are wanting in grace and beauty of presentation. The plan of the books is generally the same: the problem is precisely stated; then follows a criticism of various attempted solutions; then a discussion of the salient points of the problem; then a marshaling of the facts; and, finally, an attempt to get a conclusive result. The method is modern in its scientific procedure and the contrast with Plato is striking. Yet it must not be inferred that these books of Aristotle are orderly. There are repetitions, haste, unequal development of parts, and unfulfilled promises. These books were nothing else than the written notes which he had made the basis of his lectures and had intended to form into text-books in some future time. Only parts of the Logic seem to have been completed for text-book purposes.
3. The Didactic Writings. Some of these have been preserved, and they make up the collection of what we have of Aristotle’s writings. They use a consistent terminology, but they lack elegance and aesthetic appeal. The structure of the books is generally the same: the problem is clearly stated; a critique of various attempted solutions follows; next comes a discussion of the key points of the problem; then the facts are presented; and, finally, there’s an effort to reach a conclusive result. The method is modern in its scientific approach, and the contrast with Plato is notable. However, it should not be assumed that these books of Aristotle are well-organized. There are repetitions, a sense of urgency, uneven development of sections, and unmet expectations. These books were essentially the written notes he created for his lectures and were meant to be developed into textbooks in the future. Only parts of the Logic seem to have been completed for textbook purposes.
These didactic writings are simply arranged as follows (Wallace):
These instructional writings are organized like this (Wallace):
1. The treatise on Logic called Organon.
1. The book on Logic called Organon.
2. Speculative Philosophy.
2. Speculative Philosophy.
First Philosophy or Theology or Metaphysics.
First Philosophy or Theology or Metaphysics.
Mathematics (writings not extant).
Mathematics (writings not available).
Physics (including the history of animals and the psychology).
Physics (including the history of animals and psychology).
3. Practical Philosophy.
Practical Philosophy.
Ethics.
Ethics.
Economics.
Economics.
Politics.
Politics.
4. Poetic Philosophy.
4. Poetry and Philosophy.
Art.
Art.
Poetry.
Poetry.
Rhetoric.
Persuasion.
Aristotle’s Starting-Point. The two early influences in Aristotle’s mental development offer an explanation for his philosophical point of view. These influences were his empirical training in medicine and his conceptual training in the moral ideals of the Academy. Plato had convinced him that if there were to be any true science, it must be founded on concepts that are unchanging. His own scientific training, however, reinforced by the influence of Democritus, made him respect the value of empirical facts. While the philosophical problem for Aristotle was the same as that for Plato, the difference between them was in the main a matter of emphasis due to their different starting-points. Plato started with the refutation of the Protagorean theory of perception, and consequently he emphasized the value of the conceptual world; Aristotle, however, felt that Plato had overestimated the conceptual world, and he emphasized the importance of empirical facts. Both when a member of the Academy and later, he strongly contended against Plato’s evaluation of the world of Ideas, because they so transcended the sense world that they neither explained nor illuminated it. Aristotle’s reaction against Plato’s theory furthermore gives us a more correct notion of what Plato really taught. If conceptions are to enter into knowledge, they must not exist in the clouds of abstraction. He maintained that Plato had increased the difficulty of the problem by adding a second world of entities quite distinct from the world of nature. The same problem that Plato confronted still exists unanswered, said Aristotle. It is the problem of the twofold world. If Ideas are apart from things, we could not know that they existed, we should not be able to know anything about them, nor should we be able to explain the world through them. It is true that Plato, in his later draft, had conceived Ideas to be teleologically related to the physical things, but how could this be if they were apart from things? Thus in his reaction from Plato’s theory of Ideas, Aristotle reëstablished the world of perceptual fact. This is the starting-point of Aristotle.
Aristotle’s Starting-Point. The two early influences on Aristotle's mental development explain his philosophical viewpoint. These influences came from his hands-on training in medicine and his theoretical training in the moral ideals of the Academy. Plato convinced him that for any true science to exist, it must be based on unchanging concepts. However, his scientific training, which was shaped by the influence of Democritus, made him appreciate the importance of empirical facts. While the philosophical issue for Aristotle was similar to that of Plato, their differences mainly stemmed from where they started. Plato began by challenging the Protagorean theory of perception, which led him to emphasize the importance of the conceptual world. In contrast, Aristotle believed Plato had overvalued this conceptual world and highlighted the significance of empirical facts. Even as a member of the Academy and later on, he strongly argued against Plato's view of the world of Ideas, as they were so far removed from the sensory world that they provided neither explanation nor clarity. Aristotle's reaction to Plato’s theory also gives us a clearer understanding of Plato’s actual teachings. For concepts to contribute to knowledge, they shouldn’t be trapped in abstract ideas. He argued that Plato complicated the issue by introducing a second realm of entities that were completely separate from the natural world. The same problem that Plato faced remains unanswered, according to Aristotle. It’s the issue of the dual world. If Ideas exist apart from things, we wouldn’t know they existed, we wouldn’t have any knowledge about them, and we couldn’t explain the world through them. It’s true that Plato, in his later work, had envisioned Ideas as being purposefully connected to physical things, but how could this be if they were separate from those things? Thus, in his response to Plato's theory of Ideas, Aristotle reestablished the world of perceptual fact. This is where Aristotle begins.
The Fundamental Principle in Aristotle’s Philosophy. The first question then is, How did Aristotle reëstablish the perceptual fact? What means did he employ to give the perceptual fact a reality? The answer to this question will be the statement of Aristotle’s fundamental principle. It will show his advance over Plato by showing his new estimate of the perceptual world. Plato accepted the Protagorean doctrine of perception, but also gave it a new value by placing perceptions beside conceptions in the world of reality; Aristotle developed Plato’s teaching about perceptions by linking them inseparably with conceptions. Aristotle felt that Plato’s difficulties arose from the lack of close relationship between conceptual Being and perceptual fact. What is that linkage? What binds abiding reality and changing phenomena so closely? The linkage is development. Development is the relation between conception and perception. It is the fundamental principle in the philosophy of Aristotle throughout and places a new estimate upon the value of perception. Perceptual facts apart from conceptions have no reality; conceptions apart from perceptions are mere abstractions. In the world of reality conceptual Being resides in the perceptual facts, and the perceptual facts express conceptions. They always exist together in a linkage or relationship that is teleological, purposeful—the linkage of development. An abstract statement of this relationship is, “Aristotle felt the conceptual necessity of the empirically actual.” Perhaps the clearest statement of this fundamental principle can be made in the terms of evolution. It is this: true reality is the essence which unfolds in phenomena. Notice that this sentence has two parts equally freighted: reality is an unfolding essence; reality is in phenomena. The true universal must be thought as realizing itself through its development in particulars; the true concept as realizing itself through its development in percepts; the true abiding Being as realizing itself in its development through change. On the one hand, reality is the essence of things; on the other, reality has existence only in things.
The Fundamental Principle in Aristotle’s Philosophy. The first question is, how did Aristotle redefine the perceptual fact? What methods did he use to establish the reality of the perceptual fact? The answer to this question outlines Aristotle’s fundamental principle. It will demonstrate his advancement over Plato by presenting his new view of the perceptual world. Plato accepted the Protagorean idea of perception but also valued it differently by placing perceptions next to conceptions in the realm of reality; Aristotle built on Plato’s teachings about perceptions by tightly connecting them with conceptions. Aristotle believed that Plato’s challenges stemmed from a weak relationship between conceptual Being and perceptual fact. What is that connection? What links enduring reality and changing phenomena so closely? The connection is development. Development is the relationship between conception and perception. It is the core principle in Aristotle's philosophy and reassesses the value of perception. Perceptual facts without conceptions lack reality; conceptions without perceptions are just abstractions. In the reality we experience, conceptual Being exists within perceptual facts, and perceptual facts convey conceptions. They always exist together in a relationship that is purposeful—the relationship of development. An abstract expression of this relationship is, “Aristotle recognized the conceptual necessity of the empirically actual.” Perhaps the clearest articulation of this fundamental principle is expressed in terms of evolution. It is this: true reality is the essence that unfolds in phenomena. Notice that this statement has two equally significant parts: reality is an unfolding essence; reality exists in phenomena. The true universal should be understood as achieving realization through its growth in specifics; the true concept as achieving realization through its development in perceptions; the true enduring Being as achieving realization through its evolution amid change. On one hand, reality is the essence of things; on the other, reality only exists in things.
True reality is the individual.
True reality is the self.
The individual consists of two aspects: (1) conceptual being, and (2) perceptual change.
The individual has two parts: (1) conceptual existence, and (2) perceptual transformation.
These two aspects always stand in a relationship.
These two aspects are always connected.
That relationship is developing purpose.
That relationship is gaining meaning.
Here is the key to the teaching of Aristotle that seems to open the doors of its many chambers. In his metaphysics reality is the individual developing from possibility to actuality. In physics individual phenomena get a reality through their development from lower to higher types. In psychology the individual person is real when the particulars, the physiological and psychological states, develop toward the soul, which is their truth. So, too, in the great system of logic in which Aristotle was pioneer, he is simply trying to give the particular judgment a meaning by showing its linkage to the universal judgment. Everywhere the starting-point of Aristotle is the perceptual fact. Everywhere his purpose is to reëstablish it by showing its relation to abiding conception in the individual.
Here’s the key to Aristotle's teaching that seems to unlock its many aspects. In his metaphysics, reality is the individual evolving from potential to actual existence. In physics, individual phenomena gain reality through their progression from lower to higher forms. In psychology, a person is real when the specific physiological and psychological states evolve toward the soul, which represents their truth. Similarly, in the comprehensive system of logic where Aristotle was a pioneer, he aims to give particular judgments significance by illustrating their connection to universal judgments. Throughout his work, Aristotle starts with perceptual facts, and his goal is to reinforce them by demonstrating their relationship to enduring concepts within the individual.
It may be well to remark, however, that Aristotle does not altogether succeed in constructing a consistent theory. In spite of his criticism of Plato’s transcendent Ideas, in many places Aristotle does not overcome Plato’s dualism. Frequently he differs from Plato more in words than in meaning. We shall observe some of his inconsistencies in their place. We shall see that Aristotle as he meant to be was different from Aristotle as he was. Aristotle as he meant to be—Aristotle as the opponent of Plato’s dualism—develops a philosophy from a single fundamental principle. Aristotle as he was, reverts at many critical points to Plato’s dualism.
It’s worth noting that Aristotle doesn't fully succeed in creating a consistent theory. Even though he criticizes Plato’s transcendent Ideas, he often doesn’t move beyond Plato’s dualism. He usually disagrees with Plato more in words than in actual meaning. We’ll point out some of his inconsistencies later. We’ll see that the Aristotle he intended to be—Aristotle as the challenger of Plato’s dualism—develops a philosophy based on one fundamental principle. However, the Aristotle we observe often returns to Plato’s dualism at several key points.
Aristotle’s principle of development may appear at first blush very much like the modern principle of evolution. As a matter of fact it was very different. In all Greek philosophy after Socrates the study of morals was fundamental. The ideal of Socrates, Democritus, Plato, Aristotle, and the later Schools was a moral ideal. Being moral it was fixed, and it fixed all the changes of life to it as a centre. Nature was to the Greek a museum of types oscillating around a perfect form. There was no evolution in the sense of progress. There was development within the individual—the boy becomes a man, the seed becomes a flower; but there was no evolution from genus to genus. Indeed, any variation of the individual from its type was considered a defect.
Aristotle’s principle of development may seem at first glance quite similar to the modern concept of evolution. However, it was actually very different. In all Greek philosophy after Socrates, the study of ethics was central. The ideals of Socrates, Democritus, Plato, Aristotle, and the later Schools were moral ideals. Being moral, these ideals were fixed, serving as a center for all the changes in life. To the Greeks, nature was like a museum of types revolving around a perfect form. There was no evolution in the sense of progress. There was development within the individual—the boy becomes a man, the seed becomes a flower—but there was no evolution from one genus to another. In fact, any variation of the individual from its type was seen as a defect.
Aristotle’s Logic. Aristotle felt that there must be a science of the methods of science; and so successful was he in its formulation that it has practically remained as he transmitted it. We are struck by the way in which he divided science into the special sciences, each with its well-defined field. It was perfectly natural that he should also, with his great power of abstract reasoning, discuss the body of rules for legitimate thinking. In science there must be an art of investigation, just as in rhetoric there is an art of persuasion. At an early period these logical writings were collected under the name Organon, because the Lyceum regarded them so intimately connected with scientific procedure as to be the instrument or “organ” of all knowledge. Certain parts of Aristotle’s Organon are of doubtful genuineness. The important sections are the Analytics, a masterly logical groundwork of the conclusion and proof, and the Topics, which treats of the inductive methods of probability. Aristotle therefore made logic a preliminary and separate study, as it should be. It became the preface to his scientific work.
Aristotle’s Logic. Aristotle believed there should be a science dedicated to the methods of science, and he was so successful in establishing this that it has mostly remained unchanged since his time. We are impressed by how he categorized science into specific fields, each with its clear focus. Naturally, with his exceptional capacity for abstract thought, he also explored the principles of valid reasoning. In science, there needs to be a method for investigation, just as there is a technique for persuasion in rhetoric. Early on, these logical writings were compiled under the title Organon, because the Lyceum saw them as fundamentally connected to scientific practice—essentially an instrument or “organ” of all knowledge. Some parts of Aristotle’s Organon are not completely authentic. The key sections are the Analytics, which provide a masterful foundation for conclusions and proofs, and the Topics, which focus on inductive methods of probability. Thus, Aristotle made logic an essential and distinct field of study, as it rightly should be. It served as the introduction to his scientific work.
We shall briefly discuss Aristotle’s logic, because it is an exemplification of his general philosophical principle. Among the subjects in the history of philosophy, logic is perhaps the only one that has had no internal history. Aristotle was the pioneer in the subject. He left it so finished that scarcely any changes of consequence could be made in it. The external history of the Aristotelian logic has, however, been notable. A portion of the Categories and De Interpretatione was most influential in the history of the Middle Ages. The Logic had been misunderstood and misapplied by Aristotle’s own School, so that when it came into the hands of the Schoolmen it had acquired the reputation of being only an abstract formal logic. As thus interpreted it was used by the Schoolmen and attacked by the philosophers of the Renaissance. Such a view of Aristotle’s logic is unjust to the author. He had conceived logic in its wholeness to be the true method to be used in investigating practical scientific problems.
We will briefly talk about Aristotle’s logic because it illustrates his overall philosophical principles. In the history of philosophy, logic is probably the only subject that hasn’t had an internal evolution. Aristotle was the first to tackle this topic. He developed it so thoroughly that there were hardly any significant changes made afterward. However, the external history of Aristotelian logic has been quite remarkable. Parts of the Categories and De Interpretatione were highly influential during the Middle Ages. The Logic was misunderstood and misused even by Aristotle’s own School, so when it reached the Schoolmen, it gained a reputation as just an abstract formal logic. Interpreted this way, it was both utilized by the Schoolmen and criticized by Renaissance philosophers. This perspective on Aristotle’s logic does a disservice to him. He envisioned logic in its entirety as the proper method for exploring real-world scientific problems.
The Sophists had proposed rules of practical value in the study of individual cases; Socrates had tried to fix upon some universal principle as the basis of knowledge; Aristotle made a comprehensive study of the regular forms of thought and the rules that govern the arrangement of these forms in right thinking. In true Platonic fashion he conceived physical events in nature to be due to some universal cause. If, therefore, logical procedure be scientific, it must follow the ways of nature: logic must deduce particular perceptions from some universal idea. The necessary thought-relations in which the particular stands will then appear. Deduction of the particular from the universal is the true scientific method, used in the explanation of nature-phenomena; so in proof the same deductive reasoning should be used. In scientific study we are trying to show the conceptual necessity of an empirical fact; in proof we are showing the conceptual necessity of the particular term. Whether we are explaining an event or proving a conclusion, we are employing the same logical process. Aristotle thus regarded his logic as the true scientific method for practical service, not as a merely abstract discipline in verbal hair-splitting.
The Sophists had suggested practical guidelines for examining specific cases; Socrates aimed to establish a universal principle as the foundation of knowledge; Aristotle conducted an extensive study of the standard forms of thought and the rules that control how these forms are organized in logical reasoning. True to Plato's style, he viewed physical occurrences in nature as stemming from some universal cause. Therefore, if logical reasoning is to be scientific, it must align with the patterns of nature: logic must derive specific insights from a universal concept. The essential thought relationships in which the specific stands will become evident. The deduction of the specific from the universal is the genuine scientific method, employed in explaining natural phenomena; thus, the same deductive reasoning should be applied in proof. In scientific exploration, we're attempting to demonstrate the conceptual necessity behind an empirical fact; in proof, we are revealing the conceptual necessity of the specific term. Whether we are clarifying an event or validating a conclusion, we are using the same logical approach. Aristotle thus viewed his logic as the authentic scientific method for practical use, rather than just an abstract discipline focused on verbal nuances.
Socrates and Plato confined themselves to the study of the concept or simple term. Aristotle also studied the concept. Indeed, he tried to find out what concepts are fundamental in our thinking, so fundamental that they are our thought reduced to its lowest terms. He names ten of these fundamental concepts and calls them categories. But Aristotle goes farther than Socrates and Plato, and makes his real point of departure the judgment. A single term does not express truth. For truth we must have two terms connected by the verb “is,” i. e. some relation must be shown between them. This is a judgment. Reasoning is still more complex. It is the putting together or showing the relation between two judgments. This process takes the form of the syllogism. The first task of deduction is to present the laws of the syllogism. These will then be the laws of scientific investigation. According to these, particulars can be derived with certainty from universal propositions, provided such universals are established. The syllogism is in the form of two premises and a derived conclusion. It contains three terms. The problem is to infer, from the relation that one of these terms bears to the two other terms, what the two bear to each other. The principle employed is that of subordination; and the differentiations of the syllogism can be many, depending on the quality and quantity of the premises and the distribution of the middle term. The working of the syllogism in inference has a certainty so great that Aristotle called it apodictic.
Socrates and Plato focused on studying concepts or simple terms. Aristotle studied concepts too, but he aimed to identify the fundamental concepts in our thinking—those so basic that they reduce our thoughts to their simplest form. He identified ten of these core concepts, which he called categories. However, Aristotle went beyond Socrates and Plato by emphasizing judgment as his main starting point. A single term doesn't convey truth; to express truth, we need two terms linked by the verb "is,” i. e. there must be some relation shown between them. This is a judgment. Reasoning is even more intricate. It involves connecting or demonstrating the relationship between two judgments, taking the form of a syllogism. The primary task of deduction is to outline the laws of the syllogism, which become the guiding principles for scientific inquiry. Based on these laws, specific instances can definitively be drawn from universal statements, provided those universals are established. A syllogism consists of two premises leading to a derived conclusion and contains three terms. The challenge is to deduce, from the relationship that one of these terms has with the other two, what the two terms imply about each other. The principle used here is that of subordination, and the variations of the syllogism can vary widely based on the type and amount of premises and how the middle term is distributed. The reliability of syllogism in drawing inferences is so significant that Aristotle described it as apodictic.
But there is another side to the syllogistic besides the deduction of proof or the explanation of empirical fact. This is the establishment of the premises. All deduction presupposes absolute premises. All deduction is grounded on something not deduced; all proof on something not proved; all explanation on something that has not been explained. These presuppositions are universal propositions that can be known only immediately through intuitions. Aristotle is not altogether clear as to what these intuitions are. He names such axioms as the law of contradiction and the law of the excluded middle, and some special propositions which apply only to particular sciences. Since the premises which we actually use are not open to proof, but only strengthened as to the validity of their application, we must use the method of induction in our search for them. We accumulate data from opinions and varied experiences, and then we ascend to a generalization which we take as a premise. The results of induction cannot therefore be in themselves certain. The results are only probable, and can have the character of knowledge only as they explain phenomena. Aristotle means by induction something different from the present use of the term. Induction in modern times means a kind of proof; Aristotle means a method of discovery of relatively universal terms where the absolutely universal cannot be obtained.
But there's another aspect to syllogistic reasoning beyond drawing conclusions or explaining observable facts. This involves establishing the premises. Every deduction relies on fundamental premises. All deduction is based on something that isn't derived; all proof on something that's not proven; all explanation on something that hasn't been clarified. These foundational ideas are universal propositions that can only be known directly through intuition. Aristotle isn't entirely clear about what these intuitions are. He refers to axioms like the law of non-contradiction and the law of excluded middle, along with some specific propositions that apply only in certain fields. Since the premises we actually use can't be proved, but only validated in their application, we must rely on the method of induction to discover them. We gather information from various opinions and experiences, and then we move toward a generalization that we accept as a premise. Therefore, the results of induction can't be considered definitive. They are merely probable and can only be regarded as knowledge when they explain phenomena. Aristotle's notion of induction differs from how we use the term today. In modern terms, induction refers to a type of proof; Aristotle uses it to describe a method for discovering relatively universal terms when absolutely universal truths aren't accessible.
There is an ideal involved in this conception of logic that is interesting. In a perfectly intellectual society there would be a perfect science in which all particular facts could be derived with absolute certainty from premises absolutely known. Life and logic would be identical. We should then be certain not only as to our proof but as to our premises. Logic has sometimes been used very effectively in this way. When the mediæval church conceived its dogmas to be the ultimate premises of truth, it could deduce from them complete rules for living. To the mediæval mind the perfect science was formulated by deducing it from the dogma of the church. The dogmas were the absolute premises. The Renaissance did not doubt the infallibility of the traditional dogmas so much as the logical method, and Aristotle, who had been so long artificially identified with the proof of ecclesiastical dogma, was set aside.
There’s an intriguing ideal in this idea of logic. In a perfectly intellectual society, there would be a flawless science where every specific fact could be derived with complete certainty from absolutely known premises. Life and logic would essentially be the same. We would then be confident not just in our proofs but in our premises too. Logic has often been used effectively in this way. When the medieval church viewed its doctrines as the ultimate truths, it could derive comprehensive guidelines for living from them. For the medieval thinker, the perfect science was developed by deducing it from the church’s dogma. The dogmas were seen as the absolute premises. The Renaissance didn’t question the infallibility of those traditional doctrines as much as it did the logical methods, leading to a shift away from Aristotle, who had long been closely associated with the validation of ecclesiastical dogma.
Aristotle, moreover, showed great insight into the present relation of thought and reality. The sequence of facts in our experience, he pointed out, is exactly the reverse of what it is in reality. What is first in reality comes last in our experience, and what is first in our experience is last in reality. To illustrate: the mission of the Athenian State in the eternity of things did not appear until every event in its history had occurred. A perfect being would see the universal ground before the historical particulars derived from it, while we look from the particulars to their universal causes. Logic and metaphysics agree; but they stand in inverted parallelism to historical and psychological processes. Knowledge is a development from the senses into the Ideas, and yet, on the other hand, Aristotle never fails to remind us that this development is the expression of an idea which has been present from the beginning.
Aristotle also had a deep understanding of the current relationship between thought and reality. He pointed out that the order of events in our experience is exactly the opposite of what it is in reality. What is first in reality appears last in our experience, and what we experience first is last in reality. For example, the purpose of the Athenian State in the grand scheme of things only became clear after all the events in its history had taken place. A perfect being would see the universal principles before the historical details that stem from them, while we move from the specific details to their broader causes. Logic and metaphysics align, but they operate in a reverse relationship to historical and psychological processes. Knowledge evolves from the senses into Ideas, and yet, Aristotle always reminds us that this evolution reflects an idea that has been present from the very beginning.
Aristotle’s Metaphysics.
Aristotle's Metaphysics.
1. Development is Purposeful. The conception of relation is, of course, quite as fundamental in Aristotle’s theory of metaphysics as in his logic. In logic knowledge of the particular is possible through its relationship to the universal; in metaphysics the relationship is the relationship of development—the particular has significance and value through the universal essence that unfolds from within it. If Aristotle shows genius for abstract thinking by becoming the “Father of Logic,” he shows equal genius for abstract thinking in his metaphysical conception of development. He believed that metaphysics applies the same conditions to things that logic discovers in thought. But in metaphysics the relationship is not the abstract relationship that Aristotle saw in Plato, but the vital relation of development in the life and change of nature.
1. Development is Purposeful. The idea of relationships is just as essential in Aristotle’s metaphysics as it is in his logic. In logic, we understand specifics through their connection to the general; in metaphysics, this connection is about development—the specific becomes meaningful and valuable through the universal essence emerging from it. While Aristotle showcases his talent for abstract thinking by earning the title “Father of Logic,” he equally demonstrates that ability in his metaphysical view of development. He argued that metaphysics applies the same principles to things that logic identifies in thought. However, in metaphysics, the relationship isn't the abstract connection that Aristotle recognized in Plato, but the vital relationship of development in the life and transformation of nature.
We have already stated the fundamental principle in Aristotle’s teaching as an unfolding essence in phenomena. The unfolding is the relationship of development. Reality does not consist in the particular things of nature, nor in something outside nature, but in this essential linkage of the perceptual and conceptual in nature. As the world is spread out before us, it presents objects that are dynamic, however much they may appear to be static. Everywhere matter is in the process of forming. The world is a forming, not a formed nor a formless world. So, also, if you undertook to describe any individual object in the world, you would have to define it as a forming or developing thing. A tree, for example, would not be adequately defined or described by enumerating its parts at any one moment; but you must describe it as a unitary organism developing from a seed. The reality of the world is the development of its meaning in its history; the same is true of the reality of any individual thing in the world. The world and the things therein have an unfolding essence.
We have already mentioned the core idea in Aristotle’s teaching as an unfolding essence in phenomena. The unfolding represents the process of growth. Reality doesn't exist solely in the individual things of nature, nor in something beyond nature, but in this essential connection between the perceptual and conceptual aspects of nature. As the world unfolds before us, it shows us objects that are dynamic, even if they seem static. Matter is constantly in the process of becoming. The world is an evolving one, not a static or shapeless world. Similarly, if you were to describe any individual object in the world, you would need to define it as something that is evolving or developing. For instance, a tree can't be fully defined or described just by listing its parts at one moment; instead, it should be described as a unified organism growing from a seed. The reality of the world lies in the development of its meaning through its history; the same applies to the reality of any individual object within it. The world and its contents possess an unfolding essence.
The next point to be observed about Aristotle’s conception is that the relationship of development is between two terms. The individual must have two aspects: there must be that out of which the development is passing, and that into which it is passing. Aristotle calls these two aspects of development respectively Matter and Form. Every object of nature consists of Form and Matter, and these two terms have passed into history. To Aristotle everything is Matter becoming Form, or, in other words, Form realizing itself in Matter. The tree has its Matter which is becoming Formed, and its Form into which the Matter is growing. The principle which unites the two is development,—the principle of the individual. Matter, then, is the possibility or potentiality of an individual thing—it is the thing given potentially; Form is its actuality or reality. If you emphasize merely the stages in the development, you are regarding merely the occurrences; if, however, you emphasize the stages of development as aspects of a unity, you see its essence.
The next point to note about Aristotle's idea is that the relationship of development involves two parts. An individual must have two sides: there must be what the development is moving away from, and what it is moving toward. Aristotle refers to these two sides of development as Matter and Form. Every natural object consists of both Form and Matter, and these two concepts have historical significance. To Aristotle, everything is Matter transforming into Form, or in other words, Form manifesting itself in Matter. The tree has its Matter, which is becoming formed, and its Form, into which the Matter is growing. The principle that connects the two is development—the principle of the individual. Matter is the potential or possibility of an individual thing—it's what is given in potential; Form is its actuality or reality. If you focus only on the stages in development, you’re only looking at the occurrences; however, if you view the stages of development as parts of a unity, you understand its essence.
The relationship of development between two terms thus becomes under Aristotle’s hands the relation of purpose. Aristotle calls this self-realization of the essence in phenomena by the technical word entelechy, i. e. in opposition to the earlier conceptions of nature Aristotle conceived nature teleologically. Teleology or purpose we found Plato using in his second draft of the Ideas, but more as a postulate than as an efficient means of explanation. Aristotle uses teleology as his positive fundamental principle of nature.
The development relationship between two terms becomes, in Aristotle’s view, the relation of purpose. Aristotle refers to this self-realization of essence in phenomena with the term entelechy, i. e. in contrast to earlier ideas of nature. Aristotle viewed nature teleologically. While Plato mentioned teleology or purpose in his second draft of the Ideas, he treated it more as a postulate than a practical means of explanation. Aristotle, however, uses teleology as his foundational principle for understanding nature.
2. Aristotle’s Two Different Conceptions of Purpose. Aristotle illustrated his conception of the purposeful relation in nature from two very different types: (1) the development of organisms; (2) the development that takes place when an artisan moulds plastic material. Manifestly here are two different kinds of teleological activities. In organic growth the Form that realizes itself in Matter is immanent in the organism; the artist, on the other hand, superimposes the Form upon the plastic material. In the case of organisms Matter and Form are separable only by abstraction, and are only two aspects of a development which is identical from the beginning to the end; in the case of artistic construction the Matter is first a possibility existing by itself, and the purpose of the artist is later added unto it. In the case of organisms Aristotle speaks of two causes,—the material and the formal; in the case of artistic construction he employs four causes,—the material, the efficient, the formal, and the final. Aristotle did not expressly formulate these two different conceptions of purpose, but he completely applied them in practice. On the one hand he regarded individual things as self-realizing, and on the other he looked upon them as realized in other things. This seemingly harmless difference is really very fundamental, for it is the difference between Aristotle as he meant to be—Aristotle as the critic of Plato’s dualism—and Aristotle who reverts to Plato’s teaching. We find therefore two Aristotles; one a dynamic monist, the other a transcendent dualist. We cannot say that Aristotle as he meant to be is the true Aristotle, for he is a dualist in very many important doctrines.
2. Aristotle’s Two Different Conceptions of Purpose. Aristotle explained his understanding of the purposeful relationship in nature using two very different examples: (1) the growth of living organisms; (2) the creation involved when an artisan shapes materials. Clearly, these represent two distinct types of teleological actions. In organic growth, the Form that manifests itself in Matter is inherent in the organism; whereas, in the case of the artist, the Form is imposed onto the material. For organisms, Matter and Form are only separable in theory, representing two perspectives of a development that remains consistent from start to finish; in artistic creation, the Matter initially exists as a potential by itself, with the artist's purpose added afterward. Regarding organisms, Aristotle talks about two causes—the material and the formal; with artistic creation, he identifies four causes—the material, the efficient, the formal, and the final. While Aristotle didn’t explicitly outline these two different ideas of purpose, he effectively applied them. He viewed individual things as self-actualizing, while also seeing them as actualized through other things. This seemingly minor difference is actually quite significant, highlighting the distinction between Aristotle’s intended view—as a critic of Plato’s dualism—and Aristotle’s return to Plato’s teachings. Thus, we find two versions of Aristotle: one as a dynamic monist and the other as a transcendent dualist. We can’t definitively say that Aristotle’s intended vision represents the true Aristotle, as he adopts a dualist stance in several important teachings.
Aristotle’s conception of purpose as exemplified by organisms is his original conception, and is what he intended to be the basis of his philosophy. Here the truly real is the individual determined by its own Form. It is the dynamic and not the artistic view of life. Activity is directed to an end not without but within itself. The individual is a complete organic unity at rest within itself. The individual is primarily the essence or substance. Of the ten categories which he enumerates, substance from this point of view is to Aristotle the most important. The nine other categories only describe the states or relations of the substance. The essence of the individual is the substance; and Aristotle conceives the substance as the species or universal in the thing. It is pointed out that even here Aristotle is guilty of a dualism in the double meaning in which he uses substance. But the conception of Aristotle here is of an immanent, dynamic reality. He has in mind the self-contained unity of the individual, whether that be a tree, a man, or the universe.
Aristotle's idea of purpose, as shown through organisms, is his foundational concept and what he aimed to establish as the basis of his philosophy. In this view, what is truly real is the individual defined by its own Form. It represents a dynamic rather than an artistic perspective on life. Activity is directed toward an end that is not external but internal. The individual is a complete organic unity that is at rest within itself. The individual is primarily the essence or substance. Out of the ten categories he lists, substance, from this perspective, is the most significant to Aristotle. The other nine categories only describe the states or relationships of the substance. The essence of the individual is its substance; and Aristotle sees substance as the species or universal aspect of the thing. It's noted that even here, Aristotle demonstrates a kind of dualism through the different meanings he attaches to substance. However, Aristotle's conception here is of an inherent, dynamic reality. He envisions the self-contained unity of the individual, whether that’s a tree, a person, or the universe.
Aristotle’s conception of purpose as exemplified by artistic products preponderates over his original conception of purpose. When he regards the individual objects in the world, not as self-contained but as relative to one another, he has a different conception of the world. In this case the individuals are not realities but have reference to a reality transcending them. The world is still a developing world, but the essence that unfolds itself is not in phenomena. It is a goal for which phenomena strive. The fulfillment of the purpose is beyond. Individual things are only a scale of values relative to some transcendent standard. To illustrate: the bud, the blossom, the fruit, have not their realization in themselves, but as food; again, the growing tree, the timber lying on the ground, the timber in the house, have their realization in the completed house; again, in the world at large, the original nebulous matter of the universe, the first-formed worlds, the early years of this earth, the succeeding centuries, the 20th century of this world, are only a scale of values for something in the future.
Aristotle’s view of purpose, as shown through artistic creations, outweighs his initial idea of purpose. When he looks at individual objects in the world, not as isolated entities but as interconnected, he sees the world differently. In this view, individuals aren't realities on their own; they relate to a reality that goes beyond them. The world is still evolving, but the essence that unfolds isn't found in phenomena. Instead, it’s a goal that phenomena aim for. The fulfillment of purpose exists beyond. Individual things are merely a scale of values in relation to a higher standard. For example: the bud, the bloom, the fruit, don't find their purpose within themselves, but as food; similarly, the growing tree, the timber on the ground, and the timber in a house achieve their purpose in the finished house; on a larger scale, the original chaotic matter of the universe, the early formed worlds, the initial years of this planet, the subsequent centuries, and the 20th century are all just a scale of values for something that lies ahead.
In facing such facts, Aristotle had to depart from his original conceptualistic standard of the world as an organic unity and of individual things having their meaning in themselves. View a thing by itself, and it seems to be a self-contained reality which unfolds for itself alone. View a thing with reference to other things, and its reality is in something else. Here is Aristotle no longer as he meant to be, but as he really was. He is now Plato’s pupil. Each thing now is to be regarded, not as containing in itself the two aspects of Form and Matter, but as the possibility of something and the actuality of something else. The blossom is the possibility or Matter of the fruit and the Form or actuality of the bud. The nineteenth century is the Form of the eighteenth and the Matter of the twentieth. But development has a limit above and below, according to Aristotle: below, in Matter that is without Form; above, in Form that is without Matter. Pure Form is God, who excludes from Himself all Matter or possibility, because He is perfect. Pure Matter is the lower limit, which is entire possibility, and exists only to be formed. Here is a dualism as distinct as Plato’s, which Aristotle not only did not overcome but which he developed. In the same way that Plato contrasted Ideas and empty space, Aristotle contrasted God as pure Form and Matter as pure possibility.
In facing these facts, Aristotle had to move away from his original view of the world as an organic unity and of individual things having meaning on their own. When you look at something in isolation, it appears to be a self-sufficient reality that exists for itself alone. When you view something in relation to other things, its reality is based on something else. Here, Aristotle is no longer the philosopher he intended to be but rather the student of Plato. Each thing is now to be seen not as containing both Form and Matter within itself, but as a potential for one thing and the actualization of another. The blossom represents the potential or Matter of the fruit and the Form or actualization of the bud. The nineteenth century is the Form of the eighteenth and the Matter of the twentieth. However, development has its limits, as Aristotle noted: below, in Matter that lacks Form; and above, in Form that lacks Matter. Pure Form is God, who excludes all Matter or possibility from Himself because he is perfect. Pure Matter is the lower limit, representing complete possibility, existing only to be shaped. Here is a dualism as clear as Plato’s, which Aristotle not only didn’t overcome but also expanded upon. Just as Plato contrasted Ideas with empty space, Aristotle contrasted God as pure Form with Matter as pure possibility.
In this final dualistic form in which Aristotle left his teaching, there are three specific doctrines which the student must consider carefully. They are important because they had great influence in later orthodox theology and in theories of nature. These special doctrines are (1) Aristotle’s conception of God; (2) his conception of matter; (3) his conception of nature.
In this final dualistic form in which Aristotle presented his teachings, there are three specific ideas that students need to think about carefully. They are significant because they greatly influenced later traditional theology and theories about nature. These key ideas are (1) Aristotle’s view of God; (2) his view of matter; (3) his view of nature.
3. Aristotle’s Conception of God. In the Aristotelian system the assumption of an upper final term of pure Form was necessary, because Matter as the possible and potential is not endowed with the power of motion and generation. To Aristotle development is not a process with temporal beginning and ending, but is a kind of closed circuit. Since reality is in itself a developing essence, motion is as eternal as reality. We should not ask, therefore, When did the world begin, and when will it end? but we can legitimately ask, What is the nature of reality that keeps motion alive? When we examine individual things, we find, according to Aristotle’s explanation, that motion is the result of the influence of Form upon Matter. There is inherent in matter an impulse to be formed, and there is inherent in Form an active forming purpose. But we may search individual things in vain for the causal explanation of motion, since every Form is in turn the Matter for a higher Form. The chain would be endless and not intelligible if there did not exist a pure Form, which is unmoved. God as the unmoved mover is the cause of the world-motion, but God must be the cause in a different sense from the physical causes, which are themselves moved. God operates as a cause upon Matter, not as a mechanical cause but as pure Form,—as a final or teleological cause. God is the cause in the sense that God excites in Matter the impulse to be actual, like God.
3. Aristotle’s Conception of God. In Aristotle's system, the idea of a supreme final term of pure Form is necessary because Matter, being potential, lacks the power of motion and generation. For Aristotle, development isn’t a process with a start and end; it’s more of a closed loop. Since reality is inherently a developing essence, motion is as eternal as reality itself. Therefore, we shouldn’t ask, "When did the world begin and when will it end?" Instead, we can rightfully ask, "What is the nature of reality that keeps motion going?" When we look at individual things, we find that, according to Aristotle’s explanation, motion results from the interaction of Form with Matter. Matter has an inherent drive to be shaped, and Form has an active shaping purpose. However, searching for a causal explanation for motion in individual things can be futile, as every Form is also Matter for a higher Form. The chain would go on indefinitely and remain unclear if there wasn’t a pure Form that is unmoved. God, as the unmoved mover, is the source of world-motion, but God must be the cause in a different way from physical causes, which are themselves moved. God acts as a cause upon Matter, not as a mechanical cause, but as pure Form—serving as a final or teleological cause. In this sense, God is the cause because God inspires in Matter the drive to actualize, like God.
This prime mover is similar to Plato’s Idea of the Good. As to its form it is eternal, unmovable, unchangeable, wholly independent and incorporeal, and yet the cause of all generation and change. God is the perfect Being in whom all possibility is actuality. As to its content God is pure thought. But in respect to his thought God is not like human thought, which is concerned with external phenomena and changing things. God is thought that has nothing else for its object than itself and its own unchanging content. God is “thought of thought.” God’s contemplation of himself is his own blessed life. Here in Aristotle is a momentous conception formed for the first time in the history of thought. Monotheism is for the first time conceptually framed and scientifically grounded. The monism of Aristotle’s predecessors passes over into a theism. God is not only immaterial in the sense that Plato defined the Ideas, but he is spiritual. In Aristotle’s transcendent God, conceived as pure self-consciousness, we have the ripest fruit of Greek philosophy.
This prime mover is similar to Plato’s Idea of the Good. Regarding its form, it is eternal, unmovable, unchangeable, completely independent, and incorporeal, yet the cause of all generation and change. God is the perfect Being in whom all possibility becomes reality. Regarding its content, God is pure thought. However, in terms of His thought, God is not like human thought, which focuses on external phenomena and changing things. God's thought has nothing as its object except itself and its own unchanging content. God is “thought of thought.” God’s contemplation of Himself is His own blessed life. Here in Aristotle, a significant concept is formed for the first time in the history of thought. Monotheism is for the first time conceptually framed and scientifically grounded. The monism of Aristotle’s predecessors transitions into theism. God is not only immaterial as Plato defined the Ideas, but He is spiritual. In Aristotle’s transcendent God, conceived as pure self-consciousness, we have the most developed expression of Greek philosophy.
4. Aristotle’s Conception of Matter. The other and lower limit of Aristotle’s dualism is Matter, “first Matter,” as Aristotle called it. In itself it is wholly unformed and mere possibility. But it is unlike pure Form in this respect,—it never exists in itself. God exists apart from Matter, but since Matter is mere possibility, Matter never exists apart from Form. Matter has a double character. On the one hand Matter is that which as an accessory cause makes the world of phenomena possible; on the other hand it is the source of the lawless and purposeless in nature. Through its seeking to be formed it makes the presentation of the Idea possible, and yet it stands as a deterrent principle to the full presentation of the Form. On the one hand it is the sine qua non of physical nature, shows itself in real physical effects, and is the basis of mechanical causation, motion, and impact. On the other hand it stands in the way of the Forms actualizing themselves fully, and it prevents the universe from perfecting itself as God is perfect. While Matter is not an indifferent negative (as in Plato’s teaching), but the necessary substratum of corporeal things, it is however the indeterminate, and the ground of the accidental and purposeless in nature. Matter is the infinite and unlimited, and is the source of unusual phenomena, like monstrosities and abortions. Both fate and accident are due to the retarding influence of Matter, because it obstructs the successful working out of Form. Quite in accord with Greek thought, Aristotle conceived necessity and chance to be fundamentally the same, and the Greek custom of drawing lots shows the universality of the notion.
4. Aristotle’s View of Matter. The lower limit of Aristotle’s dualism is Matter, which he referred to as “first Matter.” By itself, it is entirely unformed and simply a possibility. However, unlike pure Form, it never exists independently. God exists apart from Matter, but since Matter is merely a possibility, it can never exist without Form. Matter has a dual nature. On one hand, it serves as an accessory cause that makes the world of phenomena possible; on the other hand, it is the source of chaos and purposelessness in nature. By striving to take shape, it allows for the presentation of the Idea, yet it also acts as a barrier to the complete realization of the Form. On one side, it is the sine qua non of physical nature, evident in real physical effects, and serves as the foundation for mechanical causation, motion, and impact. On the other side, it hinders the full actualization of Forms and prevents the universe from achieving perfection, as God is perfect. While Matter is not a simple negative (as posited by Plato), it is the necessary substance of physical things; however, it remains indeterminate and is the basis for randomness and meaninglessness in nature. Matter embodies the infinite and the limitless, serving as the source of unusual phenomena, like monstrosities and miscarriages. Both fate and chance stem from the hindering effect of Matter, as it obstructs the successful realization of Form. Consistent with Greek thought, Aristotle believed that necessity and chance are fundamentally the same, and the Greek practice of casting lots demonstrates the universality of this idea.
5. Aristotle’s Conception of Nature. Nature is therefore to Aristotle a far more complex world than Plato had conceived it. Nature has a double character to Aristotle, as his twofold conception of causation shows. Nature is composed of mechanical and teleological causes. Purpose and necessity are the two principles of motion in the world, and in this twofold conception of causation did Aristotle reconcile Plato and Democritus. However much Aristotle concedes to the Democritan idea of mechanical necessity, it is evident that in his conception of nature the principle of teleology predominates over the mechanical. The highest actuality is God, and he is a final or teleological cause; and all results of value in nature come through final causes. Final causes are primary causes; mechanical causes are secondary causes. There would be no motion whatever in the universe but for the highest final cause, God. Yet God is the unmoved mover, and matter cannot move itself. Motion occurs because matter feels the impulse to form itself like God. How different this Aristotelian conception of nature from our modern scientific conception of an impersonal nature under a mechanical causation that is universal! The teleological conception of nature and natural events was very strongly intrenched in the human mind during the Middle Ages, and was not dislodged easily by modern investigation. Nature was a living thing to Aristotle. It was at once intrinsically spontaneous, and self-determined and uniform. Its spontaneity was not that of capricious chance. Its uniformity was that of purpose and end. On the other hand, the Aristotelian conception of nature is not the same as either the Christian doctrine of created nature or Darwin’s theory of evolution. The world of Aristotle had always existed; it is a limited world in space, but not in time. Also the divine reason always existed in it. Yet its evolution is not a progressive climbing sort, like the Darwinian, in which new species evolve. It means only that there is a relationship of rank and value among nature objects. Nature is a unity. Teleological change occurs within it.
5. Aristotle’s Conception of Nature. For Aristotle, nature is a much more complicated world than Plato imagined. He sees nature as having a dual nature, which is evident in his two-part view of causation. Nature consists of mechanical and teleological causes. Purpose and necessity are the two main principles of motion in the world, and through this dual view of causation, Aristotle reconciled the ideas of Plato and Democritus. Even though Aristotle acknowledges the Democritan notion of mechanical necessity, it's clear that in his view of nature, the principle of teleology takes precedence over the mechanical. The highest actuality is God, who is a final or teleological cause; all valuable outcomes in nature arise from final causes. Final causes are primary causes, while mechanical causes are secondary. Without the highest final cause, God, there would be no motion in the universe. Yet God is the unmoved mover, and matter cannot set itself in motion. Motion happens because matter is driven to shape itself like God. This Aristotelian view of nature is quite different from our modern scientific understanding of an impersonal nature governed by universal mechanical causation! The teleological view of nature and natural events was deeply rooted in the human mind during the Middle Ages and was not easily replaced by modern research. To Aristotle, nature was a living entity. It was intrinsically spontaneous, self-determined, and consistent. Its spontaneity wasn’t random chance; its consistency was driven by purpose and goals. However, Aristotle’s view of nature is not the same as the Christian doctrine of created nature or Darwin’s theory of evolution. The world according to Aristotle has always existed; it's finite in space but infinite in time. Additionally, divine reason has always been present within it. However, its evolution doesn't resemble Darwinian progress, where new species emerge. Instead, it indicates a ranking and value relationship among natural objects. Nature is a unity, with teleological change occurring within it.
Nature is therefore a connected system of living beings in the process of development from Form to Form, approximating the Deity and existing as the potentiality of the Deity. There is a graded scale of things of relative worth. But the double standard of estimating the worth of nature-objects—that of mechanical necessity and that of teleological cause—makes two different series, which find their union only at the end in God. From our foregoing description of the nature of God, it will be seen that he has two essential characteristics: he is Being who ever rests within himself and remains like himself; and he is a pure reason. He therefore combines in himself the two nature series in their most ideal character. Nature-objects in the series of mechanical necessity have as their ideal character just that uniformity, regularity, and order that we find in the abiding Being of God. The greater the uniformity, the more nearly like God. Nature-objects, in the teleological series, have as their ideal characteristic the reason of God. The more nearly rational such a living being is, the more nearly is it like God. In the one line the series of phenomena ascends from the disorder of the terrestrial universe to the absolute uniformity of the stars, which are close to God. In the other line the series ascends in teleological values from the mechanical and vegetative characteristics of organisms to their rational activity. Both series terminate in God. The stars have rational intelligence and the most uniform motions. Aristotle conceived Physics as the science that includes the first series, and the second series he conceived to be included by Psychology, Ethics, and Politics.
Nature is a connected system of living things evolving from one form to another, moving closer to the divine and embodying the potential of the divine. There’s a hierarchy of things with relative value. However, the two ways of assessing the worth of natural objects—through mechanical necessity and through purposeful cause—create two different categories, which only unite at the end in God. As we’ve described God’s nature, we see that He has two key characteristics: He is a Being that always rests within Himself and remains unchanged, and He embodies pure reason. Thus, He integrates the two series of nature in their most ideal form. The natural objects in the mechanical necessity series show characteristics of uniformity, regularity, and order, reflecting the enduring nature of God. The more uniform they are, the more they resemble God. On the other hand, the natural objects in the teleological series reflect God’s reason. The more rational a living being is, the closer it is to God. In one line, this series of phenomena moves from the disorder of the earthly universe to the perfect uniformity of the stars, which are near to God. In the other line, the series progresses in terms of purpose from mechanical and vegetative aspects of organisms to their rational activities. Both series culminate in God. The stars possess rational intelligence and the most consistent motions. Aristotle viewed Physics as the science that covers the first series, while the second series encompasses Psychology, Ethics, and Politics.
The Mechanical Series,—Aristotle’s Theory of Physics. The general astronomical assumptions of the time determined Aristotle’s theory of the physical world. He adopted the old Pythagorean conception of the limited world-all: a hollow sphere made up of concentric crystalline spheres. In opposition to the Pythagoreans, he conceived the earth at the centre. It is spherical and stationary. Around it the crystalline spheres revolve, in which the moon, sun, five planets, and fixed stars are placed. The fixed stars are in the rim of the great sphere, are outside all, and are nearest therefore to God, who animates all. God as it were holds the world-all in the hollow of his hand. He moves the whole, which in turn moves the fifty-five concentric crystal spheres within. The principle of the movement of fixed stars is that of the Deity, while the principle of the other spheres is that of the spirits which reside in them. The movement of the planets have an influence upon terrestrial life. Aristotle made the usual Pythagorean division between the celestial and the terrestrial parts of the world-all, which has had so much influence upon theology. The motion of the world-all is most perfect, being a circle; its form is most perfect, being a sphere. The celestial part of this world-all, which is the region lying near the periphery, is most like God. The motion of this heaven is circular, and it is the place of uniformity, perfectness, and changeableness. The stars do not change nor pass away. They are superhuman beings, who in their regularity are like the blessed gods. The terrestrial part of the world-all below the moon has motions in straight lines. This is the theatre of imperfection and irregularity, of increase and diminution.
The Mechanical Series,—Aristotle’s Theory of Physics. The general astronomical beliefs of the time shaped Aristotle’s understanding of the physical world. He adopted the old Pythagorean idea of the universe as a limited sphere made up of layered crystalline spheres. Unlike the Pythagoreans, he placed the Earth at the center. It is round and stationary. Surrounding it are the crystalline spheres, which hold the moon, sun, five planets, and fixed stars. The fixed stars are positioned at the edge of the great sphere, existing outside of all and therefore closest to God, who gives life to everything. God essentially holds the universe in the palm of his hand. He moves the entirety of it, which in turn moves the fifty-five layered crystal spheres within. The movement of the fixed stars is governed by the Deity, while the movement of the other spheres is directed by the spirits that inhabit them. The movements of the planets impact life on Earth. Aristotle maintained the usual Pythagorean division between the celestial and terrestrial parts of the universe, which has significantly influenced theology. The motion of the universe is the most perfect, as it forms a circle; its shape is also the most perfect, being a sphere. The celestial part of this universe, which is the area closest to the edge, is the most similar to God. The movement of this heaven is circular, representing uniformity, perfection, and changeability. The stars do not change or fade away. They are superhuman beings, and their regularity resembles that of the blessed gods. The terrestrial part of the universe below the moon has movements in straight lines. This is the stage of imperfection and irregularity, of growth and decline.
There are many interesting discussions by Aristotle upon particular physical matters, such as space, time, the elements. His conception of motion shows how the series of uniform nature-motions lead up to the second series of teleological values. In nature there are three kinds of motion: change of place (mechanical); change in quality (chemical); change in substance (organic). While change of place is the lowest kind of motion, it is necessary to chemical and organic changes. Yet Aristotle refuses to allow that qualitative changes can be reduced to quantitative changes, but maintains that quality is self-subsistent. Organic change, or change in substance, on the contrary, has a higher Form of reality than the lower changes. This stand taken by Aristotle, in refusing to reduce qualitative to quantitative determinations, shows how comprehensive and sane a scientist he was. It introduces us to a psychology and an ethics that are intimately linked to physics, and at the same time have realms of their own. Let us now turn to the series of qualitative nature changes, or to psychology, ethics, and politics.
There are many engaging discussions by Aristotle about specific physical topics like space, time, and the elements. His idea of motion illustrates how a series of natural, uniform motions leads to a second series of purposeful values. In nature, there are three types of motion: change of place (mechanical), change in quality (chemical), and change in substance (organic). While change of place is the simplest type of motion, it's essential for both chemical and organic changes. However, Aristotle argues against reducing qualitative changes to quantitative changes, insisting that quality exists on its own. In contrast, organic change, or change in substance, has a higher level of reality than the simpler changes. Aristotle's refusal to reduce qualitative to quantitative aspects demonstrates how thorough and rational a scientist he was. This perspective leads us to a psychology and ethics closely connected to physics, yet also distinct in their own right. Now, let's explore the series of qualitative changes in nature, including psychology, ethics, and politics.
The Teleological Series: The Qualitative Changes of Phenomena.
The Teleological Series: The Qualitative Changes of Phenomena.
1. The Psychology of Aristotle. As the first experimental psychologist, Aristotle intimately connected his studies in psychology with his studies in biology and medicine. Man is a part of the world of nature, and psychology is in part a comparative study. As we pass upward from the mechanical changes, we find chemical changes of quality, and then changes of organic life. Studying the organic realm, we find organisms to consist of souls of relative ranking. There are vegetative souls, sensitive souls, and rational souls. Plants have vegetative souls with the powers of assimilation and propagation; besides vegetative souls animals have sensitive souls, with the powers of appetition and locomotion; man possesses, besides both these souls, the rational soul. Here is a series of teleological relationships, where the purpose of the organism is explained only by the activity of its soul. The soul builds up its body as a system of organs, and as an organology the theory of Aristotle has great significance. Nature strives ever upward, even in the inorganic processes, through an unbroken series of creations to its highest Form in man. Each step in the upward progress is the realization of an entelechy, or purpose, and constitutes for the moment the goal of the impulse to strive. The whole world is striving to realize the perfect Form. The lower ends, the mechanical and vegetable and appetitive Forms, are not lost but are utilized in the process; for they are the Matter upon which the Forms higher than themselves are built. Every member is both Form and Matter in the whole series.
1. The Psychology of Aristotle. As the first experimental psychologist, Aristotle closely linked his studies in psychology with his work in biology and medicine. Humans are part of the natural world, and psychology is partly a comparative study. As we advance from mechanical changes, we encounter chemical changes in quality, followed by changes in organic life. When studying the living world, we discover that organisms consist of souls ranked by their capabilities. There are vegetative souls, sensitive souls, and rational souls. Plants have vegetative souls with the abilities to grow and reproduce; in addition to vegetative souls, animals also have sensitive souls, which allow for desires and movement; humans possess, in addition to both these souls, the rational soul. This presents a series of teleological relationships, where the purpose of an organism is defined by the activity of its soul. The soul shapes the body into a system of organs, and Aristotle's organology theory holds significant importance. Nature is always striving to evolve, even through inorganic processes, in an unbroken series of creations leading to its highest Form in humans. Each step in this upward journey is the fulfillment of an entelechy, or purpose, and temporarily becomes the goal of the drive to strive. The entire world is working to achieve the perfect Form. The lower forms—mechanical, vegetal, and appetitive—are not lost but are instead incorporated into the process, as they serve as the Matter upon which higher Forms are constructed. Every part is both Form and Matter in the complete series.
The psychology has therefore two parts: (1) the general theory of animal souls, which possesses rich suggestions; (2) the doctrine of the Nous as the distinctive characteristic of man. These are the empirical and speculative sides to Aristotle’s psychology.
The psychology has therefore two parts: (1) the general theory of animal souls, which offers rich ideas; (2) the doctrine of the Nous as the unique trait of humans. These represent the empirical and speculative aspects of Aristotle’s psychology.
Man is an epitome of all the changes in the universe. He has vegetative, appetitive, and rational souls. Yet there is unity in man, for the lower souls are subservient to the reason and exist for it. The appetitive soul is the Form of the vegetative soul, the Matter of the Rational soul, etc. Accordingly, Aristotle defines the soul as the entelechy of the body, because bodily human activity is enlisted in the service of the reason. Reality in man is an unfolding purpose, just as it is in nature. The real self is this unfolding rational self, whose possibility is the body; whose actuality is pure reason. The mind is actualized body, the body is potential mind.
Man embodies all the changes in the universe. He has instincts, desires, and reason. However, there is unity in man, as the lower instincts serve reason and exist for it. The desire is the form of the instinctive self, which is the matter of the rational self, etc. Therefore, Aristotle defines the soul as the purpose of the body, since physical human actions are aligned with reason. Reality in man is a developing purpose, just like it is in nature. The true self is this evolving rational self, whose potential is the body; whose reality is pure reason. The mind is the realized body, and the body is the potential mind.
Aristotle made many contributions to psychology about the origin and value of the several sensations, about the feelings of pleasure and pain and the desires. He shows his remarkable genius in pointing to the necessity of a unity of consciousness, which he calls the “common-sensibility.” His discussion of the Nous, or reason, is of importance for two reasons: first, because it leads to and illuminates his ethical theory; and second, because it is an example of his deviation from his original conceptual position. The reason, according to his first intention, is the unfolding purpose of the body,—it is the immanent essence of the body. As Aristotle finally left his discussion of the Reason, it is as transcendent as his God, or as any Idea of Plato. The Nous, or Reason, is not a Form of the body, but a Form of the soul. It is purely immaterial, simple, unchangeable, and incapable of suffering. It does not originate with the body as a function. It comes from without as a godlike activity, and will remain after the body passes away. Its fundamental activity is thought, and its object is those ultimate principles of Being which are the ultimate premises of logical thinking.
Aristotle made many contributions to psychology regarding the origin and importance of various sensations, as well as pleasure and pain and desires. He demonstrates his remarkable intellect by emphasizing the need for a unity of consciousness, which he refers to as “common-sensibility.” His discussion of Nous, or reason, is significant for two reasons: first, because it leads to and clarifies his ethical theory; and second, because it shows a shift from his original ideas. Initially, he viewed reason as the unfolding purpose of the body—it is the inherent essence of the body. By the end of his exploration of Reason, it appears as transcendent as his concept of God or any Idea of Plato. The Nous, or Reason, is not a physical Form but a Form of the soul. It is entirely immaterial, simple, unchangeable, and unable to suffer. It doesn’t arise from the body as a function; instead, it comes from an external, godlike activity and will persist even after the body ceases to exist. Its primary activity is thought, and its focus is on those ultimate principles of Being that serve as the foundational premises of logical reasoning.
Aristotle’s theory of the Reason is considerably complicated by his division of it into two parts,—the active and the passive Reason. Within itself, the Reason is to be distinguished as Form and Matter. The passive Reason is the Matter for the active Reason, and the active Reason is the Form for the passive Reason. By the passive Reason Aristotle evidently means the individual and developing man. The active Reason can alone persist after death, but whether absorbed in the Deity or not he does not say. Immortality to Aristotle in any case is not a perpetuation of the individuality.
Aristotle’s theory of Reason is quite complex because he divides it into two parts: active Reason and passive Reason. Within Reason itself, we can distinguish between Form and Matter. The passive Reason serves as the Matter for the active Reason, while the active Reason functions as the Form for the passive Reason. By passive Reason, Aristotle is clearly referring to the individual and evolving person. Only the active Reason can survive after death, but he does not specify whether it merges with the divine or not. For Aristotle, immortality does not mean the continuation of individuality.
2. The Ethics of Aristotle. We have seen that nature phenomena are of two classes,—those mechanically related, and those related as to their purposes or ends. Physics is concerned with the first class; psychology is concerned with the second class. But in a special way are ethics and politics sciences of the phenomena of the second class—sciences of teleologically related phenomena. Moral life is an unfolding essence having a possibility and an actuality. The Possibility or Matter of the ethical life is our feelings, temperament, disposition, impulses, and perceptions—just those psychological factors that make up the endowment of the human personality. The ultimate Form or actuality of the ethical life is the reason. The reason as the goal of the moral being determines its character. Man is distinctly a rational being. Virtue is the process of the ethical life from its possibilities to its actuality; it is the essence of the ethical life. Virtue is that continuous state of mind that makes rational activity possible. So much for the factors that make the ethical situation; the natural endowments of the mind are its material, the reason is its goal, while the means of developing the natural endowments into rational activity is virtue.
2. The Ethics of Aristotle. We’ve seen that natural phenomena fall into two categories—those that are mechanically connected and those that are related to their purposes or goals. Physics deals with the first category, while psychology handles the second. However, ethics and politics are specifically sciences of the phenomena in the second category—sciences of goal-oriented phenomena. Moral life is an unfolding essence that has both potential and reality. The potential or substance of ethical life includes our feelings, temperament, disposition, impulses, and perceptions—those psychological factors that shape human personality. The ultimate reality or form of ethical life is reason. Reason, as the aim of moral beings, defines their character. Humans are distinctly rational beings. Virtue is the journey of ethical life from its potentiality to its reality; it represents the essence of ethical life. Virtue is the ongoing mindset that enables rational action. To summarize the elements that shape the ethical situation: the natural attributes of the mind serve as its material, reason is its aim, and the way to develop natural attributes into rational action is virtue.
The situation would be simple enough for us as moral beings if, in our striving, each had only himself and his own development to consider. But man lives in a world of men, and his highest good is determined somewhat by his environment,—by riches, bodily comforts, success. These are not essentials but only accessories, and the lack of them is only a limitation. The essential factor is the rational activity. Nevertheless, these modify the definition of what we mean when we define rational activity as the highest Good or Form of the moral life. For the question which Aristotle proposes in his notable treatise of Ethics is, What is the end or supreme good of human action? The highest Good for a man among men is Happiness, or well-being; that includes not only rational activity, but also the pleasures that accrue to such activity. But what is happiness? It is an end in itself, and not the means to anything else; it is the result of functioning, a state of conscious vitality; it accords with the law of excellence of that functioning. Perfect happiness is, therefore, partly the result of one’s own individual effort, partly dependent on circumstance. While virtue is the measure of the worth of different pleasures, yet pleasures do not always attend our acts in our present society. The greatest Good is happiness, but since this depends in part on external goods, the goal to which we should directly attend—the factor within our control—is rational activity.
The situation would be straightforward for us as moral beings if, in our pursuits, each person only had to think about themselves and their own growth. But humans live in a society, and their ultimate good is influenced by their surroundings—by wealth, comfort, and success. These aren't essentials but just extras, and lacking them is merely a limitation. The key element is rational activity. Still, these factors shape our understanding of what we mean when we describe rational activity as the highest Good or ideal state of moral life. The question Aristotle raises in his important work on Ethics is, what is the purpose or ultimate good of human actions? The highest Good for a person among others is Happiness, or well-being; this includes not only rational activity but also the joys that come from such activity. But what is happiness? It is an end in itself, not a means to something else; it arises from functioning, a state of conscious vitality, and aligns with the law of excellence in that functioning. Perfect happiness is, therefore, partly the result of individual effort and partly dependent on circumstances. While virtue measures the value of different pleasures, pleasures don't always accompany our actions in today's society. The greatest Good is happiness, but since this is influenced by external factors, the primary focus we should have—the aspect within our control—is rational activity.
There are two classes of virtues based on the two kinds of rational life,—the practical virtues and the dianoetic virtues. The practical virtues are those of conduct based upon the rational control of the impulses; the dianoetic virtues are those of intellectual activity based upon the development of the perceptions. The perfect moral development of human nature will consist (1) in the perfect development and true regulation of the feelings and desires in moral excellence; and (2) a perfect development of the intellectual faculties for rational culture.
There are two types of virtues based on two kinds of rational life—practical virtues and dianoetic virtues. Practical virtues are the qualities of behavior derived from rational control of our impulses; dianoetic virtues relate to intellectual activity based on enhancing our perceptions. The complete moral development of human nature involves (1) the ideal development and proper regulation of feelings and desires toward moral excellence; and (2) the full development of intellectual abilities for rational growth.
(a) The Practical Virtues. The essential thing for the individual to regard, therefore, is the training of his will by right rational insight. He should seek to direct his impulses by reason, and not only once but so many times that the impulses will become rational habits. This is what Aristotle means by training in virtue. It is continuity in rational activity; it is a permanent development toward reason; it is the unfolding of the real Self. Aristotle had regard for the facts of life when he differed from Socrates, who said that virtue is knowledge. Aristotle did not conceive the will as psychological power independent of the reason. He doubted if rational insight was more powerful than the impulses, when the test comes. Experience often shows that although we may know what is right, an impulse will often drive us into habits not guided by reason. This presupposes for Aristotle a will that is free to choose among the desires that one which will lead him along the path that reason points out.
(a) The Practical Virtues. The main thing for a person to focus on is training their will through clear reasoning. They should aim to guide their impulses with logic, not just once but repeatedly, so that those impulses turn into rational habits. This is what Aristotle means by training in virtue. It’s about consistent rational activity; it’s a continuous growth towards reason; it's the development of the true Self. Aristotle took real life into account when he disagreed with Socrates, who claimed that virtue is simply knowledge. Aristotle didn’t see the will as a psychological force separate from reason. He questioned whether rational insight was stronger than impulses when it really counts. Experience often shows that even if we understand what’s right, we can still be driven by impulses that lead us to habits that aren’t reasoned. For Aristotle, this assumes a will that can freely choose among desires, picking the one that follows the path outlined by reason.
It is impossible to formulate a rule for the acquirement of the particular virtues. Each virtue must be treated by itself. The only principle for guidance is that the reason should always seek the mean between two extremes. Thus courage is the mean between cowardice and rashness; temperance between intemperance and insensibility; friendliness between obsequiousness and brusqueness, etc. Moderation is the watchword in the cultivation of the practical virtues.
It’s impossible to create a rule for acquiring specific virtues. Each virtue needs to be considered on its own. The only guiding principle is that reason should always aim for a balance between two extremes. For example, courage is the balance between cowardice and recklessness; temperance is between excess and apathy; friendliness lies between being overly submissive and being rude, etc. Moderation is key in developing practical virtues.
(b) The Dianoetic Virtues are the means toward the attainment of pure rationality for one’s self. The dianoetic virtues are higher than the practical. They unfold the pure formal activity of the Nous, and give the most noble and perfect pleasure. Man finds through them his possible participation in the divine happiness. These intellectual virtues may be either theoretical or practical insight; in the latter case, Aristotle means knowledge of the right in art, and knowledge of justice. But the purest is Wisdom (θεωρία), which is knowledge for its own sake. It is the knowledge that God has of himself. Man may approximate this.
(b) The Dianoetic Virtues are the tools for achieving pure rationality for oneself. The dianoetic virtues are superior to the practical ones. They express the pure formal activity of the Nous and provide the most refined and perfect pleasure. Through them, a person discovers their potential connection to divine happiness. These intellectual virtues can be either theoretical or practical insight; in the latter case, Aristotle refers to knowledge in art and understanding of justice. However, the most pure is Wisdom (theory), which is knowledge pursued for its own sake. It’s the kind of knowledge that God has of Himself. A person may come close to this.
In Aristotle’s ethical theory there appear three features that are distinctly Greek. (1) The leading question that he asks at the beginning of the Ethics, What is the end or Supreme Good of human action? is Greek. The modern writer asks, What is the nature of duty? (2) The emphasis on the “mean” is Greek. The idea of the “mean” was the fundamental principle in Greek life, and appeared in such literature as Gnomic poetry and Plato. (3) The subordination of individual ethical conduct to the conception of the state is Greek. Aristotle says that politics will have to settle the question of the Supreme Good, for the Good of the state and that of the individual are identical.
In Aristotle’s ethical theory, there are three features that are distinctly Greek. (1) The main question he poses at the beginning of the Ethics, "What is the end or Supreme Good of human action?" is Greek. A modern writer might ask, "What is the nature of duty?" (2) The focus on the “mean” is Greek. The concept of the “mean” was a fundamental principle in Greek life and appeared in literature such as Gnomic poetry and the works of Plato. (3) The prioritization of individual ethical behavior in relation to the idea of the state is Greek. Aristotle argues that politics must address the question of the Supreme Good because the Good of the state and that of the individual are the same.
The Political Philosophy of Aristotle. In the present real world rational activity rather than happiness is the chief concern of man. Happiness is, however, his highest Good, which he can attain if his environment favors him. The political environment is a moral factor to be considered. The state should be the fulfillment of the morals of the individual, and should also be his ethical trainer. That State is fulfilling its own possibilities most completely which brings to the full its natural endowments. Every Constitution is right that has the weal of the people at heart, so that we find Aristotle holding this extraordinarily liberal position, that the external structure of the State is not so much of consequence as that the State should be the educator of its people and the actualization of its own inherent possibilities. Aristotle did not construct an ideal state, like Plato. He merely pointed out some essentials necessary to the well-being of a state, like education and providence for the future life of the State. Although the State is the offspring of necessity, and arises out of the needs of utility, it is the Form or actuality of the inner self-realization of man from his savagery. Race, blood, soil, and geographical position are all the Matter of the State; the rational perfection of these is the Form; the civic virtue is the permanent means of the social development. The individual in Aristotle’s State is subordinated, but not absorbed, in the State. He can participate in the intellectual virtues. Since his own enjoyment in wisdom approximates God’s, he himself has distinction. Aristotle was a stanch supporter of marriage and the family relations. No philosopher in ancient times so elevated the position of woman. He reluctantly consented to the institution of slavery because it seemed to him a necessity.
The Political Philosophy of Aristotle. In today's world, rational activity, rather than happiness, is the main focus for people. However, happiness is still the highest good, which can be achieved if one's environment is supportive. The political environment is an important moral factor. The state should embody the morals of its citizens and act as their ethical guide. A state is doing its best when it fully realizes its natural potential. Any constitution is valid if it prioritizes the welfare of the people, which is why Aristotle held the notably progressive view that the external structure of the state is less important than its role in educating its citizens and realizing its inherent possibilities. Unlike Plato, Aristotle did not create an ideal state; instead, he identified key elements essential for a state's well-being, such as education and planning for the future. While the state originates from necessity and utility, it represents the form or actualization of man's self-realization from his primitive state. Race, blood, land, and geographical features make up the matter of the state; the rational development of these components is the form, while civic virtue provides the ongoing means for social progress. In Aristotle's state, the individual is subordinate but not engulfed by the state. They can engage in intellectual virtues. Because their enjoyment in wisdom is close to that of the divine, they hold a unique distinction. Aristotle strongly advocated for marriage and family relations and was the philosopher in ancient times who elevated the status of women the most. He reluctantly accepted the practice of slavery, viewing it as a necessity.
CHAPTER IX
THE HELLENIC-ROMAN PERIOD
(322 B.C. – 476 A.D.)
Its Time Length.
Its Duration.
Greek Period, 300 years.
Greek Era, 300 years.
Hellenic-Roman Period, 800 years.
Hellenic-Roman Period, 800 years.
Middle Ages, 1000 years.
Middle Ages, 1000 years.
Modern Period, 450 years.
Modern Era, 450 years.
We ought to appreciate at the beginning the enormous time length of this period. It seems long since modern thought began, but it was only about 450 years ago. The Hellenic-Roman Period was 800 years long, or nearly twice as long as modern times. It is, furthermore, two and a half times as long as the period which we have just been discussing,—the pure Greek period. Now the Hellenic-Roman Period and the Middle Ages together form the epoch of human history that is relatively uncreative. This is an extent of 1800 years, a long interval when compared with the 750 years of creative history, which represents the combined length of the pure Greek Period and modern times. In European history the periods of productive thought have been less than half as long as those of the unproductive. Yet we must not be misled by such statistics. History is an organic growth. Its seedtime and growth are long; its harvest is short.
We should recognize at the start the vast duration of this time period. It feels like modern thought has been around forever, but it's only been about 450 years. The Hellenic-Roman Period lasted 800 years, which is almost twice as long as modern times. Additionally, it is two and a half times longer than the period we just discussed—the pure Greek period. The Hellenic-Roman Period and the Middle Ages combined account for a part of human history that is relatively uncreative. This totals 1800 years, a significant stretch compared to the 750 years of creative history, which is the combined length of the pure Greek Period and modern times. In European history, the periods of productive thought have been less than half the length of those of unproductive thought. However, we shouldn't be misled by such statistics. History is a living process. Its planting and nurturing take a long time; its harvest is brief.
The Fall of the Greek Nation and the Persistence of its Civilization. The 800 years after the death of Aristotle are named the Hellenic-Roman Period, because Greek civilization burst its own national boundaries and became a part of Roman civilization. The Greek nation died; its culture remained. It is no longer pure Greek, but Greek in the environment of the Roman world—it becomes Hellenism. With the death of Alexander in 323 B. C. the motherland of Greece became a prey to revolutions for 200 years. It was often the battleground of foreigners and the object of their contentions. Its government and population sank into hopeless decay. It was incorporated into the Roman empire in 146 B. C. and shared in the depressing times of the Civil Wars of the first century B. C. By becoming a part of Rome Greece lost its uniqueness but the world gained its culture as a common heritage. Its autonomy was forever gone, but its people became the teachers of mankind. In political power Greece reached its height with Alexander, in creative thought with Aristotle; then by its own momentum its civilization persisted as a missionary force to the whole world.
The Fall of the Greek Nation and the Persistence of its Civilization. The 800 years after Aristotle's death are known as the Hellenic-Roman Period, because Greek civilization expanded beyond its national borders and became part of Roman civilization. The Greek nation vanished, but its culture endured. It's no longer purely Greek; it's Greek within the context of the Roman world—it evolves into Hellenism. After Alexander's death in 323 B. C., Greece fell victim to revolutions for 200 years. It frequently became a battlefield for outsiders and the focus of their conflicts. Its government and population fell into deep decline. It was absorbed into the Roman Empire in 146 B. C. and suffered through the bleak times of the Civil Wars in the first century B. C.. While Greece lost its distinctiveness by becoming part of Rome, the world inherited its culture as a shared legacy. Its independence was lost forever, but its people became teachers of humanity. Greece reached its peak of political power with Alexander and its height of creative thought with Aristotle; then, on its own momentum, its civilization continued to be a missionary force for the entire world.

THE EMPIRE OF ALEXANDER
(Showing the spread of Hellenism eastward, beginning 334
B. C. with Alexander’s Campaign)
THE EMPIRE OF ALEXANDER
(Showing the expansion of Hellenism eastward, beginning in 334 B.C. with Alexander’s Campaign)
The overflow of Greek civilization was first eastward, to the nations of Asia. Alexander, with his military and administrative genius, had only made a preliminary conquest of these Oriental peoples. The conquest became permanent through Greek art, learning, and institutions. In the century after Alexander the habits and customs of the East had been Hellenized. Greek schools, theatres, and baths were to be found in almost every city of the East. In the East and Egypt an inexhaustible field was opened for the founding of new centres of culture. In the kingdoms partitioned off from the old Alexandrian domain, the kings were Greek, spoke Greek, adored Greek gods, and preserved Greek fashions. Amid Asiatics they sought to maintain Greek courts, have Greek administrative officers, and be surrounded with Greek scholars. Greek colonists, soldiers, and merchants were attracted to these kingdoms in such numbers that the natives adopted the costumes, religions, manners, and even the language of the Greeks. The Orient ceased to be Asiatic and became Hellenic. The Romans found there in the first century B. C. peoples like the Greeks who spoke Greek.
The spread of Greek civilization initially moved eastward to the Asian nations. Alexander, with his military and administrative brilliance, had only achieved an initial conquest of these Eastern peoples. The conquest became lasting through Greek art, learning, and institutions. In the century following Alexander, the habits and customs of the East had been influenced by Greek culture. Greek schools, theaters, and baths could be found in nearly every city in the East. In the East and Egypt, a limitless opportunity emerged for establishing new cultural centers. In the kingdoms that were divided from the old Alexandrian empire, the kings were Greek, spoke Greek, worshiped Greek gods, and maintained Greek customs. Among the Asians, they sought to uphold Greek courts, have Greek administrative officials, and surround themselves with Greek scholars. Greek colonists, soldiers, and merchants were drawn to these kingdoms in such large numbers that the locals adopted the clothing, religions, manners, and even the language of the Greeks. The East transitioned from being purely Asiatic to becoming Hellenic. The Romans encountered people in the first century B. C. who were like the Greeks and spoke Greek.
Greek civilization began to overflow upon the western world when, in the second century, Greece with all the other countries upon the Mediterranean was absorbed by Rome. The conquest of Greece by Rome in 146 B. C. gave currency to Greek art, letters, and morals in Roman life. That Greek civilization was not lost in this great amalgamation shows how deep and fundamental it was. The secondary nations disappeared and none remained to compete with the Greek and Latin. The result was the superimposition of Greek culture upon Roman society. At the time of the conquest of Greece, Greek scholars went to Rome in great numbers and opened schools of eloquence and literature. Later the Roman youths went to Athens to study. Art and science were gradually introduced into Rome. The old Roman house got a Greek addition. Statues and paintings were transported from Greece to Rome. Greek artists were commissioned. By 100 B. C. the great Romans were living in Greek or Oriental style. The coarsest Greeks, too, came into Italy and mingled with the Roman proletariat. Thus, with the complete Latinizing of the peninsula of Italy in the second century, an increasing Hellenism went hand in hand.
Greek civilization started to spread to the Western world when, in the second century, Greece and all the Mediterranean countries were taken over by Rome. The conquest of Greece by Rome in 146 B. C. helped Greek art, literature, and morals become part of Roman life. The fact that Greek civilization didn’t disappear in this large blending shows how deep and essential it was. The smaller nations faded away, leaving Greek and Latin as the dominant cultures. This led to the incorporation of Greek culture into Roman society. At the time of Greece's conquest, many Greek scholars moved to Rome and established schools of rhetoric and literature. Eventually, Roman youths traveled to Athens to study. Art and science were gradually brought into Rome. The traditional Roman home was expanded with Greek influences. Statues and paintings were shipped from Greece to Rome. Greek artists were hired for commissions. By 100 B. C., the elite Romans were living in styles inspired by Greece or the East. Even the less-refined Greeks came to Italy and mixed with the Roman working class. Thus, while the Italian peninsula was fully Latinized in the second century, there was a growing influence of Hellenism alongside it.
But the two civilizations never completely united. Roman adoption of Greek culture was never more than a veneer. Greek art and learning were rarely studied by the Roman except as a parade and luxury. As time went on the Roman resorted less to the classic and more to the frivolous modern products of the Greeks. For it must be remembered that when Greece was conquered by Rome, the Romans were still only peasants, soldiers, and merchants, without science, art, or philosophy. Before 150 B. C. the Roman children were taught nothing higher than reading, writing, etc. But the Roman found a culture in Greece that he liked and imitated. He kept his costume, language, and political laws, but he adopted Greek letters, art, morals, and incorporated many elements of the Greek religion into his own.
But the two civilizations never fully united. The Roman adoption of Greek culture was never more than a surface-level facade. Greek art and learning were rarely pursued by Romans except for show and luxury. Over time, Romans turned away from the classics and gravitated more towards the trivial modern offerings of the Greeks. It's important to note that when Greece was conquered by Rome, the Romans were still just peasants, soldiers, and merchants, lacking in science, art, or philosophy. Before 150 B. C., Roman children were taught nothing beyond reading, writing, etc. But the Romans discovered a culture in Greece that they admired and emulated. They maintained their own clothing, language, and political laws while adopting Greek letters, art, morals, and incorporating many aspects of Greek religion into their own.
Two results came from this superimposition of Greek culture upon Roman society. On the one hand the Greek sought to create a philosophy which would make him a citizen of the world, since it was no longer an honor to be a citizen of a Greek city. On the other hand, to the Roman there came a mixed good. There was a gain to Roman literature and perhaps to jurisprudence, but a fatal loss to Roman faith and morals. On the whole Roman vulgarity was only concealed by Greek culture, except in such spirits as Scipio, Paulus, and the Gracchi, in whom culture was genuine. The Roman felt the need of rich intellectual life, and he sought it in the rich treasures and the filth of later Greek culture. The Greek culture that he found was no longer pure Greek, but Hellenism, sometimes tinged with Orientalism. It acted as a poison on the Roman and often was bitterly opposed.
Two outcomes emerged from the blend of Greek culture with Roman society. On one side, the Greek aimed to develop a philosophy that would allow him to be a citizen of the world, as being a citizen of a Greek city had lost its significance. On the other hand, the Romans experienced a mixed outcome. There were benefits for Roman literature and possibly for law, but there was a serious decline in Roman faith and morals. Overall, Roman coarseness was simply masked by Greek culture, except in individuals like Scipio, Paulus, and the Gracchi, who genuinely embraced culture. The Romans recognized their need for a rich intellectual life and sought it in the vast treasures and the corruption of later Greek culture. The Greek culture they encountered was no longer authentic Greek but Hellenism, sometimes influenced by Eastern ideas. This acted as a poison to the Romans and was often met with strong resistance.
The Two Parts of the Hellenic-Roman Period. We must not forget that, excepting the first 175 years of this period, Rome is the background upon which all philosophical movements of the time are to be traced. Upon this background two general movements are prominent, which divide the period into two parts: (1) the Ethical Period, and (2) the Religious Period.
The Two Parts of the Hellenic-Roman Period. We should remember that, except for the first 175 years of this period, Rome serves as the backdrop for all the philosophical movements of the time. Against this backdrop, two main movements stand out, dividing the period into two parts: (1) the Ethical Period, and (2) the Religious Period.
1. The Ethical Period, 322 B. C.–1 A. D., had its origin in the Greek culture that was superimposed upon Roman civilization. This epoch is notable for the rise and controversies of the four celebrated philosophical Schools of Athens; the introduction of the teaching of these Schools into Roman society; and the final merging and reconciliation of these Schools in Eclecticism and Skepticism.
1. The Ethical Period, 322 B. C.–1 A. D., started with the Greek culture that was layered over Roman civilization. This period is significant for the emergence and debates surrounding the four famous philosophical Schools of Athens, the incorporation of their teachings into Roman society, and the eventual blending and reconciliation of these Schools into Eclecticism and Skepticism.
2. The Religious Period, 100 B. C.–476 A. D., arose out of the Oriental religions that swept into Rome before the beginning of this era. They were modified by their Roman environment, and intellectualized and systematized by Hellenic culture. Neo-Pythagoreanism, the Alexandrian-Judaic theosophies in the first part, Christianity and neo-Platonism in the second part of this period, are the most important philosophical results.
2. The Religious Period, 100 B. C.–476 A.D., developed from the Eastern religions that came to Rome before this era began. They were adapted to their Roman context and shaped by Greek thought. Neo-Pythagoreanism, the Alexandrian-Judaic teachings in the early part, and Christianity and neo-Platonism in the later part of this period are the key philosophical outcomes.
Note three things. (1) The spiritual life of Rome during these 800 years has its origin in imported foreign movements. The source of the ethical movement is Greek, that of the religious movement is Oriental. (2) The two movements overlap. Indeed, each from its beginning to its end covers about 600 years. More precisely the ethical movement did not disappear until about 200 A. D.; the religious movement began about 200 B. C. Ethical considerations dominate the first and religious impulses the second period. (3) The century and a half from 150 B. C. to 1 A. D. is a period of transition. It is the time when the emphasis changes from ethics to religion. It is a period of unsettled conditions both politically and intellectually. Politically it is the time of the Civil wars and the formation of the empire. Intellectually it is the time of Eclecticism and Skepticism.
Note three things. (1) The spiritual life of Rome over these 800 years comes from foreign influences. The ethical movement originates from Greece, while the religious movement comes from the East. (2) These two movements overlap. In fact, each spans about 600 years from beginning to end. More specifically, the ethical movement didn't fade away until around 200 A. D.; the religious movement started around 200 B. C. Ethical ideas dominate the first period, and religious impulses define the second. (3) The century and a half from 150 B. C. to 1 A. D. represents a transitional phase. This is when the focus shifts from ethics to religion. It’s a time of instability both politically and intellectually. Politically, it’s marked by civil wars and the rise of the empire. Intellectually, it’s characterized by Eclecticism and Skepticism.
The Undercurrent of Skepticism in the Hellenic-Roman Period. If we go beneath the surface of the chronological divisions of this period, which have been given above, we shall find their significance in the undercurrent of Skepticism, which runs from the beginning to the end of the period, and includes both its ethical and religious phases. “Skepticism” is a word with a history of its own, but, as philosophically used, it means the disbelief in the possibility of true knowledge. Skepticism was the fundamental frame of mind that gradually grew to conscious expression in the entire ancient world, although it was entirely at variance with the spirit of the Greek culture that had been superimposed upon that world. As an undercurrent—a widespread feeling—Skepticism pervaded the whole period, while at different times and places it appeared distinctly on the surface. These were 800 years of lack of confidence in the power of the human reason, but the really negative character of the time is often concealed by dogmatic teachings of the philosophical Schools. Dogmatic Skepticism does not appear except with reference to the positive teachings of the Schools, and then it appears conspicuously. The successive stages of Skepticism can have their clear outline, therefore, only after the positive philosophical teachings, contemporary with it and opposed by it, have been understood. This is the reason for treating the Skeptics after and not before the Schools. The reader will, however, lose the whole meaning of the Hellenic-Roman Period if he does not see that it is fundamentally Skeptical; that in the Ethical Division the Schools furnished the occasion of its appearance, and that in the Religious Division religious faith rose because Skepticism had taken possession of the field of knowledge. The ethical Schools stood as the last representatives of the old Greek rationalism of the Systematic Period, but even they yielded to the Skeptical spirit of the time. Stoicism, Epicureanism, and Skepticism seek the same end,—the withdrawal of the individual from the world and his exaltation above his environment. All three valued science only so far as it would help ethical conduct. Skepticism alone was avowedly antagonistic to intellectual ideals. The strength of Skepticism appears more evident when we look at its growth during this period. At the end of the Ethical Period the Schools weakened and we find a century and a half (150 B. C.–1 A. D.) of Skepticism and Eclecticism. There then followed at the beginning of this era the Religious Period. Man then turned to religion because he was profoundly skeptical of the trustworthiness of the reason—he felt that it was so untrustworthy as to be unable to furnish him even a true theory of moral conduct.
The Undercurrent of Skepticism in the Hellenic-Roman Period. If we look deeper than the chronological divisions of this period mentioned earlier, we'll discover their significance in the ongoing undercurrent of Skepticism, which flows throughout the entire period, encompassing both its ethical and religious aspects. “Skepticism” has its own history, but in philosophical terms, it refers to the doubt about the possibility of attaining true knowledge. Skepticism became the fundamental mindset that gradually expressed itself consciously throughout the ancient world, even though it clashed completely with the spirit of the Greek culture that was layered over that world. As an undercurrent—a widespread sentiment—Skepticism ran through the entire period, surfacing distinctly at various times and places. This was 800 years marked by a lack of trust in human reason, but the genuinely negative nature of the time is often hidden by the dogmatic teachings of the philosophical Schools. Dogmatic Skepticism only appears in relation to the positive teachings of the Schools, and then it stands out clearly. The various stages of Skepticism can only be clearly outlined after understanding the positive philosophical teachings that were contemporary to it and stood in opposition to it. This is why Skeptics are discussed after, rather than before, the Schools. However, the reader will miss the essential meaning of the Hellenic-Roman Period if they do not recognize its fundamentally Skeptical nature; that in the Ethical Division, the Schools provided the context for its emergence, and that in the Religious Division, religious faith arose because Skepticism had taken over the domain of knowledge. The ethical Schools were the last representatives of the old Greek rationalism of the Systematic Period, but even they succumbed to the Skeptical spirit of the time. Stoicism, Epicureanism, and Skepticism all aimed for the same goal—detaching the individual from the world and elevating him above his surroundings. All three valued science only insofar as it aided ethical behavior. Skepticism alone was openly hostile to intellectual ideals. The strength of Skepticism becomes more apparent when we consider its growth during this period. By the end of the Ethical Period, the Schools began to weaken, and we see a century and a half (150 B. C.–1 A. D.) of Skepticism and Eclecticism. This was followed at the beginning of this era by the Religious Period. People then turned to religion because they were deeply skeptical about the reliability of reason—they believed it was so unreliable that it couldn't even provide a true theory of moral conduct.
The Skeptical undercurrent of the Hellenic-Roman Period was the concentration of all the negative results of the Greek Sophists. It therefore had more than one point of departure,—the philosophies of Protagoras, of the Megarian, Cynic, and Cyrenaic Schools. This Sophistic undercurrent fed popular thought during the days of Plato and Aristotle. It took its formal beginning contemporary with the rise of the Stoic and Epicurean Schools; and in Athens, Alexandria, and Rome there rose to the surface the problem of the possibility of human knowledge. Formally it modified its sweeping negations, when it came in contact with the pressing needs of morality and of spiritual retirement, but it was ever present as the significant attitude of the time. While the nature of the Skeptical teaching stood in the way of its formation into a School, the doctrine itself, nevertheless, developed into a system and had its historical growth and culmination. Weber points out that the first appearance of Skepticism marks in Greece the inauguration of the age of reason and its reappearance marks the decline of the age of reason.
The skeptical vibe of the Hellenic-Roman Period was based on all the negative outcomes from the Greek Sophists. It had multiple starting points, including the philosophies of Protagoras, the Megarian, Cynic, and Cyrenaic Schools. This Sophistic vibe influenced popular thought during the times of Plato and Aristotle. It officially began around the same time as the rise of the Stoic and Epicurean Schools; in Athens, Alexandria, and Rome, discussions emerged about the possibility of human knowledge. While it tempered its broad denials when confronted with the urgent needs for morality and spiritual reflection, it remained a significant attitude of the era. Although the nature of Skeptical teachings hindered its development into a formal School, the doctrine itself evolved into a system, undergoing historical growth and reaching its peak. Weber notes that the first emergence of Skepticism in Greece marked the start of the age of reason, while its re-emergence indicated the decline of that age.
The Fundamental Problem of the Hellenic-Roman Period. The fundamental attitude of this period being Skepticism, the fundamental problem presented to it was therefore a practical one. While at heart the age doubted the validity of the human reason, it was consciously engaged in solving a very practical problem. The period had an external side that was positive. No age can be merely skeptical, especially for so long a time as 800 years. To doubt the power of the human reason is usually the occasion of shunting human energies along other lines. The form of the practical problem of this time was, What is the highest wisdom for practical life? This is consonant with the skeptical attitude of the Greek as indicated by these two facts: (1) he had no longer an interest in speculation except as it afforded a basis for practical wisdom, and (2) he had no longer an interest in special sciences except as they yielded practical results. To be sure, it will be found that theories took to themselves airs of great importance during this period and that empirical sciences made rapid advances; but it will also be found that they were always in the service of practical living. The Wise Man of this age is he who has a scientific doctrine of the purposes and ends of human life.
The Fundamental Problem of the Hellenic-Roman Period. The main attitude of this period was Skepticism, and therefore the key problem it faced was practical. Although the age fundamentally questioned the reliability of human reasoning, it was actively working on a very real issue. The period had a positive external aspect. No era can be purely skeptical, especially for as long as 800 years. Doubting the power of human reason often leads to redirecting human efforts in different directions. The form of the practical problem of this time was, What is the greatest wisdom for everyday life? This aligns with the Greek skeptical attitude, as shown by these two facts: (1) there was no longer an interest in speculation unless it could support practical wisdom, and (2) there was no longer an interest in specific sciences unless they produced practical outcomes. Sure enough, theories did gain significant importance during this period, and empirical sciences progressed quickly; however, they were always aimed at supporting practical living. The Wise Man of this age is someone who has a scientific understanding of the purposes and goals of human life.
For with his entrance into world-wide relations in the Ethical Period the Athenian found himself confronted with a very different situation from that which had engaged him during the age of Pericles. His national existence had gone and could no longer arouse his devotion, and with it his ideal of a national life had crumbled to pieces. His epic polytheism had become a dim thing of the distant past, and there was no longer any external Greek institution to awaken his slumbering energies. He might, of course, go into retirement and engage in speculative inquiry, except that this was an age of pressing need. He was forced to be awake and to adjust himself as an individual to the many other peoples mixing and mingling in one common civilization. His relations were enlarged, but his interests were circumscribed. His philosophy was focused to one fundamental problem, What, after all, is the object of human life, and what can give happiness to the individual amid the turmoil of the time? Philosophic studies were narrowed to ethics, logic, and physics in their practical bearing. How much narrower, then, the scope of the intellectual life of this time than that of those men of retired leisure, Plato and Aristotle!
For with his entry into global relations during the Ethical Period, the Athenian found himself facing a very different situation from what he had known during the age of Pericles. His national identity was gone and could no longer inspire his loyalty, and with it, his ideal of national life had fallen apart. His grand polytheism had become a faint memory of the past, and there was no longer any external Greek institution to spark his dormant energies. He could, of course, choose to retreat and pursue theoretical inquiry, but this was an era of urgent needs. He had to stay alert and adapt as an individual to the many other cultures blending into one common civilization. His connections widened, but his interests contracted. His philosophy was narrowed down to one central question, What, after all, is the purpose of human life, and what can bring happiness to an individual amidst the chaos of the times? Philosophical studies were limited to ethics, logic, and physics in their practical application. How much narrower, then, was the intellectual life during this time compared to those men of leisurely retirement, Plato and Aristotle!
Nor is the fundamental problem different when in the second part of this period we enter the great sweep of the religious current. The rise of religious ideals and the shift from ethics to religion was only the presentation of the practical problem of living with a different emphasis. Man was now in the dazzling glory of the empire, but that empire was unable to compensate the individual for the loss of his political importance. Rome had given to its conquered peoples an organized legal unity, but no spiritual ideal. It had none to offer. The individual was the least important factor in the organization. The present life offered little hope to the individual, except in the light of a future life. Practical wisdom thus became that which took account of the rewards and punishments that would come in the life beyond.
The core issue remains unchanged when we move into the second part of this era and dive into the broader scope of the religious movement. The emergence of religious ideals and the transition from ethics to religion simply highlighted the practical challenge of living with a new focus. People were now basking in the impressive splendor of the empire, but that empire could not replace the individual’s lost political significance. Rome provided its conquered populations with a structured legal system but offered no spiritual guidance. It had nothing to give. The individual was the least significant part of the system. Life at that moment had little promise for the individual, except when viewed through the lens of an afterlife. Consequently, practical wisdom became about understanding the rewards and punishments that awaited in the next life.
The Hellenic-Roman Period is kaleidoscopic and bewildering in its shiftings; but amid them all is this one conscious problem: “Show us the man who is sure of his happiness, whatever the accidents of the world may bring to him.”
The Hellenic-Roman Period is colorful and confusing in its changes; but through it all lies this one clear question: “Show us the person who is certain of their happiness, no matter what challenges the world throws at them.”
The Centres of Hellenism.
The Centers of Hellenism.
1. Athens. With the overflow of Hellenism to the east and west the active history of Athens had ceased, but she became venerated for what she had been. Greece became hallowed and Athens became the shrine of Greece in the imaginations of men. Although the city was brutally ravished, she exercised a charm over the human mind for eight hundred years after Alexander. Athens remained the intellectual centre through the entire period. It became the conservative university town, where philosophy and rhetoric were taught. It is remarkable how many Oriental philosophers came to Athens to teach, how many youths from the whole world came to be taught. The rhetorical schools, such as that of Isocrates, did much toward making Athens the centre of culture, and they offered for many years the highest practical training to Greek, Roman, and Oriental. Besides the rhetorical were the philosophical or dialectical schools, which debated privately questions of speculative metaphysics. These did not offer public training, but groups of students were taught in the grounds attached to gymnasia. Four principal philosophical schools were thus formed,—the Academy of Plato, the Lyceum of Aristotle, the Porch of the Stoics, and the Gardens of Epicurus. In the first two we have had especial interest in the previous period. All four, and especially the Stoic and Epicurean schools, will engage our attention in this period. They are known in history as “the Schools.” (See map for their location in Athens.) There were many minor schools in Athens which later became religious cults. These Schools lost their original interest in speculative inquiry, and in this period devoted themselves to the exposition of the teaching of their respective founders on ethical lines. The University of Athens was built upon the four Schools. Its chairs were endowed by Hadrian and the Antonines in the second century A. D. It grew to have an elaborate organization. It was abolished by Justinian in 529 A. D.
1. Athens. With the spread of Hellenism to the east and west, the active history of Athens had ended, but it became revered for its glorious past. Greece was held in high regard, and Athens became the symbolic heart of Greece in people's minds. Despite being harshly ravaged, the city captivated the human intellect for eight hundred years after Alexander. Athens continued to be the intellectual hub throughout this entire period. It transformed into a traditional university town, where philosophy and rhetoric were taught. It's striking how many Eastern philosophers came to Athens to teach, and how many young people from around the world came to learn. The rhetorical schools, like that of Isocrates, played a significant role in establishing Athens as the cultural center, providing top-notch practical training to Greeks, Romans, and Easterners. In addition to the rhetorical schools, there were philosophical or dialectical schools that privately debated speculative metaphysics. These didn’t offer public instruction, but groups of students were taught in the grounds attached to gymnasiums. Four main philosophical schools emerged—Plato's Academy, Aristotle's Lyceum, the Stoics' Porch, and Epicurus' Gardens. The first two were of particular interest in the previous period. All four, especially the Stoic and Epicurean schools, will capture our focus in this era. They are historically known as "the Schools." (See map for their location in Athens.) Numerous smaller schools in Athens later evolved into religious cults. These Schools shifted away from their original focus on speculative inquiry and, during this period, concentrated on explaining the teachings of their respective founders along ethical lines. The University of Athens was built upon these four Schools. Its chairs were funded by Hadrian and the Antonines in the second century A. D. It developed an intricate organization. It was abolished by Justinian in 529 A. D.
2. Alexandria. There were many other centres of Hellenism and of other learning at this time,—Rhodes, Antioch, Alexandria, Pergamos, Tarsus,—but none of these could be said to rival Athens in the veneration of men. Some were much more active and creative than Athens. Alexandria surpassed Athens and all other cities as the centre of the natural sciences in the Ethical Period and of religions in the Religious Period. Here, too, rather than at Athens, were to be found the real interpreters of Plato and Aristotle. Nothing in ancient times can be compared to the wonders of the museum of Alexandria, which was its university. Scholars of every nation were entertained here at the public expense. A vast botanical garden, a zoölogical collection, an anatomical museum, an astronomical observatory, a library of seven hundred thousand volumes were here. Here Euclid (290 B. C.) wrote his geometry, Eratosthenes pursued his astronomical, geographical, and historical labors, Apollonius wrote his treatise on conic sections; and here were made the observations that led to the discovery of the precession of the equinoxes. Here Ptolemy and his school formulated the system of astronomy which was authoritative for fifteen hundred years. Here the Christian theologians were educated, and from this city neo-Platonism sprang. Literature and art, history, philology and criticism flourished. The Hebrew Bible was translated into Greek. All religions were welcomed. Buddhist, Jew, Greek, and Egyptian mingled, and comparative theology rose to be a science.
2. Alexandria. At this time, there were many other centers of Hellenism and learning—Rhodes, Antioch, Alexandria, Pergamon, Tarsus—but none of these could compete with Athens when it came to honoring great thinkers. Some were more active and creative than Athens. Alexandria eclipsed Athens and all other cities as the hub of natural sciences during the Ethical Period and of religions in the Religious Period. Here, instead of in Athens, were the true interpreters of Plato and Aristotle. Nothing in ancient times compared to the wonders of the museum of Alexandria, which served as its university. Scholars from every nation were hosted here at public expense. There was a vast botanical garden, a zoological collection, an anatomical museum, an astronomical observatory, and a library with seven hundred thousand volumes. This is where Euclid (290 B. C.) wrote his geometry, Eratosthenes conducted his work in astronomy, geography, and history, Apollonius authored his treatise on conic sections, and the observations that led to the discovery of the precession of the equinoxes were made. Here, Ptolemy and his school established the authoritative astronomical system that lasted for fifteen hundred years. Christian theologians were educated here, and neo-Platonism originated in this city. Literature and art, history, philology, and criticism thrived. The Hebrew Bible was translated into Greek. All religions were embraced, with Buddhists, Jews, Greeks, and Egyptians mingling, giving rise to the science of comparative theology.
General Characteristics of the Ethical Period (322 B. C.–1 A. D.)—On the death of Aristotle the hitherto compact body of Greek thought disintegrated into its several elements. Theoretical and practical knowledge, which had been so successfully fused in the great systems of Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle, became separated. The whole tendency of the time was toward segregation.
General Characteristics of the Ethical Period (322 B.C.–1 CE)—After Aristotle's death, the previously unified body of Greek thought fell apart into its individual components. Theoretical and practical knowledge, which had been so effectively combined in the great systems of Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle, became distinct. The overall trend of the time was toward separation.
1. The Abandonment of Metaphysical Speculation. The theoretical side of philosophy, which had been so successfully completed by the great Greek masters, now became subordinated and almost completely lost to view. Metaphysical speculation was neglected except as it threw light on the practical sciences—on ethics and the natural sciences. Knowledge was no longer loved for its own sake.
1. The Abandonment of Metaphysical Speculation. The theoretical aspect of philosophy, which had been so successfully developed by the great Greek thinkers, became less important and almost completely faded from sight. Metaphysical speculation was overlooked unless it helped illuminate practical fields—like ethics and the natural sciences. Knowledge was no longer valued for its own sake.
2. The Growth of Science. Since theory was regarded as completed, attention was naturally turned upon the details of erudition and the specializing of science. The natural sciences survived the systems of philosophy because of their usefulness. There was great interest in investigations in mathematics, natural science, grammar, philology, literary history and general history—and all with very rich results. It was the time of commentaries, criticism, collaboration of the work of the past and completion of the special work begun by the past. By far the greater number of the so-called “philosophers” of this time are connected with special science and literature, and not with metaphysics.
2. The Growth of Science. Since theory was seen as complete, focus shifted to the details of knowledge and the specialization of science. The natural sciences thrived beyond philosophical systems because of their practical applications. There was significant interest in studies of mathematics, natural science, grammar, linguistics, literary history, and general history—and all yielded rich results. It was the era of commentaries, critiques, collaboration on past works, and the continuation of specialized work started by earlier scholars. The majority of those labeled as “philosophers” during this period are associated with specific sciences and literature, rather than with metaphysics.
It was in the Greek Islands and Egypt (Alexandria) that this advance was made. Nevertheless, it must be said that the advance in science was a good deal restricted. The empirical sciences are dependent on observation and experiment, and these opportunities were wanting at this time. Good progress was, however, made in mathematics and the sciences dependent on reasoning. Reasoning alone is incapable of advancing a science like physics, for physics depends on investigation. But even the prevalent skepticism of the time could not doubt the truths of mathematics.
It was in the Greek Islands and Egypt (Alexandria) that this progress was achieved. However, it's important to note that advancements in science were quite limited. The empirical sciences rely on observation and experimentation, and those opportunities were lacking at this time. Nonetheless, significant progress was made in mathematics and the sciences that depend on reasoning. Reasoning alone can't propel a science like physics forward, as physics relies on investigation. But even the skepticism that was common during this period couldn't challenge the truths of mathematics.
3. Ethics became the Central Interest. For the first time in the history of European thought ethics was no longer a part of politics. In the time of the autonomous Greek states ethics and politics were two sides of the same question both in theory and practice. Ethics and politics were not disjoined even by the Sophists, who nevertheless paved the way for the divorce of the two. Now for the first time ethical questions have become such that the individual must disregard the iron-bound political situation and answer them entirely with reference to himself. The decadent Greek state was no longer a moral entity in the eyes of the people, nor could the concentration of government in Rome raise the state to moral dignity. Moreover, life had become cosmopolitan. The nations were commingling. Ethics must meet the needs of men as human beings, and not as Athenians, Spartans, or Romans. Vices had become cosmopolitan and virtues must needs be cosmopolitan also. But cosmopolitanism is in the last analysis only individualism. The man who conceives his duty so large that it embraces the whole world is usually cold to any special interests except his own. The Roman dictators and afterwards the emperor were the personification of this cosmopolitan individualism which the subjects imitated so far as they could.
3. Ethics Became the Central Interest. For the first time in the history of European thought, ethics was no longer part of politics. During the time of the independent Greek states, ethics and politics were two sides of the same coin, both in theory and practice. Even the Sophists, who initiated the separation of the two, did not fully disconnect ethics from politics. Now, for the first time, ethical questions have become such that individuals must set aside the strict political context and answer them solely based on their own values. The declining Greek state was no longer seen as a moral entity by the people, nor could the concentration of power in Rome elevate the state to moral significance. Furthermore, life had become cosmopolitan. Nations were blending together. Ethics needed to address the needs of people as human beings, not just as Athenians, Spartans, or Romans. Vices had become cosmopolitan, and virtues had to be cosmopolitan as well. However, at its core, cosmopolitanism is just a form of individualism. A person who sees their obligations as extending to the entire world often becomes indifferent to any specific interests other than their own. The Roman dictators and later the emperor embodied this cosmopolitan individualism, which their subjects imitated as much as they could.
Thus the public life was in danger of being swamped by private interests and mere enjoyment, by gain and the struggle for existence. The old belief in the gods, the vigorous political activity for great ends, the pleasure in free scientific inquiry had disappeared. The only refuge for the reflective mind was within itself and the study of its own moral problems. Yet for this a definite science of ethics was necessary, if the individual was to be systematically independent of external things. Plato and Aristotle had prepared the way for such retirement, and the tendency toward ethical separation from the world of political events was an aspect of the cosmopolitanism of the time. Ethical individuality and cosmopolitanism go together. The development of the inner life belongs to those individuals who dwell together in spiritual community. The same cosmopolitanism was sought by the skeptics of the period through the abandonment of all knowledge.
Thus, public life was at risk of being overwhelmed by private interests and mere pleasure, by profit and the struggle for survival. The old belief in the gods, the vigorous political engagement for significant causes, and the enjoyment of free scientific inquiry had vanished. The only refuge for the thoughtful individual was within themselves and the exploration of their own moral dilemmas. However, for this, a clear science of ethics was needed, if a person was to be systematically independent of outside influences. Plato and Aristotle had paved the way for such introspection, and the shift toward ethical separation from the world of political happenings was a feature of the cosmopolitanism of the time. Ethical individuality and cosmopolitanism go hand in hand. The development of inner life belongs to those who come together in a spiritual community. The same cosmopolitanism was pursued by the skeptics of the time through the rejection of all knowledge.
The Schools. The beginning of the Ethical Period is marked by the rise of the Schools into prominence, the end of that period by the fusion of the Schools with one another through either eclecticism or skepticism. At the beginning of the period each School had its distinctive doctrine and was in open controversy with the others; at the end their doctrines were much alike. The Epicurean School was an exception, for it always remained isolated from the other Schools. While each School had a host of notable representatives, it would be difficult to find a creative thinker among them.
The Schools. The start of the Ethical Period is defined by the emergence of the Schools, while the end of this period is characterized by the merging of the Schools through either eclecticism or skepticism. At the start of the period, each School had its unique doctrine and was publicly debating the others; by the end, their beliefs were quite similar. The Epicurean School was an exception, as it consistently remained separate from the other Schools. Although each School had many notable figures, it would be challenging to identify a truly creative thinker among them.

MAP OF ATHENS, SHOWING THE LOCATION OF THE FOUR SCHOOLS
(The Academy was three quarters of a mile from the city, the Lyceum just outside the city, while the Porch was a colonnade on the market place (Agora). The location of the Gardens is not precisely known, but it was on the road to the Academy, just inside the walls.)
MAP OF ATHENS, SHOWING THE LOCATION OF THE FOUR SCHOOLS
The Academy was approximately three-quarters of a mile from the city, the Lyceum was located just outside the city, and the Porch was a colonnade in the marketplace (Agora). The precise location of the Gardens is unknown, but it was situated along the road to the Academy, just inside the walls.
We have already given the names of the four Schools: the Stoic or the Porch, the Epicurean or the Gardens, the Aristotelian (Peripatetic) or the Lyceum, the Platonic or the Academy. The Stoic and Epicurean are called the New Schools in contrast with the Lyceum and the Academy, which are called the Old Schools. The New Schools were of Asiatic rather than Greek origin, and the Old Schools departed very much from the teaching of their founders; so that we find a very different kind of philosophy taught in all four Schools from that taught by the great Greek Systematizers. All the Schools were Sophistic rather than Socratic, and may be characterized as the revival of Greek Sophistry. Besides these Schools there was the group of Skeptics, which cannot be properly called a School, for from the nature of its doctrine it could not form an organization. In influence upon the period, the Stoics, Epicureans, and Skeptics are the most important. They eclipsed the Academy and Lyceum because with partisan clearness they could formulate the attitude of the age. The Stoic School made the most important contribution to succeeding history. The Epicurean School had the most numerous following. Although the four Schools were not endowed until the Empire, their life was most vigorous before the Empire during the Ethical Period. Succession in leadership of the Schools cannot be completely traced—even that of the Academy shows great gaps. All record of leadership in the Aristotelian, Stoic, and Epicurean Schools stops at the close of this period.
We have already listed the names of the four Schools: the Stoic or the Porch, the Epicurean or the Gardens, the Aristotelian (Peripatetic) or the Lyceum, and the Platonic or the Academy. The Stoic and Epicurean are referred to as the New Schools, in contrast to the Lyceum and the Academy, which are known as the Old Schools. The New Schools were more influenced by Asian thought than Greek, and the Old Schools strayed significantly from the teachings of their founders; thus, we see a very different kind of philosophy being taught in all four Schools compared to that of the great Greek Systematizers. All the Schools were more Sophistic than Socratic, and can be characterized as a revival of Greek Sophistry. In addition to these Schools, there was a group of Skeptics, which cannot properly be called a School, as its doctrine didn’t allow for an organized structure. In terms of influence during this period, the Stoics, Epicureans, and Skeptics were the most significant. They overshadowed the Academy and Lyceum because they distinctly captured the prevailing attitudes of the time. The Stoic School made the most crucial contribution to subsequent history. The Epicurean School had the largest following. Although the four Schools weren't officially established until the Empire, they thrived most vigorously before the Empire during the Ethical Period. The succession of leadership in the Schools cannot be fully traced—even the Academy has significant gaps in its leadership records. All records of leadership in the Aristotelian, Stoic, and Epicurean Schools end at the conclusion of this period.
The Old Schools—The Academy and the Lyceum. The Academy and Lyceum have a history which in these respects is the same: (1) both abandoned the ideal of an ethical society and turned to that of individual happiness; (2) both deviated to Skepticism; (3) both afterward had a reaction from Skepticism; (4) both developed the Sophistic teaching rather than that of their founders; (5) both were in common opposition to the New Schools.
The Old Schools—The Academy and the Lyceum. The Academy and the Lyceum share a similar history in these ways: (1) both set aside the goal of creating an ethical society in favor of pursuing individual happiness; (2) both shifted toward Skepticism; (3) both later reacted against Skepticism; (4) both emphasized Sophistic teachings instead of those of their founders; (5) both generally opposed the New Schools.
1. The Academy. There were three Academies after Plato—called three, because of the difference in their doctrines. Perhaps it is better to say that there were three successive epochs of the Academy.
1. The Academy. There were three Academies after Plato—called three because of the difference in their teachings. It might be better to say that there were three distinct periods of the Academy.
(a) The Older Academy, lasting about seventy years, from 347 B. C. to 280 B. C. The successive leaders of this were Speusippus, the nephew of Plato (d. 339 B. C.), Heracleides of Pontus, Xenocrates (d. 314 B. C.), Polemo, and Crates. This Academy emphasized at first the tendency begun by Plato in the Laws toward the Pythagorean numbers, and later yielded to the contemporary interest in morals.
(a) The Older Academy lasted about seventy years, from 347 B.C. to 280 BCE. The leaders who followed were Speusippus, Plato's nephew (d. 339 BCE), Heracleides of Pontus, Xenocrates (d. 314 BCE), Polemo, and Crates. This Academy initially focused on the ideas that Plato introduced in the Laws, particularly regarding Pythagorean numbers, and later shifted to the contemporary interest in ethics.
(b) The Middle Academy, lasting about one hundred and fifty years, from 280 B. C. to 129 B. C. Of this epoch Arcesilaus and Carneades were the most prominent leaders. This Academy was a form of Skepticism.
(b) The Middle Academy lasted about one hundred fifty years, from 280 BCE to 129 BCE. During this time, Arcesilaus and Carneades were the most prominent leaders. This Academy represented a type of Skepticism.
(c) The New Academy, lasting three hundred years from 120 B. C. to 200 A. D. Among its leaders were Philo of Larissa, who was at Rome in 87 B. C., and Antiochus of Ascalon, who had Cicero as a pupil in Athens in 79 and 78 B. C. This epoch of the Academy represented a return to the dogmatism of Plato, but it shows the contemporary eclectic tendency by its including elements of Stoic and neo-Platonic teachings.
(c) The New Academy lasted three hundred years from 120 BCE to 200 CE. Its leaders included Philo of Larissa, who was in Rome in 87 BCE, and Antiochus of Ascalon, who taught Cicero in Athens in 79 and 78 BCE. This period of the Academy marked a return to Plato's dogmatism, but it also reflected the contemporary trend of eclecticism by incorporating elements from Stoic and neo-Platonic teachings.
On the whole, the several epochs of the Academy failed to represent Plato’s theory of the Ideas. The Academy was at first a School of practical ethics, then a Skepticism, then an eclecticism. It was related to Plato as the lesser-Socratic schools were to Socrates. The true developer of Plato was Aristotle and not the Academies.
On the whole, the different phases of the Academy didn’t truly reflect Plato’s theory of Ideas. The Academy started as a school focused on practical ethics, then moved into Skepticism, and later became eclecticism. Its connection to Plato was similar to how the lesser-Socratic schools were connected to Socrates. The real developer of Plato’s ideas was Aristotle, not the Academies.
2. The Lyceum. From the death of Aristotle to 200 A. D. the Lyceum was represented by individuals. The pupils of Aristotle were distinguished from the master himself in being scientific specialists. Theophrastus (370–287 B. C.), who followed Aristotle as leader of the Lyceum, was the most complete representative of Aristotle, and an attempt to drive out the Schools in Athens in 306 B. C. failed solely by reason of the respect in which he was held. His significance lay in natural science, and his two preserved botanical works are of great importance. Eudemus of Rhodes studied history, mathematics, and astronomy. Aristoxenes studied music, ethics, psychology, and history. Dicæarchus showed the first yielding to the contemporary ethical interest by writing history on its practical side. Science was continued by the Aristotelians in Sicily, Alexandria, and the Mediterranean islands. At Athens the School was most interested in logic, dialectics, and eristics.
2. The Lyceum. From Aristotle's death until 200 A. D., the Lyceum was represented by various individuals. Aristotle’s students were distinguished from their teacher as specialized scientists. Theophrastus (370–287 B. C.), who succeeded Aristotle as the head of the Lyceum, was the most complete representative of Aristotle's ideas, and an effort to expel the Schools in Athens in 306 B. C. failed solely because of the respect he commanded. His contributions were significant in natural science, and his two preserved botanical works are extremely important. Eudemus of Rhodes focused on history, mathematics, and astronomy. Aristoxenes studied music, ethics, psychology, and history. Dicæarchus was the first to respond to the contemporary interest in ethics by writing about history from its practical side. The Aristotelians continued scientific pursuits in Sicily, Alexandria, and the Mediterranean islands. In Athens, the School was most focused on logic, dialectics, and eristics.
The history of the Lyceum was similar to that of the Academy. At first it was centred in Theophrastus, the brilliant disciple of the founder,—an administrator who knew how to give an eminent position to the Lyceum in the intellectual life of Athens. This was followed by the naturalism and pantheism of Strato. The following generations of scholarchs were absorbed in empirical investigations. Then, as in the Academy, came the reaction back to the original purpose of the founder of the Lyceum. This occurred under Andronicus (about 70 B. C.), the eleventh head of the School, and under him the original teachings of Aristotle were reproduced and defended. This went on for several centuries, until the School was merged in neo-Platonism.
The history of the Lyceum was similar to that of the Academy. Initially, it was led by Theophrastus, the brilliant student of the founder—an administrator who successfully established the Lyceum as a prominent part of Athens' intellectual life. This was followed by the naturalism and pantheism of Strato. Later generations of leaders focused on empirical studies. Then, similar to the Academy, there was a return to the founding purpose of the Lyceum. This shift happened under Andronicus (around 70 B.C.), the eleventh head of the School, who reproduced and defended Aristotle's original teachings. This continued for several centuries until the School integrated into neo-Platonism.
The New Schools—The Epicureans and the Stoics. The Stoics, Epicureans, and Skeptics represent the dogmatic side of this period more truly than the Platonists and Aristotelians, for they give a radical expression to its social aspects. The Epicureans had less philosophical originality; but their doctrine had been born mature in their founder, and had in consequence a unity and compactness. Stoicism, on the other hand, was an eclecticism composed of the successive philosophizings of its champions through many centuries. Stoicism was represented by many independent and notable thinkers, while Epicureanism had only one original thinker,—its founder, Epicurus. Stoicism developed by changing its essentials, while Epicureanism could change only in its unessentials. Stoicism may be said to have been the characteristic philosophy of this period, from the fact that it was created and developed in Athens on the principles of Attic philosophy by men who had originated in the mixed races of the East, and by the fact that it was easily accepted and developed by the Romans. Consistent with the spirit of the Hellenic-Roman Period, it was by nature an eclecticism that became more eclectic; and as time went on its teaching approached that of the Academy and Lyceum (second century B. C.). Epicureanism, however, always remained Epicureanism. Both Stoicism and Epicureanism were centred at Athens. Epicurus opened his School in the Gardens in 307 B. C., and Zeno began his lectures in the Porch in 294 B. C. Both schools were introduced into Rome in the middle of the second century B. C., or just before the end of the Ethical Period.
The New Schools—The Epicureans and the Stoics. The Stoics, Epicureans, and Skeptics represent the more dogmatic side of this period more accurately than the Platonists and Aristotelians, as they express its social aspects more radically. The Epicureans were less original in their philosophy; however, their doctrine was already fully formed in their founder, which gave it unity and coherence. In contrast, Stoicism was an eclectic philosophy built on the evolving thoughts of its proponents over many centuries. Stoicism was represented by many significant and independent thinkers, while Epicureanism had only one original thinker—its founder, Epicurus. Stoicism evolved by altering its core principles, whereas Epicureanism could only change its less essential aspects. Stoicism can be seen as the defining philosophy of this period because it was developed in Athens on the principles of Attic philosophy by individuals with roots in the mixed cultures of the East, and it was easily embraced and advanced by the Romans. True to the spirit of the Hellenic-Roman Period, it was inherently eclectic and became increasingly so; over time, its teachings began to resemble those of the Academy and Lyceum (second century B. C.). Epicureanism, however, consistently remained true to its roots. Both Stoicism and Epicureanism were based in Athens. Epicurus established his School in the Gardens in 307 B. C., and Zeno began his lectures in the Porch in 294 B. C.. Both schools were introduced to Rome in the middle of the second century B. C., just before the end of the Ethical Period.
Epicureanism in Rome could easily be perverted into an excuse for the luxurious tendencies of the time, and since it advocated absolute government it voiced the feeling of the new Empire—of the Emperor and the people. As a philosophy it was opportune and popular and at the same time easily misunderstood. It made no demands upon its disciples. On the other hand, Stoicism was a discipline and demanded intellectual acumen. Its insensibility to art and culture was an insuperable obstacle to its progress in Greece, but on this account it found congenial soil in Roman society. It made rapid progress among the noble families, and was especially identified with those patrician reactionaries who stood for the old régime of the Republic.
Epicureanism in Rome could easily be twisted into a justification for the extravagant lifestyles of the time. Since it supported absolute authority, it echoed the sentiments of the new Empire—of the Emperor and the people. As a philosophy, it was timely and popular, but also easily misinterpreted. It placed no demands on its followers. In contrast, Stoicism was a discipline that required intellectual sharpness. Its disregard for art and culture was a major barrier to its advancement in Greece, but this made it well-suited to Roman society. It quickly gained traction among noble families and was especially linked to the patrician conservatives who promoted the old Republic.
We are not surprised to find that the Stoics and Epicureans were violently opposed to each other. They were the New Schools and contesting the same ground for favor. They had the same aim and, with so much in common, their differences were naturally accentuated. In an age which Adam Smith has likened to the Thirty Years’ War in Germany, they sought as rivals to offer as an ideal the individual independent of his surroundings. The Stoic presented one means of attaining this ideal and the Epicurean another. Both tried to substitute a philosophic creed for the old religion. And the crowds that still went to the Academy and Lyceum, and were taught the old dogmatism, must have looked askance at these new dogmatic Schools. Those crowds had become second-rate men. The New Schools had at first fewer numbers, but deeper thinkers. The Greek pupils in the New Schools listened to foreigners teaching strange creeds in strange tongues. But these new rivals made their way. Not only at Athens, but at Corinth, Elis, Colophon, and Heraclea in Pontus the elegant Platonic style was being superseded by the crude aphorisms of Epicurus and the clumsy arguments of Zeno.
We’re not surprised to find that the Stoics and Epicureans were strongly opposed to each other. They were the New Schools competing for the same audience. They aimed for the same goal, and with so much in common, their differences stood out even more. In an age that Adam Smith compared to the Thirty Years’ War in Germany, they both sought to present the ideal of the individual as independent from his surroundings. The Stoics provided one way to achieve this ideal, while the Epicureans offered another. Both attempted to replace the old religion with a philosophical belief system. The crowds that still attended the Academy and Lyceum, absorbing the old dogmas, must have been skeptical of these new dogmatic schools. These crowds consisted of second-rate thinkers. The New Schools initially had fewer followers, but their students were more profound. The Greek students in the New Schools listened to foreign teachers presenting unfamiliar beliefs in strange languages. Yet, these new competitors gained traction. Not only in Athens, but also in Corinth, Elis, Colophon, and Heraclea in Pontus, the elegant Platonic style was being replaced by the straightforward sayings of Epicurus and the awkward arguments of Zeno.
It will be asked, How far did these doctrines during these eight hundred years permeate the people? Did the New Schools reach the rank and file of the people to the same degree that the Sophistic teachings reached the Greeks? Are we to suppose that Stoicism and Epicureanism were common and popular philosophies? By no means. These philosophies reached the people of the Roman world no farther than Greek culture permeated Roman society. Stoicism was consciously taken up by the large patrician class. The patricians were the cultivated Romans; and Stoicism has so much in it like the Roman gravitas that it formulated for the patricians their attitude in this hopeless time. Epicureanism, on the other hand, in its pure form as Epicurus taught it, or later as Lucretius poetically expressed it, could find less favor in Rome. But Epicureanism was easily perverted, and no doubt the educated voluptuaries of Rome would find in the vitiated doctrine a support and excuse for their excesses.
It will be asked, how much did these beliefs spread among the people over these eight hundred years? Did the New Schools reach everyday people as much as the Sophistic teachings reached the Greeks? Should we think that Stoicism and Epicureanism were common and popular philosophies? Not at all. These philosophies influenced the Roman world only as much as Greek culture influenced Roman society. Stoicism was actively embraced by the elite patrician class. The patricians were the educated Romans, and Stoicism resonated with the Roman gravitas, shaping their mindset during this challenging time. Epicureanism, in its original form as taught by Epicurus, or later as poetically expressed by Lucretius, was less favored in Rome. However, Epicureanism was easily distorted, and the educated pleasure-seekers of Rome likely found in the altered doctrine a justification for their indulgences.
A Summary of the Agreements and Differences of the Stoics and Epicureans.
A Summary of the Agreements and Differences of the Stoics and Epicureans.
Their Agreements.
Their Agreements.
1. Both subordinated theory to practice.
1. Both placed theory below practice.
2. Both had the same purpose in their practical philosophy:
2. Both had the same goal in their practical philosophy:
(a) to gain peace of mind for the individual,
(a) to achieve peace of mind for the person,
(b) to gain independence of the world for the individual.
(b) to achieve personal independence from the world.
Their Differences.
The Differences Between Them.
The Stoics. | The Epicureans. | |
---|---|---|
1. | Universal law is supreme. | The individual is supreme. |
2. | Man is a thinking being. | Man is a feeling being. |
3. | Independence is obtained by suppressing the personal feelings. | Independence is obtained by idealizing the feelings through serenity. |
4. | The Stoics were religious, | The Epicureans were anti-religious, |
yet both schools accepted the popular gods. | ||
5. | The world is a moral order. | The world is a mechanical order. |
6. | The universal determines the individual. | The universal is the result of the functioning of the individual. |
7. | The world is the expression of an immanent reason. | The world is the combination of atoms. |
CHAPTER X
Epicureanism
The Life of Epicurus (341–270 B. C.). Epicurus was born in Samos in Asia Minor. He was a school-teacher in Mitylene and Lampsacus, and in 307 B. C. he established in Athens his Philosophical School, in a garden within the walls on the road to the Academy (see map). His School was thereafter called the Gardens. He claimed to have been self-taught, and he probably did not have a thorough education. He did, however, possess great personal charm and, as his doctrine made few demands upon its disciples and expressed the refined and delicate hedonism of the time, it spread very wide. His disciples held him in great reverence, and long after his death the image of his personality was a living influence with them. Indeed, it was the personal work of Epicurus that was the supreme influence with the sect. His formulas passed on from generation to generation and were called “Golden Maxims.”34 He wrote three hundred separate treatises, and in the amount of his writings was exceeded in antiquity only by the Stoic, Chrysippus. His great work, On Nature, consisted of thirty-seven books. The other Schools joined in a bitter attack upon him, and in modern times he has been called Socrate doublé d’un Voltaire. Since neither polytheism nor Christianity had any reason for preserving his writings, they have been almost entirely lost. Some have been found in Herculaneum, and many more are thought to be still in that buried city. The mother of Epicurus was a priestess, and her superstitions probably set him against the superstitions of his age. His later acquaintance with the philosophy of Democritus gave him a scientific basis for his aggression against all religions.
The Life of Epicurus (341–270 B. C.). Epicurus was born on the island of Samos in Asia Minor. He worked as a teacher in Mitylene and Lampsacus, and in 307 B. C., he founded his Philosophical School in Athens, located in a garden along the road to the Academy (see map). His School became known as the Gardens. He claimed to be self-taught and likely didn’t have a formal education. However, he had a great personal charm, and since his teachings required little from his followers while promoting the refined and delicate pleasures of the time, they became very popular. His students respected him greatly, and long after his death, his personality continued to influence them. In fact, it was Epicurus’s personal efforts that were the main influence within the group. His ideas were passed down through generations and were referred to as “Golden Maxims. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ He wrote three hundred separate treatises, a number surpassed in antiquity only by the Stoic philosopher Chrysippus. His major work, On Nature, comprised thirty-seven books. Other philosophical schools fiercely criticized him, and in modern times, he has been called Socrate doublé d’un Voltaire. Neither polytheism nor Christianity had any motive to preserve his writings, which have been largely lost. Some have been discovered in Herculaneum, and many more are believed to still lie in that buried city. Epicurus’s mother was a priestess, and her superstitions likely caused him to oppose the superstitions of his time. His later engagement with the philosophy of Democritus provided him with a scientific foundation for his challenge against all religions.
The Epicureans. The Epicurean body was a guild or sect that seemed to have been little affected by the vicissitudes of time. The Epicureans proselyted vigorously, closely organized their society, and extended it throughout Greece. It was a state within a state. With a fixed constitution it was held together by itinerant preaching, correspondence, and material assistance. It had an esprit de corps, and like religious communities it brought together into one organization the individuals that had been scattered by the breaking up of political institutions. The School had special protection from the Roman emperors and existed as late as the fourth century A. D., having outlived all the other systems. It had some famous literary representatives,—Metrodorus, Colotes, Philodemus,—but especially the Roman poet Lucretius, who popularized the doctrine for the Romans. Amafinius introduced Epicureanism into Rome during the middle of the second century B. C., and the teaching was received with great favor. Its numerous disciples in all antiquity changed the doctrine only in its unessentials. The charges of immorality and licentiousness are not true of the teaching or of the practices of the founder or of the early members of the School.
The Epicureans. The Epicurean group was a community or sect that seemed to remain largely unchanged by the ups and downs of time. The Epicureans actively spread their beliefs, organized their society tightly, and expanded throughout Greece. It functioned like a state within a state. With a solid structure, it was united through traveling preaching, correspondence, and material support. It had a strong sense of community, and like religious groups, it brought together individuals who had been scattered due to the collapse of political institutions. The School received special protection from the Roman emperors and lasted until at least the fourth century A. D., outliving all other philosophies. It had some notable literary figures—Metrodorus, Colotes, Philodemus—but especially the Roman poet Lucretius, who made the doctrine popular among Romans. Amafinius introduced Epicureanism to Rome around the middle of the second century B. C., and it was embraced with enthusiasm. Its many followers in ancient times only altered the teachings in minor ways. The accusations of immorality and indulgence are not true regarding the teachings or the practices of the founder or the early members of the School.
Some Types of Hedonism,—Aristippus, Epicurus, and Rousseau. Epicureanism was not a philosophy of pleasure for people without ideals or who were merely seeking indulgence. The question that Epicurus asked was this: What enduring pleasure is possible to a man in these days of turmoil? He tried to give a rational answer to those of his day who wished to live and enjoy. His aim was to free man from responsibility in his share of the world’s work and to provide for him a life of serenity. The pleasure theory of Aristippus, the Cyrenaic, was very different. Aristippus, a voluptuary in a luxurious city, presented a pleasure theory for the few who have fortunes. It is hardly more than a grading of pleasures and the setting up of a criterion of their selection. Epicurus goes deeper than that. His pleasure theory is for the few, not because they are fortunate, but because they are wise; not because they have fortunes to gratify their passions, but because they are independent of all fortune. The Cyrenaic was a man of the world; the Epicurean was in the world, but not of it.
Some Types of Hedonism—Aristippus, Epicurus, and Rousseau. Epicureanism wasn't a pleasure philosophy for those lacking ideals or just looking for indulgence. The question Epicurus posed was this: What lasting pleasure can a person find in these chaotic times? He aimed to provide a rational answer for those who wanted to live and enjoy life. His goal was to free people from the burden of their responsibilities in the world's affairs and to offer them a tranquil life. The pleasure theory of Aristippus, the Cyrenaic, was quite different. Aristippus, a pleasure-seeker in a lavish city, proposed a pleasure theory for the privileged few. It was essentially about ranking pleasures and establishing a way to choose among them. Epicurus delves deeper. His pleasure theory is for the few, not because they are wealthy, but because they are wise; not because they have riches to satisfy their desires, but because they are free from dependence on wealth. The Cyrenaic was an inhabitant of the world; the Epicurean lived in the world but was not defined by it.
There is a superficial resemblance between the teaching of Epicurus and the message of Rousseau to the French people of the eighteenth century. Both sought an ideal of enduring pleasure. Both would discard the artificialities of society. But Rousseau was a political reformer and attempted to find his ideal in a newly constructed society. Epicurus, on the other hand, was no political reformer, but would find his ideal in society as it existed. Rousseau appealed to the primitive feelings. He felt “the call of the wild.” Epicurus appealed to the refined and derivative feelings. He had no aggressive propaganda. He aimed at no external reform. His ideal was peace, and not the sword.
There’s a surface-level similarity between Epicurus's teachings and Rousseau's message to the French in the eighteenth century. Both aimed for a lasting sense of pleasure and wanted to get rid of society's artificial constraints. However, Rousseau was a political reformer who tried to achieve his ideal through a newly created society. Epicurus, in contrast, wasn’t a political reformer; he sought his ideal within the existing society. Rousseau connected with basic, instinctual feelings; he felt “the call of the wild.” Epicurus connected with more cultivated and nuanced feelings. He didn’t engage in aggressive campaigning or aim for external change. His ideal was peace, not conflict.
The Epicurean Ideal. The central principle of Epicurus is that pleasure is a good and pain an evil. In this he was in agreement with Aristippus, and from this position he never receded. He offered no proof of this, but rested his central principle upon the conviction that men pursue pleasure and avoid pain. He was convinced of the biological fact. But he was not unobservant from the beginning that the subject was complex. He saw that the individual has to make a selection of pleasure and often has to choose pain for the sake of a greater pleasure. Pleasure is the only good, but Epicurus asks further, What is pleasure? He finds that he must give a content to pleasure and evaluate the pleasures in the interests of pleasure itself. This was to Epicurus no moral appraisal, but with reference to the pleasantest possible life.
The Epicurean Ideal. The central idea of Epicurus is that pleasure is good and pain is bad. He agreed with Aristippus on this point and never wavered from it. He didn't provide any proof for this, but based his main idea on the belief that people seek pleasure and avoid pain. He was sure of this biological fact. However, he was also aware from the start that the topic was complicated. He recognized that individuals have to choose pleasures and often have to accept pain for the sake of a greater pleasure. Pleasure is the only good, but Epicurus further asks, What is pleasure? He realizes that he must define pleasure and assess the pleasures in terms of achieving the greatest pleasure possible. For Epicurus, this wasn't a moral judgment, but a consideration of how to live the most enjoyable life.
Of the two qualities of pleasure Epicurus valued its duration and showed his advance over the Cyrenaics, who had valued its intensity. It was on this account that the Epicureans disclaimed all relationship with the Cyrenaics, the earlier school. The difference is certainly a radical one between them: to Epicurus true pleasure is that which endures; to Aristippus it is that which is most intense, however fleeting. There is this to be said of the Cyrenaic theory: it could be easily understood. Aristippus could tell exactly what he meant by pleasure. It is this or that gratification of sense. It includes every positive pleasure, and that which is intensest is best. One always knows when he is enjoying, and in flitting from pleasure to pleasure he knows when he is intensely enjoying. But the Cyrenaic presented no ideal. While the Epicurean theory is more difficult to understand, it is more mature and more profound because it presents a well-conceived ideal. Indeed, the farther we follow Epicurus along this line of his pursuit of the ideal of lasting pleasure, the more are we impressed with his contribution to our knowledge of the nature of pleasure.
Of the two qualities of pleasure, Epicurus valued its duration and showed his advantage over the Cyrenaics, who valued its intensity. Because of this, the Epicureans rejected any connection with the Cyrenaics, the earlier school. The difference between them is definitely a fundamental one: for Epicurus, true pleasure is the kind that lasts; for Aristippus, it's the one that's most intense, no matter how brief. One good thing about the Cyrenaic theory is that it’s easy to understand. Aristippus clearly defined pleasure as this or that sensory gratification. It encompasses all positive pleasures, and the most intense one is the best. You always know when you’re enjoying yourself, and as you move from one pleasure to another, you realize when you’re having an intense experience. However, the Cyrenaics offered no ideal. In contrast, while the Epicurean theory is harder to grasp, it’s more mature and profound because it presents a well-thought-out ideal. In fact, the more we follow Epicurus in his quest for the ideal of lasting pleasure, the more we appreciate his contribution to our understanding of the nature of pleasure.
In this connection Epicurus shows his comprehensive grasp of the subject in determining what are the lasting pleasures. Although he was a materialist he regarded the pleasures of the mind as superior to those of the body. The inner pleasures, the spiritual joys, the control of the mind so that it could enjoy without indulgence—these were to Epicurus the enduring pleasures. The pleasures of sense are primary, for, in the last analysis, the mental life is a combination of sensations, and sensations are only material motions; nevertheless the secondary and derivative pleasures of the mind were superior, according to Epicurus, because they had duration. This estimate of the superiority of the mental pleasures was probably reinforced by two other reasons: such pleasures were possessed by Epicurus; and such a doctrine was in accord with the Greek æsthetic ideal of self-enjoyment of the refined egoist.
In this context, Epicurus demonstrates his deep understanding of the topic by identifying what lasting pleasures are. While he was a materialist, he believed that mental pleasures were more valuable than physical ones. For Epicurus, true joy came from inner pleasures, spiritual happiness, and a disciplined mind that could enjoy life without excess—these were the lasting pleasures. Sensory pleasures are fundamental since, ultimately, our mental experiences are made up of sensations, which are just physical movements; however, Epicurus argued that the mental pleasures, which are secondary and derived, were superior because they last longer. His belief in the greater value of mental pleasures was likely supported by two factors: he himself experienced these pleasures, and this idea aligned with the Greek aesthetic ideal of enjoying life as a refined individual.
The most permanent state of mind is called by Epicurus independence of the world, on the one hand, and emotionlessness, on the other. These are the positive and negative sides of one and the same thing—the Epicurean ideal of pleasure. In ancient times the conception of the “affections,” “passions,” or “emotions” included all states of feeling and will in which man is dependent on the outer world. To be emotionless is to be independent of the world. The Epicurean word is ataraxia, which is variously translated as serenity, peace, repose, imperturbability. Since man has no control over the world without him, he must control its effects within himself. These effects are the feelings and desires which are by nature only mental disturbances. In mastering these he becomes independent of the world.
The most lasting state of mind is what Epicurus calls independence from the world, on one side, and emotionlessness, on the other. These represent the positive and negative aspects of the same idea—the Epicurean ideal of pleasure. In ancient times, the idea of “affections,” “passions,” or “emotions” included all feelings and will states where a person is reliant on the outside world. Being emotionless means being independent of the world. The Epicurean term is ataraxia, which can translate to serenity, peace, calm, or imperturbability. Since a person has no control over the world outside, they must manage its effects within themselves. These effects are feelings and desires that are essentially just mental disturbances. By mastering these, one becomes independent of the world.
If one will scrutinize his life, he will find, according to Epicurus, that his experiences form a stream of mental disturbances. These may be divided into two classes,—desires and positive pleasures. Desires are wants and want is pain. Pain is therefore exciting. Positive pleasure presupposes desire and want, and such pleasure is also an excitement,—the excitement that accompanies the removal of want. The positive pleasures are not, therefore, the goal of independence of the outer world. There is another kind of pleasure—the pleasure of repose. Epicurus recognizes therefore both the pleasure of motion and the pleasure of repose, but they do not have the same importance in his system. Repose is the goal of all our experiences. It is a neutral state, a state of freedom from bodily pain and mental excitement. There is nothing higher than such a neutral state. We cannot advance beyond it. If we seek new pleasures by gratifying new desires, we are only returning to the old round of want, desire, and the pleasurable excitement of removing the want. The pleasure of repose is the only escape from this round of experiences. Emotionlessness is the maximum pleasure—it is the repose in independence of the world. Any deviation from it may vary but it will not increase our pleasure.
If you take a close look at your life, according to Epicurus, you'll see that your experiences create a flow of mental disturbances. These can be split into two categories—desires and positive pleasures. Desires represent wants, and wanting brings pain. So pain is actually exciting. Positive pleasure depends on desire and want, and that pleasure is also an excitement—the excitement that comes from satisfying a want. Therefore, positive pleasures aren't the ultimate goal of being free from the external world. There's another type of pleasure—the pleasure of resting. Epicurus acknowledges both the pleasure of action and the pleasure of resting, but they hold different significance in his philosophy. Rest is the ultimate aim of all our experiences. It’s a neutral state, one that's free from physical pain and mental turmoil. There’s nothing greater than such a neutral state. We can’t go beyond it. If we chase new pleasures by fulfilling new desires, we’re just going back to the same cycle of want, desire, and the excitement that comes from removing those wants. The pleasure of resting is the only way out of this cycle. Complete emotional calm is the highest pleasure—it’s the rest that comes from being independent of the world. Any deviation from it might vary, but it won’t enhance our pleasure.
This ideal of Epicurus looks very much like the Cynic doctrine of absence of wants as constituting virtue and happiness. But Epicurus is far from renouncing pleasure. He is no ascetic. On the contrary, the repose of the Epicurean will be the greater in proportion to the compass of his needs that are satisfied. But he needs insight into any given situation to tell him what positive pleasures should be encouraged. Epicurus thus distinguishes three kinds of wants and their attendant positive pleasures: (1) wants natural and indispensable—without the satisfaction of which we cannot exist; (2) wants artificial and dispensable, which ought always to be disregarded; (3) wants natural and dispensable—the great mass of wants which lie between the two other classes. Insight is necessary to decide about this third class. In case of necessity they can be renounced, but since they give happiness, the Wise Man will seek to satisfy them as far as possible.
This ideal of Epicurus closely resembles the Cynic belief that the absence of wants defines virtue and happiness. However, Epicurus definitely does not reject pleasure. He isn't an ascetic. On the contrary, the peace of mind for an Epicurean increases with the extent to which their needs are met. But he requires insight into each situation to determine which positive pleasures to pursue. Epicurus identifies three types of wants and their associated positive pleasures: (1) natural and essential wants—without which we cannot survive; (2) artificial and unnecessary wants, which should always be ignored; (3) natural but unnecessary wants—the large group of wants that fall between the first two categories. Insight is crucial for evaluating this third group. In times of need, they can be set aside, but since they bring happiness, the Wise Person will aim to fulfill them as much as possible.
There are three steps leading to Epicurean happiness: (1) the desire or the pain of unsatisfied craving; (2) the positive pleasure that removes the pain of unsatisfied desire; (3) ataraxia, the repose of the soul or true happiness.
There are three steps to achieving Epicurean happiness: (1) the desire or the pain from unmet cravings; (2) the positive pleasure that alleviates the pain of unfulfilled desire; (3) ataraxia, the peace of the soul or true happiness.
The Place of Virtue in Epicureanism. Epicurus agreed with the strictest Greek moralists that virtue and happiness go together. His opponents had to testify to the beneficial effects of his teaching upon the character of his disciples. Yet his conception of the place of virtue in life is in direct conflict with Stoicism. He felt that the Stoic conception of virtue for its own sake is an ideal so imaginary that it lacks all incentive to action. Pleasure, on the other hand, seemed to him to be a concrete and real object. It can be given a definite content. Virtue had for Epicurus a value only as a means to happiness. Moreover, virtue by itself is not necessarily accompanied by happiness, but only when it is employed as a condition to happiness. Thus wisdom may be employed to gain the pleasure of liberation from the fear of the gods; self-control may be employed in order to get the maximum of happiness.
The Place of Virtue in Epicureanism. Epicurus agreed with the strictest Greek moralists that virtue and happiness go together. His opponents had to acknowledge the positive impact of his teachings on the character of his followers. However, his view on the role of virtue in life directly clashes with Stoicism. He believed that the Stoic idea of virtue for its own sake is such an unrealistic ideal that it offers no motivation to act. Pleasure, on the other hand, appeared to him as a tangible and real aim. It can have a clear definition. For Epicurus, virtue holds value only as a means to achieve happiness. Furthermore, virtue alone doesn't necessarily bring happiness; it only contributes to happiness when it is used as a condition for it. Thus, wisdom may be used to attain the pleasure of being free from the fear of the gods; self-control can be used to achieve the greatest amount of happiness.
The Epicurean Wise Man. To what classes of people could this Epicurean ideal appeal? Is it an ideal possible only to the favorites of fortune, wealth, and rank? As presented by Epicurus it was not conditioned by external circumstances of any sort and its aim was to transcend all conditions. Nevertheless, it is obvious that the theory was restricted to those who had the desire to adopt it. On the whole, the unreflecting common people of that time were not as a matter of fact influenced by the Epicurean philosophy. The proof of this is the ease with which it was degraded into a simple pleasure theory without an ideal. Epicureanism as presented by its author was not an excuse for the voluptuary or the prodigal, although it was easily corrupted into that. It was, however, a philosophy of the individual. The individual must rely upon his own common sense as to what among the particular satisfactions will give him independence of the world. Sometimes repose is attained by the satisfaction of all wants; sometimes the satisfactions needed are few because the wants are few. True pleasure is possible to all reflective souls. “When you come,” says Seneca, “to the gardens where the words are inscribed: Friend, here it will be well for you to abide; here pleasure is the highest good;—there will meet you the keeper of the place, a hospitable kindly man who will set before you a dish of barley porridge and plenty of water and say, Have you not been well entertained? These gardens do not provoke hunger, but quench it; they do not cause a greater thirst by the drinks they afford.... In this pleasure I have grown old.” Man can use much, but he does not need much. Even life itself under extreme circumstances is not necessary. The pleasures to be sought are the permanent and gentle. In one place Epicurus says with a somewhat forced sentiment that the Wise Man on the rack will smile in the midst of torture and say, “How sweet!”
The Epicurean Wise Man. Which groups of people could this Epicurean ideal attract? Is it only attainable for those who are lucky, wealthy, and of high status? As Epicurus presented it, this ideal was not dependent on outside circumstances and aimed to rise above all conditions. Still, it's clear that the theory was limited to those who wanted to embrace it. Generally, the unthinking common people of that time were not significantly swayed by Epicurean philosophy. Evidence of this is seen in how easily it was reduced to a simple pleasure-seeking theory without any deeper meaning. Epicureanism, as its founder intended, wasn’t a justification for hedonism or extravagance, even though it could easily be twisted into that. It was, however, a philosophy centered on the individual. Each person must rely on their own judgment to decide which specific pleasures will free them from worldly concerns. Sometimes, tranquility comes from having all desires met; other times, only a few pleasures are needed because there are few desires. True pleasure is attainable by all thoughtful individuals. “When you arrive,” Seneca says, “at the gardens where the words are carved: Friend, you should stay here; here, pleasure is the greatest good;—you will be greeted by the caretaker, a warm-hearted man who offers you a bowl of barley porridge and plenty of water, asking, Have you not been well cared for? These gardens don't incite hunger but satisfy it; they don’t create a greater thirst with the drinks they provide.... In this pleasure I have grown old.” A person can have plenty, but doesn't need much. Even life itself, in extreme situations, isn't essential. The pleasures worth pursuing are the lasting and gentle ones. In one instance, Epicurus states, with a somewhat forced sentiment, that the Wise Man on the rack will smile amid agony and say, “How sweet!”
The Wise Man accepts the established order and accommodates himself to it. He is not like the Stoic Wise Man, indifferent to all pleasures, but he is nevertheless independent of them. He is superior to the world, a king and a god. Accidents cannot disturb him, for his virtuous happiness lies within himself. He cannot control the world without, but he can control the world within himself. He can be happy with few or many satisfactions, and he is master over the world if he is master of the effects of the world upon himself. To rest unmoved in one’s inner self—that is the Epicurean ideal of the Wise Man. In contrast to the Cyrenaic happiness, the Epicurean happiness seems passive; in contrast to the Stoic happiness it is satisfaction.
The Wise Man accepts the way things are and adapts to it. He isn’t like the Stoic Wise Man, who remains indifferent to all pleasures, but he is still independent of them. He rises above the world, acting like a king and a god. Unexpected events can’t unsettle him, because his true happiness comes from within. He can't control the outer world, but he can manage his inner world. He can find joy in both little and big pleasures, and he holds power over the world if he controls how it affects him. To remain calm and steady within oneself—that’s the Epicurean ideal of the Wise Man. Compared to the Cyrenaic perspective of happiness, Epicurean happiness appears more passive; in comparison to Stoic happiness, it embodies contentment.
The Epicurean Wise Man in Society. Nevertheless the Wise Man is only a spectator of the world. He does not enter the world’s work nor does he enlist as a soldier to fight its moral battles. His individual independence gives a peculiar character to his social relations. He will have no ties on account of their complications. Moreover, his inner world offers him no compensation for his loss of social relationship, except that the good within is strong and the evil weak. He looks upon political government as a matter of selfish convenience. He is opposed to civic life, and therefore a supporter of absolute government. He refuses the responsibility of marriage, but accepts friendship as the only worthy social relationship, and only because friendship is of mutual advantage. Friendship means intellectual intercourse, compassion, and forgiveness. While there were many famous Epicurean friendships, one must admit that the Epicurean took an unfair advantage of the state. His happiness presupposed a highly developed civilization of refined tastes and noble sentiments. He is a parasite upon the community and appropriates the labor of others. The Epicurean ideal offers much to the individual, but nothing to society as a means of spiritual productivity.
The Epicurean Wise Man in Society. Still, the Wise Man is just an observer of the world. He doesn't engage in the world's work or sign up as a soldier to fight its moral battles. His individual independence gives a unique character to his social relationships. He won't form ties because of their complexities. Moreover, his inner world provides him no compensation for the loss of social connections, except that the good within him is strong and the bad is weak. He views political government as a matter of self-serving convenience. He is against civic life and thus supports absolute government. He refuses the responsibility of marriage but accepts friendship as the only worthwhile social relationship, and only because friendship brings mutual benefits. Friendship involves intellectual exchange, compassion, and forgiveness. While there were many notable Epicurean friendships, it's fair to say that the Epicurean takes unfair advantage of the state. His happiness relies on a highly developed civilization with refined tastes and noble feelings. He lives off the community and benefits from the work of others. The Epicurean ideal offers a lot to the individual but nothing to society as a source of spiritual productivity.
The Great Obstacles to Happiness. To universalize pleasure, however paradoxical it may seem, is to set up an individualism. It is to abandon all the claims of the society of other beings upon us. The logic of any pleasure theory is anarchism. But Epicurus is no anarchist, for anarchism would be too disturbing to repose. Epicurus stopped far short of interfering with political conditions. His teaching did not have as its end a logical theory, but a practical accomplishment. He therefore accommodated his theory to the practical circumstances of his time. He pointed out that in the seething times of the third century B. C. the individual could be happy if he banished from his world two obstacles. These were religion and culture.
The Great Obstacles to Happiness. To make pleasure universal, no matter how strange it may sound, is to promote individualism. It means rejecting all the demands that society and others place on us. The underlying logic of any pleasure theory is anarchism. But Epicurus isn’t an anarchist, because anarchism would disrupt peace. Epicurus didn’t go so far as to challenge political conditions. His teachings weren’t aimed at developing a logical theory, but rather achieving practical outcomes. He tailored his theory to fit the realities of his time. He pointed out that during the turbulent third century B. C., an individual could find happiness by eliminating two obstacles from his life: religion and culture.
To Epicurus the sorrow in man’s heart and the evil in his practices are mainly due to religion. The chief source of the wretchedness of the world is to be found in the crushing fears of religious belief. Epicurus has in mind the exaggerated ceremonies and mystical beliefs of the Orient, where his mother had been a priestess. From this memory he was reacting. Religion pollutes men’s fancies, clouds the future with superstitious fears, and puts repose and happiness beyond our reach. In the first place, religion carries with it the fear of death. In modern times the idea of life after death is an added consolation. In the time of Epicurus death meant the giving up of the present life for a dim, sunless region of flitting shades bordering on the edge of Tartarus. No philosophical mind can be happy, according to Epicurus, if it contains the religious conception of death and the future life. Again, religion conceives the world of nature as created and operated by the gods. It is forever explaining nature-phenomena as miraculous and supernatural. The tranquil mind must believe in a nature world that is separated from miraculous intervention, and freed from oversight. The world must be a dependable world. Lastly, religion conceives of the gods as always busying themselves with the affairs of men. Men must secure their favor and avert their wrath by constant offerings. The religious man wastes his time and consumes his peace in the fear that the gods are not propitiated. The Epicurean seeks to build up the life of the individual. He seeks a tranquillity that is independent of everything. Religious belief with its interfering gods would thwart his ideal. Hence the chief concern of the Epicurean was to banish from life every conception of divine government. The gods exist, but they live quite apart from men. Their dwelling is in inter-stellar space amid the numberless worlds. They have nothing to do with the events of this world, but are only glorified actualizations of the philosophic ideal of soul-satisfying peace. The more the teleological conception of nature became the common ground of the Academy, the Lyceum, and the Porch, the more did the Epicureans isolate themselves by opposing the conception.
To Epicurus, the sadness in people’s hearts and the wrongdoings in their lives mainly stem from religion. The main cause of the world's suffering is found in the overwhelming fears caused by religious beliefs. Epicurus was influenced by the elaborate rituals and mystical beliefs of the East, where his mother had been a priestess. This memory shaped his reactions. Religion taints people's imaginations, clouds the future with superstitious fears, and keeps peace and happiness out of reach.
The other obstacle to the imperturbability of the soul is culture. The Stoics subordinated theory to practice but Epicurus went so far as to deprecate all culture. It was the philosophical protest of an Oriental against all for which Greece had stood. All knowledge is superfluous which does not promote happiness. Knowledge may indirectly promote happiness, and that is the best you can say of it. Epicurus therefore despised the researches of the grammarians, the lore of history, the science of mathematics, the theory of music, poetry, rhetoric, oratory, logic. Although he set greater store by the intellectual than the physical pleasures, he placed as little value on knowledge for its own sake as upon virtue for its own sake. This teaching of Epicurus in Athens betrays the change that had come over Athenian society. Plato, who had been the impersonation of Athenian culture, had been dead not more than thirty years.
The other barrier to the calmness of the soul is culture. The Stoics prioritized practice over theory, but Epicurus went as far as to criticize all forms of culture. It was a philosophical rebellion from an Eastern perspective against everything Greece represented. Any knowledge that doesn’t contribute to happiness is unnecessary. Knowledge might indirectly lead to happiness, and that’s the best you can say about it. Epicurus therefore looked down on the studies of grammarians, the records of history, the principles of mathematics, the ideas of music, poetry, rhetoric, public speaking, and logic. While he valued intellectual pleasures more than physical ones, he regarded knowledge for its own sake as having little worth, just like virtue for its own sake. Epicurus's teachings in Athens reflect the transformation in Athenian society. Plato, who embodied Athenian culture, had only been dead for about thirty years.
Epicurus’ Conception of the Physical World.—Qualified Atomism. To the cursory reader the science of physics seems to occupy a large place in the philosophy of Epicurus, and its presence appears inconsistent with his polemic against culture. Upon further reading one finds that physics, too, should be merely a servant of the happiness of the individual. We need knowledge of physics because the knowledge of natural causes will free us from the fears attending religion. Physics has no independent importance.
Epicurus’ View of the Physical World.—Qualified Atomism. At first glance, it seems like physics plays a big role in Epicurus' philosophy, and this might seem out of place given his criticism of culture. However, as you read more closely, you realize that physics should simply serve the happiness of the individual. We need to understand physics because knowing the natural causes will help us overcome the fears associated with religion. Physics itself doesn't hold any independent significance.
Epicurus undertook to support his doctrine of individualism by the scientific theory of Democritus. The materialistic theory of the great Abderite seems to loom large in the exposition of Epicurus. But Epicurus was not interested in the science of physics—not even in the physics of Democritus. He did not build his theory on the teaching of Democritus, but on the contrary he used the Democritan doctrine to support his theory of moral conduct. Epicurus needed a well-authenticated theory. On account of the influence of Lucretius’ poem, Epicurus has been called in modern times the scientist of antiquity. But his only contribution to science was that, finding the atomism of Democritus ready at hand although unpopular, he made it popular by adjusting it to his own purposes.
Epicurus aimed to back up his ideas about individualism with the scientific theory of Democritus. The materialistic theory from the great thinker from Abdera seems central to Epicurus’s explanations. However, Epicurus wasn’t really interested in physics—not even in Democritus’s. He didn’t base his ideas on Democritus’s teachings; instead, he utilized the Democritan doctrine to bolster his views on moral behavior. Epicurus needed a well-supported theory. Because of the influence of Lucretius’ poem, people today often refer to Epicurus as the scientist of ancient times. But his only contribution to science was that, when he found Democritus's atomism available despite being unpopular, he made it well known by adapting it to fit his own goals.
The Democritan conception that Being is matter consisting of innumerable uncreated and indestructible atoms furnished Epicurus this support for his moral atomism. He followed Democritus in his analysis of psychological, physiological, and astronomical phenomena—all are atoms in combinations. But he lacked scientific insight and the Democritan doctrine was emasculated in his hands. The central and fundamental principle of Democritus’ theory was the universal reign of law. This the Stoics adopted and this Epicurus neglected. Epicurus was impressed by the changes of the atoms in the Democritan theory; the Stoics by the law of such change.
The Democritan idea that existence is made up of countless uncreated and indestructible atoms gave Epicurus a basis for his moral atomism. He followed Democritus in his analysis of psychological, physiological, and astronomical phenomena—all of which are just atoms in combinations. However, he lacked scientific insight, and the Democritan doctrine was weakened in his interpretation. The central and fundamental principle of Democritus’ theory was the universal law that governs everything. This is something the Stoics embraced, whereas Epicurus overlooked it. Epicurus was focused on the changes of atoms in the Democritan theory, while the Stoics concentrated on the laws governing those changes.
This appears in the teaching of Epicurus in two ways. The first example is in his explanation of the origin of the cosmos. Democritus had conceived that irregular motion was an inherent quality of the atoms and that the universe was produced by their combinations in a purely mechanical way. Epicurus conceived that the original movement of the atoms was in a straight line from above downwards. This he called the “rain of atoms.” To explain their intermingling he conceived them to be endowed with volition by which they arbitrarily deviated from the direct fall. Secondly, this physical theory of Epicurus would be unimportant except that it afforded him a basis for his theory of the individual as possessing free will. The doctrine of freedom of the will had been since Aristotle a presupposition indispensable to the doctrine of moral accountability among the Greeks. The Stoic doctrine of fate is an exception. But determinism was opposed to Epicurus’ conception of the Wise Man as an independent individual. The human will is self-determined, and Epicurus even said that he preferred the illusions of religion to a belief in our slavery to fate. He classed freedom and chance together as uncaused occurrence, and out of the combination built his conception of freedom. The uncaused functioning of the will in man is the same as the causeless deviation of the atoms. Freedom is the choice between different possibilities and is determined by no cause. The Stoics alone among the philosophers of this time are the forerunners of the study of physics.
This shows up in Epicurus' teachings in two ways. First, there's his explanation of the universe's origins. Democritus believed that irregular motion was a natural quality of atoms and that the universe formed from their combinations in a purely mechanical fashion. Epicurus argued that the initial movement of the atoms was straight down from above. He referred to this as the “rain of atoms.” To explain how they mixed, he thought they had a kind of will that allowed them to randomly stray from their straight path. Secondly, Epicurus' physical theory would not be significant if it didn't provide a foundation for his idea that individuals have free will. Since Aristotle, the idea of free will has been essential to the concept of moral responsibility among the Greeks, with the Stoics being an exception due to their belief in fate. However, determinism conflicted with Epicurus’ view of the Wise Man as an autonomous individual. He believed that the human will is self-directed and even claimed that he preferred the illusions of religion over the idea that we are bound by fate. He grouped freedom and chance together as occurrences without cause and built his understanding of freedom from that combination. The ability of the human will to act without cause is similar to the random deviation of atoms. Freedom involves choosing between different options and is not determined by any cause. Only the Stoics among the philosophers of this era can be seen as precursors to the study of physics.
Epicurus introduced the conception of volition of the atoms to account for the origin of the cosmos. From that point he conceived the world to develop in a mechanical way. Teleology in the nature world was repugnant to him. By modifying the Democritan physics, he thus succeeded in establishing the independence of the individual in the social world and, on the other hand, removing the gods from interfering in the physical world. This seemed to Epicurus to afford an absolute deliverance from superstition. The important points of the physical theory of Epicurus are these: (1) the freedom of the atoms in motion; (2) and yet their mechanical development; (3) the atomic character of the gods; (4) the scattering of the atoms of the soul at death, which frees us from the fear of Hades.
Epicurus introduced the idea of the atoms' ability to move freely to explain how the universe began. From there, he saw the world as developing in a mechanical way. He found the idea of purpose in nature to be unacceptable. By changing Democritus's ideas about physics, he was able to establish the independence of the individual in society while also eliminating the gods' interference in the physical world. This, to Epicurus, provided a complete escape from superstition. The main points of Epicurus's physical theory are: (1) the freedom of atoms in motion; (2) their mechanical development; (3) the atomic nature of the gods; (4) the dispersal of the atoms of the soul at death, which frees us from the fear of the afterlife.
CHAPTER XI
Stoicism
The Position of Stoicism in Antiquity. The Stoic School had a long history, and for five hundred years it was well-nigh the dominating system of thought. Its importance is shown in the attacks on all sides by which it was honored. It was subjected to a continued critical testing by the Peripatetics, Epicureans, Skeptics, and the Academy. It was without doubt the most comprehensive School of the Hellenic-Roman Period, and numbered as its adherents the most brilliant personalities of the time. In its importance to history its only rival was neo-Platonism, which came after it. Stoicism accomplished much toward solving the problem of life, for it is one of the great inner, spiritual movements of humanity. It was a system of philosophy raised upon the ruins of polytheism—a religion for the educated classes, who tried to harmonize the old religion with the new philosophic needs. In the early Christian centuries it led the moral reform by reviving the classic ideals. It became a retreat into the invisible order, a solace amid unrest. Particularly at that time the Stoic felt the emptiness of human life, for his possession of eternity made earthly existence seem as nothing. Yet it was a movement of subjective reflection and individual motive; but as such it could not prove itself adequate when the structure of Roman society broke down.
The Position of Stoicism in Antiquity. The Stoic School had a long history, and for five hundred years it was nearly the dominant system of thought. Its significance is evident in the numerous attacks it faced from all sides. It underwent continuous scrutiny from the Peripatetics, Epicureans, Skeptics, and the Academy. Without a doubt, it was the most comprehensive School of the Hellenic-Roman Period and included some of the brightest figures of the time. In terms of historical significance, its only rival was neo-Platonism, which followed it. Stoicism achieved a lot in addressing the problem of life, as it represents one of humanity's great inner, spiritual movements. It was a philosophical system built on the remnants of polytheism—a religion for the educated classes who sought to reconcile the old beliefs with new philosophical needs. In the early Christian centuries, it led moral reform by reviving classical ideals. It became a refuge in the unseen realm, offering comfort amid turmoil. At that time, Stoics particularly sensed the emptiness of human life, as their awareness of eternity made earthly existence feel insignificant. Still, it was a movement of personal reflection and individual motivation; however, it couldn’t prove sufficient when the foundations of Roman society crumbled.
But we must not take the Roman Stoics as the representatives of the sect. The Stoics stood for more than moral reflection. The great achievement came from the first three leaders—the achievement of giving a scientific basis to morals. The Stoics made ethics an independent science. Such an elaborate system of morals as that of the Stoics had never before existed. Stoicism was morality with a theoretical foundation, and the foundation was the most imposing part of the edifice. This appeared in Roman jurisprudence, and in later times in Grotius, Descartes, Spinoza, the Calvinists and Puritans, and in Kant and Fichte. The writings of the individual Stoics have become a part of the world’s literature, and the Stoic view of life has maintained itself as a dignified and independent type.
But we shouldn't view the Roman Stoics as the sole representatives of the philosophy. The Stoics stood for more than just moral reflection. Their greatest achievement came from the first three leaders—the achievement of providing a scientific foundation for morals. The Stoics established ethics as an independent science. No other system of morals as comprehensive as that of the Stoics had existed before. Stoicism was morality supported by a theoretical framework, and this foundation was the most impressive part of the structure. This can be seen in Roman law and later in the works of Grotius, Descartes, Spinoza, the Calvinists and Puritans, as well as in Kant and Fichte. The writings of individual Stoics have become part of the world's literature, and the Stoic perspective on life has persisted as a dignified and independent viewpoint.
The Three Periods of Stoicism. The five hundred years of the history of the Stoic School are usually divided into three periods. The first is about 90 years long, in which the doctrine was formulated; the second is 200 years long, when the doctrine was modified; the third was 200 years long, when it became a popular moral philosophy. The first two periods were theoretical, the third was practical.
The Three Periods of Stoicism. The five hundred years of the Stoic School's history are typically split into three periods. The first lasts about 90 years, during which the doctrine was developed; the second is 200 years long, when the doctrine was adjusted; the third also spans 200 years, when it turned into a widely accepted moral philosophy. The first two periods were focused on theory, while the third was about practical application.
1. Period of Formulation of the Doctrine (294 B. C.–206 B. C.), sometimes called the period of Cynical Stoicism. This period contains the three great leaders: Zeno (340–265 B. C.), Cleanthes, leader of the School from 264 to 232 B. C., and Chrysippus (280–206 B. C.). Zeno of Tarsus, Diogenes of Seleucia, and Antipater of Tarsus were other important representatives.
1. Period of Development of the Doctrine (294 BCE–206 BCE), sometimes referred to as the era of Cynical Stoicism. This period features the three prominent leaders: Zeno (340 –265 BCE), Cleanthes, who led the School from 264 to 232 BCE, and Chrysippus (280 –206 BCE). Zeno of Tarsus, Diogenes of Seleucia, and Antipater of Tarsus were also significant figures from this time.
2. Period of Modified Stoicism (206 B. C.–1 A. D.). This was the period of transition. This period shows a modification of the original severe Cynical character of the doctrine and also the spread of Stoicism to Rome. This modification shows an approach to Plato and Aristotle. The most important representative of this period is Panætius (180–110 B. C.), who introduced the doctrine into Rome through his friendship with Scipio Africanus. Other eminent Stoics of this period were Posidonius and Boëthus of Sidon.
2. Period of Modified Stoicism (206 B. C.–1 A.D.). This was a time of change. During this period, the rigid Cynical aspects of the philosophy softened, and Stoicism began to spread to Rome. This shift indicated an alignment with the ideas of Plato and Aristotle. The most significant figure from this time is Panætius (180–110 B. C.), who brought Stoicism to Rome through his friendship with Scipio Africanus. Other notable Stoics from this era included Posidonius and Boëthus of Sidon.
3. Period of Roman Stoicism (1–200 A. D.). During this period Stoicism became a popular moral philosophy. The theoretic teachings of the first two periods were successfully translated by the Roman Stoics in an impressive way into practical observations. Furthermore, Stoicism was being inspired with the rising religious feeling so that it expressed the noblest moral sentiments of antiquity. The chief representatives were Seneca (4–65 A. D.), Epictetus (living 90 A. D.) the philosophic slave, and the emperor Marcus Aurelius (121–180 A. D.). Other Stoics of this period were L. Annæus Cornutus, M. Annæus Lucanus, Persius, and M. Musonius Rufus.
3. Period of Roman Stoicism (1–200 A. D.). During this time, Stoicism became a widely accepted moral philosophy. The theoretical teachings from the earlier periods were effectively translated by Roman Stoics into practical insights. Additionally, Stoicism was infused with a growing sense of spirituality, allowing it to articulate the highest moral sentiments of ancient times. The key figures included Seneca (4–65 A. D.), Epictetus (who lived around 90 A. D.), a former slave who became a philosopher, and Emperor Marcus Aurelius (121–180 A. D.). Other Stoics from this period included L. Annæus Cornutus, M. Annæus Lucanus, Persius, and M. Musonius Rufus.
The Stoic Leaders. One of the striking features of the Stoic School is that its leaders were not pure Greeks. Nearly all the members before the Christian era belong by birth to the mixed races of Asia Minor and the eastern archipelago. Moreover, the later Stoics were mainly Romans, led by the Phrygian, Epictetus. The Stoics who were Greeks were third or fourth rate men. The Stoic School contained so many eminent thinkers that its doctrine was not framed once and for all, like the Epicurean doctrine. During the five hundred years from Zeno to Marcus Aurelius, theoretic changes went on within the School, and the changes were rather modifications than development. Fundamentally, Stoicism remained the same, for it was a religious attitude of mind.
The Stoic Leaders. One of the most noticeable aspects of the Stoic School is that its leaders were not purely Greek. Almost all the members before the Christian era were born into the mixed races of Asia Minor and the eastern archipelago. Additionally, the later Stoics were primarily Romans, with Epictetus, a Phrygian, at the forefront. The Greek Stoics were often third or fourth-rate thinkers. The Stoic School had so many prominent intellectuals that its doctrine wasn't set in stone like the Epicurean doctrine. Over the five hundred years from Zeno to Marcus Aurelius, theoretical shifts occurred within the School, which were more like adjustments than actual developments. At its core, Stoicism stayed the same, as it represented a religious mindset.
Athens was the abiding-place of the Stoic School, but Athens of that day had little to say to it except to receive it. The great Stoic leaders, the first three Stoics, like the three tragic poets, formed a group that is rarely equaled. They were Zeno, Cleanthes, and Chrysippus. Zeno and Chrysippus came from Cyprus, and Cleanthes came from Assos, not far from Troy. Cyprus, Lycia, and Pisidia showed a strong inclination for the Stoic teaching. Tarsus, which is in Cilicia, had a strong Stoic School, and its influence on the training of St. Paul is seen in his theology.
Athens was the home of the Stoic School, but at that time, Athens had little to offer it except to welcome it. The prominent Stoic leaders, the first three Stoics, like the three tragic poets, formed a group that is rarely matched. They were Zeno, Cleanthes, and Chrysippus. Zeno and Chrysippus came from Cyprus, while Cleanthes was from Assos, not far from Troy. Cyprus, Lycia, and Pisidia showed a strong preference for Stoic teachings. Tarsus, located in Cilicia, had a significant Stoic School, and its influence on the education of St. Paul is evident in his theology.
The founding of the Stoic School was the result of the experiences of Zeno of Citium. Having lost much of his wealth in commerce, he turned to philosophy at Athens. Impressed with the character of Socrates, he attached himself successively to the Cynic, Megarian, and Platonic Schools, but without much satisfaction. He made himself master of the teachings of these Schools, and then founded a School of his own. It is said that when he asked for admittance to the Academy, Polemo, the leader, replied, “I am no stranger to your Phœnician art, Zeno. I perceive your design is to creep slyly into my garden and steal away my fruit.” In 294 B. C. he began to teach in the Painted Porch (see map, p. 219), a painted colonnade in the Athenian market-place. The School thereafter went by the name of Stoa, or the Porch. His contemporary antagonists were Arcesilaus in the Academy, and Epicurus. Zeno’s reputation throughout Greece was very high and well deserved. He was a parsimonious man, simple and rude spoken. He used a bad dialect, foreign words, and taught a strange doctrine. He suffered a slight wound and, taking it as a hint of destiny, committed suicide, saying, “I am coming, Earth, why do you call me?”
The founding of the Stoic School was a result of the experiences of Zeno of Citium. After losing most of his wealth in business, he turned to philosophy in Athens. Impressed by Socrates' character, he joined the Cynic, Megarian, and Platonic Schools in succession, but found little satisfaction. He mastered the teachings of these Schools and then established his own. It’s said that when he requested admission to the Academy, the leader, Polemo, replied, “I know your Phoenician tricks, Zeno. I see your plan is to sneak into my garden and steal my fruit.” In 294 BCE, he began teaching in the Painted Porch (see map, p. 219), a painted colonnade in the Athenian marketplace. The School was then called Stoa, or the Porch. His contemporary rivals were Arcesilaus in the Academy and Epicurus. Zeno’s reputation across Greece was very high and well deserved. He was frugal, straightforward, and often blunt. He spoke a rough dialect, used foreign words, and taught unusual doctrines. After suffering a minor injury, he took it as a sign from fate and committed suicide, saying, “I’m coming, Earth, why do you call me?”
Stoicism did not flourish under Cleanthes (who was leader of the School for thirty-two years), although to-day he is the best known of these three leaders on account of his Hymn to Zeus. He was originally a pugilist, and was so poor that he had to work as a water-carrier by night in order to attend the lectures of Zeno by day. He is said to have had a heavy mind, but it was nevertheless the mind of an inspired prophet and a thoughtful man of science. When Cleanthes received the Stoic doctrines from Zeno, they were still plastic. He made them monistic and pantheistic, and introduced the doctrine of “tension.”
Stoicism didn't thrive under Cleanthes, who led the School for thirty-two years, although today he’s the most recognized of the three leaders because of his Hymn to Zeus. He started as a boxer and was so poor that he had to work as a water-carrier at night to afford attending Zeno's lectures during the day. It's said he had a heavy mind, but it was still that of an inspired visionary and a thoughtful scientist. When Cleanthes inherited the Stoic teachings from Zeno, they were still flexible. He made them monistic and pantheistic, and he introduced the idea of “tension.”
Under Chrysippus (280–206 B. C.) Stoicism was revived and he saved it from extinction. Chrysippus was the systematizer of the School and its literary representative. He wrote five hundred and five separate treatises, three hundred of which were on logical subjects. He is said to have seldom let a day pass without writing five hundred lines. He was the moderating influence of the School, mediating between extremes and removing objections. He restated Zeno’s doctrines, but his discourses abound in curious subtleties rather than argument. He was a much more scholarly man than his predecessors, and passed for the most learned man in antiquity. “Give me doctrines,” he said to Cleanthes, “and I will find arguments for them.” His haughtiness created many adversaries, both in the Academy and among the Epicureans, and he had great contempt for men of rank. He said, “If I thought any philosopher excelled me, I would myself become his pupil.” It was a common saying in those days, “No Chrysippus, no Stoa.” In the hands of Chrysippus the Stoic teaching became a well-rounded system.
Under Chrysippus (280–206 B.C.), Stoicism was revived, saving it from disappearing. Chrysippus was the systematizer of the School and its main literary voice. He wrote five hundred and five separate treatises, three hundred of which focused on logic. He reportedly rarely let a day go by without writing five hundred lines. He served as a balancing influence within the School, mediating between extremes and addressing objections. He rephrased Zeno’s teachings, but his writings are more about intriguing subtleties than solid arguments. He was much more scholarly than his predecessors and was considered the most learned person of his time. “Give me doctrines,” he told Cleanthes, “and I will find arguments for them.” His arrogance earned him many opponents, both in the Academy and among the Epicureans, and he had little respect for those in power. He said, “If I thought any philosopher surpassed me, I would become his student.” It was a common saying back then, “No Chrysippus, no Stoa.” Under Chrysippus, Stoic teachings evolved into a coherent system.
The Stoic Writings. Nearly all the writings of the early Stoics have been lost. Only fragments have been preserved from the writings of other men like Cicero, Plutarch, Sextus Empiricus, and Diogenes Laertius, and these men do not always distinguish between early and later Stoicism. The principal source of our knowledge of early Stoicism is Diogenes Laertius. The Hymn to Zeus of Cleanthes is the most noteworthy fragment extant of the early period. Of the later Stoics of the Empire many writings have been saved: the ethical treatises and epistles of Seneca, the Diatribes and Encheiridion of Epictetus, and the Meditations of Marcus Aurelius. The later Stoic writings transmit the teaching of the earlier leaders modified by many foreign influences. Such second-hand authorities as Cicero, Plutarch, Diogenes Laertius and Sextus Empiricus, and the Aristotelian commentators give reports so vitiated that it is doubtful if they report any element belonging to the earlier teaching. The doctrine of the Stoics, since the time of Chrysippus, however, is known beyond peradventure.
The Stoic Writings. Most of the early Stoic writings have been lost. Only fragments remain from other writers like Cicero, Plutarch, Sextus Empiricus, and Diogenes Laertius, and they don’t always make a clear distinction between early and later Stoicism. Our main source for understanding early Stoicism is Diogenes Laertius. The Hymn to Zeus by Cleanthes is the most significant surviving fragment from this early period. A lot of writings from the later Stoics of the Empire have been preserved: the ethical essays and letters of Seneca, the Diatribes and Encheiridion by Epictetus, and the Meditations of Marcus Aurelius. The later Stoic texts reflect the teachings of the earlier leaders but are influenced by various external ideas. Sources like Cicero, Plutarch, Diogenes Laertius, and Sextus Empiricus, along with the Aristotelian commentators, have accounts that are so altered that it's questionable if they accurately represent earlier teachings. However, the Stoic doctrines, since the time of Chrysippus, are well-known without a doubt.
The Stoics and Cynics. The Stoics tried to build up the life of the soul after the pattern of the virtuous Wise Man, whose outlines they borrowed from the transfigured and lofty form of Socrates. (Noack.) Their teaching is not merely a refinement and advance over the Cynic School as Epicureanism had been to the Cyrenaic School. Stoicism and Epicureanism used their sources in different ways. The Stoic would give up more than the Epicurean, and the negative side of his teaching is therefore greater; but in recompense he offers more in the shape of a comprehensive metaphysics. The Cyrenaic doctrine of pleasure became the corner stone of Epicureanism. The Cynic sensualistic rigorism became in the Stoic teaching a negative and relatively unimportant doctrine. While the Stoic distinction of virtue was not unproductive, the most influential aspect of Stoicism was its dissemination of humane culture. Thus, in contrast with the Cynics, the Stoics had a deep interest in scientific theory. The Stoic, less than the Cynic, contrasted the individual with the world. The Stoics have a more intelligent, freer, and milder morality. To the Cynics, external things have no value; to the Stoics, they have both a positive and a negative value. Beneath these differences there is the same self-sufficiency in virtue, the same withdrawal within, the same moral strength of will, the same antithesis between good and evil. Stoicism was original, but not enough so to mark the beginning of a new epoch.
The Stoics and Cynics. The Stoics aimed to develop the life of the soul based on the model of the virtuous Wise Man, inspired by the elevated and idealized form of Socrates. (Noack.) Their teachings aren't just a refinement and progression from the Cynic School, as Epicureanism was from the Cyrenaic School. Stoicism and Epicureanism utilized their sources differently. The Stoic sacrifices more than the Epicurean, which highlights a greater negative aspect in his teaching; however, in return, he provides more through a comprehensive metaphysical framework. The Cyrenaic view of pleasure became the foundational principle of Epicureanism. The Cynic's strict approach to pleasure transformed into a lesser and more trivial doctrine within Stoicism. While the Stoic distinction of virtue was productive, the most significant aspect of Stoicism was its spread of humane culture. Unlike the Cynics, the Stoics showed a strong interest in scientific theory. The Stoic contrasts the individual with the world to a lesser extent than the Cynic does. The Stoics possess a more intelligent, liberated, and compassionate morality. For the Cynics, external matters hold no value; for the Stoics, they carry both positive and negative worth. Despite these differences, there is a shared self-sufficiency in virtue, a similar inward withdrawal, the same moral strength of will, and a common distinction between good and evil. Stoicism was innovative, but not enough to signal the start of a new era.
The Two Prominent Stoic Conceptions. There are two Stoic conceptions that rise prominently above all the rest of their teaching. One is the conception of personality, the other is the conception of Nature. Epicureanism built up the conception of personality, but it had no need of an objective principle of Nature; and indeed the Epicurean conception of personality seems to be only a clever adjustment and an avoidance of the problems of life, compared to the clear-cut, heroic, and vigorous Stoic conception of personality. Thus in Epicureanism there is one prominent conception, in Stoicism there are two.
The Two Key Stoic Ideas. There are two key Stoic ideas that stand out above all their other teachings. One is the idea of personality, and the other is the idea of Nature. Epicureanism developed the idea of personality, but it didn't require an objective principle of Nature; in fact, the Epicurean idea of personality seems like just a clever way to sidestep life's challenges, especially when compared to the clear, bold, and strong Stoic idea of personality. So, in Epicureanism, there's one main idea, while in Stoicism, there are two.
These two Stoic principles stand side by side. The Stoic builds them up together, even though he fails to make them entirely compatible. All the essential difficulties and all the excellencies of Stoicism lie in the juxtaposition of the conceptions of personality and Nature. In early Stoicism each conception is stated with great vigor. In later Stoicism their harmony is approximated by the modification of each. The result was an ethical dualism and a metaphysical monism.
These two Stoic principles go hand in hand. The Stoic develops them together, even if he struggles to make them completely compatible. All the key challenges and strengths of Stoicism come from the contrast between the ideas of personality and Nature. In early Stoicism, each idea is expressed with great intensity. In later Stoicism, their compatibility is sought by adjusting each concept. The outcome was an ethical dualism and a metaphysical monism.
The Conception of Personality. Against Epicureanism the Stoic fought for the dignity of the soul. The ideal personality of the Wise Man is the central point in Stoicism. Even more than Aristotle did the Stoic emphasize the unity and independence of the individual soul as contrasted to its particular states. For the first time in European thought does the soul become an independent factor to be reckoned with. The Stoic picture of the ideal personality is of a life completely sundered from outward conditions, free from earthly trammels, but at the same time the organ of universal law. Contemporaries asked the Stoics, How can such an ideal be a person? How can he live among his fellow men? How can he reconcile himself to human want? After setting forth this ideal during the 175 years of their first period, it is not strange that they were finally forced to modify it in response to practical demands. At this point we shall consider the original portrayal of the Wise Man.
The Conception of Personality. The Stoics opposed Epicureanism to defend the dignity of the soul. The ideal personality of the Wise Person is the main focus of Stoicism. Even more than Aristotle, the Stoics stressed the unity and independence of the individual soul compared to its specific states. For the first time in European thought, the soul is seen as an independent factor to consider. The Stoic vision of the ideal personality is of a life completely detached from external conditions, free from earthly limitations, yet serving as a channel for universal law. Contemporaries questioned the Stoics, asking how such an ideal could be a person. How can he live among other people? How can he cope with human needs? After presenting this ideal over the 175 years of their early period, it’s not surprising that they eventually had to adjust it to meet practical demands. At this point, we will examine the original depiction of the Wise Person.
1. The Stoic Psychology. The Stoic built his conception of personality upon a deep psychological analysis. The soul in the body is like the pneuma in the world (see p. 255). Not only does the soul transform the excitations of the several sense organs into perceptions, but its distinguishing faculty is its power of transforming the excitations of the feelings into acts of will. This was called by the Stoics the assent of the reason, and is the distinguishing feature of the Stoic conception of personality. It established for the first time in history the independence of the personal soul. The Stoic felt keenly the antagonism between the reason and the senses, and he also felt that by estimating the senses as merely relative in value they would so much the more dignify the reason as the fundamental feature of the personality. While, therefore, all knowledge comes from the senses, the Stoic maintained that no knowledge exists in the senses by themselves. The assent of the reason is necessary to transform the sensations into true knowledge. The reason is not an aggregate of sensations, but an independent function of the personality. It transforms the sensations into perceptions, the perceptions into acts of will. The reason is therefore a kind of generating power of consciousness and is free from everything external. But in contrast to this free rational side is the irrational nature of man; for the reason is liable to suffer failure, when it allows itself to be hurried along to give assent to exciting causes. Then emotions arise, and emotions are failures, mental disturbances, and in chronic cases diseases. Man is not always able to defend himself against the excitations of his environment, but he can refuse to give the excitations his assent. He can refuse to allow the excitations to become emotions and to pour forth his life in passion. Man may be in the world and not of it. He may govern the world by controlling himself. The Wise Man is free from the emotions, and virtue consists in their absence. The virtuous man is self-sufficient in the proud consciousness that he can look upon pleasure as not a good and pain as not an evil.
1. The Stoic Psychology. The Stoic built his understanding of personality on a deep psychological analysis. The soul within the body is similar to the pneuma in the universe (see p. 255). The soul not only converts the signals from the various senses into perceptions, but its key feature is its ability to turn emotional responses into intentional actions. This was referred to by the Stoics as the assent of reason, which is the core aspect of the Stoic view of personality. This marked a historic moment in establishing the independence of the personal soul. The Stoic was acutely aware of the conflict between reason and the senses, and he believed that by considering the senses as merely relative, it would elevate reason as the fundamental characteristic of personality. While all knowledge stems from the senses, the Stoic argued that knowledge cannot exist in the senses alone. The assent of reason is essential to transform sensations into genuine knowledge. Reason is not just a collection of sensations, but an autonomous function of personality. It turns sensations into perceptions and perceptions into conscious decisions. Hence, reason serves as a driving force of awareness and remains unaffected by external influences. However, alongside this free rational aspect lies the irrational nature of humanity; reason can falter when it rushes to respond to stimuli. This leads to emotions, which are disturbances of the mind, and in severe cases, can result in psychological issues. Humans cannot always shield themselves from environmental stimuli, but they can choose not to endorse those stimuli. They can refuse to let stimuli turn into emotions and prevent their lives from being consumed by passion. A person can exist in the world yet remain separate from it. They can influence the world by mastering themselves. The Wise Man rises above emotions, and true virtue is found in their absence. The virtuous individual is self-sufficient in the confident awareness that they can view pleasure as not inherently good and pain as not inherently bad.
What guide does the reason have in granting or refusing its assent to its perceptions from without? What is the criterion of the truth? The clearness of the perception—the clearness in the sense that the presentation lays hold of the mind and extorts its assent. The truth is the “irresistible presentation” or the “apprehending presentation.” Who can know the truth? The Wise Man. By what means? By sensation and preconception. By what sign? By the sign of its irresistible power. The Wise Man is perfectly free and perfectly necessitated—he never gives assent except to what constrains assent.
What guide does reason have in agreeing or disagreeing with its external perceptions? What defines truth? It's the clarity of the perception—the clarity that grabs the mind and demands its agreement. Truth is the “irresistible presentation” or the “apprehending presentation.” Who knows the truth? The Wise Man. How? Through sensation and preconception. By what sign? By the sign of its overwhelming power. The Wise Man is completely free yet completely bound—he only agrees with what compels agreement.
2. The Highest Good. What is then the Highest Good or happiness for such a personality? After such an analysis, what would the Stoic be likely to conceive to be the true ends of life? The very nature of the personality gives the answer. Personality is fundamentally rational activity which seeks to preserve itself and to gratify its own nature. The Highest Good is the law of its own rationality, and virtue consists in being rational. In reaching for the Highest Good man can transcend his particular faculties in his free obedience to his own reason; and the wholeness of his existence depends upon the wholeness of his deed. Thus is the inner activity whole in contrast to the partial outer activities. Inwardness attains complete independence and finds the depth of the soul. We are free and we are happy if the whole being goes out in contemplation of the world reason which is our reason, and if all the feelings that make us dependent on the world are excluded. Since the emotions place a false value on things, happiness demands a whole effort and ceaseless activity. We must not merely theorize, but thought must become conduct. Thought-action yields happiness. It does not matter whether man acts with reference to this or that, for external objects are neither good nor bad. The whole question is whether the reason controls the passions or not. If the reason controls, the end is good; if the passions control, the end is evil; all other ends are indifferent. The reason either does or does not rule, and an act is either good or not. Good is not relative, but absolute; and such relative matters as wealth, honor, and riches are matters of indifference. Even life itself is one of the indifferent things and may be taken when it does not serve the ends of reason. The Highest Good is that inner unity—that disposition—which is governed by a single principle.
2. The Highest Good. So, what is the Highest Good or happiness for someone like this? After this analysis, what would a Stoic likely see as the true goals of life? The nature of the personality provides the answer. Personality is essentially rational activity that seeks to maintain itself and satisfy its own nature. The Highest Good is the principle of its own rationality, and virtue is being rational. By striving for the Highest Good, a person can rise above their individual abilities through their free adherence to their own reason; the completeness of their existence relies on the completeness of their actions. Thus, the inner activity is whole in contrast to the fragmented outer activities. Inwardness achieves full independence and uncovers the depth of the soul. We are free and happy when our entire being engages in contemplating the world’s reason, which is our reason, while excluding all feelings that bind us to the world. Since emotions falsely assess things, happiness requires total effort and ongoing activity. We shouldn’t just theorize; thought must translate into action. Thought in action brings happiness. It doesn't matter if someone acts concerning this or that, because external objects are neither good nor bad. The key question is whether reason governs the passions or not. If reason governs, the outcome is good; if passions govern, the outcome is evil; all other outcomes are neutral. Reason either rules or it doesn’t, and an action is either good or not. Goodness is not relative but absolute; relative matters like wealth, honor, and riches are indifferent. Even life itself is among the indifferent things and can be relinquished when it does not serve the aims of reason. The Highest Good is that inner unity—that condition—ruled by a single principle.
The Stoic word for this ideal Good is apathy, just as the Epicurean word was ataraxy or imperturbability. Positively defined, it is virtue. Negatively defined, can we say it was passionlessness? This would not be quite correct. By apathy the Stoic means not absence of all feeling, but absence of control by the feelings. The Stoic was filled with joy, gratitude, serene confidence, and unwavering submission in regard to rational law. Apathy is not dull insensibility, but immovable firmness. It is absence of the emotions that render the man dependent on the world, but it is not absence of the reaching out of the soul for the divine. The Highest Good or Apathy is (1) intellectual resignation to the universe, (2) practical inner harmony, and (3) self-control. In seeking to be rational, man is following an impulse,—the impulse of self-preservation.
The Stoic term for this ideal Good is apathy, just as the Epicurean term was ataraxy or imperturbability. Positively defined, it is virtue. Negatively defined, can we say it was passionlessness? This wouldn’t be entirely accurate. By apathy, the Stoic means not the absence of all feeling, but the absence of being controlled by emotions. The Stoic experienced joy, gratitude, serene confidence, and unwavering acceptance of rational law. Apathy is not dull insensibility but rather immovable strength. It is the absence of emotions that make a person dependent on the world, but it does not mean lacking the soul’s drive toward the divine. The Highest Good or Apathy is (1) intellectual acceptance of the universe, (2) practical inner harmony, and (3) self-control. In striving to be rational, a person is following an impulse—the impulse of self-preservation.
The Conception of Nature. In comparison with the Epicurean the position of the Stoic was peculiarly involved. The ideal imperturbability of the Epicurean was simple in so far that it required nothing beyond itself. It was an individual matter and varied with the individual. But the Stoic ideal personality is based upon the reason, that is eternally one and the same. What is this absolute principle that gives to the human reason its absoluteness? What is the extent of the law of the reason that the human reason itself implies? Thus the Stoic needed to supplement his conception of personality and the Epicurean did not. Because his individualism was more rigorous, it needed the more to be supported. The Stoic principle of morality had to have its foundation in the absolute nature of things. This foundation could not be the politico-moral principle of Greek national life, for that existed no longer. It could not be a transcendent, supersensuous, or incorporeal principle, for his Cynic inheritance would forbid his looking beyond experience. The supplementary absolute principle of the Stoics must be an immanent principle, a living power in the world. A pantheistic conception of Nature took its place side by side with the Stoic conception of personality, and this conception of Nature became the central point of the Stoic metaphysics. For this the Stoics adopted the Logos doctrine of Heracleitus, which will be recalled as the doctrine of primal matter as rational, just, and fateful changingness. The Stoics were reinforced in this by Aristotle’s teleological philosophy of nature. Yet they tried to overcome the dualism of matter and Form as it existed in Aristotle’s teaching, and one feels that the Stoic pantheism was a conscious and avowed pantheism. The Stoic conception of Nature is that of a unitary, rational, and living whole, having no parts, but only determinate forms. Yet it cannot be called a hylozoism, like the doctrine of Heracleitus, for there Form and matter had not been distinguished. In the intervening years Form and matter had been separated, and the Stoic sought to put them together again. In comparison with the doctrine of the Old Schools, the Stoic teaching was (1) monistic, as against their dualism, (2) materialistic, as against their idealism, but (3) like them, it was teleological.
The Conception of Nature. Compared to the Epicureans, the Stoics had a more complicated position. The Epicurean's ideal calmness was straightforward because it required nothing outside itself. It was a personal matter and varied from person to person. But the Stoic's ideal character is based on a reason that is eternally the same. What is this absolute principle that makes human reason absolute? What does the law of reason imply about human reason itself? Consequently, the Stoic needed to enhance his idea of personality while the Epicurean did not. Because his individualism was more intense, it needed more support. The Stoic moral principle had to be grounded in the absolute nature of things. This foundation couldn't come from the political and moral principles of Greek national life, as those were no longer relevant. It also couldn't be a transcendent, supersensory, or incorporeal principle, as his Cynic background prevented him from looking beyond experience. The Stoics' additional absolute principle had to be an immanent principle, a living force in the world. A pantheistic view of Nature developed alongside the Stoic understanding of personality, and this view of Nature became the focal point of Stoic metaphysics. To support this, the Stoics embraced the Logos doctrine of Heraclitus, which described primal matter as rational, just, and fateful change. They were also influenced by Aristotle’s teleological philosophy of nature. However, they attempted to overcome the dualism of matter and Form found in Aristotle's teachings, suggesting that Stoic pantheism was a deliberate and acknowledged pantheism. The Stoic view of Nature is seen as a unified, rational, and living whole, lacking parts but having only specific forms. Yet it can't be labeled as hylozoism, like Heraclitus's doctrine, because there Form and matter hadn’t been differentiated. In the years that followed, Form and matter were separated, and the Stoics aimed to reunite them. Compared to the teachings of the Old Schools, the Stoic philosophy was (1) monistic, in contrast to their dualism, (2) materialistic, as opposed to their idealism, but (3) like them, it was also teleological.
1. In the first place, Nature is an all-pervading World-Being. It is God, “in whom we live and move and have our being.” It contains in itself all cosmic phenomena, and processes, past, present, and future. It is the World-ground and the World-mind, and yet it is all-in-all. It is the productive and formative power, the vitalizing principle. In general, it is the creative and guiding reason; in particular, it is Providence or divine government. It is the unswerving whole in which the single events of history take place. To the Stoics the cosmic Reason was so apparent in Nature that purpose appeared to them in everything. In their hands the great teleological conception of Aristotle’s immanent purposiveness sank to the petty purposiveness for human beings and for the gods. Yet it is no wonder that this conception of an all-pervasive deity became a religion to the Stoics and raised their moral code to the region of the sublime. The world is Fate so far as the minutest movements are determined. Nature is Providence so far as those determinations are full of purpose. Nature is in every part perfect and without blemish.
1. First of all, Nature is an all-encompassing World-Being. It is God, “in whom we live and move and have our being.” It holds within itself all cosmic events and processes, from the past, present, and future. It is the foundation and the consciousness of the world, and yet it is everything in everything. It is the creative and shaping force, the life-giving principle. Generally, it is the creative and guiding reason; specifically, it is Providence or divine governance. It is the unwavering whole in which all historic events occur. To the Stoics, the cosmic Reason was so evident in Nature that they saw purpose in everything. In their view, Aristotle's grand idea of inherent purpose diminished to a narrow focus on human beings and the gods. Nevertheless, it's no surprise that this idea of an all-pervasive deity became a religion for the Stoics and elevated their moral framework to something sublime. The world is Fate in that even the smallest actions are determined. Nature is Providence in that those determinations are filled with purpose. Nature is flawless and immaculate in every aspect.
2. In the second place, Nature is an all-compelling law. Nature is an inviolable necessity, an inevitable destiny, that holds all phenomena in complete causal connection. Yet this destiny only proves the complete purpose of the whole. The Stoic seized upon the central principle of Democritus,—which the Epicureans had overlooked,—the supremacy of law. “The doctrine of Democritus passed over to the Epicureans only so far as it was atomism and mechanism; with regard to the deeper and more valuable principle of the universal reign of law in Nature, his legacy passed to the Stoics.”35 There is no such thing as chance; everything is caused. In Epicureanism one finds the doctrine of necessity, but the necessity comes from the atoms themselves. In Stoicism the necessity resides in the living activity of the whole. A living activity! Herein the Stoic conception differs from the Democritan teaching. The necessity is a living necessity, the destiny a living destiny.
2. In the second place, Nature is an all-compelling law. Nature is an unchangeable necessity, an unavoidable fate, that links all events in complete causal connection. However, this fate only demonstrates the overall purpose of everything. The Stoics embraced the central idea of Democritus—which the Epicureans missed—the dominance of law. “The idea of Democritus was adopted by the Epicureans only as far as it involved atomism and mechanism; regarding the deeper and more valuable principle of the universal law of Nature, his legacy went to the Stoics.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ There is no such thing as chance; everything is caused. In Epicureanism, you find the idea of necessity, but this necessity comes from the atoms themselves. In Stoicism, the necessity comes from the living activity of the whole. A living activity! This is where the Stoic view differs from the teaching of Democritus. The necessity is a living necessity, the fate a living fate.
3. In the third place, Nature is matter. On the theoretical side Stoicism agrees with Epicureanism only at one point,—both were materialistic. The materialism of both these New Schools got a disproportionate prominence because it had to be defended against the attacks of the Academy and the Lyceum. The materialism of the Epicureans was a mere adoption of a theory; the materialism of the Stoics was only one aspect of its supplementary basis. Nevertheless, to the Stoic matter alone is real, because it alone acts and is acted upon. Everything is matter,—nature-objects, God and the soul, and even the qualities, forces, and relations between material bodies. The Stoics regarded the presence and interchange of the qualities of things as the appearance and intermingling of bodies in these things.
3. In the third place, Nature is matter. On the theoretical side, Stoicism aligns with Epicureanism on one key point—they are both materialistic. The materialism of these New Schools gained a disproportionate amount of attention because it needed to be defended against challenges from the Academy and the Lyceum. The Epicureans' materialism was simply an acceptance of a theory, while the Stoics viewed it as just one aspect of their broader foundation. Still, for the Stoics, only matter is real because it alone acts and is acted upon. Everything is matter—objects in nature, God, the soul, and even the qualities, forces, and relationships between material bodies. The Stoics saw the presence and interaction of the qualities of things as the appearance and mixing of bodies within those things.
There can be no doubt about the materialism of the Stoic teaching, although both material and spiritual attributes are ascribed to God in a way that is startling. The Heracleitan conception of fire as the primary substance is the Stoic conception of God. God is fire, air, ether, and most commonly the atmospheric currents which pervade all things. But God is also the World-soul, the World-mind, the Cosmic-reason, the universal Law, Nature, Destiny, Providence. He is a perfect, happy, and kind Being. In single statements these aspects are often combined and God is described as the Fiery Reason of the world, the Mind in matter, the reasonable Air-currents. The Stoic equation is Nature = Matter = Fire = Reason = Fate = Providence = God.
There’s no doubt about the materialism in Stoic teachings, even though they attribute both material and spiritual qualities to God in surprising ways. The Heraclitean idea of fire as the fundamental substance is also how Stoics view God. God is fire, air, ether, and most commonly, the atmospheric currents that flow through everything. But God is also the World-soul, the World-mind, Cosmic reason, universal Law, Nature, Destiny, and Providence. He is a perfect, happy, and kind Being. These aspects are often combined in simple statements, and God is described as the Fiery Reason of the world, the Mind in matter, and the rational Air currents. The Stoic equation is Nature = Matter = Fire = Reason = Fate = Providence = God.
The Stoics followed Heracleitus also in their conception of the development of the present world from the cosmic fire. “In all points of detail their views on what we call physical science are contemptible. They contained not one iota of scientific thinking.”36 They followed Aristotle, however, in their description of the elements and their teleological arrangements.
The Stoics also aligned with Heraclitus in their belief that the current world evolves from cosmic fire. “In every detail, their views on what we refer to as physical science are pathetic. They lacked even a single bit of scientific thinking.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ They did, however, agree with Aristotle in their explanation of the elements and their purposeful arrangements.
The primitive substance changes by its own inner rational law into force and matter. Force is the World-soul, the pneuma or warm breath, which pervades all things. Matter is the World-body, and is water and earth. In cosmic periods the primitive fire is destined to re-absorb the world of variety into itself and then consume it in a universal catastrophe.
The basic substance transforms according to its own inner logic into energy and matter. Energy is the World-soul, the spirit or vital force, which fills everything. Matter is the World-body, made up of water and earth. Over cosmic timelines, the primal fire is meant to pull the diverse world back into itself and then burn it in a global disaster.
The most important feature in the Stoic materialism is the conception of pneuma, or the force into which the original substance is differentiated. This is the World-soul. Nature is thus conceived as dynamical. The Stoic word for the World-soul is translated by various expressions, as “creative reason,” “generative powers,” “formative fire-mind.” It penetrates all things and dominates all as their active principle. Through it the universe is one, not a plurality of parts. The pneuma is the life of the universe. Its motion is spontaneous; its development is teleological. The pneuma is an extraordinarily condensed conception, containing as it does suggestions from Heracleitus’ Logos, Anaxagoras’ Nous, Democritus’ fire-atoms, and Aristotle’s Energeia.
The key aspect of Stoic materialism is the idea of pneuma, which is the force into which the original substance is transformed. This represents the World-soul. Nature is viewed as dynamic. The Stoic term for the World-soul is described in various ways, such as “creative reason,” “generative powers,” “formative fire-mind.” It permeates everything and governs all as their active principle. Through it, the universe is unified, rather than being a collection of parts. The pneuma is the life force of the universe. Its movement is spontaneous, and its development is purposeful. The pneuma is a highly condensed concept, incorporating ideas from Heraclitus’s Logos, Anaxagoras’s Nous, Democritus’s fire-atoms, and Aristotle’s Energeia.
The human being has a constitution analogous to the universe. Man is the microcosm and the universe the macrocosm. The soul of man is the pneuma which holds his body together, and it is an emanation from the divine pneuma. Mental states—thought and emotions—are air currents. Virtue is the tension of the atmospheric substance of the soul. The material, yet divine, pneuma constitutes man’s reason, causes his activities, is seated in his breast. Since the pneuma is a body, it disconnects itself from the human corpse at death, has a limited immortality, and returns to the cosmic pneuma at the conflagration of the world.
The human being has a structure similar to the universe. People are the microcosm, and the universe is the macrocosm. The human soul is the pneuma that holds the body together, and it is an outflow from the divine pneuma. Mental states—thoughts and emotions—are like air currents. Virtue is the tension of the soul’s atmospheric essence. The physical, yet divine, pneuma is the source of human reasoning, drives actions, and resides in the heart. Since the pneuma is a body, it separates from the human body at death, has a limited immortality, and returns to the cosmic pneuma at the end of the world.
The Conceptions of Nature and Personality supplement each other. Thus fundamentally the personality is identical with the cosmos—it is reason. To turn the matter about, by reason or “nature” the Stoic means two things that are essentially one. He means the reason of man, or the reason of the world; to “live according to nature” is to live according to the nature of man or according to the nature of the world. The life of the Wise Man as a harmony with physical nature is a harmony with itself as well. The antithesis to “nature” or “reason” is sensuous nature. What we speak of as the natural impulses were not “natural” at all in the Stoic teaching.
The Ideas of Nature and Personality complement each other. Essentially, personality is the same as the cosmos—it is reason. In other words, by reason or “nature,” the Stoic refers to two concepts that are fundamentally one. He refers to human reason or the reason of the universe; to “live according to nature” means to live according to human nature or the nature of the universe. The life of the Wise Man, in harmony with physical nature, is also in harmony with himself. The opposite of “nature” or “reason” is physical nature. What we refer to as natural impulses were not “natural” at all in Stoic philosophy.
“Nature” as universal is the creative cosmic power acting for ends. Coördination with this constitutes morality. It is a willing obedience to eternal necessity. The “fool” acts according to his sensations and impulses, and therefore against “nature.” But the Wise Man, by withdrawing within himself, is his own independent master because he is acting universally. “Nature” is the life-unity of the human soul with the world reason. True individual morality is therefore universal morality, complete humanity, universal rationality. To obey “nature” is to develop the essential germ in one’s self.
“Nature” as universal is the creative cosmic force that works towards goals. Aligning with this is what makes up morality. It involves a willing acceptance of eternal necessity. The “fool” follows his feelings and impulses, going against “nature.” However, the Wise Man, by looking inward, becomes his own independent master because he acts in a universal way. “Nature” represents the unity of the human soul with the reason of the universe. True individual morality is therefore universal morality, embodying complete humanity and universal rationality. To follow “nature” is to nurture the fundamental essence within oneself.
Thus these two points of view were obtained of life-unity: a universe rationally guiding in all its changes; the human individual epitomizing this universe in himself as a rule for his conduct amid his vicissitudes.
Thus, these two perspectives on life-unity were formed: a universe that rationally guides all its changes; the human individual representing this universe within themselves as a guide for their behavior through life's ups and downs.
The Stoic and Society. Men are divided into two classes,—the entirely wise and virtuous, or the entirely foolish and vicious. There is no middle ground. If a man possesses a sound reason, he has all the virtues; if he lacks this reason, he lacks all. There are only a few Sages; the mass of men are fools. The Stoics were continually lamenting with Pharisaical pessimism the great baseness of men. From their sublime height they looked upon the Wise Man as incapable of sin, upon the fool as incapable of virtue. In thus denying the ordinary distinctions between good and evil, they were dangerous in politics. Their political perspective was not reliable. In general, they did not enter the politics of the democracies where they lived. They were, however, often the advisers of tyrants, and often assisted in removing them (as in the case of Julius Cæsar). The Stoic School of Musonius Rufus made a splendid Puritan protest against Nero and Domitian, and finally his disciples and friends controlled the empire for a century (second century A. D.).37 The Stoic regarded his Wise Man as attaining the same independence that the Epicurean claimed for his Wise Man. He is lord and king. He is inferior to no other rational being, not even to Zeus himself.
The Stoic and Society. People are divided into two categories: the truly wise and virtuous, and the completely foolish and evil. There's no in-between. If someone has sound reasoning, they possess all virtues; if they lack it, they have none. There are only a few Sages; most people are fools. The Stoics often complained with a hypocritical pessimism about the great moral failings of humanity. From their elevated viewpoint, they saw the Wise Man as incapable of sin, while the fool was seen as incapable of virtue. By rejecting the usual distinctions between good and evil, they posed a risk in politics. Their political views were unreliable. Generally, they stayed out of the politics of the democracies around them. However, they often served as advisors to tyrants and sometimes helped to overthrow them (like in the case of Julius Caesar). The Stoic School of Musonius Rufus made a remarkable Puritan stand against Nero and Domitian, and ultimately, his followers and friends controlled the empire for a century (second century A.D..__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The Stoic viewed his Wise Man as achieving the same independence that the Epicurean claimed for his Wise Man. He is a lord and king. He is inferior to no other rational being, not even to Zeus himself.
The Stoic differs from the Epicurean in his attitude toward the political state. The two Schools agree that the sufficient Wise Man needs the state but little. The Epicurean teaches that society is not natural and not inherent in human nature. The Stoic, however, maintained that society is a divine institution, which gives way only occasionally to man’s individual perfecting. Since man and the cosmic reason are identical, all men are essentially identical. When men therefore lead a life of reason, they lead a social life. This realm of reason includes not Romans alone, but all men, gods, and slaves. But the political government is only secondary, for the Stoic’s ideal is a universal empire. The Stoic’s interest in practical politics was as weak as his ideal of a rational society was transcendent. His teaching of justice and love for man was, however, a forecasting of the coming religious emancipation.
The Stoic differs from the Epicurean in how he views the political state. Both schools agree that the truly wise person needs the state only minimally. The Epicurean argues that society is not natural and is not a fundamental part of human nature. In contrast, the Stoic believes that society is a divine institution that only occasionally gives way to individual self-improvement. Since humanity and the universal reason are the same, all people are essentially the same. Therefore, when people live a rational life, they are living a social life. This realm of reason encompasses not just Romans but all people, gods, and slaves. However, political government is only a secondary concern, as the Stoic's ideal is a universal empire. The Stoic's interest in practical politics was as limited as his vision of a rational society was far-reaching. Still, his teachings on justice and love for humanity anticipated the upcoming religious liberation.
There are two antagonistic tendencies running through Stoicism. The first is to seek society with its virtues,—justice, love of men, sociability or cosmopolitanism. The second dispenses with society to gain an inner freedom. Yet these two tendencies often coincide.
There are two conflicting tendencies in Stoicism. The first is to seek community with its virtues—justice, love for humanity, sociability, or cosmopolitanism. The second is to forgo society to achieve inner freedom. However, these two tendencies often overlap.
They may be presented as follows:—
They can be presented like this:—
To seek society. | To dispense with society. | |
1. | Exaltation of justice and love. | Exaltation of inner freedom and happiness. |
2. | World citizenship. | The Wise Man. |
3. | Relations and degrees of virtue. | Absolute virtue and absolute vice. |
4. | Virtue depends somewhat on conditions. | Knowledge alone is virtue. |
5. | Individual should submit to fate. | Individual should make fate. |
Duty and Responsibility. The Stoic’s identity of human and cosmic reason elevated the law of human conduct into a strict, universal law of duty. It embodies, on the one hand, the Cynic’s protest against external law, and on the other the construction of the inner moral law. The backbone of Stoicism is sense of responsibility. The Stoics brought out as never before the contrast between what is and what ought to be. They were the most outspoken doctrinaires of antiquity, and formed a school of character building in stubbornness. As time went on they substituted human nature for cosmic nature, and then accentuated human nature as conscience. The individual could then define the right for himself, and this sort of individualism was developed with so much skill that it admitted great laxity of morals. Duty commands some things and forbids others, but there are left a great mass of activities that are ethically indifferent. These indifferent matters offered opportunity for these men of conscience to perform what in the eyes of others were crimes (for example, Brutus). Baseness is only what is unconditionally forbidden.
Duty and Responsibility. The Stoic belief in the connection between human and cosmic reason raised the idea of human conduct to a strict, universal law of duty. It combines the Cynic's rejection of external law with the development of an inner moral code. The core of Stoicism is a strong sense of responsibility. The Stoics highlighted, more than ever before, the difference between how things are and how they should be. They were the most vocal philosophers of their time, creating a school focused on building character through resilience. As time passed, they shifted from a focus on cosmic nature to emphasizing human nature as guided by conscience. Individuals could then determine right and wrong for themselves, leading to a form of individualism that allowed for considerable moral flexibility. Duty dictates some actions while prohibiting others, but there remains a vast range of actions that are ethically neutral. These morally indifferent actions provided opportunities for those with strong consciences to commit what others viewed as crimes (for example, Brutus). True wrongness is only what is absolutely prohibited.
Yet it must not be supposed that the Stoics generally employed the indifferent as an excuse for moral license. On the contrary, the concept of life as a struggle originated with the Stoics, and from them it passed into the common consciousness of man. There was before them (1) the struggle with environment dominated by a false evaluation, (2) the struggle with effete civilization, (3) the struggle particularly with one’s self. The Stoic hero of inner courage and greatness of soul rises above his fellows, not because he gains dominion over the world, but because in indifference to it he isolates himself. He exists in premeditation of doing rather than in the actual doing in which his power would be spent. Still, in the absolute contrast between the good and the evil, in making life a disjunctive, an “Either—Or,” duty got a definite and distinct meaning. Duty, according to the Stoics’ conception, had not so much the nature of an imperative as of what is suitable,—an act adapted to nature, a consistent and justifiable act. In a manner unknown to antiquity the ethical nature of conduct was thus universalized in the new conceptions of philanthropy, of the universality of God and man, in the tendency to suppress slavery and care for the poor and sick. Nevertheless, as a moral force Stoicism accepted the world as it found the world, and did not attempt to make it over.
Yet it shouldn't be assumed that the Stoics generally used indifference as an excuse for moral freedom. On the contrary, the idea of life as a struggle originated with the Stoics and became part of everyone's awareness. Before them, there was (1) the struggle with the environment driven by a flawed perspective, (2) the struggle against a declining civilization, and (3) the struggle particularly within oneself. The Stoic hero, showing inner strength and greatness, stands out not because he controls the world, but because he becomes indifferent to it and isolates himself. He focuses on the intention to act rather than the action itself, which would drain his energy. Still, within the stark contrast between good and evil, and framing life as an “Either—Or,” duty takes on a clear and specific meaning. According to the Stoics, duty isn't so much about command as it is about what is appropriate—an action that aligns with nature, a consistent and justifiable act. In a way unknown to ancient times, the ethical nature of conduct was thus broadened in the new ideas of philanthropy and the universality of God and humanity, along with a push to eliminate slavery and care for the poor and sick. Nevertheless, as a moral force, Stoicism accepted the world as it was, without trying to change it.
The Problem of Evil and the Problem of Freedom. On the questions of moral freedom and evil, the Stoics suffered severe attacks from the Academy and the Epicureans. Alone among the Schools of antiquity the Stoics preached the doctrine of Fate. The demands of ethical responsibility, however, required that the individual should determine his own conduct. To suit these demands the Stoic did not modify his fundamental conception of Nature, but he tried to justify his position on the ground that the individual expressed the law of nature. His argument may be stated thus: Man is like God; Man is one with God; Man is free. It was also stated on psychological grounds. Man can have one of two attitudes toward the world-law: (1) his performance may be through blind compulsion; (2) his performance may be through an intelligent understanding of the law, in which case he is free. The occurrence of his act is fateful, but it makes great difference to the man whether the occurrence is in spite of him or with his intelligent acquiescence. The occurrence is not an evil in itself; for physical evils are no evils, and things that appear to be moral evils are (1) subservient to the good; (2) merely relative to good; or (3) show that God’s ways are not our ways. My will is mine though necessary; my will is mine though it be law. The soul is free when it fulfills its own destiny. God works through man’s will. Outer circumstances are only accessory causes, but the main cause is the assent of the will. At the same time the Stoics did not shrink from the logic of their own fatalism. Chrysippus said that only on the basis of determinism could correct judgments of the future be made. Only on this ground could the gods foreknow. Only the necessary can be known.
The Problem of Evil and the Problem of Freedom. Regarding moral freedom and evil, the Stoics faced significant criticism from the Academy and the Epicureans. Unique among ancient schools, the Stoics taught the concept of Fate. However, ethical responsibility demanded that individuals determine their own actions. To meet these demands, the Stoic did not change his core understanding of Nature, but he sought to justify his view by arguing that individuals embody the law of Nature. His argument could be summarized as follows: Man is like God; Man is one with God; Man is free. This was also presented from a psychological perspective. A person can have one of two attitudes toward the universal law: (1) his actions may be driven by blind compulsion; (2) his actions may come from a thoughtful understanding of the law, in which case he is free. While the occurrence of his actions is fated, it significantly matters whether these actions are performed against his will or with his conscious agreement. The act itself isn't inherently evil; in fact, physical evils aren't evils at all, and what appear to be moral evils are (1) subservient to the good; (2) merely relative to good; or (3) indicative of the fact that God’s ways differ from our ways. My will belongs to me even if necessary; my will belongs to me even if it is governed by law. The soul is free when it follows its own path. God acts through human will. External circumstances are merely secondary causes, but the primary cause is the will's consent. At the same time, the Stoics did not shy away from the implications of their own fatalism. Chrysippus stated that only through determinism could future events be accurately predicted. Only on this basis could the gods possess foreknowledge. Only the necessary is knowable.
The Modifications of the Stoic Doctrine after the First Period. The inherent difficulties in the Stoic doctrine and the attacks upon it gave rise to later concession that only further complicated it. (1) The moral ideal was lowered to make a set of rules for the mediocre man, and thereby the Stoics became the originators of the dangerous doctrine of a twofold morals.
The Modifications of the Stoic Doctrine after the First Period. The challenges within the Stoic doctrine and the criticism it faced led to later compromises that only made it more complex. (1) The moral ideal was dialed down to create a set of rules for the average person, and as a result, the Stoics introduced the risky idea of a dual morality.
(2) By admitting any supposition instead of strict scientific deduction into their theory they introduced probabilism. An absolute personality! An absolute Nature! In order to make either practical the Stoics had to modify both. In the course of time, when new leaders represented the School, there came compromises according to practical exigencies. The teaching of the Wise Man was superseded by instruction how to become wise. The moral idealism was not renounced but the idea of progress was introduced.
(2) By allowing any assumption instead of strict scientific reasoning into their theory, they brought in probabilism. An absolute personality! An absolute Nature! To make either one practical, the Stoics had to adjust both. Over time, as new leaders took over the School, compromises were made based on practical needs. The teachings of the Wise Man were replaced by lessons on how to become wise. The moral idealism wasn't abandoned, but the concept of progress was introduced.
(3) The doctrine of Goods was modified. From out the Goods, esteemed as indifferent, there appear Goods as desirable. Yet these were never thought to be Goods in themselves, but were only adapted to further the Good in itself. Such were, for example, the physical Good of health, enjoyment of the senses, etc. On the side of its ideals Stoicism thus was brought into touch with practical life.
(3) The concept of Goods was changed. Among the Goods, considered neutral, some emerged as desirable. However, these were never viewed as Goods in their own right, but rather as means to achieve the Good itself. Examples include the physical Good of health, enjoyment of the senses, etc. In terms of its ideals, Stoicism thus connected with practical life.
(4) A distinction was made concerning those who were not Wise Men. It was recognized that all “fools” are not the same distance from virtue. There are then recognized progressive men,—men who are improving. Apathy is thus modified by a state of progress. Even the Wise Man has in common with others the affections of his senses, such as pain. The Stoic ethical aristocracy became more humane. Nevertheless, the Stoic never yielded this point, viz., that there is no gradual growth in virtue. Virtue is not attained through a transition. It is a sudden turning about.
(4) A distinction was made between those who weren't Wise Men. It was acknowledged that not all “fools” are equally far from virtue. There are also progressive individuals—people who are getting better. Apathy is thus influenced by a state of progress. Even the Wise Man shares common sensory experiences, like pain, with others. The Stoic view of ethical superiority became more compassionate. However, the Stoic never gave up on this point, viz., that there is no gradual development in virtue. Virtue isn’t achieved through a gradual process. It’s a sudden transformation.
(5) During the empire Stoicism became merely a moral philosophy, but even in this form it was an impressive presentation of the noblest convictions of antiquity. It prepared moral feeling for Christianity. The more Stoicism became mere moralizing, the more the Cynic element in it dominated it. In the first and second centuries Cynicism was revived by wandering, garbed preachers, who went about affecting beggary and teaching morals.
(5) During the empire, Stoicism turned into just a moral philosophy, but even in this form, it showcased the finest beliefs of ancient times. It set the stage for moral awareness in Christianity. As Stoicism became more about moralizing, the Cynic aspect became more prominent. In the first and second centuries, Cynicism was revived by traveling preachers who dressed in rags, pretending to be beggars while teaching morals.
CHAPTER XII
Skepticism and Eclecticism
The Appearances of Philosophic Skepticism. We have now traced the history of the positive and dogmatic aspect of the Hellenic-Roman Period through its Ethical Division and far into the Religious Division of the Period. The influence of the ethical movement did not disappear until at least two centuries after the beginning of this era, and the Schools themselves did not disappear until they were abolished by Justinian in 529 A. D. But the Ethical Period may be said to close at the beginning of this era, and even a century and a half before that—about 150 B. C.—its positive and dogmatic character had been lost. Eclecticism appeared in the Schools, and the last one hundred and fifty years of the Ethical Period was in character transitional and eclectic. This was caused by the growth and power of Skepticism, which we have already pointed out as the undercurrent of the entire period. Skepticism was the fundamental frame of mind of the eight hundred years of this time. It was the negative side of the period in contrast with the Schools. Philosophic Skepticism appeared contemporaneously with the rise of the New Schools at the very beginning of the Period, and the controversy between the Schools and Skepticism reached its height about 150 B. C. What was the result? Did philosophy turn, as in the Age of Pericles, back to greater triumphs in speculation? No; the world was no longer virile and no longer possessed the creative impulse. On account of the attacks of Skepticism upon the Schools, philosophy dissolved itself first into eclecticism, and then later by the introduction of new elements from the East was superseded by religion. In the philosophical sense, religion and eclecticism are both skeptical—both have doubts of the ability of the reason to reach truth. Eclecticism shows its Skepticism by doubting any one dogmatic scheme, and therefore it constructs a compromise of all; religion crowns faith in place of reason.
The Appearances of Philosophic Skepticism. We have now traced the history of the positive and dogmatic side of the Hellenic-Roman Period through its Ethical Division and well into the Religious Division of the Period. The influence of the ethical movement didn’t fade until at least two centuries after this era began, and the Schools themselves didn’t vanish until they were abolished by Justinian in 529 A. D. However, we can say that the Ethical Period began to close at the start of this era, and even a century and a half before that—around 150 B. C.—its positive and dogmatic nature had diminished. Eclecticism emerged in the Schools, and the last one hundred and fifty years of the Ethical Period were characterized by transition and eclecticism. This was driven by the rise and strength of Skepticism, which we’ve already identified as a significant undercurrent of the entire period. Skepticism was the fundamental mindset throughout these eight hundred years. It represented the negative aspect of the period in contrast to the Schools. Philosophic Skepticism emerged alongside the formation of the New Schools right at the beginning of the Period, and the conflict between the Schools and Skepticism reached its peak around 150 B. C. What was the outcome? Did philosophy revert to greater successes in speculation, like in the Age of Pericles? No; the world was no longer vigorous and had lost its creative drive. Due to the challenges posed by Skepticism against the Schools, philosophy first broke down into eclecticism, and later, with the introduction of new elements from the East, was replaced by religion. In a philosophical sense, both religion and eclecticism are skeptical—both harbor doubts about reason's ability to discover truth. Eclecticism demonstrates its Skepticism by questioning any single dogmatic framework and thus creates a compromise of all; religion replaces reason with faith.
Philosophic Skepticism in these times did not appear except with reference to the doctrines of the Schools. It arose as merely polemical and antagonistic to the Schools’ teaching. While the Skepticism of antiquity busied itself with the problem of knowledge, it was superficial compared with modern Skepticism. Ancient Skepticism did not doubt that the object of knowledge existed; it did not doubt that the object of knowledge is external and even material. It assumed that things exist which, to the modern Skeptic, is the problem at issue.
Philosophical Skepticism today only arises in relation to the teachings of established schools of thought. It emerges as a counterargument to these teachings. While ancient Skepticism focused on the problem of knowledge, it was quite shallow compared to modern Skepticism. Ancient Skeptics did not question whether the objects of knowledge existed; they accepted that these objects were external and even material. They assumed that things exist, which is precisely the issue that modern Skeptics challenge.
We shall look now at the appearances of philosophic Skepticism, and the effect of this Skepticism upon the Schools in their turning to eclecticism.
We will now examine the appearances of philosophical Skepticism and how this Skepticism influenced the Schools in their shift toward eclecticism.
The Three Phases of Philosophic Skepticism. These are three somewhat loosely connected appearances of Skepticism, and are determined in their character in large measure by the doctrines which they attacked.
The Three Phases of Philosophic Skepticism. These are three somewhat loosely related forms of Skepticism, and their nature is largely shaped by the beliefs they challenged.
1. The First Phase of Philosophic Skepticism is called Pyrrhonism (from about 300 to 230 B. C.). This was a Skepticism directed against the assumptions of the philosophy of Aristotle. From the dates above it will be seen to be contemporary with the founding of the Stoic and Epicurean Schools, at the very beginning of the period. The two representatives were Pyrrho (365–275 B. C.) of Elis and his pupil Timon (320–230 B. C.) of Phlius. When Zeno had begun to teach in the Painted Porch and Epicurus in the Gardens, when Theophrastus had succeeded his master in the Lyceum and Polemo led the Academy, the Skeptic Pyrrho began his personal instruction in the city of Elis. Pyrrho had but little influence. He left no writings, and his doctrine became known to the ancients through his pupil, Timon, who was the literary exponent of this Skepticism. The teaching may be stated in the three following sentences: (1) We can know nothing of the nature of things, but only of the states of feeling into which they put us; (2) The only correct attitude of mind is to withhold all judgment and restrain all action; (3) The result of this suspense of judgment is ataraxia or imperturbability. The Skeptic therefore sought the same internal peace for which Stoic and Epicurean were seeking, but he was skeptical of the Aristotelian metaphysics as an instrument to gain it. The opposite of any conclusion being equally plausible, suspense of judgment is the only peace of mind.
1. The First Phase of Philosophic Skepticism is called Pyrrhonism (from about 300 to 230 B. C.). This was a form of Skepticism that challenged the assumptions of Aristotle's philosophy. As the dates indicate, it was contemporary with the founding of the Stoic and Epicurean Schools, right at the start of the period. The two main figures were Pyrrho (365–275 B. C.) from Elis and his student Timon (320–230 B. C.) from Phlius. When Zeno started teaching in the Painted Porch and Epicurus was in the Gardens, when Theophrastus took over from his teacher at the Lyceum and Polemo led the Academy, Skeptic Pyrrho began his own teaching in the city of Elis. Pyrrho had very little impact. He didn't leave any writings, and his ideas became known in ancient times through his student, Timon, who was the literary voice of this Skepticism. His teachings can be summarized in three points: (1) We can know nothing about the nature of things, only about the feelings they evoke; (2) The best mindset is to refrain from making judgments and to hold back on actions; (3) The outcome of this withholding of judgment is ataraxia, or tranquility. Thus, the Skeptic aimed for the same internal peace that Stoics and Epicureans were after, but he doubted Aristotle's metaphysics as a means to achieve it. Since any conclusion could be equally reasonable, withholding judgment became the only way to find peace of mind.
Pyrrhonism reminded the age after Aristotle that the problem of the certitude of knowledge is fundamental and must be settled before any philosophy can be constructed. The School was short lived, and people disposed to be skeptical joined the Academy.
Pyrrhonism reminded the era after Aristotle that the issue of how we can be certain about knowledge is essential and needs to be addressed before any philosophy can be built. The School was brief in its existence, and those inclined to be skeptical joined the Academy.
2. The Second Period of Philosophic Skepticism—The Skepticism of the Academy (280–129 B. C.). The Middle Academy and its Skepticism was directed particularly against the Stoic teaching that an “apprehensive presentation” guaranteed its own truth by the conviction of immediate certainty. The two most distinguished representatives of this Skeptical period of the Academy were Arcesilaus (315–241 B. C.) and Carneades (214–129 B. C.). Carneades must be mentioned particularly as a genius and a philosopher of great personal influence. “He was the greatest philosopher of Greece in the four centuries from Chrysippus to Plotinus; indeed, in ability and depth of thought he surpassed Chrysippus.”38 Carneades was the most formidable opponent of the Stoics. He had listened to the Stoic lecturers, had studied their writings, and had refuted them on their own grounds in brilliant lectures of his own.
2. The Second Period of Philosophic Skepticism—The Skepticism of the Academy (280–129 B. C.). The Middle Academy and its Skepticism specifically challenged the Stoic idea that an “apprehensive presentation” could validate its truth through immediate certainty. The two most notable figures of this Skeptical phase of the Academy were Arcesilaus (315–241 B. C.) and Carneades (214–129 B. C.). Carneades is particularly noteworthy as a brilliant thinker and a highly influential philosopher. “He was the greatest philosopher of Greece in the four centuries from Chrysippus to Plotinus; in fact, he outperformed Chrysippus. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Carneades was the most formidable challenger of the Stoics. He had attended Stoic lectures, studied their writings, and skillfully countered their arguments in his own brilliant presentations.
The Skepticism of the Academy arose somewhat in this way. The rivalry of the Porch and the Older Academy had grown apace and had been a battle between two dogmatic Schools. The Academy was being worsted, its ancient spirit was waning, and it had gradually deserted speculation for ethics. Under Arcesilaus it was provoked to new life by the aggressive dogmatism of the Stoics. Speculation, which it had ignored, it now began to antagonize openly. Arcesilaus, in directing his attack against the doctrine of “apprehensive presentation” of the Stoics, came to conclusions but slightly different from Pyrrho. Carneades laid out for himself a twofold task: (1) to refute all existing dogmas, and (2) to evolve a theory of probability as the basis for practical activity. He applied his Skepticism not only to speculation, like Arcesilaus, but also to ethics and religion.39
The Skepticism of the Academy developed in this way. The competition between the Porch and the Older Academy had intensified, becoming a rivalry between two dogmatic schools. The Academy was struggling; its ancient spirit was fading, and it had gradually shifted focus from speculation to ethics. Under Arcesilaus, it was revitalized by the aggressive dogmatism of the Stoics. After ignoring speculation, it now began to openly oppose it. Arcesilaus, in focusing his criticism on the Stoics' idea of "apprehensive presentation," arrived at conclusions that were only slightly different from Pyrrho's. Carneades set himself two main goals: (1) to challenge all existing dogmas, and (2) to develop a theory of probability as a foundation for practical action. He applied his Skepticism not only to speculation, like Arcesilaus, but also to ethics and religion.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The Academy did not fully adopt Skepticism, but used it as a weapon against the Stoics. The Platonic tradition was kept alive within the School, and Skepticism made no advance in the Academy after Carneades. It did not even continue in the path marked out by him. In the next generation the Academy became eclectic.
The Academy didn't completely embrace Skepticism but used it as a tool against the Stoics. The Platonic tradition remained alive within the School, and Skepticism made no progress in the Academy after Carneades. It didn't even follow the direction he set. In the next generation, the Academy became eclectic.
3. The Third Period of Philosophic Skepticism—Sensationalistic Skepticism (during two centuries or more of the Christian era). The chief representatives were Ænesidemus of Cnossus (first century A. D.), Agrippa (about 200 A. D.), and Sextus Empiricus (about 200 A. D.).
3. The Third Period of Philosophic Skepticism—Sensationalistic Skepticism (spanning over two centuries during the Christian era). The main figures were Ænesidemus of Cnossus (first century A. D.), Agrippa (around 200 A. D.), and Sextus Empiricus (about 200 A. D.).
This phase of Skepticism was represented mainly by physicians, with arguments based upon empirical physiological grounds. When the Academy passed from Skepticism to eclecticism, Skepticism became centred in Alexandria. For two centuries before Galen (131–201 A. D.) great discoveries had been made in medicine, but the meaning of the discoveries had not been apprehended. There was a general feeling among physicians of that time that there is no such thing as scientific certainty; and skeptical arguments were constructed; based on the empirical discoveries of the scientific circle of Alexandria. While the arguments of the Academy were mostly formal attacks against the Stoics, this Skeptical School of physicians returned to Pyrrhonism, immensely reinforced with scientific material. It strove in vain to disassociate itself from the Academy, for it used in one way or another the formal arguments of the Skeptics of the Academy. In his eight books on Pyrrhonism, Ænesidemus developed the reasons which induced Pyrrho to call in question the possibility of knowledge. These are known in philosophy as the ten “tropes,” or ten ways of justifying doubt.40 They were badly arranged by Ænesidemus and reduced to five by Agrippa.41
This phase of Skepticism was mainly represented by doctors, with arguments based on empirical physiological evidence. When the Academy shifted from Skepticism to eclecticism, Skepticism became centered in Alexandria. For two centuries before Galen (131–201 A.D.), major discoveries were made in medicine, but their significance wasn't understood. Physicians of that time generally felt there was no such thing as scientific certainty, leading to skeptical arguments based on the empirical findings from the scientific community in Alexandria. While the Academy's arguments were mostly formal attacks against the Stoics, this Skeptical School of physicians returned to Pyrrhonism, significantly bolstered with scientific data. They struggled to distance themselves from the Academy, as they utilized the formal arguments of the Academy’s Skeptics in one way or another. In his eight books on Pyrrhonism, Ænesidemus elaborated on the reasons that led Pyrrho to question the possibility of knowledge. These are known in philosophy as the ten “tropes,” or ten ways of justifying doubt. They were poorly organized by Ænesidemus and condensed to five by Agrippa.
The Last Century and a Half of the Ethical Period. (150 B. C.–1 A. D.). Eclecticism.—About 150 B. C. the Ethical Period became eclectic. After 150 years of passionate controversy the Schools began to compromise their differences and fuse into one another. They no longer emphasized their differences, but began to point to their common ground of unity. This tendency to fusion applies only to the Lyceum, the Academy, and the Porch. The Epicurean School was never a party to this eclecticism and always remained relatively stationary. The fusion occurred only in the teaching of the Schools and not in their organization. Externally the Schools remained separate bodies for six hundred years longer. In the second century Hadrian and the Antonines endowed separate chairs for them in the University of Athens. They were not abolished as Schools until 529 A. D., by Justinian. Internally their independent growth lasted only during the two centuries down to the year 150 B. C. At this time their theoretic mission had been completed. Their internal history from 100 B. C. to 529 A. D. was one of compromise and adjustment. The year 150 B. C. is therefore important. At this time the records of the Schools stop, controversy abates, Stoicism and Epicureanism are introduced into Rome, and fusion of doctrines begins.
The Last Century and a Half of the Ethical Period. (150 B. C.–1 A. D.). Eclecticism.—Around 150 B. C., the Ethical Period shifted towards eclecticism. After 150 years of intense debate, the Schools started to reconcile their differences and blend into one another. They stopped focusing on what set them apart and began highlighting their shared foundations. This trend toward blending was limited to the Lyceum, the Academy, and the Porch. The Epicurean School never joined in this eclecticism and remained relatively unchanged. The merging took place only in the teachings of the Schools, not in their structure. Externally, the Schools remained distinct entities for another six hundred years. In the second century, Hadrian and the Antonines established separate chairs for them at the University of Athens. They weren’t dissolved as Schools until 529 A. D. by Justinian. Internally, their independent development only continued for the two centuries leading up to 150 B. C.. By then, their theoretical mission was fulfilled. Their internal history from 100 B. C. to 529 A. D. was characterized by compromise and adaptation. Thus, the year 150 B. C. is significant. It marks the point where the records of the Schools cease, arguments lessen, Stoicism and Epicureanism make their way to Rome, and the blending of doctrines begins.
The Stoic School was the first to incline to eclecticism. Its own doctrine was a kind of fusion of incoherent parts, and among the Schools it could most easily welcome new doctrines. About 150 B. C., under the lead of Panætius and Posidonius, it adopted many of the Platonic and Aristotelian teachings, tempered its own ethical rigorism, and extended its scientific interests. At the same time the Peripatetics of the Lyceum united the pantheism of the Stoics to their own theism. After the death of Carneades in 129 B. C. the Academy turned from Skepticism back to the Platonic tradition, but it was a meagre Platonism adulterated with many foreign elements. For example, Antiochus of Ascalon taught Cicero from the Academy at Athens in the winter of 79–78 B. C. that Platonism and Aristotelianism were only different aspects of the same doctrine.
The Stoic School was the first to lean towards eclecticism. Its doctrine was a mix of disjointed parts, and among the Schools, it was the most open to adopting new ideas. Around 150 BCE, under the guidance of Panætius and Posidonius, it embraced many teachings from Plato and Aristotle, softened its strict ethical views, and broadened its scientific interests. At the same time, the Peripatetics at the Lyceum merged Stoic pantheism with their own theism. After Carneades died in 129 B.C.E., the Academy shifted away from Skepticism back to the Platonic tradition, but this new Platonism was diluted with many foreign elements. For instance, Antiochus of Ascalon taught Cicero at the Academy in Athens during the winter of 79–78 BCE that Platonism and Aristotelianism were simply different sides of the same doctrine.
There were two factors that prepared an easy way for the rapid spread of eclecticism. One was the growing Skepticism that was so fundamental in Hellenism, and the other was the adoption of Hellenic culture by the Romans. Eclecticism is, after all, only another form of Skepticism. Both exhibit the spirit of undecided conviction. Neither has regard for the bonds of tradition, for both regard the individual superior to every tradition or system. Eclecticism, indeed, attempts to reconcile differing systems; but in doing this it casts a doubt upon the infallibility of them all only to a lesser degree than Skepticism. The spread of eclecticism was therefore only an extension from Greece of the skeptical spirit upon the world, and the Roman world gave a glad welcome to such a spirit. The Roman character was naturally eclectic. After his first aversion the Roman was hospitable to all philosophies and religions. In his practical way, undisturbed by philosophical hair-splittings, he selected from the different systems what was suited to his practical needs. Eclecticism found fertile ground in Roman civilization.
There were two factors that made it easy for eclecticism to spread quickly. One was the increasing Skepticism that was essential to Hellenism, and the other was the Romans embracing Hellenic culture. Eclecticism is, after all, just another form of Skepticism. Both reflect a spirit of uncertain conviction. Neither respects the ties of tradition, as both view the individual as more important than any tradition or system. Eclecticism indeed tries to reconcile different systems; but in doing so, it casts doubt on the infallibility of all of them, just to a lesser extent than Skepticism. The spread of eclecticism was therefore just an extension from Greece of the skeptical spirit across the world, and the Roman world welcomed such a spirit. The Roman character was naturally eclectic. After an initial reluctance, the Roman was open to all philosophies and religions. In his practical way, unaffected by philosophical nitpicking, he chose from the different systems what met his practical needs. Eclecticism found a welcoming environment in Roman civilization.
In the Schools after the year 150 B. C. there appear many notable names—notable not because they contributed to the theoretic advance of philosophy, but for some other reason. In the Stoic School were Panætius, Posidonius, and Boëthus; and later Seneca, Epictetus, and Marcus Aurelius. Among the Academicians are Philo of Larissa and Antiochus; among the Peripatetics of the same century is Andronicus; and among the eclectic Platonists Plutarch is especially to be named; these were all eclectics. The only one in this group of eclectics whom we shall have time for a passing examination of is Cicero.
In the schools after the year 150 BCE, there are many notable figures—not notable simply for their contributions to the theoretical development of philosophy, but for other reasons. In the Stoic School, we see Panætius, Posidonius, and Boëthus; later on, we have Seneca, Epictetus, and Marcus Aurelius. Among the Academicians are Philo of Larissa and Antiochus; in the same century's Peripatetics, there’s Andronicus; and among the eclectic Platonists, Plutarch stands out, as they were all eclectics. The only one from this group of eclectics that we will briefly examine is Cicero.
M. Tullius Cicero (106–43 B. C.) listened to Greek philosophy in all the Schools in Athens and Rhodes. He read a good deal of Greek literature, so that he had much philosophical material at his command. He did not show much discretion in his selection of his material, but he displayed a good deal of tact in using what the Roman people would receive. The Greek mind spoke to the Roman through Cicero’s voice almost as though the Roman were speaking for himself. It must be admitted that Cicero’s acquaintance with Greek philosophy was on the whole superficial, yet he was able to express certain aspects of Greek philosophy with clearness for contemporary Latin readers and for many generations succeeding them. He prided himself in his ability to discuss both sides of a question without himself arriving at a decision—after the manner of the Middle Academy, of which he inscribed himself as a member. His books appeared in rather rapid succession.
M. Tullius Cicero (106–43 B.C.) studied Greek philosophy at all the schools in Athens and Rhodes. He read extensively in Greek literature, giving him a wealth of philosophical material to work with. Although he wasn’t very selective about what he chose, he was quite skilled at presenting ideas that would resonate with the Roman people. The Greek ideas were conveyed through Cicero’s voice, almost as if the Romans were expressing them themselves. It's true that his understanding of Greek philosophy was mostly superficial, but he managed to articulate certain aspects of it clearly for his contemporary Latin readers and for many generations that followed. He took pride in his knack for discussing both sides of an issue without coming to a conclusion himself—following the tradition of the Middle Academy, of which he claimed membership. His books were published in relatively quick succession.
Cicero does not therefore owe his prominence as a philosopher so much to his own profound independence of thought as to his skill in translating Greek thought to the Roman people. His metaphysics is an eclecticism that is at bottom a skepticism. In view of the existing philosophical warfare, he despaired of metaphysical or absolutely complete knowledge. Yet upon ethical and religious questions he spoke in no undecided manner, for in these realms he felt that we have more than merely probable evidence. Since he was unable to refute Skepticism in a scientific way, he took refuge in the immediate certainty of consciousness in all matters that pertain to morals and religion. There are certain ideas common to all men. These have not so much been taught to all men by nature as they are inborn in all. They are convictions implanted in us; there is a common human consciousness from which they are derived, and they are confirmed by universal opinion. Ethical and religious consciousness thus rests on immediate certainty. Man has the innate ideas of duty, immortality, and God. Our belief in God’s existence is supported by the teleological argument for Providence and divine government. The high dignity of man rests upon this innate conviction of freedom and immortality. Cicero shows his eclecticism by moderating the Stoic doctrine of virtue: virtue in itself is vita beata, but virtue plus happiness is vita beatissima. Unoriginal and eclectic as Cicero’s philosophical position may be, it is of great importance to the student of Roman history.
Cicero's significance as a philosopher comes less from his independent thinking and more from his ability to translate Greek ideas for the Roman audience. His metaphysics is basically a blend of different philosophies that ultimately leads to skepticism. Given the philosophical conflicts of his time, he lost hope in the possibility of achieving complete metaphysical knowledge. However, when it came to ethical and religious matters, he spoke decisively because he believed we have more than just probable evidence in these areas. Unable to scientifically disprove Skepticism, he relied on the immediate certainty of our consciousness regarding morals and religion. Certain ideas are universal among all people. These are not merely taught by nature but are instead innate. They are convictions ingrained in us; there is a shared human consciousness from which they stem, and they are supported by widespread agreement. Thus, our ethical and religious awareness is based on immediate certainty. Humans have innate ideas about duty, immortality, and God. Our belief in God's existence is backed by the teleological argument for divine purpose and governance. The noble status of humanity is founded on this intrinsic belief in freedom and immortality. Cicero demonstrates his eclecticism by moderating the Stoic view of virtue: virtue alone is vita beata, but virtue combined with happiness is vita beatissima. While Cicero's philosophical stance may appear unoriginal and eclectic, it holds significant value for anyone studying Roman history.
CHAPTER XIII
THE RELIGIOUS PERIOD (100 B.C. – 476 A.D.)
The Two Causes of the Rise of Religious Feeling. There were two causes for the turn of the time from its interest in individual practical ethics to religion. The first was an inner cause within the nature of the ethical philosophy of the Schools. The rise of the religious and the supernatural was the culmination of the undercurrent of skepticism in the validity of reason, which we found growing rapidly in the Ethical Period. The more the Schools grew alike in their teaching, the less were they able to assure their disciples of any certain insight into virtue and happiness. The Ethical Period ended in eclecticism, and this was the impeachment of the authority of each School. The Schools examined their dogmatic assumptions. The fundamental inner conviction grew stronger that the intellect of man is self-inconsistent: so inconsistent as to be undependable; so inconsistent as not to vouchsafe man the virtue and happiness which the Schools had promised. As Skepticism became more strongly intrenched, the imperturbable self-certainty of the Wise Man became shaken, the Ethical Period disappeared, and the Religious Period was born. Belief in the authority of the supernatural superseded belief in the authority of the reason.
The Two Causes of the Rise of Religious Feeling. There were two reasons for the shift from focusing on individual practical ethics to religion during this time. The first was an internal factor related to the nature of the ethical philosophy taught in the Schools. The rise of religious beliefs and the supernatural was the result of a growing skepticism about the validity of reason, which we saw rapidly increasing during the Ethical Period. As the Schools became more similar in their teachings, they were less able to provide their followers with any guaranteed understanding of virtue and happiness. The Ethical Period ended in eclecticism, which called into question the authority of each School. The Schools scrutinized their dogmatic assumptions. A fundamental inner conviction emerged that human intellect is inherently inconsistent: so inconsistent that it can't be trusted; so inconsistent that it can't deliver the virtue and happiness the Schools had promised. As Skepticism became more firmly established, the unwavering self-certainty of the Wise Man was shaken, the Ethical Period faded away, and the Religious Period began. Faith in the authority of the supernatural replaced faith in the authority of reason.
The second cause may be called external, and was the introduction of many eastern religions into the empire. It has been common to exaggerate the vices of the Romans of the first Christian centuries, and to point to the corruption of the times as the cause of the great rise of religions.42 No doubt, in the city of Rome and other large cities the populations were very licentious and corrupt. But this was not the case with the people in the small municipalities and the country. The people were united in peace under one government. There was great commercial prosperity and widespread travel. Education prospered. The religion of the Romans, however, long since decadent, had become an object of derision. All faith in it had been lost, and magicians and romancers had a large patronage. The inner life of man demanded some external spiritual authority to satisfy it, and, finding it could not be satisfied in the realm of sense, turned to the supersensuous. It was an age of universal superstitions, reported miracles, and the multiplying of myths. In the realm of the religious emotions everything was in flux. Even the Greek philosophies—the Stoic, the Platonic, the Cynic, and the neo-Pythagorean—show it in their emphasis upon renunciation in practical life. In place of the Grecian love for earthly existence, a longing for the mysterious was growing into a feverish desire for strange and mysterious cults. A great religious movement possessed the nations of the empire, and into Roman civilization of the first century A. D. there streamed many new religions. From the Orient came the Mithra, Magna Mater, Star Worship, Isis and Osiris, and many others. These mingled with the western religions, and their rivalry was energetic for the possession of men’s spirits. The Roman people were hospitable to all religions, and Rome became a religious battleground. With the interest turned from earthly to heavenly things, salvation from trouble seemed to lie in the supernatural.
The second cause could be called external, and it was the introduction of many Eastern religions into the empire. It's common to exaggerate the flaws of the Romans during the first Christian centuries and to point to the corruption of the time as the reason for the significant rise of religions.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Certainly, in cities like Rome and other large urban areas, the populations were quite immoral and corrupt. However, this wasn't true for people in smaller towns and rural areas. They were united in peace under one government, enjoyed great commercial prosperity, and experienced widespread travel. Education thrived. The Roman religion, long past its prime, had become a source of ridicule. Faith in it was nearly non-existent, and magicians and storytellers enjoyed considerable popularity. People sought some external spiritual authority to fulfill their inner needs and, when they found none in the physical world, turned to the spiritual. It was a time of widespread superstition, reported miracles, and the creation of myths. The emotional landscape of religion was in constant change. Even Greek philosophies—the Stoic, the Platonic, the Cynic, and the neo-Pythagorean—reflected this with their focus on renunciation in daily life. Instead of the Grecian love for earthly existence, there was a growing feverish desire for the mysterious and strange cults. A powerful religious movement swept across the nations of the empire, and many new religions flowed into Roman civilization in the first century A. D.. From the East came Mithras, Magna Mater, Star Worship, Isis and Osiris, and many others. These blended with Western religions, and their competition for people's souls was intense. The Roman people welcomed all religions, making Rome a battleground of faiths. With more interest shifting from earthly to spiritual matters, the hope for salvation from troubles seemed to lie in the supernatural.
The Need of Spiritual Authority. Thus the complacent Ethical Period gave way to the cry for some authority in morals and science. Man was no longer confident that he could attain present happiness or his soul’s salvation by his own strength. He turned for help both to the religious tradition of the past and to the revelation that might come to him in the present. The authority in either was practically the same; for the past was only the crystallization of an ever-present divine spirit. Yet present and past revelations differ in their credentials: the present revelation is an immediate illumination of the spirit; the past is presented in historic records. The Alexandrian school accepted both forms of revelation as the highest source of knowledge.
The Need for Spiritual Authority. So the confident Ethical Period gave way to a call for some authority in morals and science. People no longer believed they could achieve happiness or save their souls through their own efforts. They sought help from both the religious traditions of the past and from new insights that might come to them now. The authority in both cases was pretty much the same; for the past was just a solidification of a divine spirit that’s always present. However, current and past revelations differ in their credentials: the current revelation is a direct illumination of the spirit, while the past is recorded in history. The Alexandrian school embraced both types of revelation as the highest sources of knowledge.
The demand for supernatural authority found expression in many curious ways. It is notorious that at this time the writings and oral traditions of the past were greatly interpolated. The philosophers of the first century thought that they themselves could get a hearing only by inserting their own doctrines into the writings of Plato, Aristotle, and other heroes of the past. Thus the neo-Pythagoreans invented a halo of wisdom for Pythagoras in order to give their own sect its credentials. The demand for authority culminated in the attempt to trace the entire civilization of the time to some religious source. Philo on the one side, and the Gnostics on the other, found that Greek and Hebrew history have a common religious origin. Greek thought was found in the Oriental writings. The Greek sages were placed by the side of the Old Testament heroes. The canon of the Christians is full of cross-references—the Old Testament giving historical authority to the New Testament, the New Testament giving to the Old Testament the support of immediate revelation. There came into vogue what was called “allegorical interpretation,” according to which an historical document could be given two interpretations (or more)—a literal interpretation and a spiritual interpretation. The documents were supposed to have a body and a soul. The literal interpretation was of the body of the documents and suitable for the people; the spiritual interpretation was the more liberal interpretation of the soul of the document and suitable for philosophers.
The demand for supernatural authority showed up in many interesting ways. It's well-known that during this time, past writings and oral traditions were heavily altered. First-century philosophers believed they could only be taken seriously by mixing their own ideas into the works of Plato, Aristotle, and other great figures from the past. For example, the neo-Pythagoreans created a sense of wisdom around Pythagoras to legitimize their own group. The quest for authority peaked with attempts to link the entire civilization of the era to a religious source. Philo, on one hand, and the Gnostics, on the other, argued that Greek and Hebrew histories shared a common religious origin. Greek thought was found in Eastern writings, and Greek philosophers were placed alongside heroes from the Old Testament. The Christian canon is full of cross-references—the Old Testament providing historical authority to the New Testament, and the New Testament lending immediate revelation to the Old Testament. The idea of “allegorical interpretation” became popular, which meant that a historical document could have multiple interpretations (or more)—a literal interpretation and a spiritual interpretation. These documents were thought to have both a body and a soul. The literal interpretation focused on the body of the documents and was suitable for the general public, while the spiritual interpretation provided a more nuanced understanding of the soul of the document and was meant for philosophers.
At the same time a vast number of writings appeared as historical revelations. It was necessary to separate the true from the false, but this could not be done by the individual without injuring the very principle upon which revelation was supposed to rest. Consequently all knowledge was generally regarded as revelation. For example, Plutarch and the Stoics divided revelation into three classes: poetry, law, and philosophy. Although Plutarch disclaimed open superstitions, he nevertheless accepted as true all sorts of miracles and prophecies. The later neo-Platonists are also examples of the great body of those who made no discrimination as to what revelation is true. The Christian church may be said to have been alone in making a criticism of the records, and in setting up as criteria tradition and historically accredited authority. As a result of its criticism the Christian canon was finally decided upon, and the Old and New Testaments were accepted as alone inspired. The rivals of the church—the Alexandrian philosophies, especially neo-Platonism—had no organization that could decide upon a canon. They were consequently at a disadvantage, but they felt no need of an infallible historical authority or of historical criticism. Revelation to them was any immediate illumination of the individual. The individual man who comes in contact with the Deity has possession of the divine truth. Although only few attain the truth, and these only at rare moments, there is nevertheless no way of determining what is fictitious and what is true. This difference in the conception of inspiration between the neo-Platonists and the Christians is important to note, for it marks an important difference in the two greatest intellectual movements of the next thousand years. The church fixed revelation on the basis of historical authority, and this revelation became the source of the scholasticism of the Middle Ages; neo-Platonism left the individual man free to get revelation from any source through his own personal contact with the divine, and this was the basis of the mysticism of the Middle Ages.
At the same time, a large number of writings emerged as historical revelations. It was necessary to distinguish between the true and the false, but individuals couldn’t do this without undermining the very principle that revelation was supposed to stand on. As a result, all knowledge was generally seen as revelation. For instance, Plutarch and the Stoics categorized revelation into three types: poetry, law, and philosophy. Although Plutarch rejected blatant superstitions, he still accepted various miracles and prophecies as true. The later neo-Platonists also represent a significant group that did not differentiate what revelation was true. The Christian church can be considered unique in critiquing these records and establishing tradition and historically recognized authority as criteria. Due to its critique, the Christian canon was ultimately determined, accepting the Old and New Testaments as the only inspired texts. The church's rivals—specifically the Alexandrian philosophies and neo-Platonism—lacked an organization to define a canon. They were at a disadvantage but did not feel the need for an infallible historical authority or historical criticism. To them, revelation was any direct illumination the individual received. A person who encountered the divine had access to the ultimate truth. Although only a few people reach this truth, and only at rare moments, there’s no way to definitively determine what is fictional and what is genuine. This difference in the understanding of inspiration between neo-Platonists and Christians is significant, as it highlights a key distinction between the two major intellectual movements of the following thousand years. The church anchored revelation in historical authority, which became the foundation for the scholasticism of the Middle Ages; in contrast, neo-Platonism allowed individuals to seek revelation from any source through personal encounters with the divine, forming the basis for the mysticism of the Middle Ages.
The Rise of the Conception of Spirituality. We have seen that out of the widespread cry for spiritual help came the demand for spiritual authority. There is also another result,—the increased importance in history of the spiritual personality. The men of the past became heroes, the great men sanctified and surrounded with myths. Hero worship, ancestor worship, the worship of the genius of the emperor inaugurated by Augustus, were part of this movement. Disciples began to have unconditional trust in their masters, and in neo-Platonism this worship culminated in veneration for the leaders of the School. This movement appears in the grandest form in history in the impression of the wonderful personality of Jesus Christ.
The Rise of the Idea of Spirituality. We've observed that the widespread call for spiritual support led to a demand for spiritual authority. There's also another outcome—the growing significance of spiritual individuals in history. Figures from the past emerged as heroes, and prominent leaders were revered and surrounded by legends. Hero worship, ancestor worship, and the veneration of the emperor's genius, as initiated by Augustus, were all part of this trend. Followers began to place complete trust in their mentors, and in neo-Platonism, this admiration reached its peak with reverence for the leaders of the School. This movement is most powerfully illustrated in history by the profound impression of the extraordinary personality of Jesus Christ.
The next step was to regard personality as the revelation of the divine Logos. Personality is the cosmic reason. Nature and history are kinds of general revelations, but special revelations require great personalities—Moses, the prophets, the Greek scientists, and especially Jesus who was the Messiah, the Son of God. The power that these personalities exhibit must be a revelation, and not the working of the human reason, for the human unaided reason deals only with sensations, and is incapable of gaining divine truth. The reason needs the divine to illuminate it. The great personalities are therefore the repositories of powers that make them different from ordinary men. Their revelations are above, and sometimes opposed to, the conclusions of ordinary reason. Thus personalities themselves are divided by religious dualism, and in them the human and divine are far apart. Moreover, the more great personalities were apotheosized, the more the common run of humanity was depreciated. Then distinction was made between great personalities. At first, when authority was sought everywhere, all great personalities were supposed to have divine revelation; later, when the lines were drawn between the Christian and other beliefs, only the Christian leaders were considered by the Christians to be instruments of the divine.
The next step was to see personality as a reflection of the divine Logos. Personality represents cosmic reason. Nature and history offer general revelations, but special revelations require extraordinary individuals—Moses, the prophets, the Greek scientists, and especially Jesus, who was the Messiah, the Son of God. The power that these individuals display must be a revelation, not just human reasoning, because unaided human reason only engages with sensations and cannot grasp divine truth. Reason needs divine insight to illuminate it. The great individuals are therefore the bearers of powers that set them apart from ordinary people. Their revelations surpass, and sometimes contradict, the conclusions of everyday reason. Thus, personalities are divided by a religious dualism, and in them, the human and divine remain far apart. Furthermore, as great personalities were venerated more and more, the value of regular humanity diminished. A distinction was then made among great personalities. Initially, when authority was sought in many places, all great personalities were thought to have divine revelations; later, as the boundaries were drawn between Christian and other beliefs, only Christian leaders were viewed by Christians as instruments of the divine.
This spiritualizing of historical personalities laid the emphasis more than ever before upon the dualism in all human beings. All men are ensnared in the world of sense, and they can attain knowledge of the higher world only through the illumination of their higher natures. Aristotle alone among the Greeks had had a clear conception of spirituality, but he had conceived spirituality as applied solely to God. He had not conceived God to be a person. But the Stoic antithesis of reason and what is contrary to reason, and the Platonic antithesis of the supersensuous and the sensuous, had marked off in man the inner personal nature of man as withdrawn into itself and set over against his sensuous nature. The more this ethical dualism became a religious dualism, the more the conception of spiritual personality was extended to all human beings. Its most refined expression was in the Christian conception of the soul.
This focus on historical figures emphasized more than ever the dual nature of all humans. Everyone is caught up in the physical world, and they can only gain knowledge of a higher realm through the insight of their elevated selves. Among the Greeks, Aristotle uniquely understood spirituality, but he viewed it solely in relation to God. He didn’t see God as a person. However, the Stoic contrast between reason and its opposite, along with the Platonic distinction between the non-physical and the physical, highlighted in people the inner personal nature that stands apart from their physical existence. As this ethical dualism evolved into a religious dualism, the idea of spiritual personality expanded to encompass all humans. Its most refined expression can be found in the Christian understanding of the soul.
The Revival of Platonism. The Platonism of the Academy had had little influence in the Ethical Period and its tradition had been barely kept alive. The Middle Academy had been skeptical and the New Academy eclectic. The Religious Period, on the other hand, was thoroughly Platonic, and Plato from this time until the Crusades became the ruling philosophical power. For three hundred years his influence had been nothing; for the next twelve hundred he dominated men’s minds, so far as any philosopher could in religious times. When the Wise Man vanished from philosophy, and the expectation of spiritual blessedness took its place, when Skepticism drove men from ethics, first to eclecticism and then to theology, when philosophy passed to mysticism—then did Platonism, with its antithesis between the sensible and the supersensible, come to its own. Of all the historical philosophies it could best amalgamate all religions. Platonism (1) absorbed Oriental religions, (2) furnished a didactic form for Christianity, (3) recreated itself into the mystic neo-Platonism. The world-longing for the supernatural found its best medium in Platonism. When the Wise Man vanished, the mystic priest appeared.
The Revival of Platonism. The Platonism of the Academy had little impact during the Ethical Period, and its tradition was barely sustained. The Middle Academy leaned towards skepticism, while the New Academy was more eclectic. In contrast, the Religious Period was thoroughly Platonic, and from this point until the Crusades, Plato emerged as the dominant philosophical authority. For three centuries, his influence was negligible; for the following twelve hundred years, he shaped people’s thoughts, as much as any philosopher could during religious times. When the Wise Man disappeared from philosophy and the hope for spiritual fulfillment took over, when Skepticism led people away from ethics to eclecticism and then to theology, and when philosophy shifted towards mysticism—Platonism, with its distinction between the sensible and the supersensible, found its resurgence. Among all the historical philosophies, it best combined various religions. Platonism (1) absorbed Eastern religions, (2) provided a teaching framework for Christianity, and (3) transformed into mystic neo-Platonism. The society's longing for the supernatural found its best expression in Platonism. When the Wise Man disappeared, the mystic priest emerged.
The Divisions of the Religious Period. Out of the seething religious times at the beginning of this era, there emerged two distinct currents of thought that extended through the entire length of the Religious Period, and carried down into the Middle Ages all the culture that the mediæval possessed. The two movements were (1) the religious philosophies of the still persistent Hellenic civilization, and (2) the new-born Christian religion, which was destined to determine the future of the western people. If we scrutinize these two movements we shall find that each has its introductory and its development stages, and at the point of division in each stands a great leader who was instrumental in bringing about the transition. The great neo-Platonist, Plotinus (204–269), marks the division line in the Hellenic movement; the Christian, Origen (185–254), marks the division line in theological Christianity. While these men were contemporaries, we shall take, for various reasons, the year 200 as the date of division of the Christian movement, and the year 250 as the date of division of the Hellenic movement. The first stage of each movement we shall call its Introductory Period, and the second its Development Period.
The Divisions of the Religious Period. From the turbulent religious landscape at the start of this era, two distinct lines of thought emerged that ran throughout the entire Religious Period and influenced the culture of the Middle Ages. These two movements were (1) the religious philosophies of the enduring Hellenic civilization, and (2) the emerging Christian religion, which would shape the future of Western society. If we examine these two movements, we will see that each has its initial and developmental stages, with a significant leader at the point of transition. The prominent neo-Platonist, Plotinus (204–269), marks the dividing line in the Hellenic movement; the Christian leader, Origen (185–254), marks the dividing line in theological Christianity. Although these figures lived at the same time, we will use the year 200 as the point of division for the Christian movement and the year 250 as the division point for the Hellenic movement. We will refer to the initial stage of each movement as its Introductory Period and the later stage as its Development Period.
During their Introductory Periods the two movements tried to draw together under the influence of the philosophical eclecticism which colors this time. In their Development Periods the two movements draw apart, become closed and mutually repellent. The historical developments of the two movements from beginning to end are very different. The tide of Hellenism floods with Plotinus, its greatest representative, and after him there is a gradual ebb. On the other hand, Christianity shows a continuous growth, both internally and externally, and the mighty Origen only points to the mightier Augustine. Both movements finally merge in Augustine.
During their early stages, the two movements tried to come together under the influence of the philosophical eclecticism that defines this time. In their development stages, the two movements drift apart, becoming isolated and hostile towards each other. The historical paths of the two movements from start to finish are very different. The wave of Hellenism rises with Plotinus, its most significant figure, and gradually declines after him. In contrast, Christianity experiences steady growth, both internally and externally, and the powerful Origen merely hints at the even greater Augustine. Ultimately, both movements converge in Augustine.
I. Hellenic Religious Philosophy. | II. Christianity. | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
1. | Introductory Period (100 B. C.–250 A. D.). | Introductory Period (31 A. D.–200 A. D.). | ||
(1) |
Greek-Jewish philosophy of Alexandria. Philo (25 B. C.–50 A. D.). |
(1) | Period of simple faith (until the 2d century A. D.). | |
(2) | Neo-Pythagoreanism (100 B. C.–150 A. D.). | (2) |
Period of Earlier Formulation of Doctrine. Apologists (2d century). Gnostics (2d century). Old Catholic Theologians (2d and 3d centuries). | |
2. | Development Period (250–476). | Development Period (200–476). | ||
Neo-Platonism. Plotinus (204–269). Jamblichus (d. 330 about). Proclus (410–485). |
(1) |
Period of Actual Formulation of Doctrine. The School of Catechists. Origen (185–254). | ||
(2) | The Œcumenical Councils and the establishment of dogma. |
The Hellenic Religious Philosophies. Alexandria and not Athens was now the intellectual centre of Hellenism. The position and history of the city, as well as the character of its population, were most favorable for the mingling of religions and philosophies. In the “university” of this great commercial metropolis the treasures of Greek culture were concentrated and scholastic work was vigorously pursued. Here all philosophies met, and all religions and cults were tolerated. Exhausted Greek philosophy here came in contact with those fresh Oriental ideas which previously, at a distance, had excited the imagination of the Greeks as something mysterious. The result was a new phase of philosophy,—theosophy, comparative religion, or eclecticism of philosophy and religion.
The Hellenic Religious Philosophies. Alexandria, not Athens, was now the intellectual center of Hellenism. The city's position, history, and the nature of its population were highly conducive to the blending of religions and philosophies. In the “university” of this major commercial hub, the treasures of Greek culture were gathered, and academic work thrived. Here, all philosophies converged, and all religions and cults were accepted. Weary Greek philosophy encountered fresh Oriental ideas that had previously captured the Greeks' imagination from afar as something mysterious. The outcome was a new phase of philosophy—theosophy, comparative religion, or the eclecticism of philosophy and religion.
In no instance were the authors of these religious philosophies Greeks. The philosophy of Philo was a Hellenism, but the Hellenism of a Jew. Neo-Pythagoreanism seems to have had representatives from every country except the motherland of Greece. The author of neo-Platonism was born in Egypt. Of the two introductory movements, the Greek-Jewish philosophy accorded more with Oriental life, neo-Pythagoreanism with Greek life. Both go back to the principles that were fundamental in the Pythagorean mysteries.
In no instance were the authors of these religious philosophies Greek. Philo's philosophy was a Hellenism, but it was the Hellenism of a Jew. Neo-Pythagoreanism seems to have had representatives from every country except for Greece. The author of neo-Platonism was born in Egypt. Of the two introductory movements, Greek-Jewish philosophy aligned more with Oriental life, while neo-Pythagoreanism resonated more with Greek life. Both trace back to the core principles that were essential in the Pythagorean mysteries.
The Introductory Period of Hellenic Religious Philosophy (100 B. C.–250 A. D.). The Turning to the Past for Spiritual Authority.
The Introductory Period of Hellenic Religious Philosophy (100 B. C.–250 A.D.). Looking to the Past for Spiritual Guidance.
1. The Greek-Jewish Philosophy of Philo. The Jews lived in great numbers in Alexandria, and many of them were wealthy and influential. In Alexandria the Old Testament had been translated into Greek, and through it the Greeks had become acquainted with the religion of the Jews. While the Old Testament contained the philosophy of the Jews, these Alexandrian Jews had learned in Alexandria to admire greatly the philosophy of the Greeks. So great was their admiration that they soon conceived Plato to be in their Law and their Law in Plato. They argued that since the Old Testament was their revelation, all the best Greek philosophy must be in the Old Testament. The Alexandrian Jews used Greek conceptions wherever they found them; and this tendency toward eclecticism appeared as early as 160 B. C. in Aristobulus and Aristeas. At that time these Jews used Greek philosophy in interpreting the Old Testament and employed the “allegorical method of interpretation.” This eclectic tendency was brought to completion by Philo (25 B. C.–50 A. D.), who was the most notable philosopher of this time. Philo was guided in his eclecticism by some such rules as these: (1) Revelation is the highest possible authority and includes the best of Greek thought; (2) Greek philosophy is derived from the fundamental principles of the Old Testament; (3) Jewish revelation is expressed in symbols, while Greek philosophy is expressed in concepts.
1. The Greek-Jewish Philosophy of Philo. The Jewish community in Alexandria was large, with many members being wealthy and influential. The Old Testament had been translated into Greek, allowing the Greeks to get familiar with the religion of the Jews. While the Old Testament contained Jewish philosophy, these Jews in Alexandria developed a deep admiration for Greek philosophy. Their admiration was so strong that they began to see Plato as part of their Law and their Law as part of Plato’s ideas. They argued that since the Old Testament was their divine revelation, all the best Greek philosophy had to be found within it. The Alexandrian Jews incorporated Greek concepts wherever they encountered them; this eclectic approach appeared as early as 160 B. C. with thinkers like Aristobulus and Aristeas. During that time, these Jews utilized Greek philosophy to interpret the Old Testament and adopted the “allegorical method of interpretation.” This eclectic trend reached its peak with Philo (25 B. C.–50 A. D.), who was the most prominent philosopher of that era. Philo’s eclectic approach was guided by principles like these: (1) Revelation is the ultimate authority and incorporates the best of Greek thought; (2) Greek philosophy is rooted in the fundamental principles of the Old Testament; (3) Jewish revelation is communicated through symbols, while Greek philosophy is expressed through concepts.
Philo’s teaching contains, in unsymmetrical form, both Stoicism and Platonism, and in it can be found the seeds of all that grew up in Christian soil. His philosophy was a bridge from the philosophy of Judaism to Christian theology. It has been called a “buffer” philosophy.
Philo’s teachings blend Stoicism and Platonism in a unique way, and within them are the foundations of everything that developed in Christian thought. His philosophy served as a link between Jewish philosophy and Christian theology. It has been referred to as a “buffer” philosophy.
God is the ultimate cause of the world, but He is so transcendent that He can be described only in negative terms. This method of defining God got the name in later times of “negative theology.” It was the common method in these Alexandrian days. God is absolutely inconceivable and inexpressible to man; to Himself He is “I am who am.” The goodness of God impelled Him, and His power enabled Him, to create the world. From this point of view Philo is a monist. But in man reason and sense meet. Man’s soul is from God, but his sense-body is from matter, and from this point of view Philo is a dualist. Matter is outside God. God is so transcendent that He cannot come in contact with matter, and so He created the world and rules the world through mediators or “potencies.” These “potencies” are the same as the Ideas of Plato, the “reasons” of the Stoics, the numbers of the Pythagoreans, the angels of the Old Testament, or the dæmons of popular mythology. The sum-total of God’s activity in the world was called by Philo the Logos. Philo speaks of the Logos in two ways: sometimes as the plural number of teleological forces in the world; sometimes as the unity of these forces, “the first begotten of God,” “the second God,” “the son of God.” The Logos represents the first attempt to overcome the dualism between matter and God. The Logos is the high priest standing between God and the world. It is the everlasting revelation of God’s presence. Philo’s world is made by God and not by others, and is the expression of God’s thought in infinite forms and forces. God is not defiled by coming into contact with matter. God gives orders, the Logos obeys. Philo believed in transmigration of souls, and to him the most important problem is, How the spirit can become like God. The answer is (1) by the acquirement of the Stoic apathy, (2) by possessing the Aristotelian dianoetic virtues, (3) by complete absorption in God.
God is the ultimate cause of the world, but He is so transcendent that we can only describe Him in negative terms. This way of defining God later became known as “negative theology.” It was the common method during these Alexandrian times. God is completely beyond human understanding and expression; to Himself, He is “I am who am.” God's goodness motivated Him, and His power allowed Him to create the world. From this perspective, Philo is a monist. However, in humans, reason and the senses intersect. A person's soul comes from God, but their physical body comes from matter, which makes Philo a dualist in this respect. Matter exists outside of God. God is so transcendent that He cannot interact with matter directly, so He created the world and governs it through intermediaries or “potencies.” These “potencies” are similar to Plato's Ideas, the “reasons” of the Stoics, the numbers of the Pythagoreans, the angels of the Old Testament, or the spirits seen in popular mythology. Philo referred to the totality of God's activity in the world as the Logos. He discusses the Logos in two ways: sometimes as the plural form of the purposeful forces in the world, and other times as the unity of these forces, “the first begotten of God,” “the second God,” “the son of God.” The Logos represents the initial effort to bridge the dualism between matter and God. The Logos acts as the high priest between God and the world. It is the eternal revelation of God’s presence. Philo's world is created by God and not by anyone else, and it expresses God’s thought in infinite forms and forces. God is not tainted by contact with matter. God gives commands, and the Logos follows them. Philo believed in the transmigration of souls, and for him, the most important question is: How can the spirit become like God? The answer is (1) by achieving Stoic apathy, (2) by acquiring Aristotelian intellectual virtues, and (3) by completely merging with God.
2. Neo-Pythagoreanism. The history of Pythagoreanism is extremely varied. Its body of doctrine from epoch to epoch was continually changing. The only characteristic common to its entire history was its practical tendency toward asceticism and its affiliation with the Mysteries. Let us review the history of Pythagoreanism down to the time of neo-Pythagoreanism. In 510 B. C., at the battle of Crotona, the early band of Pythagoreans was dispersed, and about 504 B. C. Pythagoras died. His scattered followers formed a school centring at Thebes around the philosophy of numbers, and this school lasted until 350 B. C. In 350 B. C. Pythagoreanism no longer existed as a school, for its members had either joined the Academy or formed one of the Mysteries. In 100 B. C. Pythagoreanism again emerged under the name of neo-Pythagoreanism, and this is the body which we meet in the introductory stage of the Religious Period. Alexandria was its centre, but it drew its disciples from every part of the earth. Among them Apollonius alone rises as a distinct figure. He was widely known, for he traveled everywhere as a religious teacher and wonder-worker. Other neo-Pythagoreans were P. Nigidius Figulus, a friend of Cicero, Sotion, a friend of the Sextians, Moderatus of Gades, and in later times Nicomachus of Gerasa and Numenius of Apamea. Another, and rather numerous group, allied to the neo-Pythagoreans, should be mentioned here. These were the so-called Eclectic Platonists, the representatives of whom were Plutarch (50–125 A. D.), and Celsus (about 200 A. D.), the opponent of Christianity. The only important difference between the neo-Pythagoreans and the Eclectic Platonists was that the former referred to Pythagoras as their religious model, and the latter to Plato. Both were mystical, ascetic, and eclectic.
2. Neo-Pythagoreanism. The history of Pythagoreanism is very diverse. Its teachings changed continuously from one era to another. The only feature that was consistent throughout its history was its practical focus on asceticism and its connection with the Mysteries. Let's look at the history of Pythagoreanism up to the time of neo-Pythagoreanism. In 510 BCE, after the battle of Crotona, the original group of Pythagoreans was scattered, and around 504 BCE Pythagoras passed away. His dispersed followers established a school centered in Thebes that focused on the philosophy of numbers, which lasted until 350 BCE. By 350 BCE, Pythagoreanism no longer existed as a formal school, as its members had either joined the Academy or participated in one of the Mysteries. In 100 BCE, Pythagoreanism reemerged as neo-Pythagoreanism, which we encounter at the start of the Religious Period. Alexandria was its hub, attracting followers from all over the world. Among them, Apollonius stands out as a notable figure. He was well-known for traveling widely as a religious teacher and miracle worker. Other neo-Pythagoreans included P. Nigidius Figulus, a friend of Cicero; Sotion, a companion of the Sextians; Moderatus of Gades; and later, Nicomachus of Gerasa and Numenius of Apamea. Additionally, there was a sizable group connected to the neo-Pythagoreans, known as the Eclectic Platonists, represented by figures like Plutarch (50–125 CE) and Celsus (around 200 CE), who opposed Christianity. The main difference between the neo-Pythagoreans and the Eclectic Platonists was that the former regarded Pythagoras as their religious model, while the latter looked to Plato. Both groups were mystical, ascetic, and eclectic.
Neo-Pythagoreanism first became noticeable in the first century B. C., on account of the great number of writings appearing under the names of Pythagoras and Philolaus. About these there arose a large neo-Pythagorean literature,—about ninety treatises by fifty authors. The writings under the name of Pythagoras were, for many centuries, the cause of the misconception of the true teaching of the original Pythagoras. The advent of the neo-Pythagorean literature marks the return at Alexandria to the older systems of thought, and is coincident with the learned literary investigations in the University of Alexandria. The particular revival of Pythagoreanism in the form of neo-Pythagoreanism came at the same time with the renewal of the Homeric form of poetry.
Neo-Pythagoreanism first drew attention in the first century B. C. due to the large number of writings attributed to Pythagoras and Philolaus. This led to a significant amount of neo-Pythagorean literature—about ninety essays by fifty different authors. The writings credited to Pythagoras caused a misunderstanding of the true teachings of the original Pythagoras for many centuries. The emergence of neo-Pythagorean literature signaled a return to older systems of thought in Alexandria and coincided with serious literary studies at the University of Alexandria. The specific revival of Pythagoreanism in its neo-Pythagorean form happened alongside the resurgence of the Homeric style of poetry.
Neo-Pythagoreanism, as its history shows, is the philosophy of a half-religious sect with ascetic tendencies. Its transcendental philosophy was better suited to a people under an autocratic government, and ruled by Oriental traditions, than was the ethical teaching of the four Schools. The system of the ethical Schools arose out of the needs of the individual; but at this time the cry was for an absolute object which transcends both the individual and nature. The demand was for a god who could be served not by sacrifice, but by silent prayer, wisdom, and virtue. There are many points of similarity between the doctrine of Philo and neo-Pythagoreanism. The neo-Pythagoreans were monotheistic, but at the same time they accepted within their monotheism the hierarchy of the gods. They held to the commonly accepted doctrines of their time, viz., the transmigration of the soul, the dualism of the mind and body, the mediation of a graded series of celestial beings between man and God. They interpreted God in a spiritual way, but they conceived the ideas in God’s mind to be the Pythagorean numbers—just as Philo conceived them to be the Old Testament angels.
Neo-Pythagoreanism, as its history reveals, is the philosophy of a semi-religious group with ascetic tendencies. Its transcendental philosophy was more fitting for a society under an authoritarian regime, influenced by Eastern traditions, than the ethical teachings of the four Schools. The ethical Schools emerged from the individual's needs, but at this time, there was a demand for an absolute being that transcended both the individual and nature. People sought a god who could be honored not through sacrifice but through silent prayer, wisdom, and virtue. There are many similarities between Philo's teachings and neo-Pythagoreanism. The neo-Pythagoreans were monotheistic, but they also included a hierarchy of gods within their monotheism. They adhered to the widely accepted beliefs of their era, namely the transmigration of the soul, the dualism of mind and body, and the mediation of a series of celestial beings between humans and God. They viewed God spiritually but believed that the ideas in God’s mind were represented by the Pythagorean numbers—similar to how Philo viewed them as the angels of the Old Testament.
The Development Period of Hellenic Religious Philosophy (250–476 A. D.). The Turning to the Present for Spiritual Authority. Platonism and Neo-Platonism. Neo-Platonism is the final statement of Hellenic culture, and the question may be asked, In what form did it present Hellenism? The answer is, It sets forth the Hellenic feeling as mysticism. The contribution of Plotinus was the destruction of the classic Greek ideal with its definiteness of form, and was the substitution of a new ideal of soaring spiritual exaltation. One has only to look back to the art, science, and philosophy of the Periclean Age to appreciate how far this last survival of Greek culture had drifted from its original moorings. Nevertheless, neo-Platonism is not so very far distant from that powerful ascetic principle in the Greek mysteries which is one aspect of the doctrine of Plato himself. Neo-Platonism was Platonism exaggerated on this mystic and ascetic side. Plotinus said that he was ashamed that he had a body; that the soul looks on and weeps at the sinfulness of the body; that it is not enough to regulate the body, but that the body must be exterminated. As the voice of Hellenism, neo-Platonism is speaking in an age when consciousness is weighed down with the sense of the enormity of evil and the need of salvation. Neo-Platonism feels that the moral conflict in the human soul is repeated in the universe; that the eternal struggle between matter and spirit goes on in the macrocosm as well as the microcosm. Plotinus held to the ancient Greek conception of the personification of the powers of nature, of the derivation of happiness from activity, of the supremacy of the intellect over the other faculties. But in accepting the ancient Greek doctrine of the subordination of man to the universe, he conceived man to be absorbed by the universe.
The Development Period of Hellenic Religious Philosophy (250–476 A. D.). The Turning to the Present for Spiritual Authority. Platonism and Neo-Platonism. Neo-Platonism represents the final expression of Hellenic culture, prompting the question: In what way did it reflect Hellenism? The answer is that it presents the Hellenic sentiment as mysticism. Plotinus's contribution involved dismantling the classic Greek ideal with its clear forms and replacing it with a new ideal of profound spiritual elevation. One only needs to look back at the art, science, and philosophy of the Periclean Age to understand how far this last remnant of Greek culture had drifted from its original foundations. Still, neo-Platonism isn’t too distant from that strong ascetic principle found in the Greek mysteries, which also ties into Plato’s teachings. Neo-Platonism can be seen as an exaggerated version of Platonism, particularly on its mystic and ascetic aspects. Plotinus expressed shame for having a body, stating that the soul observes and mourns the body's sinfulness and that it isn't enough to merely manage the body; rather, it must be obliterated. As Hellenism's voice, neo-Platonism emerged during a time when people felt burdened by the weight of evil and the urgency for salvation. Neo-Platonism recognizes that the moral struggle within the human soul is mirrored in the universe; that the ongoing battle between matter and spirit is present both in the macrocosm and the microcosm. Plotinus adhered to the ancient Greek view of nature’s forces personified, the idea that happiness stems from action, and the dominance of intellect over other faculties. However, by embracing the ancient Greek belief in man’s subordination to the universe, he envisioned humans as being absorbed by the universe.
Neo-Platonism and the Two Introductory Philosophies. Neo-Platonism, therefore, shares in the mysticism of the philosophies of Philo and the neo-Pythagoreans. All three teach the transcendence of God; all three were metaphysically monistic and ethically dualistic; all three conceive the existence of intermediaries between God and man. The introductory philosophies sought to build eclectic doctrines, while neo-Platonism became eclectic only in its last phases. Plotinus constructed a positive and original philosophy, and among the three systems the teaching of Plotinus is carefully worked out. Indeed, Plotinus is by far the greatest thinker of this religious period. In the philosophy of Plotinus the relations between man and God are given a more æsthetic character, and the doctrine of immediate experience is more carefully discussed and has greater importance than in neo-Pythagoreanism and the teaching of Philo.
Neo-Platonism and the Two Introductory Philosophies. Neo-Platonism, therefore, is aligned with the mysticism found in the philosophies of Philo and the neo-Pythagoreans. All three emphasize the transcendence of God; they are all metaphysically monistic and ethically dualistic; and they all recognize the existence of intermediaries between God and humanity. The introductory philosophies aimed to create eclectic doctrines, while neo-Platonism only became eclectic in its later stages. Plotinus developed a positive and original philosophy, and among the three systems, his teachings are the most thoroughly articulated. In fact, Plotinus is undoubtedly the most significant thinker of this religious period. In Plotinus's philosophy, the relationship between humanity and God takes on a more aesthetic quality, and the concept of immediate experience is explored in greater detail and holds more significance than in neo-Pythagoreanism and Philo's teachings.
Neo-Platonism and Christianity. Neo-Platonism and Christianity have one thing at least in common. They have the same problem,—how to spiritualize the universe. This was the problem that both Plotinus and Origen attempted to work out. With the development of the consciousness of spiritual personality and the need of a revelation, the Divine seemed to both to be correspondingly farther away. God is unknown and incomprehensible, and so pure that He cannot come in contact with earthly existence. What, then, is the bond between the heavenly and the earthly? From the point of view of cosmology and of ethics, neither succeeded in overcoming the dualism. The sensuous was regarded as alien to God, and as a thing from which the spirit must free itself. Metaphysically their efforts to construct a spiritual monism were more successful, but their efforts were along different lines. The Christian conceived the universe of God and matter to be bound together by the principle of love; the neo-Platonist, by a series of countless grades of beings in diminishing perfections from the All-perfect. Then again, to the neo-Platonist the question of the return of man to God was a question of the personal inner experience of the individual; to the Christian theologian it was included in the larger problem of the historical process by which the whole human race is redeemed. Thus the metaphysical solution of each works out differently and with different factors.
Neo-Platonism and Christianity. Neo-Platonism and Christianity share at least one common issue: how to spiritualize the universe. This was the challenge that both Plotinus and Origen tried to address. As the awareness of spiritual identity developed and the need for revelation grew, the Divine appeared to both of them to be increasingly distant. God is unknown and incomprehensible, so pure that He can't interact with earthly existence. So, what connects the heavenly with the earthly? From the perspectives of cosmology and ethics, neither fully overcame the dualism. The material world was seen as separate from God, something the spirit must break free from. Metaphysically, their attempts to create a spiritual unity were more successful, but they followed different paths. The Christian viewed the universe of God and matter as linked by the principle of love, while the neo-Platonist saw it as a hierarchy of countless beings with diminishing perfection from the All-perfect. Furthermore, for the neo-Platonist, the journey of man returning to God was about individual personal experience; for the Christian theologian, it was part of the broader issue of the historical process through which all of humanity is redeemed. Thus, each metaphysical solution unfolds differently, with distinct elements.
Both neo-Platonic and Christian theology tried to prove that their respective religious convictions were the only true source of salvation. Both originated in the Alexandrian School. Christian theology was preceded by the fantastic system of the Gnostics, as Plotinus was preceded by the Pythagoreans and Philo. In their development the differences between the two appear. Christianity was supported by a church organization which had an internal vitality and a regulative power; neo-Platonism was supported and regulated by individuals, without organization, who had assimilated every faith. Christian theology was founded on a faith that had already expanded, while neo-Platonism was at the beginning an erudite religion that tried to develop an extended faith and, incidentally, later to assimilate other cults. Outwardly neo-Platonism, as the final stand of the pagan world to save itself from destruction, was unsuccessful in that it failed to perpetuate itself as an organization. Really it achieved a marked success. Not only did it live a long life of two hundred and fifty years, but it also lived in the development of its antagonist, Christianity. For neo-Platonism, by the irony of fate, was one of the important factors that entered into the building up and strengthening of Christianity. In its lingering death-struggle Hellenism was creating the conceptions that the Christian, Augustine, later employed in shaping Christian theology for the Middle Ages.
Both neo-Platonic and Christian theology attempted to demonstrate that their respective beliefs were the only true path to salvation. Both emerged from the Alexandrian School. Christian theology came after the remarkable system of the Gnostics, just as Plotinus followed the Pythagoreans and Philo. As they developed, the differences between the two became apparent. Christianity was backed by a church organization that had internal strength and regulatory power, while neo-Platonism relied on individuals, without any formal structure, who had absorbed various beliefs. Christian theology was based on a faith that had already spread, whereas neo-Platonism began as an intellectual religion aiming to expand its beliefs and, over time, to incorporate other cults. Externally, neo-Platonism, as the last effort of the pagan world to save itself, failed to sustain itself as an organized entity. However, it was notably successful. Not only did it endure for two hundred and fifty years, but it also influenced the development of its rival, Christianity. Ironically, neo-Platonism became a significant factor in shaping and strengthening Christianity. In its gradual decline, Hellenism was creating the ideas that the Christian Augustine later used to form Christian theology for the Middle Ages.
The Periods of Neo-Platonism.
The Phases of Neo-Platonism.
(1) The Alexandrian School—about 240.
The Alexandrian School—around 240.
Neo-Platonism presented as a Scientific Theory.
Neo-Platonism presented as a Scientific Theory.
The leader was Plotinus (204–269).
The leader was Plotinus (204–269).
(2) The Syrian School—about 310.
The Syrian School—around 310.
The Attempt to Systematize all Polytheisms.
The Effort to Organize All Polytheistic Beliefs.
The leader was Jamblichus (d. about 330).
The leader was Jamblichus (d. around 330).
(3) The Athenian School—about 450.
The Athenian School—around 450.
The Recapitulation of Greek Philosophy.
The Summary of Greek Philosophy.
The leader was Proclus (410–485).
The leader was Proclus (410–485).
The Alexandrian School. The Scientific Theory of Neo-Platonism. The Life and Writings of Plotinus (204–269 A. D.). Plotinus was born in Lycopolis in Egypt, and received his education in Alexandria, under Ammonius Saccas, who was Origen’s teacher. He campaigned with the emperor, Gordian, against the Persians, in order to pursue scientific studies in the East. He was especially interested in the Persian religion. In this way Plotinus became acquainted at first hand with the mysticism of the Orient. In 244 he appeared at Rome as a teacher, and was received with great éclat by the people, and in the highest circles he gained the most reverent recognition. His school contained representatives from all nations and from almost every calling,—physicians, rhetoricians, poets, senators, an emperor and empress. Plotinus lived in a country estate in Campania, and he almost succeeded in inducing the emperor to found a city of philosophers in Campania. It was to be called Platonopolis and, with Plato’s Republic as a model, it was to be an Hellenic cloister for religious contemplation. The literary activity of Plotinus occurred in his old age, and he wrote nothing until after he was fifty. His works consisted of fifty-four Corpuscles which his pupil, Porphyry, combined into six Enneads. For the next three hundred years his school became the centre of the Hellenic movement—the centre of science, philosophy, and literature. The literature of neo-Platonism was enormous, on account of the many commentaries on the philosophy of Plato within the neo-Platonic circle.
The Alexandrian School. The Scientific Theory of Neo-Platonism. The Life and Writings of Plotinus (204–269 A. D.). Plotinus was born in Lycopolis, Egypt, and got his education in Alexandria under Ammonius Saccas, who was Origen’s teacher. He fought alongside Emperor Gordian against the Persians to pursue scientific studies in the East. He had a particular interest in Persian religion. In this way, Plotinus got to know the mysticism of the Orient firsthand. In 244, he arrived in Rome as a teacher and was welcomed with great fanfare by the people, gaining deep respect in high society. His school included members from many nations and various professions—physicians, rhetoricians, poets, senators, and even an emperor and empress. Plotinus lived on a country estate in Campania and nearly convinced the emperor to establish a city of philosophers there. It was to be called Platonopolis and modeled after Plato’s Republic, designed as a Hellenic cloister for religious contemplation. Plotinus's literary work occurred in his later years, and he wrote nothing until after turning fifty. His works consisted of fifty-four Corpuscles, which were compiled into six Enneads by his student, Porphyry. For the next three hundred years, his school became the center of the Hellenic movement—the hub of science, philosophy, and literature. The literature of neo-Platonism was vast, due to the numerous commentaries on Plato’s philosophy within the neo-Platonic community.
The General Character of the Teaching of Plotinus. There is a great division of opinion about the value of the teaching of Plotinus, for he drew his philosophy only in the broadest outlines, and he made no attempt to advance from a general view of the world to exact knowledge of it. Intellectually his philosophy is an abstraction; and yet emotionally, in an intimate way, it touched deeply an age weary with culture. Thus one can see how the actual achievement of Plotinus was small, but how at the same time its force and influence was very great. It was a religious teaching which rose to magnificent heights of contemplation from miserable intellectual surroundings. Nevertheless, the philosophy of Plotinus was an extreme form of intellectualism—it was an intellectual ennobling and transforming of religion. The earlier philosophy had supported the happiness of the individual by offers of infinitude; but Plotinus thought of the individual as never isolated from the Infinite, but as always longing for the Infinite. Fellowship with God is knowledge of Him, but it is knowledge of a peculiar kind. It is enthusiasm, intuition, ecstasy. There is a chasm between man and God, which Plotinus would bridge by placing reality so deeply within consciousness as to annihilate all antitheses and contradictions. Thus this deep reality below consciousness is cosmic and not human; and the religion of Plotinus is cosmocentric and not anthropocentric. Plotinus intensifies and summarizes Greek culture in order to consolidate and defend it. But in thus thinking out the Greek conceptions to their logical completeness, those conceptions collapse.
The General Character of the Teaching of Plotinus. There are differing opinions on the value of Plotinus's teachings since he only outlined his philosophy broadly and didn't aim to move from a general view of the world to specific knowledge. Intellectually, his philosophy is abstract; however, emotionally, it resonated deeply with a culture that was exhausted. This demonstrates that while Plotinus's actual contributions were minimal, the impact and influence were significant. His teachings offered a religious perspective that soared to remarkable heights of contemplation despite being rooted in a grim intellectual environment. Still, Plotinus’s philosophy is an extreme form of intellectualism—it transforms and elevates religion through intellect. Earlier philosophies supported individual happiness by offering a sense of infinity, but Plotinus viewed the individual as always connected to the Infinite, forever yearning for it. Being in fellowship with God means knowing Him, but in a unique way. It involves passion, intuition, and ecstasy. There exists a gap between humanity and God that Plotinus sought to bridge by embedding reality deeply within consciousness to eliminate all oppositions and contradictions. This profound reality beneath consciousness is cosmic rather than human; thus, Plotinus’s religion is centered on the cosmos, not humanity. He enhances and encapsulates Greek culture to solidify and protect it. However, by pushing Greek concepts to their logical extremes, those concepts ultimately unravel.
The Mystic God. There are two characteristics that distinguish the mystic God of Plotinus.
The Mystic God. There are two traits that set apart the mystic God of Plotinus.
1. The first characteristic is the supra-consciousness of God. God is the indefinable, original Being who is above all antitheses. He is supra-everything, even supra-conscious. Nothing can be attributed to Him, not even thought or will, for these imply two elements and God is a unity. Any description of Him must be in negative terms (“negative theology”). If we speak of Him as the One, the First, the Cosmic Cause, Goodness, or as Light, we are only relatively and not really describing Him. God is present in all, yet He is not divided; He is the source of all, and yet He himself is perfectly finished. In his conception of God as compared to the world, Plotinus added the realm of the supra-conscious and the sub-conscious to the conscious.
1. The first characteristic is the super-consciousness of God. God is the indefinable, original Being who is above all opposites. He is super-everything, even super-conscious. Nothing can be attributed to Him, not even thought or will, because these imply two elements and God is a unity. Any description of Him has to be in negative terms (“negative theology”). If we refer to Him as the One, the First, the Cosmic Cause, Goodness, or as Light, we are only describing Him relatively and not really. God is present in everything, yet He is not divided; He is the source of all, and yet He himself is perfectly complete. In his view of God compared to the world, Plotinus introduced the idea of the super-conscious and the sub-conscious alongside the conscious.
2. In the second place Plotinus conceived God in His relation to the world in the terms of dynamic pantheism. This is a pantheism of a peculiar type. God does not create the world; the world is not the act of His will; nor is the world the result of a transference of part of His nature. In ordinary pantheism the world is a diffusion of the substance of God and the whole is static. Not so in the teaching of Plotinus! God permeates the world by His activity, and the world is dynamic through and through. But this dynamic activity of God must not be conceived as an historical or time process. The process is timeless. It is a process of essence or worth. The grades in the process are those of significance or value. All are within the all-embracing unity of God and each particular draws its life from Him. This is called the theory of emanations. Plotinus used the figure which mystics have always employed in this connection,—the figure of the sun and its rays of light in the darkness. The rays become less and less intense with the increasing distance from the Godhead, until they end in darkness. The process is an overflowing from the Godhead in which the Godhead remains unchanged.
2. Secondly, Plotinus viewed God’s relationship with the world through the lens of dynamic pantheism. This is a unique form of pantheism. God doesn’t create the world; the world isn’t an extension of His will; nor is it a fragment of His nature. In traditional pantheism, the world is just a spread of God’s essence, and everything is static. That’s not how Plotinus sees it! God infuses the world with His activity, making it dynamic in every aspect. However, this dynamic activity of God shouldn’t be understood as a historical or temporal process. The process is timeless. It represents a process of essence or worth. The stages in this process reflect significance or value. All of these exist within the all-encompassing unity of God, and each specific entity derives its life from Him. This is known as the theory of emanations. Plotinus used the metaphor that mystics have long utilized—the metaphor of the sun and its rays shining in the darkness. The rays lose intensity as they move further from the Godhead, ultimately fading into darkness. The process is a flow from the Godhead, which remains unchanged.
The Two Problems of Plotinus. Starting with this conception of the Godhead as a dynamic contentless Being, Plotinus is bound to explain the world of sense-phenomena. His problem is twofold: he must explain the sequence of phenomena from the Godhead, which is the metaphysical problem; he must explain how man, living in the world of sense, can rise to communion with the Godhead, which is the ethical problem. Metaphysics and ethics are to Plotinus in inverted parallelism.
The Two Problems of Plotinus. Starting with this idea of the Godhead as a dynamic, contentless Being, Plotinus needs to explain the world of sensory experiences. His problem has two parts: he must explain how phenomena arise from the Godhead, which is the metaphysical issue; and he must explain how a person, living in the world of senses, can connect with the Godhead, which is the ethical issue. For Plotinus, metaphysics and ethics are in inverted parallelism.
The World of Emanations.—The Metaphysical Problem of Plotinus. The aim of Plotinus in this is to construct a metaphysical monism out of the dualistic factors which had so long been present in Greek thought. The two fundamental principles upon which he raised his structure were (1) his dynamic series of emanations, and (2) his conception of matter as entirely negative. The highest Being, God, by an excess of energy or goodness, has the natural impulse to create something similar to himself. This creative impulse exists in each creature in turn and the movement propagates itself. Stage is added to stage in a descending series, until the impulse dies out in non-Being as the limit. The ordinary pantheism of co-existence of phenomena is transformed into a succession of stages of values, and all make up a harmony of more or less distinct copies of God. There are three steps in which the process of emanation proceeds,—spirit, soul, and matter.
The World of Emanations.—The Metaphysical Problem of Plotinus. Plotinus aims to create a unified metaphysical framework based on the dualistic ideas that have long existed in Greek thought. The two core principles he used to build this framework are (1) his dynamic series of emanations and (2) his idea that matter is entirely negative. The highest Being, God, driven by an excess of energy or goodness, feels a natural urge to create beings similar to Himself. This creative urge exists in each being in turn, and the movement continues to spread. Each stage is added in a descending series until the impulse fades away into non-Being as the final limit. The typical pantheism of co-existing phenomena is transformed into a series of stages of values, all contributing to a harmony of more or less distinct reflections of God. The process of emanation takes place in three steps: spirit, soul, and matter.
The Spirit or Nous is the first emanation from the One in point of significance. It is the image of the One sent forth by its overflow of energy. This image involuntarily turns toward its original, the One, and in beholding it becomes Spirit, Nous, or intellectual consciousness. It turns to the One and recognizes itself as the image of the One. Thus, in the first degree away from God, the duality of thinker as subject, and of the thing thought as object, appears. The unconsciousness of the One is thus contrasted with consciousness, and the dual nature of consciousness is thus brought out; and for the first time an exact formulation of the psychological conception of consciousness is given.
The Spirit or Nous is the first significant emanation from the One. It is the image of the One, released through an overflow of energy. This image instinctively turns back to its origin, the One, and by recognizing it, becomes Spirit, Nous, or intellectual consciousness. It faces the One and realizes it is the image of the One. Therefore, at the first step away from God, the duality of the thinker as the subject and the thought as the object emerges. The unconsciousness of the One is contrasted with consciousness, highlighting the dual nature of consciousness for the first time, and providing a clear formulation of the psychological concept of consciousness.
The Nous is a unitary function of the One, like the Logos of Philo. At the same time the Nous contains within itself, as content, the Platonic Ideas or arch-types of individuals. These Ideas are not mere thoughts, but have their own existence. The Nous is their unity, however, just as a unity exists for the theorems of a science. These Ideas are pure intellectual potencies and the final causes of the world of nature.
The Nous is a singular function of the One, similar to the Logos of Philo. At the same time, the Nous encompasses within itself the Platonic Ideas or archetypes of individuals. These Ideas are not just thoughts; they have their own existence. The Nous represents their unity, much like how unity exists for the theorems in a science. These Ideas are pure intellectual potentials and the ultimate reasons behind the natural world.
The Soul is the second degree removed from the One. It stands in the same relation to the Nous as the Nous to the Godhead. The Soul belongs to the world of light, but it stands just on the boundaries of the world of darkness. It is the image of an image and therefore doubly dual,—it consists of a higher or world-soul and the lesser souls. The world-soul is divided into two forces,—the formative power of the world, and the body of the world. Individual souls are divided into the supersensible or intellectual soul (the part that has pre-existence and undergoes metamorphosis), and the sensible part which has built up the body as an instrument of its working power. The soul is present in all parts of its body. The individual souls are called plastic forces.
The Soul is the second level away from the One. It relates to the Nous just as the Nous relates to the Godhead. The Soul is part of the world of light, but it exists right on the edge of the world of darkness. It is the image of an image, making it doubly dual—it comprises a higher, or world-soul, and the lesser souls. The world-soul is split into two forces—the shaping power of the world and the physical aspect of the world. Individual souls are categorized into the supersensible or intellectual soul (the aspect that exists before and undergoes transformation) and the physical part that has created the body as a tool for its influence. The soul is present in every part of its body. The individual souls are referred to as plastic forces.
Matter is the emanation which is most distant from the One. The Nous is the emanation of the One, the world-soul is the emanation from the Nous, individual souls are a kind of intermediate emanation from the world-soul, and matter is the emanation of the individual souls. That is to say, the world-soul, with the forces that are native to it, generates matter and then, by uniting itself through its forces with matter, produces the world of corporeal things. What is the character of matter with which the world-soul forms this union? It is space. Space conditions all earthly existence. It is the same as Plato’s conception of the absolutely negative non-Being and the merely possible. It is absolute sterility, entirely evil and devoid of good. Matter has no dualistic independence of the One. What is the character of the nature world? It has the same character and quality as the formative forces that unite with this negative matter—it is no more and no less eternal. The world of nature to Plotinus is one of magic, and not merely teleological. He says that the heavens are the union of a perfect soul with matter; the stars are the visible gods united with matter; the powers of the air and sky are dæmons, which mediate between the stars and the souls of men, united with matter; the body of man is the human soul united with matter; inorganic nature is the lowest of the plastic forces united with matter. Wherever there is matter (space), there is found imperfection and limitation and evil. Man as an individual is sympathetically and mysteriously bound to all parts of the universe. Scientific investigation of nature is entirely ruled out by this neo-Platonic teaching. It never could be the instrument for penetrating a magical universe. Faith and superstition take the place of science, and prophecy alone undertakes to solve nature’s riddle.
Matter is the result that is farthest from the One. The Nous is the result of the One, the world-soul is the result of the Nous, individual souls are a type of intermediate result from the world-soul, and matter is the result of the individual souls. In other words, the world-soul, with its inherent forces, generates matter and then, by connecting itself through its forces with matter, creates the world of physical things. What is the nature of matter with which the world-soul forms this connection? It is space. Space shapes all earthly existence. It is the same as Plato’s idea of completely negative non-Being and simply possible existence. It is absolute emptiness, wholly evil and lacking any good. Matter does not have a dualistic independence from the One. What is the nature of the natural world? It has the same nature and quality as the creative forces that blend with this negative matter—it is neither more nor less eternal. For Plotinus, the natural world is one of magic, not just purpose. He states that the heavens are the connection of a perfect soul with matter; the stars are the visible gods joined with matter; the powers of the air and sky are spirits that mediate between the stars and human souls, connected with matter; the human body is the human soul joined with matter; and inorganic nature is the lowest of the creative forces connected with matter. Wherever there is matter (space), there is imperfection, limitation, and evil. An individual human is mysteriously and sympathetically linked to all parts of the universe. Scientific exploration of nature is entirely excluded by this neo-Platonic belief. It can never be a tool for understanding a magical universe. Faith and superstition replace science, and prophecy alone attempts to unravel nature’s mystery.
The world of nature is thus broken in two. In one sense it is bad, ugly, and irrational. In another sense it is good, beautiful, and rational, because it is formed by the souls that enter into it. In opposition to the Gnostics Plotinus praised the harmony and beauty of the world, and promulgated his metaphysics of the beautiful as a last farewell of Hellenic civilization. Beauty is not composite, but the simple Idea of worth shining through the world of sense. Beauty is from the inner and for the inner. Art does not imitate nature, but expresses the reason; it supplements the defects of nature and creates something new. Yet the world of nature is beautiful, because down to the lowest deeps it is permeated by the divine.
The world of nature is divided into two parts. On one hand, it's bad, ugly, and irrational. On the other hand, it's good, beautiful, and rational, because it’s shaped by the souls that inhabit it. Unlike the Gnostics, Plotinus celebrated the harmony and beauty of the world and promoted his philosophy of beauty as a final tribute to Hellenic civilization. Beauty isn't something made up of parts; it’s the pure Idea of worth shining through the sensory world. Beauty comes from within and is meant for the inner self. Art doesn’t copy nature; it expresses reason, fills in nature's gaps, and creates something new. Nonetheless, the natural world is beautiful because, even in its deepest parts, it is filled with the divine.
The Return of the Soul to God.—The Ethical Problem of Plotinus. In his discussion of moral conduct Plotinus started from the point opposite to that of his metaphysics. He looked from the point of view of man up the series which descended from the Godhead. Men immersed in matter have nevertheless a share in the divine life, and their goal is independence of the world. They must free themselves from sense. Man’s ethical task is to separate the two worlds and to turn away from the material, not only in its abnormalities but in every way. The practical virtues have little value in such a sublimation of the soul, for these only bind the soul more closely to the world of matter. The political virtues are only a preparation by which the soul learns how to be free from sense. The intellectual virtues are necessary, but the goal of salvation is not reached by knowledge alone. “The wizard king builds his tower of speculation by the hands of human workmen till he reaches the top story, and then he summons his genii to fashion the battlements of adamant and crown them with starry fire.” Out of the mental condition of contemplation the soul will rise on the wings of ecstasy to the God from whom it came. The call of Plotinus is to the ascetic life. The development required is that of spirituality. Ethically Plotinus’ doctrine is dualistic, because it requires the rejection of matter as evil. The return is not an evolution nor an innovation in which reform of the old world is demanded. There is no individual progress, but a penetration into the foundation of things. But what incentive has man to undertake this return? What arouses him from his sleep? Not sense-perception nor reflection, but his love for the beautiful. The innate impulse of Platonic love turns the soul away from matter to the illuminating Idea. He who has an immediate recognition of the pure Idea is gaining the higher perfection. Only when man is in ecstasy—an ecstasy which transcends every subjective state—does he get complete contact and union with God. In such a moment of consecration he forgets himself and becomes God. This final step never comes unless God himself illuminates the soul by a special light so that it can see God. This final state comes only to few souls, and to those but seldom.
The Return of the Soul to God.—The Ethical Problem of Plotinus. In discussing moral conduct, Plotinus began from a different standpoint than his metaphysics. He looked at things from the human perspective, tracing the descent from the divine source. People, despite being caught up in the material world, still share in divine life, and their ultimate goal is to become independent of that world. They need to free themselves from sensory experiences. Man’s ethical mission is to distinguish between the two realms and turn away from the material, not just in its flaws but in all aspects. Practical virtues hold little value in this elevation of the soul since they only tether the soul more closely to the material world. Political virtues serve merely as preparation, teaching the soul how to be free from senses. Intellectual virtues are essential, but knowledge alone does not lead to salvation. “The wizard king builds his tower of speculation with the help of human workers until he reaches the top, then he calls for his spirits to craft the adamant battlements and crown them with starry fire.” From the state of contemplation, the soul will ascend on the wings of ecstasy back to the God from whom it originated. Plotinus calls for an ascetic lifestyle. The required development is one of spirituality. Ethically, Plotinus’ doctrine is dualistic because it necessitates rejecting matter as evil. The return is not about evolution or innovation, where a reform of the old world is called for. There is no individual progress, only a deeper understanding of the foundational truths. But what motivates a person to make this return? What awakens him from his slumber? It’s not sensory perception or contemplation, but rather his love for beauty. The inherent drive of Platonic love directs the soul away from matter and toward the enlightening Idea. Those who have a direct recognition of the pure Idea are achieving a higher perfection. Only when a person is in ecstasy—an ecstasy that transcends all subjective states—can he experience complete contact and union with God. In such a moment of sanctification, he forgets himself and becomes one with God. This ultimate step only occurs when God himself illuminates the soul with a special light so it can perceive God. This final state is achieved by very few souls, and only rarely.
The Syrian School.—The Systematizing of Polytheisms.—Jamblichus. This school existed about a generation after the death of Plotinus. Its founder was Jamblichus (d. about 330), whose teacher was Porphyry, the pupil of Plotinus. Jamblichus was a Syrian, who got his instruction from Porphyry at Rome, and then went back to his native country to set up for himself a school of neo-Platonism. He soon became reverenced as teacher, religious reformer, and worker of miracles. He wrote commentaries on Plato, Aristotle, and the theological works of the Orphics, Chaldeans, and the Pythagoreans. Among the crowd of his enthusiastic disciples, one notes the names of the Emperor Julian and Hypatia.43
The Syrian School.—The Systematizing of Polytheisms.—Jamblichus. This school came into being about a generation after Plotinus died. Its founder was Jamblichus (d. around 330), who was taught by Porphyry, a student of Plotinus. Jamblichus was from Syria, where he learned from Porphyry in Rome before returning home to establish his own school of neo-Platonism. He quickly gained respect as a teacher, a religious reformer, and a miracle worker. He wrote commentaries on the works of Plato, Aristotle, and the theological writings of the Orphics, Chaldeans, and Pythagoreans. Among his enthusiastic disciples, notable names include Emperor Julian and Hypatia __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The neo-Platonism of Jamblichus contained no new point of view. Metaphysically and ethically his teaching was identical with that of Plotinus. He tried to complete the religious movement by coördinating all cults, excepting Christianity, into a unity. This was an eclecticism by which Jamblichus came naturally, for Syria was a land where eclecticism thrived. It was here that Gnosticism had its stronghold. With free eclectic hand Jamblichus filled in all the intermediary grades between the Godhead and man with the multitude of gods of all religions. In his system he placed 10 supra-terrestrial gods, 365 celestial beings, 72 orders of sub-celestial beings, and 42 orders of natural gods. To find places for them all, he had to increase the number of intermediaries; and to systematize this complex polytheism, he employed the Pythagorean numbers. His theory shows how persistent was the Hellenic civilization.
The neo-Platonism of Jamblichus didn’t introduce any new viewpoints. Metaphysically and ethically, his teachings were the same as Plotinus's. He aimed to enhance the religious movement by unifying all cults, except for Christianity. This eclecticism came naturally to Jamblichus, as Syria was a place where eclecticism flourished. It was here that Gnosticism had a strong presence. With a free hand, Jamblichus filled in all the intermediary levels between the divine and humanity with a multitude of gods from various religions. In his system, he identified 10 supreme gods, 365 celestial beings, 72 orders of sub-celestial beings, and 42 orders of natural gods. To accommodate all of them, he had to increase the number of intermediaries, and to organize this complex polytheism, he used Pythagorean numbers. His theory illustrates how persistent Hellenic civilization was.
The Athenian School.—Recapitulation.—Proclus. The Syrian school failed to restore the old religions, and we find neo-Platonism, after revivals here and there, again at Athens. The city that had been the original sanctuary of Greek culture was the last stronghold of Hellenism.
The Athenian School.—Recap.—Proclus. The Syrian school couldn't revive the old religions, and we see neo-Platonism, after some revivals in various places, back in Athens. The city that was the original sanctuary of Greek culture became the final stronghold of Hellenism.
The Athenian school made its appearance about 410, and its leading representatives were Plutarch, Syrianus, and Proclus. Proclus (410–485), the pupil of Syrianus, was the most important representative of the Athenian school, and he may be said to have uttered the last word of dying Hellenism. Born at Constantinople, of a Lycian family, he received his education at Alexandria; and when he became leader of the school at Athens, he received the extravagant worship of his pupils. Connected with the Athenian school were the great commentators, Philoponus and Simplicius, whose works on Aristotle became of great value to later times. Their erudite compilations stand out sharply against the imaginative speculations of their age. In connection with this school Boëthius must not be overlooked. He was a neo-Platonist who called himself a Christian, and he was an important figure in the history of education. His translations and expositions of Aristotle’s logic and of the Isagoge of Porphyry were very influential in the Middle Ages.
The Athenian school emerged around 410, with key figures like Plutarch, Syrianus, and Proclus. Proclus (410–485), a student of Syrianus, was the most significant figure of the Athenian school and can be seen as the last voice of waning Hellenism. Born in Constantinople to a Lycian family, he was educated in Alexandria, and when he took over as the head of the school in Athens, he received intense admiration from his students. The school was also associated with notable commentators like Philoponus and Simplicius, whose works on Aristotle proved highly valuable in later periods. Their scholarly compilations sharply contrast with the imaginative ideas of their time. It's also important to mention Boëthius, a neo-Platonist who identified as a Christian and played a vital role in the history of education. His translations and interpretations of Aristotle’s logic and Porphyry’s Isagoge were greatly influential in the Middle Ages.
Proclus was a theologian like Jamblichus, excepting that he tried to put theology upon a philosophical basis. By means of the dialectic he sought to systematize the entire philosophical thought of the Greeks. His insatiable desire for faith was accompanied by wonderful dialectical ability, with the result that his teaching was an intricate formalism united with mythology. He carried out his dialectical plans to the minutest detail. He drew the materials of his system from both barbarians and Greeks, and he himself had been initiated into all the Mysteries. Every superstition of the past and present influenced him, and in framing a universal system he did not feel satisfied until every transmitted doctrine had found a place in that system. He was the systematizer of paganism and its scholastic. He conceived that the fundamental problem was that of the One and the Many, and that the One is related to the Many in three stages,—permanence, going-forth, and return. The Many as a manifold effect is similar to the unity of the original cause and yet different from it. Development is the striving of the effect to return to the original cause, and this strife for a return to God was illustrated by Proclus in every realm of life, and he repeated it again and again in application to every detail. He conceived that the development of the world from the Godhead was continually going through this triad system of change. His philosophy, however, shows no originality other than being an ingenious formal classification in which every polytheism found a place.
Proclus was a theologian much like Jamblichus, except he aimed to base theology on philosophy. Through dialectic, he tried to organize all Greek philosophical thought. His unending quest for faith came with remarkable dialectical skills, resulting in teachings that were a complex blend of formalism and mythology. He meticulously executed his dialectical plans down to the smallest detail. He drew on ideas from both non-Greeks and Greeks, having been initiated into all the Mysteries himself. Every superstition from both past and present influenced him, and in creating a universal system, he didn't feel satisfied until he included every transmitted doctrine. He was the organizer of paganism and its scholar. He believed the core issue was the relationship between the One and the Many, with the One relating to the Many in three phases: permanence, going forth, and return. The Many, as a diverse effect, is similar to the unity of the original cause but also distinct from it. Development is the effort of the effect to return to the original cause, and Proclus demonstrated this struggle for a return to God in every aspect of life, repeating it in relation to every detail. He viewed the development of the world from the divine as constantly undergoing this triadic system of change. However, his philosophy lacks originality beyond being a clever formal classification that accommodates every form of polytheism.
CHAPTER XIV
PATRISTICS.—THE GOSPEL'S HELLENIZATION
The Early Situation of Christianity. The Orient was the source of the Gospel, as of the other religions of this time. The power of Christianity lay in the spontaneous force of its pure religious feeling, with which it entered the lists for the conquest of the world. Christianity was not a philosophy, but a religion. It appealed to a different class than did the Alexandrian schools. The lower class received it first, and so the questions of science and philosophy occupied the early Christians but little. They were neither the friends nor the foes of Hellenism, and they took no interest in political theories. The Christian society was a spiritual cosmopolitanism, which was inspired and united by belief in God, faith in Christ, and in immediate communion with Christ. Conviction of the Second Coming of the Lord determined the conduct of the early Christians. Indeed, that moral reformation and moral conduct were the dominating aims of the Christian communities is proved by the following facts: the documents dealing with Christian life of that time are almost wholly moral; the discipline upon the members was for moral and not doctrinal reasons. Still these early Christians had some simple doctrines, which were seemingly taken for granted; and the danger is, to conceive the early Christians as either (1) too simple or (2) too ignorant. They believed that there is one God, that man has personal relations to God, that history has a dramatic course, that right was God’s command and absolutely different from wrong, that the Last Judgment would surely come.
The Early Situation of Christianity. The East was the origin of the Gospel, just like it was for other religions of that time. The strength of Christianity came from the natural force of its genuine spiritual feeling, which it brought to the struggle for world dominance. Christianity was not a philosophy; it was a religion. It appealed to a different group than the Alexandrian schools did. The lower class embraced it first, so early Christians were not very concerned with scientific or philosophical questions. They were neither supporters nor opponents of Hellenism and showed little interest in political theories. The Christian community was a spiritual cosmopolitan community, inspired and united by belief in God, faith in Christ, and direct communion with Christ. The expectation of the Lord's Second Coming influenced the actions of early Christians. In fact, the focus on moral reform and ethical conduct was the primary goal of the Christian communities, as evidenced by the following facts: the documents about Christian life from that time are almost entirely moral; the discipline imposed on members was for ethical reasons rather than doctrinal ones. Nonetheless, these early Christians had some basic doctrines that were generally accepted; however, there is a risk of viewing them as either (1) too simplistic or (2) too ignorant. They believed in one God, that individuals have personal relationships with God, that history has a dramatic progression, that right was God’s command and fundamentally different from wrong, and that the Last Judgment would definitely come.
But about the middle of the second century Christianity was obliged to change its attitude towards both science and the State. Between 150 and 250 a great change took place among the Christians. The documentary records are full of doctrinal struggles, so that little room was left for recording the struggles for moral purity. Morality became subordinated to belief, and the intellectual side of Christianity was emphasized at the expense of the ethical. The Second Coming of our Lord was less emphasized. This doctrine was either pushed into the background or its realization was looked upon as not immediate. Furthermore, the Christian sect had spread over the empire and had come into positive relations both with circles of culture and with political affairs. Various statistics of the numerical growth of the Christians are given; among them is the following statement: in 30 A. D. they numbered 500, in 100 A. D. 500,000, in 311 A. D. 30,000,000. In the second century the self-justification of Christianity could no longer be put upon the basis of the feelings and inner convictions. It must justify itself to the world without, and to its own cultured communicants as well. It was being attacked by philosophy, and, unless its own further growth were to be thwarted, it found that it must use the weapons of philosophy. Its increase of power antagonized both the Roman state and Hellenistic culture, and from 150 to 300 the fight between Christianity and the old world of things was to the death. Christianity eventually conquered Rome and Hellenism; but this would have been impossible if it had maintained its original attitude of indifference to culture. Its success was due to the wisdom that it has since so often shown. It adapted itself to its new situation by taking over and making its own the culture of the old world, and by fighting the old world with that culture. Christianity thereby shaped its own constitution into such strength that it could obtain possession of the state with Constantine in 300. From this impregnable political position, it was able to deal with its rivals on an entirely different footing. When old Rome fell in 476, the church did not fall with it, but on the contrary it came into possession of the city.
But around the middle of the second century, Christianity had to adjust its approach to both science and the State. Between 150 and 250, a significant change occurred among Christians. The documentary records are filled with doctrinal debates, leaving little space to document the quest for moral purity. Morality took a backseat to belief, and the intellectual aspect of Christianity was stressed at the cost of the ethical. The Second Coming of our Lord was downplayed. This belief was either sidelined or viewed as not happening soon. Additionally, the Christian sect spread throughout the empire and developed positive connections with cultural and political circles. Various statistics on the growth of Christianity are reported; among them is the following: in 30 A. D., they numbered 500; in 100 A. D., 500,000; and in 311 A.D., 30,000,000. In the second century, Christianity could no longer justify itself based solely on feelings and inner beliefs. It needed to defend itself to the outside world and to its own educated followers. It faced challenges from philosophy, and unless it wanted to hinder its own growth, it realized it needed to adopt philosophical arguments. Its growing influence threatened both the Roman state and Hellenistic culture, leading to a decisive struggle between Christianity and the old world from 150 to 300. Christianity ultimately overcame Rome and Hellenism, but this would not have been possible if it had retained its original indifference to culture. Its success came from the wisdom it has often demonstrated since then. It adjusted to its new reality by integrating and claiming the culture of the old world, and by challenging the old world using that culture. As a result, Christianity strengthened itself to the point where it could gain control of the state with Constantine in 300. From this unassailable political position, it was able to face its rivals on entirely different terms. When old Rome fell in 476, the Church did not collapse with it; rather, it took control of the city.
But this political success was the result and not the cause of the growth of Christianity. It could never have conquered so intrenched a government as Rome, if it had not first been victorious over the more persistent civilization of Greece. It made itself inherently strong by Hellenizing itself—strong both for polemical and for constructive purposes. But it is obvious that little philosophical originality may be expected during this period. When the church fathers began to employ Hellenistic philosophy, they took it on the whole as they found it. They varied it only to suit their own legitimate purposes. Christianity entered the religious controversies of the time when victory would belong to the sect which could use Greek civilization most effectively in defending itself against the hostility of other religions, and in constantly renewing the confidence of its devotees.
But this political success was the result, not the cause, of the growth of Christianity. It could never have conquered such a deeply rooted government as Rome if it hadn’t first triumphed over the more persistent civilization of Greece. It made itself inherently strong by adopting Hellenistic culture—strong for both argument and constructive purposes. However, it's clear that little philosophical originality can be expected during this time. When the church fathers started to use Hellenistic philosophy, they mostly accepted it as it was. They only modified it to fit their own legitimate needs. Christianity entered the religious debates of the time when the victory would go to the group that could use Greek civilization most effectively to defend itself against the hostility of other religions and to constantly renew the confidence of its followers.
But in the adoption of Hellenistic culture the church created a new danger to itself. It must guard its own conceptions lest they be smothered by this same Hellenism. It must keep its fundamental beliefs in their integrity. Greek philosophy must be a servant so constrained as to bring out only the implicit meaning of the fundamental Christian doctrines. Philosophy must not corrupt these doctrines and transmute them into Hellenism. The simple faith of the first century and its doctrines must be so formulated by Hellenic wisdom that it would be stated for all time. The church needed a dogmatic system, a creed that could forestall any future innovations. The long series of œcumenical councils of the church, beginning with the Council of Nicæa in 325, were united efforts in this direction. After that first council, dogma became more gradually fixed and, from time to time, this and that group of men were separated from the church as heretical.
But in adopting Hellenistic culture, the church created a new danger for itself. It had to protect its own beliefs from being overwhelmed by this same Hellenism. It needed to preserve the integrity of its fundamental beliefs. Greek philosophy had to serve in such a way as to reflect only the implicit meanings of core Christian doctrines. Philosophy should not distort these doctrines or turn them into Hellenism. The simple faith of the first century and its teachings needed to be articulated through Hellenic wisdom to ensure they would remain relevant forever. The church required a systematic set of beliefs, a creed that could prevent any future changes. The long series of ecumenical councils, starting with the Council of Nicaea in 325, were collective efforts in this direction. After that first council, dogma gradually became more defined, and over time, various groups of people were separated from the church as heretics.
Patristics is this philosophical secularizing of the Gospel which accompanied the internal and external development of the church body during the two or three centuries after the year 150 A. D.
Patristics is the philosophical secularization of the Gospel that happened alongside the internal and external growth of the church during the two or three centuries after the year 150 A.D.
The Philosophies influencing Christian Thought. The Greek philosophies most influential upon the development of Christian doctrine were Stoicism and neo-Platonism. The philosophy of Philo was also influential, but it was really only a bridge from philosophical Judaism to Christian theology. It contained both Stoicism and Platonism in an unsymmetrical form, and Philo’s writings “contain the seeds of nearly all that afterwards grew up on Christian soil.”44 Greek philosophical influence upon the early Christian world was felt in two ways: in ethical theory and practice; in the construction of theology. During the fourth century Stoic ethics of a Cynic type replaced the early Christian ethics. The basis of Christian society was no longer the ethics of the Sermon on the Mount, but rather that of Roman Stoicism. This is shown by the character of that book on morals (De Officiis Ministrorum) by St. Ambrose, Bishop of Milan (340–397). In theology the Christian doctrine had no need to borrow from the Greeks the conception of the unity of God or that of the creation of the world by God. But the Greek influence is seen in the doctrines on subjects allied to these: mainly on the questions of the mode of creation and the relation of God to the material world. In the discussion of these questions the influence of the Stoic monism, tending toward dualism, and the influence of Platonic dualism, tending toward a threefold conception of God, Matter, and Form, will appear in the examples which subsequently follow.
The Philosophies Influencing Christian Thought. The Greek philosophies that had the most impact on the development of Christian doctrine were Stoicism and neo-Platonism. Philo's philosophy was also important, but it mainly served as a bridge from philosophical Judaism to Christian theology. It included both Stoicism and Platonism in an uneven manner, and Philo’s writings “contain the seeds of nearly all that afterwards grew up on Christian soil.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Greek philosophical influence on the early Christian world was evident in two ways: in ethical theory and practice; in the construction of theology. During the fourth century, Stoic ethics with a Cynic flavor replaced early Christian ethics. The foundation of Christian society shifted from the ethics of the Sermon on the Mount to those of Roman Stoicism. This is illustrated by the character of the book on morals (De Officiis Ministrorum) by St. Ambrose, Bishop of Milan (340–397). In theology, Christian doctrine didn't need to borrow from the Greeks the idea of the unity of God or the concept of the creation of the world by God. However, Greek influence is seen in doctrines related to these ideas, particularly regarding the mode of creation and the relationship of God to the material world. When discussing these issues, the influence of Stoic monism, which leans toward dualism, and the influence of Platonic dualism, which tends toward a threefold understanding of God, Matter, and Form, will be evident in the examples that follow.
The most formidable opponent of Christianity during this time was neo-Platonism, but neo-Platonism and Christianity were not, however, long separated. Although neo-Platonism met its fate at the hands of scholasticism, it influenced in a thousand ways both orthodox and heretical Christianity. The rivalry of these two bodies ended—and with it came the ending of the Hellenic-Roman period of philosophy—in a complete and original theology. This was the theology of St. Augustine, who marks the end of antiquity and the beginning of the Middle Ages.
The biggest challenge to Christianity during this period was neo-Platonism, but they didn’t stay apart for long. Even though neo-Platonism eventually fell to scholasticism, it influenced both orthodox and heretical Christianity in countless ways. The competition between these two groups ended—and along with it came the close of the Hellenic-Roman period of philosophy—resulting in a complete and original theology. This was the theology of St. Augustine, who signifies the end of antiquity and the start of the Middle Ages.
The Periods of Early Christianity (30 A. D.–476 A. D.).
The Early Christian Periods (30 A.D.–476 A.D.).
1. Introductory Period, 30–200.
Intro Period, 30–200.
(1) Period of Primitive Faith (during the 1st century A. D.). With great simplicity of doctrine and ceremonies the Christians were preparing through faith and the practice of virtue for the Second Coming of our Lord.
(1) Period of Primitive Faith (during the 1st century A.D.). With great simplicity in their beliefs and rituals, Christians were preparing through faith and virtuous living for the Second Coming of our Lord.
(a) The Apologists (2d century).
The Apologists (2nd century).
(b) The Gnostics (2d century).
The Gnostics (2nd century).
(c) The Old Catholic Theologians (2d and 3d centuries).
(c) The Old Catholic Theologians (2nd and 3rd centuries).
2. Development Period (200–476).
2. Development Period (200–476).
(1) The Period of Actual Formulation of Doctrine (200–325). The Catechetical School of Alexandria—Origen (3d century).
(1) The Period of Actual Development of Doctrine (200–325). The Catechetical School of Alexandria—Origen (3rd century).
(2) The Period of the Establishment of Dogma (325–modern times) as seen in the Council of Nicæa and other œcumenical councils. It was a period in which church dogma was developed on the basis of doctrine already established.
(2) The Period of the Establishment of Dogma (325–modern times) highlighted by the Council of Nicaea and other ecumenical councils. It was a time when church doctrine was developed based on beliefs that were already set.
While the origin and development of the Christian church is an interesting story in itself, only one aspect of it is germane to the history of philosophy. That is the influence of Hellenism upon the formation of the theology of the church. The origin and development of the church organization lies beyond our field. Also the periods before the influence of Hellenism—the Period of Primitive Faith during the first century, and the period after dogma had become well established, the time after the Council of Nicæa in 325—will be omitted from our discussion here. Only the period of the Earlier Formulation and that of the Actual Formulation of Doctrine, that is, the one hundred and seventy-five years (150–325), are of interest to us. This time is known in history by the name of the period of Patristics.
While the origin and development of the Christian church is an interesting story in itself, only one aspect of it is relevant to the history of philosophy. That is the influence of Hellenism on the formation of the church's theology. The beginning and growth of the church organization are outside our scope. Also, the periods before the influence of Hellenism—the Period of Primitive Faith during the first century, and the time after dogma had become well established, which is after the Council of Nicæa in 325—will not be discussed here. Only the period of the Earlier Formulation and that of the Actual Formulation of Doctrine, which spans one hundred seventy-five years (150–325), are of interest to us. This time is known historically as the period of Patristics.
The Apologists. Only such Christians as were trained in Greek philosophy could rally to the first defense of the Christian doctrine. The new faith was, on the one hand, on the defensive against the mockery of Greek wisdom, and, on the other hand, it was obliged to take a positive stand to show that it was the fulfillment of the human need of salvation. The Apologists tried to make the Christian teaching as consistent as possible with the results of Greek philosophy and, at the same time, to read into Greek philosophy Christian meanings. They did not at all intend to Hellenize the Gospel, but they wanted to make it seem a rational one to the cultured world. “Christianity is philosophy and revelation. This is the thesis of every Apologist from Aristides to Minucius Felix.”45 Their very act of defense was unintentionally the first step toward the incorporation of Greek philosophy as a part of Christian teaching. The most important Apologists were Justin Martyr (100–166), Athenagoras (d. 180), and among the Romans Minucius Felix (about 200) and Lactantius (d. 320). The life of Justin Martyr is characteristic. He was born in Sichem, Samaria, but was Greek in origin and education. Having investigated several systems of philosophy and religion, he came to the conclusion that the Christian religion was the only true philosophy, and he died in defense of it at Rome.
The Apologists. Only Christians who were educated in Greek philosophy could come to the initial defense of Christian doctrine. The new faith was, on one hand, defending itself against the ridicule of Greek wisdom, and, on the other hand, it needed to make a positive case that it fulfilled humanity's need for salvation. The Apologists aimed to align Christian teachings as closely as possible with the findings of Greek philosophy while also infusing Greek philosophy with Christian meanings. They did not intend to Hellenize the Gospel; instead, they wanted to present it as rational to the educated world. “Christianity is both philosophy and revelation. This is the central argument of every Apologist from Aristides to Minucius Felix. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Their very act of defense unintentionally became the first step toward integrating Greek philosophy into Christian teaching. The key Apologists were Justin Martyr (100–166), Athenagoras (d. 180), and among the Romans, Minucius Felix (about 200) and Lactantius (d. 320). Justin Martyr's life is quite telling. He was born in Sichem, Samaria, but was of Greek origin and education. After exploring various systems of philosophy and religion, he concluded that Christianity was the only true philosophy, and he died defending it in Rome.
To prove that Christianity is the only true philosophy, the Apologists asserted that it alone guaranteed correct knowledge and true holiness here and hereafter. They proclaimed its preëminence because it is a perfect revelation of God through Jesus Christ. Since man is imprisoned in the world of the senses and ruled by dæmons, he can never be saved except through a perfect revelation. To be saved is to become rational, and man can become rational only by divine aid. Revelation has not been restricted to Christianity, but God’s inspiration has been at work in all mankind. The truth in Socrates, Plato, and Pythagoras has not been their own, but has sprung from this same divine inspiration, for truth never is the product of man’s unaided reason. Socrates and Plato got their truth in part from God’s direct revelation to them, in part indirectly from reading the works of Moses and the prophets. But revelation outside of Christianity has not been complete nor continuous. The first perfect revelation was in Jesus Christ, for He is the first to reveal the divine Logos completely. He is the first in whom the Logos has become man. He is the Son of God because the complete essence of the inexpressible Deity is unfolded in Him.
To prove that Christianity is the only true philosophy, the Apologists claimed that it alone guarantees true knowledge and genuine holiness both now and in the afterlife. They emphasized its superiority because it is a complete revelation of God through Jesus Christ. Since humans are trapped in a world of the senses and influenced by evil spirits, they can only be saved through a perfect revelation. To be saved means to gain rational understanding, and people can achieve this only with divine help. Revelation has not been limited to Christianity; God's inspiration has been present in all of humanity. The truths found in Socrates, Plato, and Pythagoras are not their own but have come from this same divine inspiration, as truth is never the result of human reasoning alone. Socrates and Plato obtained their truths partly from God’s direct revelation to them and partly from studying the works of Moses and the prophets. However, revelation outside of Christianity has not been complete or continuous. The first perfect revelation came through Jesus Christ, who is the first to fully reveal the divine Logos. He is the first in whom the Logos became human. He is the Son of God because the complete essence of the indescribable Deity is fully expressed in Him.
The Apologists thus identified reason and revelation. The Logos is the same in revelation, nature, or history. The Stoic conception of the Logos, which Philo had stripped of its materialistic character, was identified with Christ and revelation. Justin could regard as inspired what the Greeks had looked upon as natural in their own doctrines. Christ is the world-reason, in whom the divine has been incarnated, and the Apologists had the enormous advantage over the neo-Platonists of being able to point to Jesus as the definite and historical incarnation of God. The Apologists could summon the prevailing Platonic dualism of God and matter to their aid in showing the need of such a revelation; for matter is altogether without reason and goodness. Thus a summary of their doctrine is as follows: the world is bad and needs a revelation; the Logos of God has always been present in history, but has especially appeared in Jesus Christ, the man, in order to redeem men from their sin and establish the kingdom of God.
The Apologists connected reason and revelation. The Logos is consistent across revelation, nature, and history. The Stoic idea of the Logos, which Philo had removed of its material aspects, was associated with Christ and revelation. Justin could consider as inspired what the Greeks viewed as natural within their own teachings. Christ is the world-reason, where the divine became incarnate, and the Apologists had a significant advantage over the neo-Platonists since they could point to Jesus as the clear and historical embodiment of God. The Apologists could use the prevailing Platonic dualism of God and matter to illustrate the need for such a revelation, as matter lacks both reason and goodness. Therefore, a summary of their belief is this: the world is flawed and requires a revelation; the Logos of God has always existed in history but has especially manifested in Jesus Christ, the man, to save humanity from sin and establish the kingdom of God.
The Gnostics. Gnosticism is the name applied to a movement of hostile reconstruction of Old Testament tradition instead of a spiritual interpretation of it. It was a great syncretic movement in the second and third centuries, which sought to form a world religion in which men should be rated on the basis of what they intellectually and morally knew. The Gnostics tried to transform the Christian faith in a large way into knowledge that would still be Christian; and their efforts show how strong the philosophical interest among the Christians was beginning to be. The conditions for the development of such a doctrine as Gnosticism were everywhere present in the empire, yet two principal centres are pointed out: one at Alexandria and the other in Syria. Gnosticism was a most fanciful mixture of Oriental and Occidental cults and mythologies, very much more fantastic than either neo-Pythagoreanism or neo-Platonism. It was a philosophy in which the essential Christian principles were lost under the weight of esoteric knowledge. The Gnostics themselves were steeped in Hellenic culture, and in many localities formed only bands of Mysteries. They finally lost all sympathy with the Christians, and were classed as heretics by the church. The leading Gnostics were Saturninus, Carpocrates (about 130), Basilides, Valentinus (about 160), and Bardesanes (155–225). Only a few fragments of their many writings remain, and about all that we know of their doctrines is what their opponents say of them. Valentinus, the most notable, was born at Rome and died at Cyprus. Bardesanes was born in Mesopotamia. Carpocrates lived at Alexandria and was a contemporary of Basilides, who was a Syrian. The records of their careers are very meagre.
The Gnostics. Gnosticism refers to a movement that aimed to challenge Old Testament traditions rather than interpret them spiritually. It emerged as a significant syncretic movement in the second and third centuries, attempting to create a world religion where individuals were assessed based on their intellectual and moral knowledge. The Gnostics sought to reshape the Christian faith into a form of knowledge that still retained Christian elements, highlighting the growing philosophical interest among Christians. The environment across the empire was conducive to the rise of Gnosticism, with two main centers identified: one in Alexandria and the other in Syria. Gnosticism represented a creative blend of Eastern and Western religious practices and myths, far more elaborate than either neo-Pythagoreanism or neo-Platonism. It became a philosophy where essential Christian principles were overshadowed by secret knowledge. The Gnostics were deeply influenced by Hellenic culture, often forming local groups focused on Mysteries. Eventually, they became estranged from Christians and were labeled as heretics by the church. Key figures among the Gnostics included Saturninus, Carpocrates (around 130), Basilides, Valentinus (around 160), and Bardesanes (155–225). Only a few fragments of their extensive writings survive, and most of what we know about their beliefs comes from the accounts of their adversaries. Valentinus, the most prominent, was born in Rome and died in Cyprus, while Bardesanes was born in Mesopotamia. Carpocrates lived in Alexandria and was a contemporary of the Syrian Basilides. The records of their lives are quite sparse.
The Gnostics were the first philosophers of history.46 They undertook to make Christianity a world religion by conquering Hellenic culture for Christianity and Christianity for Hellenic culture. The only way they could do this was by dislodging Christianity from its historical anchorage in the Old Testament. The Gnostics were in open hostility to Judaism. They transformed every ethical problem into a cosmological problem, they regarded human history as the continuation of natural history, they viewed the Redemption as the last act in the cosmic drama. This shows how closely related their teaching was to that of Philo and Plotinus and how consistent with the theoretic spirit of the time. Since the salvation of the world by Christ stands as the central point of their philosophy of history, their philosophy of history amounted to a philosophy of Christian history.
The Gnostics were the first philosophers in history. They aimed to make Christianity a global religion by merging Hellenic culture with Christianity and vice versa. The only way they could achieve this was by separating Christianity from its historical roots in the Old Testament. The Gnostics openly opposed Judaism. They turned every ethical issue into a cosmological one, viewed human history as an extension of natural history, and saw Redemption as the final act in a cosmic drama. This illustrates how closely their teachings were aligned with those of Philo and Plotinus, as well as how consistent they were with the intellectual climate of the time. Since Christ's salvation of the world is the core of their philosophy of history, their understanding of history was essentially a philosophy of Christian history.
The victory of Christianity over paganism and Judaism was conceived allegorically by the Gnostics as the battle of the gods of these religions. The Redeemer was then conceived to appear at the psychological moment and to win the victory; and this appearance of Christ as Redeemer is not only the highest point in the development of the human race, but it is the dénouement in the drama of the universe. Nature was therefore conceived by them to be a battle-ground of the gods and the strife to be waged between the forces of good and evil. The good gets the victory by means of Christ. The battle was conceived in the neo-Pythagorean form of the dualism of matter and spirit, but was expressed in mythical terms. The heathen gods and the god of the Old Testament, who took the form of the Platonic demiurge, were the powers in the world which the highest God had to overcome.
The triumph of Christianity over paganism and Judaism was interpreted symbolically by the Gnostics as a conflict between the deities of these faiths. The Redeemer was viewed as appearing at the right moment to secure the victory; this appearance of Christ as Redeemer is seen not only as the peak of human development but also as the resolution in the story of the universe. They believed that nature was the battleground for these gods, with a struggle taking place between the forces of good and evil. The good prevails through Christ. This battle was framed in a neo-Pythagorean way, focusing on the dualism of matter and spirit, but was articulated in mythical language. The pagan gods and the god of the Old Testament, who took the form of the Platonic demiurge, were the powers in the world that the highest God needed to defeat.
The dualism of good and evil was conceived to be the same as between spirit and matter, and was elaborated in a fashion true to the Alexandrian school. The space between God and matter was conceived to be filled in by a whole race of dæmons and angels, arranged according to the Pythagorean numbers. The lowest was so far from the divine perfectness as to be in touch with matter, and he is the demiurge who formed the world. The battle then was between good and evil, light and darkness, until the Logos, the Nous, Christ, the most perfect of the intermediary beings, came down and by incarnation released from matter the imprisoned spirits of men and even of the fallen angels, like the demiurge. This is, in brief, the Gnostic explanation of history.
The duality of good and evil was seen as similar to the divide between spirit and matter, and was developed in a way that reflects the Alexandrian school. The gap between God and matter was thought to be filled by a hierarchy of demons and angels, organized according to Pythagorean numbers. The lowest being was so distant from divine perfection that it was close to matter, and this being is the demiurge who created the world. The conflict was between good and evil, light and darkness, until the Logos, the Nous, Christ—the most perfect of the intermediary beings—came down and, through incarnation, freed the imprisoned spirits of humans and even the fallen angels, like the demiurge. This is, in summary, the Gnostic interpretation of history.
This dualism was quite consistent with contemporary Christian ethics, which had then become Stoic. But this dualism was not consistent with monotheism, the fundamental Christian principle. The internal danger in Patristics—of swamping the fundamentals of Christianity through Hellenizing them—appears thus early. The early Christian found at the beginning an antagonism between his fundamental monotheistic metaphysics and Greek dualistic ethics.
This dualism aligned well with the Christian ethics of the time, which had become influenced by Stoicism. However, this dualism did not align with monotheism, which is a core principle of Christianity. The internal risk in Patristics—of diluting the core tenets of Christianity by adapting them to Hellenistic thought—can be seen even at this early stage. The early Christian recognized a conflict between his foundational belief in monotheism and the dualistic ethics of Greek philosophy.
The Reaction against Gnosticism.—The Old Catholic Theologians. We have seen that the original position of the Christians was one of indifference to both politics and philosophy; that then came the employment of Hellenism in the defense of the Gospel. This resulted in the extreme attempt of the Gnostics to transform Christianity into a factor in a cosmic theosophy. Gnosticism had tried to capture the new religion by force and make it subserve the interests of Hellenic and Oriental philosophy. This danger was averted only after years of controversy. Gnosticism was the gravest danger that the early church had to meet, and the Gnostics left their mark upon the church, although they were expelled; for the church never returned to its original simplicity of doctrine. Gnosticism, however, produced an extreme reaction, for a time, against the use of philosophy, and was represented by the “Old Catholic Theologians,”—Irenæus (140–200), Tertullian (160–220), and Hippolytus. These theologians stood against turning faith into a science and tried to limit dogma to the articles of the baptismal confession interpreted as a rule of faith. Tatian (170) saw in Hellenism the work of the devil. Irenæus conceived a unity in the process of creation and redemption,—creation as a divine method of bringing humanity up into the church by way of redemption. Tertullian went so far as to affirm that the Gospel is confirmed by its being in a certain sense contradictory to reason. Credo quia absurdum. By this he means, not that faith rests in things absurd, but that faith rests in things so far above reason as to make reason absurd. This reaction was against Gnosticism and not against rationalism, for these men used both philosophy and tradition to support their arguments.
The Reaction against Gnosticism.—The Old Catholic Theologians. We’ve noted that early Christians were generally indifferent to politics and philosophy; then Hellenism was used to defend the Gospel. This led to Gnosticism's extreme attempt to reshape Christianity into a part of a cosmic theosophy. Gnosticism sought to take over the new religion by force and align it with Hellenic and Oriental philosophy. This threat was only avoided after years of debate. Gnosticism posed the biggest challenge for the early church, leaving its mark even after the Gnostics were expelled; the church never returned to its original simplicity of doctrine. However, Gnosticism triggered a strong reaction against the use of philosophy, represented by the “Old Catholic Theologians”—Irenaeus (140–200), Tertullian (160–220), and Hippolytus. These theologians opposed turning faith into a science and aimed to limit dogma to the articles of the baptismal confession as a rule of faith. Tatian (170) considered Hellenism to be the work of the devil. Irenaeus envisioned a unity in creation and redemption, seeing creation as a divine method of leading humanity into the church through redemption. Tertullian even claimed that the Gospel is confirmed by being somewhat contradictory to reason. Credo quia absurdum. He meant that faith is not based on absurd things, but on things so transcendent that they render reason absurd. This reaction was directed against Gnosticism, not rationalism, as these men employed both philosophy and tradition to support their arguments.
The reaction against a systematic theology failed to establish itself, for the need of Greek philosophy was found to be necessary. The result was that a median position was taken by the help of Greek philosophy in the formulation of the dogma of the church. This was scientifically stated by the Alexandrian School of Catechists, of which Clement and Origen were the leaders.
The backlash against systematic theology didn't gain traction because Greek philosophy was deemed essential. As a result, a middle ground was established with the support of Greek philosophy in shaping the church's doctrine. This was articulated scientifically by the Alexandrian School of Catechists, led by Clement and Origen.
Origen (185–254) and the School of Catechists. Origen, whose surname was Adamantine, was an early teacher in the School of Catechists, which had been under the direction of Clement. Like Plotinus, Origen had been a pupil of Ammonius Saccas. Origen endured much persecution on account of his teaching, and had to flee from Alexandria to Cæsarea and Tyre, where he spent his old age. He was the most influential theologian of the Eastern church, and he was the father of Christian theological science.
Origen (185–254) and the School of Catechists. Origen, whose last name was Adamantine, was an early teacher in the School of Catechists, which had been led by Clement. Like Plotinus, Origen studied under Ammonius Saccas. He faced a lot of persecution for his teachings and had to escape from Alexandria to Caesarea and Tyre, where he spent his later years. He was the most influential theologian of the Eastern church and the father of Christian theological science.
In manner of life Origen was a Christian; in his thought he was a Greek. He was the Christian Philo, although he was a rival to the neo-Platonic philosophers. His Christian theology competed with the philosophical systems of his time. It was founded on both Testaments, and it also united in a peculiar way toward a practical end the theology of both the Apologists and the Gnostics. He was convinced that Christianity could be expressed only as a science, and that any form of Christianity without scientific expression is not clear to itself. Although the church was offended at some of his doctrines, it made his philosophical principle and his theory of development its own. In trying to state Christianity in terms of intellectual knowledge, Origen did not make the mistake of burying its principles under philosophy or mythology, as was the case with the Gnostics. The Gnostics had created a new Christianity; Origen developed Christianity from within itself. He was an orthodox traditionalist, a strong Biblical theologian and idealistic philosopher. He maintained that there were several ways of interpreting the Scriptures (allegorical interpretation). The masses see only the somatic or outward meaning as it has been developed in history. A deeper or moral interpretation gives a psychical meaning to the Gospel truth. More profound still is the spiritual interpretation, which gives to the Gospels a pneumatic or spiritually esoteric meaning. Christianity is superior to all other religions because it is a religion for all classes, even for the common man. Christianity is the only religion which, without being polytheistic, can have its truth in mythical dress.
In his lifestyle, Origen was a Christian; in his thinking, he was a Greek. He was the Christian equivalent of Philo, though he stood in opposition to the neo-Platonic philosophers. His Christian theology was in competition with the philosophical systems of his time. It was based on both Testaments and uniquely combined the theology of both the Apologists and the Gnostics for practical purposes. He believed that Christianity could only be expressed as a science, and that any form of Christianity that lacked scientific clarity was unclear about itself. Although the church disagreed with some of his teachings, it adopted his philosophical principles and his theory of development. In attempting to articulate Christianity through intellectual understanding, Origen did not fall into the trap of obscuring its principles with philosophy or mythology, as the Gnostics had done. The Gnostics had created a new form of Christianity; Origen developed Christianity from within its own context. He was an orthodox traditionalist, a strong Biblical theologian, and an idealistic philosopher. He argued that there are multiple ways to interpret the Scriptures—A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (allegorical interpretation). The general public tends to see only the literal or outward meaning as it has unfolded through history. A deeper or moral interpretation provides a psychological understanding of the Gospel truth. Even more profound is the spiritual interpretation, which infuses the Gospels with a pneumatic or spiritually esoteric meaning. Christianity is superior to all other religions because it is inclusive of all social classes, even for the average person. Christianity is the only religion that, without being polytheistic, can express its truths through mythical narratives.
The aim of Origen was less to show how the world came to be, than to justify the ways of God to men in the world’s creation and history. The central principle in his teaching is spiritual monotheism. God is an unchanging spirit, the author of all things, and He transcends human knowledge. What distinguishes Him most is the absolute causality of His will. He is essentially creative, and this creative activity is co-eternal with Himself. God can have no dealings with changing individuals directly, since although creative He is unchanging. He has direct connection only with the eternal revelation of His own image, the Logos. The Logos is a person, a special hypostasis, the perfect likeness of God with nothing corporeal about him. He is not the God, but still God, yet a second God, with no sharing of divinity.47 The Holy Spirit bears the same relation to the Logos as the Logos to the Father. In his relation to the world the Logos is the Idea of Ideas, the norm according to which things are created.
The goal of Origen was less about explaining how the world was created and more about justifying God's actions in the creation and history of the world. The main idea in his teachings is spiritual monotheism. God is an unchanging spirit, the creator of everything, and He goes beyond human understanding. What sets Him apart the most is the absolute power of His will. He is inherently creative, and this creative process is co-eternal with Himself. God cannot directly interact with changing individuals because, while He is creative, He remains unchanging. He only has a direct connection with the eternal revelation of His own image, the Logos. The Logos is a person, a unique hypostasis, the perfect reflection of God without any physical form. He is not the God, but He is still God, a second God, without any division of divinity.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The Holy Spirit has the same relationship to the Logos as the Logos has to the Father. In relation to the world, the Logos represents the Idea of Ideas, the standard by which things are created.
Origen followed Philo in believing that the original creation consists of a world of beings that are pure intelligences, and that the cause of creation is God’s goodness. He further believed that the Logos or Wisdom of God is God’s Son. Both the creation of the ideal world of intelligences and the existence of the Son is from eternity. The origin of the visible world is to be contrasted with this eternal creation. The visible world had its beginning in time and is only one of a series of worlds. It will finally return to God, and has in God its beginning and end. Thus man lives in a visible world of time with eternities on either side. Creation, viewed as a whole, is everlasting, and consists of an endless number of beings who are destined to become a part of the divine holiness and to participate in the divine blessedness. These beings are endowed with freedom of will, and they fall away from God. The visible world of matter has been created to purify the fallen spirits, and in consequence we find materialized spirits graded into angels, stars, mankind, and evil dæmons.
Origen followed Philo in believing that the original creation consists of a realm of beings that are pure intelligences, and that the cause of creation is God’s goodness. He further believed that the Logos or Wisdom of God is God’s Son. Both the creation of the ideal world of intelligences and the existence of the Son are eternal. The origin of the visible world contrasts with this eternal creation. The visible world had its beginning in time and is just one of many worlds. It will ultimately return to God, having its beginning and end in God. Thus, humanity lives in a visible world of time, with eternity on both sides. Creation, as a whole, is everlasting and consists of an endless number of beings destined to become part of divine holiness and to participate in divine blessedness. These beings have free will, and some stray from God. The visible world of matter was created to purify these fallen spirits, which is why we see materialized spirits organized into angels, stars, humans, and evil demons.
In his emphasis on the will as the fundamental mental part of man, Origen is distinctly Christian and opposed to Greek intellectualism. The will of God and the will of man form the corner stone in his system. The will of God is the eternal development of His being, but the will of spirits is their temporal free choice. The will of God is reality itself; the will of spirits is phenomenal and changing. Freedom of the will of the spirits is the ground of their sin, and consequently of their materiality. Thus it is by the freedom of the spirits that Origen explains evil and the existence of imperfect matter without impeaching the eternal purity of God. Origen thus reconciled the ethical transcendence of God as creator with his immanence in the material world. God is the creator without being the creator of sin. Through the conception of free-will Origen reconciled the two antithetical principles of Christian metaphysics: faith in divine omnipotence and consciousness of sin.
In emphasizing the will as the essential mental aspect of humanity, Origen is distinctly Christian and stands in contrast to Greek intellectualism. The will of God and the will of man are the cornerstones of his system. The will of God represents the eternal unfolding of His existence, while the will of spirits represents their temporary free choice. The will of God is the ultimate reality; the will of spirits is variable and subject to change. The freedom of the spirits' will is the basis of their sin, and thus of their material nature. This freedom allows Origen to explain evil and the existence of imperfect matter without undermining the eternal purity of God. Origen reconciled God's ethical transcendence as creator with His presence in the material world. God is the creator but not the author of sin. Through the concept of free will, Origen reconciled the two opposing principles of Christian metaphysics: faith in divine omnipotence and awareness of sin.
The function of the church is thus an important one in the divine plan. For the fallen spirits try to rise by their own wills from the matter to which they are condemned for purification. They never lose their divine essence, however low they may fall. They cannot rise alone, nor are they compelled to, but they always have the help of divine grace, which is always active within man and has also been perfectly revealed in Jesus Christ. After the manner of the Apologists, Origen makes use of the Stoic and Platonic conceptions, for the eternal Logos takes form in the divine-human unity of Jesus. Through His physical suffering redemption is made possible to all believers, and through His essence illumination has been brought to those especially inspired. There are different grades of redemption: faith, or a religious understanding of the perceptual world; knowledge of the Logos; final absorption in God. All shall finally be saved through the combined forces of freedom and Grace, and then shall all material existence disappear.
The role of the church is crucial in the divine plan. The fallen spirits attempt to elevate themselves from the matter they're condemned to for purification by their own wills. However, they never lose their divine essence, no matter how far they fall. They can’t rise on their own, nor are they forced to, but they always receive support from divine grace, which is constantly active within humanity and has been perfectly shown in Jesus Christ. Following the Apologists, Origen uses Stoic and Platonic ideas, as the eternal Logos takes shape in the divine-human unity of Jesus. Through His physical suffering, redemption becomes possible for all believers, and His essence brings enlightenment to those truly inspired. There are various levels of redemption: faith, which is a religious understanding of the perceptual world; knowledge of the Logos; and ultimate union with God. Ultimately, everyone will be saved through the combined forces of freedom and grace, after which all material existence will cease.
The controversies within the church during the succeeding centuries over the theory of Origen are theological rather than philosophical, and so our account of the relation of Greek philosophy to Christianity in the Hellenic-Roman period closes here. Origen’s undertaking was a private one, approved at first in only limited circles and on the whole disapproved by the church. In his scientific dogmatics the particular changes which he planned pertain especially to the conception of salvation and the place of Christ in the universe. In his teaching about Christ he emphasized more the cosmological than the soteriological aspect, but neither was fully developed. The history of the early church shows that Christianity seized the ideas of ancient philosophy and insisted on revising them with its own religious principle before it used them. We shall find that the next period is introduced by a greater than Origen, in whom again the Christian and the ancient worlds will meet in new and richer combination,—St. Augustine.
The debates within the church in the following centuries regarding Origen's theories are more about theology than philosophy, so we conclude our discussion of the connection between Greek philosophy and Christianity during the Hellenic-Roman period here. Origen's work was initially a personal effort, accepted only in limited circles and largely rejected by the church. His scientific dogmatics aimed to change specifically the understanding of salvation and Christ's role in the universe. In his teaching about Christ, he focused more on the cosmological aspect than the soteriological one, though neither was fully developed. The history of the early church illustrates that Christianity adopted concepts from ancient philosophy and insisted on revising them with its own religious principles before putting them to use. We will see that the next period begins with someone greater than Origen, where the Christian and ancient worlds will converge again in a new and richer way— St. Augustine.
BOOK II
THE MIDDLE AGES (476–1453)
BOOK II
THE MIDDLE AGES (476–1453)
CHAPTER XV
CHARACTERISTICS AND CONDITIONS OF THE MIDDLE AGES
Comparison of the Hellenic-Roman Period and the Middle Ages. The Middle Ages can be conveniently remembered as approximately the 1000 years between the fall of old Rome, in 476, and the fall of new Rome (Constantinople) in 1453. Together these two periods make a long and a philosophically unproductive stretch of 1800 years. The intellectual materials which the two periods possessed, differ but little, although during the first half of the Middle Ages such materials were very few. There is, however, a decided difference in the way the two periods look at things. The ancient had started with Aristotle’s interest in knowledge for its own sake; the ancient had passed from that to the need of knowledge in ethical conduct; he had finally made use of knowledge only in formulating religion. On the other hand, the history of thought in the Middle Ages was exactly the reverse. The mediæval man starts satisfied with religion as thus formulated by the preceding period, and seeks to regain pure knowledge. The perspective in the two periods is therefore different. Hellenic thought began in freedom and ended in tradition; mediæval thought begins in tradition and, borne by the youthful German, who brings with him few original ideas, pushes forward toward freedom. No doubt one can discover in mediæval times many fresh transformations of ancient thought and a new Latin terminology, but, on the whole, all the problems of the Middle Ages, as well as their solutions, can be found in antiquity. One may find, too, the germs of modern thought in the Middle Ages, but they come from mediæval pupils and not from mediæval masters. In the Middle Ages humanity is again at school; its problems appear in succession, but they always are expressed in the conceptions of the ancients.
Comparison of the Hellenic-Roman Period and the Middle Ages. The Middle Ages can be easily remembered as roughly the 1000 years between the fall of ancient Rome in 476 and the fall of new Rome (Constantinople) in 1453. Together, these two periods cover a long and philosophically unproductive stretch of 1800 years. The intellectual resources available in both periods differ only slightly, although during the first half of the Middle Ages, these resources were very limited. However, there is a clear difference in perspectives between the two periods. The ancients began with Aristotle’s interest in seeking knowledge for its own sake; they then moved on to the necessity of knowledge for ethical conduct and ultimately utilized knowledge solely for developing religion. In contrast, the history of thought during the Middle Ages was exactly the reverse. The medieval person starts out content with the religious framework established by the previous period and seeks to reclaim pure knowledge. Thus, the outlook in the two periods is different. Hellenic thought started from a place of freedom and ended in tradition, while medieval thought begins with tradition and, propelled by the youthful Germans, who bring with them few original ideas, moves toward freedom. Certainly, you can find many new interpretations of ancient thought and a fresh Latin vocabulary during medieval times, but overall, all the issues faced in the Middle Ages and their solutions can be traced back to antiquity. You might also discover the beginnings of modern thought in the Middle Ages, but these originate from medieval learners rather than from medieval thinkers. In the Middle Ages, humanity is once again in a learning phase; its challenges emerge one after another, but they are always articulated through the notions of the ancients.
The Mediæval Man. Antiquity had brought together three civilizations,—those of Greece, of Rome, and of Christianity. Greek civilization in the form of an intellectual culture, called Hellenism, had been superimposed upon Roman political society. The result was a society with a twofold stratum, and in such a society the Christian church had grown as an organization of controlling cultural and political influence. It was into this society that the German barbarians, by a series of invasions, entered during the first three centuries of the Middle Ages.
The Medieval Man. Ancient times had combined three civilizations—those of Greece, Rome, and Christianity. Greek civilization, represented by an intellectual culture known as Hellenism, had been layered over Roman political society. The outcome was a society with two distinct layers, where the Christian church emerged as a major cultural and political force. It was into this society that the Germanic tribes, through a series of invasions, entered during the first three centuries of the Middle Ages.
The Middle Ages began and antiquity ended when these German tribes finally broke down the barriers of the Roman empire. It was a new period; for a new race had taken upon itself the responsibility of bearing the burden of the future of western Europe. The German was of course unconscious of the magnitude of his self-imposed burden, for the German was young, vigorous, and moved by primitive instincts. He had leaped into the world’s fields as a conqueror; he remained as a laborer.
The Middle Ages started and antiquity came to an end when these German tribes finally broke through the barriers of the Roman Empire. It was a new era; a new race had taken on the responsibility of shaping the future of Western Europe. The German was, of course, unaware of the weight of this self-imposed responsibility, as he was young, strong, and driven by basic instincts. He had entered the world as a conqueror; he ended up staying as a worker.
At the beginning the German seemed likely to destroy the entire product which antiquity had bequeathed. He was quite unprepared to assimilate the rich fruits of that ancient civilization. He had, indeed, less mind for the elaborate forms of Greek philosophy than for the lighter forms of Greek art. In his first contact he could understand neither. Moreover ancient society was so weak that it could not educate him, who was its conqueror, into its culture. Nevertheless, there was one element in that ancient society that did appeal to the German. That was the spiritual power of the Christian church. Alone amid the ruins of antiquity the power of the church had grown so strong that the men of the north bowed before it, and religion accomplished through the emotions of the Germans what art, philosophy, and statecraft failed to achieve. The preaching of the Gospel laid hold of the feelings of these primitive people, for the church in its pretensions, and sometimes in fact, represented the old Roman political unity. Moreover the church was also the repository of what was left of Greek science. The church expressed for the German his own ideal of the personal inner life. The Germans became the supporters of the church, and in this way the protectors of ancient culture. Mediæval history in western Europe is therefore the record of the development of the Germans under the influence of the Christian church. In contrast with the development of the Eastern church, which was the development of a state church, the Western church was the development of an ecclesiastical state. The Western church, and not the later empire, was the true successor of the Roman empire. Thus the early beginnings of the Middle Ages rested with the church, but the later development of the Middle Ages rested with the German people.
At first, the Germans seemed likely to wipe out the entire legacy of antiquity. They were totally unprepared to embrace the rich achievements of that ancient civilization. In fact, they cared more about the simpler aspects of Greek art than the complex ideas of Greek philosophy. In their initial encounters, they couldn’t grasp either one. Additionally, ancient society was so weak that it couldn’t educate its conqueror in its culture. However, there was one aspect of that ancient society that did resonate with the Germans: the spiritual power of the Christian church. Amid the ruins of antiquity, the church's influence grew so strong that the northern men respected it, and religion connected with the emotions of the Germans in ways that art, philosophy, and statecraft could not. The preaching of the Gospel tapped into the feelings of these early people since the church, in its ambitions and sometimes in reality, represented the old Roman political unity. Furthermore, the church was also the keeper of what remained of Greek science. It reflected the German's ideal of personal inner life. The Germans became supporters of the church, thereby becoming protectors of ancient culture. Therefore, medieval history in Western Europe is essentially the story of the Germans' development under the influence of the Christian church. In contrast to the Eastern church, which evolved into a state church, the Western church developed as an ecclesiastical state. The Western church, rather than the later empire, was the true successor to the Roman Empire. Thus, the early stages of the Middle Ages were rooted in the church, but the later development of the Middle Ages depended on the German people.
How the Universe appeared to the Mediæval Man. The mediæval man had very indistinct ideas about the world around him, since his interest did not lie in the earthly realm, but in the spirit that controlled it. He was content in his sciences with conclusions without their demonstrations. Although it is said that relations of space and number are never indistinct in the mind of the civilized man, the man of the Middle Ages certainly did not possess such conceptions in so vigorous a manner as to enable him to discover new truths. We must, furthermore, make a sharper distinction between mediæval popular opinion and mediæval scientific opinion than we should about popular and scientific opinion of modern times; for the results of science did not reach the people then as now. To the ordinary mediæval man the world in which he lived was what it appeared to be to his eye. The earth was flat; the sky was a material dome, which sustained the waters of the world above it. Through this sky-floor the water sometimes breaks and the earth receives showers of rain. These popular notions sometimes appeared in the verse of the time.
How the Universe appeared to the Medieval Man. The medieval man had very vague ideas about the world around him, as his focus was not on the physical world, but on the spirit that governed it. He was satisfied with scientific conclusions without needing proof. While it's often said that concepts of space and number are always clear in a civilized person's mind, the people of the Middle Ages definitely didn't have such strong ideas that allowed them to discover new truths. We also need to make a clearer distinction between popular opinion and scientific opinion in the medieval era compared to today, because scientific findings didn't reach the masses back then as they do now. To the average medieval person, the world they lived in was simply what they saw. The earth was flat; the sky was a solid dome that held up the waters above. Sometimes, this sky would break, and the earth would receive rain. These common beliefs occasionally found their way into the poetry of the time.
The mediæval scientific opinion was based on the theory of Ptolemy and his school of Alexandrian astronomers, who lived in the second century A. D., some details to the theory having been added by the Arabians. Ptolemy says, “The world is divided into two vast regions; the one ethereal, the other elementary. The ethereal region begins with the first mover, which accomplishes its journey from east to west in twenty-four hours; ten skies participate in this motion, and their totality comprises the double crystalline heaven, the firmament and the seven planets.” (See diagram.) The mediæval man of science thought that, inasmuch as he was upon the earth, he was therefore standing at the centre of things. Directly above him was the cavity of the sky, ruled by the moon; and below the moon were the four elements,—fire, air, water, and earth. This region was the realm of imperfection. But above the moon the scientist saw a series of nine other heavens, each with an orderly revolution of its own; and beyond all is God. The universe was therefore to Ptolemy a great but a limited sphere, consisting of ten spheres one inside another (like the rings of an onion). Each planet moved with the motion of its own heaven (or sphere), which was sometimes called “crystalline” because it was transparent. The movements of the heavenly bodies, each in its own revolving heaven, were contained in the whole sphere, which revolved with a motion of its own. By ascribing other movements to the planets within their respective heavens, the mediæval astronomers were able to predict every conjunction and eclipse to the minute. These separate movements of the planets were called epicycles, the form of which is shown in the diagram on the opposite page.
The medieval scientific view was based on the theory of Ptolemy and his group of Alexandrian astronomers, who lived in the second century A.D., with some details added by Arab scholars. Ptolemy states, “The world is divided into two vast regions; the ethereal and the elemental. The ethereal region starts with the first mover, which completes its journey from east to west in twenty-four hours; ten heavens share in this motion, and together they make up the double crystalline heaven, the firmament, and the seven planets.” (See diagram.) The medieval scientist believed that, since he was on Earth, he was standing at the center of everything. Directly above him was the expanse of the sky, ruled by the moon; below the moon lay the four elements—fire, air, water, and earth. This area was the realm of imperfection. Above the moon, the scientist perceived a series of nine other heavens, each with its own orderly rotation; beyond all of this was God. Hence, Ptolemy viewed the universe as a vast but limited sphere, consisting of ten spheres nested within each other (like the rings of an onion). Each planet moved with the motion of its own heaven (or sphere), which was sometimes referred to as “crystalline” because it was transparent. The movements of the heavenly bodies, each within its own rotating heaven, were contained in the entire sphere, which revolved with its own motion. By attributing additional movements to the planets within their respective heavens, medieval astronomers could predict every conjunction and eclipse down to the minute. These individual movements of the planets were known as epicycles, the shape of which is illustrated in the diagram on the opposite page.

PTOLEMAIC COSMOGRAPHY
A diagram showing the division of the universe into the ten spheres or heavens
(From the private library of Professor R. W. Willson of Harvard University)
PTOLEMAIC COSMOGRAPHY
A diagram showing how the universe is divided into ten spheres or heavens.
(From the private library of Professor R. W. Willson at Harvard University)
Such a scientific astronomy would easily lend itself to the theological conceptions of the time. The realm of perfection above the moon was supposed to be under the direct supervision of God and to be inhabited by spirits. Thus the conjunction and relation of the heavenly bodies were thought to have influence upon human life, and they furnished the basis of the astrology, necromancy, and spiritism so common in the Middle Ages. The ninth heaven embraced all the others. It swept around them all, without interfering with their own special motions, and completed its revolution in twenty-four hours. The ninth heaven was both the source and the limit of all motion and all change. Beyond it lies the eternal peace of God, which the Christian astronomer regarded as “the abode of the blessed.” This was called the tenth heaven or the Empyrean. This, in Dante’s words, is “the heaven that is pure light; light intellectual full of love, love of the good full of joy, joy that transcends all sweetness.” The tenth heaven is Paradise and is within the life of God. It is important to note that the Ptolemaic conception of the universe is the background upon which Dante constructs his Divine Comedy (see diagram, p. 376),48 and appears in part at least as the cosmological basis of the Paradise Lost of Milton. For thirteen centuries—from 200 to 1500—conviction remained unshaken in the Ptolemaic system of astronomy as an adequate explanation of the universe.
Such scientific astronomy easily aligned with the theological ideas of its time. The perfect realm above the moon was thought to be directly overseen by God and inhabited by spirits. As a result, the alignment and interaction of celestial bodies were believed to impact human life, forming the foundation of the astrology, necromancy, and spiritism that were so prevalent during the Middle Ages. The ninth heaven encompassed all the others, orbiting them without disrupting their unique movements, completing its rotation in twenty-four hours. It served as both the source and the boundary of all motion and change. Beyond it lay the eternal peace of God, which the Christian astronomer viewed as “the home of the blessed.” This was known as the tenth heaven or the Empyrean. In Dante’s words, it is “the heaven that is pure light; light intellectual full of love, love of the good full of joy, joy that transcends all sweetness.” The tenth heaven represents Paradise and exists within the life of God. It’s important to note that the Ptolemaic view of the universe provides the backdrop for Dante's Divine Comedy (see diagram, p. 376, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and serves at least in part as the cosmological foundation for Milton’s Paradise Lost. For thirteen centuries—from 200 to 1500—belief in the Ptolemaic system of astronomy remained unshaken as a sufficient explanation of the universe.

PTOLEMAIC COSMOGRAPHY
(Showing the Epicyclic Movements of Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars in respect to the Earth)
PTOLEMAIC COSMOGRAPHY
(Displaying the Epicyclic Movements of Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars in relation to the Earth)
The Mediæval Man at School. In the eleventh and twelfth centuries there was a revival in intellectual interests that was deep and broad, and the characteristics of this revival will be discussed subsequently (see Transitional Period, p. 329). Our curiosity, however, is aroused upon our entrance into the Middle Ages, as to what the man of the early Middle Ages studied and how much he learned. We must remind ourselves at the outset of the oft-repeated fact that, on the whole, in western Europe, for the first five hundred years of the Middle Ages, the only people who had any book-learning were the churchmen. Furthermore, with them the learning was very meagre. Their purpose in study will show this, for it was to enable them “to understand and expound the Canonical Scriptures, the Fathers, and other ecclesiastical writings.” The training was as follows:—
The Medieval Man at School. In the 11th and 12th centuries, there was a significant and widespread revival of intellectual interests, and the characteristics of this revival will be discussed later (see Transitional Period, p. 329). When we first enter the Middle Ages, we can’t help but wonder what the early medieval man studied and how much he actually learned. It’s important to remember that, generally speaking, in Western Europe, for the first five hundred years of the Middle Ages, the only people with any formal education were the clergy. Moreover, their level of learning was quite limited. Their purpose for studying was to “understand and explain the Canonical Scriptures, the Church Fathers, and other religious writings.” The training was as follows:—
1. Theological. Elementary instruction in the Psalms and church music, but no systematic training in theology,—just enough training to enable the priest to understand the Bible and the Church Fathers.
1. Theological. Basic teaching in the Psalms and church music, but no comprehensive training in theology—just enough education for the priest to understand the Bible and the Church Fathers.
2. Secular training. Knowledge in the “Seven Liberal Arts,” i. e. the trivium—grammar, rhetoric, and dialectic; and the more advanced quadrivium,—music, arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy. These names are suggestive of a vast amount of knowledge, while, in truth, very little was known or taught in these subjects. Astronomy and arithmetic were employed to find the time of Easter. Geometry included some propositions of Euclid without demonstrations. Music included plain song and a mystic doctrine of number. More was made of grammar, the study of rhetoric from Latin classics, and dialectics. Dialectics was logic in the Middle Ages, and its mysteries fascinated the mediæval man. But even in logic there were only some remnants of the Aristotelian logic known.
2. Secular training. Knowledge in the “Seven Liberal Arts,” i. e. the trivium—grammar, rhetoric, and dialectic; and the more advanced quadrivium—music, arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy. These terms suggest a wealth of knowledge, yet in reality, very little was known or taught in these subjects. Astronomy and arithmetic were used to determine the date of Easter. Geometry covered some propositions from Euclid without proofs. Music included plainchant and a mystical understanding of numbers. Greater emphasis was placed on grammar, the study of rhetoric from Latin classics, and dialectics. In the Middle Ages, dialectics was synonymous with logic, and its complexities intrigued people of the time. However, even in logic, only fragments of Aristotelian logic were actually known.
A Mediæval Library. Here again is an interesting question: What did this mediæval churchman read? But we must make a distinction between books most commonly read, books that the scholars might use, and books most influential upon thought.
A Medieval Library. Here again is an interesting question: What did this medieval churchman read? But we need to make a distinction between the books that were most commonly read, the books that scholars might use, and the books that had the most influence on thought.
1. Books most commonly read. These would be the text-books used in instruction. They are as follows:—
1. Most Commonly Read Books. These are the textbooks used for teaching. They include the following:—
The Psalms.
The Psalms.
The Grammar of Donatus.
The Grammar by Donatus.
The Christian poets: Prudentius, Psychomachia; Juvencus, Gospels in Verse; Sedulius, Easter Hymn.
The Christian poets: Prudentius, Psychomachia; Juvencus, Gospels in Verse; Sedulius, Easter Hymn.
Dionysius Cato, Disticha de Moribus, a collection of proverbs (moral maxims) in rhyming couplets.
Dionysius Cato, Disticha de Moribus, a collection of proverbs (moral maxims) in rhyming couplets.
Virgil, Ovid, and the rhetorical works of Cicero.
Virgil, Ovid, and the persuasive writings of Cicero.
Æsop’s Fables (in Latin).
Æsop’s Fables (in Latin).
2. Books that the scholars might use. It is difficult to say what any particular scholar actually did read, for the libraries of monasteries differed enormously in the character and number of their books; some monasteries had several hundred books, some none at all. Some libraries were composed almost entirely of works of the Fathers; some possessed a good many works of ancient classical writers. One might expect to find any one or more of the following works in a scholar’s library:—
2. Books that scholars might use. It's hard to determine what any specific scholar actually read, since the libraries of monasteries varied greatly in both the type and number of books they held; some monasteries had several hundred books, while others had none at all. Some libraries were almost entirely made up of works by the Church Fathers, while others contained a significant number of texts by ancient classical writers. One might expect to find one or more of the following works in a scholar’s library:—
Aristotle, De Interpretatione and the Categories in Boëthius’ translation.
Aristotle, *De Interpretatione* and the *Categories* in Boethius' translation.
This explains why the logical problems occupied the almost exclusive attention of the first schoolmen.
This is why the logical issues took up nearly all of the attention of the early scholars.
Plato, the Timæus.
Plato, the Timeus.
This was known to the Irish monks perhaps in Greek, but on the continent in a translation by Chalcidius. The only other sources of knowledge of Plato were in the works of Augustine and the neo-Platonists.
This was probably known to the Irish monks in Greek, but on the continent, it was translated by Chalcidius. The only other ways to learn about Plato were through the works of Augustine and the neo-Platonists.
Commentaries on Aristotle,—The Isagoge by Porphyry, in a translation into Latin by Boëthius, and some commentaries by Boëthius himself on Aristotle’s De Interpretatione and Categories.
Commentaries on Aristotle—The Isagoge by Porphyry, translated into Latin by Boëthius, along with some commentaries by Boëthius himself on Aristotle’s De Interpretatione and Categories.
Cicero, the rhetorical and dialectical treatises, such as the Topica, De Officiis.
Cicero's works on rhetoric and logic, like the Topica and De Officiis.
Seneca, De Beneficiis.
Seneca, On Benefits.
Lucretius, De Rerum Natura.
Lucretius, On the Nature of Things.
Augustine’s works and some pseudo-Augustinian writings.
Augustine’s writings and some fake Augustine works.
The works of the Church Fathers, Clement of Alexandria and Origen.
The writings of the Church Fathers, Clement of Alexandria and Origen.
The Pseudo-Dionysius, translated from the Greek by Erigena.
The Pseudo-Dionysius, translated from Greek by Erigena.
The encyclopedic collections of some of the last of the scholars of antiquity, like Cassiodorus, Capella, Boëthius, and the Etymologies of Isidore of Seville.
The extensive collections of knowledge from some of the last scholars of ancient times, such as Cassiodorus, Capella, Boëthius, and the Etymologies by Isidore of Seville.
3. The Books most influential philosophically upon the time. These were not necessarily the books most widely read, but the epoch-making books, so to speak. They were as follows:—
3. The Books that had the most philosophical influence during that time. These weren't necessarily the books that were read the most, but rather the groundbreaking books, so to speak. They were as follows:—
Augustine, City of God.
Augustine, *City of God*.
Boëthius, Consolation of Philosophy.
Boethius, Consolation of Philosophy.
Aristotle, De Interpretatione and the Categories in translation by Boëthius.
Aristotle, De Interpretatione and the Categories translated by Boethius.
Pseudo-Dionysius, translated by Erigena.
Pseudo-Dionysius, translated by Erigena.
Porphyry, Isagoge translated by Boëthius, an introduction to Aristotle’s Categories.
Porphyry, Isagoge translated by Boëthius, an introduction to Aristotle’s Categories.
The Three Periods of the Middle Ages.
The Three Periods of the Middle Ages.
1. Early Period, 476–1000.
Early Period, 476–1000.
2. Transitional Period, 1000–1200.
2. Transitional Period, 1000–1200.
3. Period of Classic Scholasticism, 1200–1453.
3. Period of Classic Scholasticism, 1200–1453.
There is one great natural division line of the Middle Ages, the year 1200. At this time the surging of the western peoples eastward in the Crusades was at its height, and the works of Aristotle were coming into western Europe from the East. These events mark a change in the political and intellectual situation in Europe. But this change did not take place suddenly. There are intervening two centuries that are indeed transitional, but at the same time are animated by a distinct and independent philosophical motive. These two centuries may be set apart as a period, different from the earlier and the later periods. We shall call these three periods the Early Period, the Transitional Period, and the Period of Classic Scholasticism.
There is a major natural dividing line in the Middle Ages: the year 1200. At this time, the push of western peoples eastward during the Crusades was at its peak, and Aristotle's works were coming into western Europe from the East. These events signify a shift in the political and intellectual landscape of Europe. However, this change didn't happen overnight. There are two centuries in between that are definitely transitional but are also driven by a clear and independent philosophical idea. We can identify these two centuries as a distinct period, separate from the earlier and later times. We will refer to these three periods as the Early Period, the Transitional Period, and the Period of Classic Scholasticism.
The Early Period takes us from the fall of old Rome (476) to the birth of modern political Europe (1000). It is a period of religious faith governed by the theology of Augustine. Mysticism has no independent following, but on the contrary rules within the church. The Christian principle of individual personality and the Greek Platonic conception of universal realities are not fused, but they are held without arousing controversy. This is because the human reason has no standard code, nor does it yet feel the need of one. The only two philosophers, Augustine and Erigena, of the period are animated by neo-Platonism.
The Early Period spans from the fall of old Rome (476) to the beginning of modern political Europe (1000). It is characterized by a strong sense of religious faith influenced by Augustine's theology. Mysticism doesn't have its own following but instead dominates within the church. The Christian idea of individual personality and the Greek Platonic view of universal realities are kept separate without causing any conflict. This is because human reason lacks a standard code and doesn't yet see the need for one. The only two philosophers from this time, Augustine and Erigena, are inspired by neo-Platonism.
The Transitional Period extends from the birth of political Europe (1000) to the arrival of the works of Aristotle (about 1200). This epoch is one of logical controversy, in which the Christian and the Greek motives conflict. This controversy gives rise to the first group of great schoolmen, who discuss the reality of general ideas in their application to dogma. Mysticism still rules the churchman, but now in a modified form. Plato has become the standard of the reason in orthodox circles and Aristotle in those inclined to heresy, but as yet only fragments of the works of either are known.
The Transitional Period runs from the beginning of political Europe (1000) to the arrival of Aristotle's works (around 1200). This time is marked by logical debate, where Christian and Greek ideas clash. This conflict leads to the emergence of the first group of notable scholars who explore the reality of general concepts in relation to doctrine. Mysticism continues to dominate the church, but in a more evolved way. Plato has become the benchmark for reason in orthodox circles, while Aristotle is favored by those leaning toward heresy, but for now, only fragments of both philosophers' works are known.
The Period of Classic Scholasticism extends from 1200 to the end of the Middle Ages (1453). It is a period when a theological metaphysics arises by the side of the logical controversy and predominates over that controversy. The problem now concerns the respective scopes of the reason and faith. The period is Aristotelian, and Aristotle’s philosophy is made the standard code for the churchman for all time. Mysticism has now no place of authority in the church, but has an independence. The period contains the greatest schoolmen of the Middle Ages.
The Period of Classic Scholasticism spans from 1200 to the end of the Middle Ages (1453). It’s a time when a theological metaphysics emerges alongside the logical debates and becomes dominant over them. The main issue now revolves around the roles of reason and faith. This era is rooted in Aristotelian thought, and Aristotle’s philosophy serves as the benchmark for church leaders throughout history. Mysticism no longer holds an authoritative position in the church but exists independently. This period includes the most significant scholars of the Middle Ages.
I. Early Period, 476–1000. | |
---|---|
395 The Roman empire divided into Eastern and Western empires. | (Augustine, 354–430) |
476 Fall of the Western empire, the Eastern empire lasting about 1000 years longer. 476 Fall of the Western Empire, while the Eastern Empire lasted about 1,000 years longer. 375–600 Northern barbarians overrun the Western empire in series of invasions. 375–600 Northern barbarians invade the Western empire in a series of attacks. |
476–800 Disappearance of municipal and imperial schools and rise of episcopal and monastic schools. |
525 Boëthius died, the last notable Roman scholar who knew Greek. | |
529 Closing of philosophical Schools at Athens; founding of monastic school by St. Benedict. | |
600 Roman power almost entirely in hands of barbarians. | 476–800 Dark Ages. |
622–732 Mohammedans conquer Arabia, Northern Africa, and Spain. | |
732 Mohammedans repulsed at the battle of Tours. | |
600–800 Fusion took place among German and Roman peoples. | |
800 Empire of Charlemagne founded. Civilization higher than the German, lower than the Roman. |
800–1000 Benedictine Age: only period in Western Europe when education is entirely in hands of monks. The Palace school; episcopal, cathedral, and monastery schools. (Erigena, 810–880, the forerunner of Scholasticism.) |
900–1000 Empire of Charlemagne broken up. Demoralization. Invasions by Danes and Northmen from the north; Saracens from south by sea; Slavs, Hungarians, Russians, and Poles by land. The church demoralized, Papacy temporarily disappears, feudalism replaces empire. | 900–1000 Dark century with decline of learning. |
In the early and transitional periods, not much was known about Plato except through Neo-Platonism, and little was known about Aristotle apart from fragments of his logic. | |
II. Transitional Period, 1000–1200. | |
1000 France and Germany get their first form as nations just before this year; England just after. Beginning of new birth of Europe, caused by conversions of northern nations, by enlightened rule of the Ottos, by regeneration of Papacy, by development of civic life. Beginning of political order, ecclesiastical discipline, and social tranquillity. Revival of architecture followed by renewal of art. The Romanesque appeared about 1000, the Gothic about 1150. Poetry of Trouvères in north and of Troubadours in south. |
First Scholasticism. (Anselm, 1033–1109) (Roscellinus, d. 1110) (Abelard, 1079–1142) |
1000 Passion for inquiry takes the place of the old routine. | |
1160–1200 Traces of the origination of the earliest universities. | |
1150–1250 Translation into Latin directly from Greek of the works of Aristotle, previously unknown in Western Europe. | |
III. Period of Classic Scholasticism, 1200–1453. | |
1200 Crusades at their height. | 1200 The Mendicant Friars. |
1200–1453 Commerce of Europe with Asia begins to grow to large proportions in countries on the Mediterranean. The Third Estate grows in strength, national governments prevail over the feudal system. |
Classic Scholasticism. (Thomas Aquinas, 1224–1274.) (Duns Scotus, 1270–1308.) (William of Ockam, 1280–1349.) |
1300–1453 The period is well supplied with schools. | |
1350–1453 Deterioration of Scholasticism. |
CHAPTER XVI
THE EARLY PERIOD OF THE MIDDLE AGES (476–1000)
The General Character of the Early Period. It is no accident that these five hundred years of the Middle Ages were spiritualistic. Both the political disturbances and the intellectual inheritance from the Hellenic-Roman period made the period such. The troubles during the long death agony of the Roman empire had deprived the people of their interest in this world. The world of kingdoms and material things presented no ideals; and the age would have been pessimistic had not the Church through Augustine presented a heavenly ideal and the means to win that ideal. Both what the material world had taken away from man and what the spiritual seemed to offer him, made the age an age of faith. The principle of inner spirituality was moved to a central position. All things pointed to the supernatural and the transcendent. Men dwelt upon the nature of God, the number and rank of the angels, the salvation of the soul. In this, as in the Transitional Period following, little was known of Aristotle except some fragments of his logic; and little was known of Plato except in the form of neo-Platonism. But in this period (before the year 1000) the pupil was instructed in both Aristotle and Plato, and held them both together without controversy. Mysticism had little independence of church doctrine, as appears in the case of Erigena, the consequences of whose doctrine were not at first seen. The monastery became the fundamental social organization and the central social force. Organized ascetic life permitted an absorbing contemplation of heaven. Prayer superseded thought; faith prescribed knowledge. The intellectual world was dominated by neo-Platonic idealism, and the all-important topic in men’s minds was that of God’s grace. Augustine stood at the beginning of the period and organized its conception of grace for it. Erigena stood near the end and stated the neo-Platonism of the period in extreme form, presenting the issue for the scholasticism of the many years to come. The presentation of the doctrine of these two men will therefore be the philosophical exemplification of the attitude of the time.
The General Character of the Early Period. It's no coincidence that these five hundred years of the Middle Ages were spiritualistic. The political upheaval and the intellectual legacy from the Hellenic-Roman period shaped this time. The turmoil during the prolonged decline of the Roman Empire had stripped people of their interest in the material world. The realm of kingdoms and physical things offered no ideals; the age would have seemed pessimistic if not for the Church, through Augustine, presenting a heavenly ideal and the means to achieve it. Both what the material world took from humanity and what the spiritual seemed to provide created a culture of faith. Inner spirituality took center stage. All focus was on the supernatural and the transcendent. People contemplated the nature of God, the hierarchy of angels, and the salvation of the soul. During this time, as in the Transition Period that followed, little was known about Aristotle except for some fragments of his logic, and little about Plato except through neo-Platonism. However, in this period (before the year 1000), students learned about both Aristotle and Plato and reconciled their ideas without dispute. Mysticism lacked independence from church doctrine, as evident in the case of Erigena, whose teachings weren't fully understood initially. The monastery became the main social organization and the central social force. Organized ascetic life allowed for deep contemplation of heaven. Prayer took precedence over thought; faith dictated knowledge. The intellectual life was dominated by neo-Platonic idealism, with God’s grace being the most significant topic in people's minds. Augustine marked the beginning of this period and shaped its understanding of grace. Erigena stood near the end and articulated the period’s neo-Platonism in its most extreme form, setting the stage for the scholasticism that would follow. The ideas of these two thinkers will therefore exemplify the philosophical outlook of the time.

MEDIÆVAL GEOGRAPHY. THE COSMAS MAP, A. D. 547
MEDIEVAL GEOGRAPHY. THE COSMAS MAP, A.D. 547
From J. Keane’s Evolution of Geography
From J. Keane’s Evolution of Geography
(Cosmas was an Egyptian monk who had once been a merchant and traveler. He did not use the records of his own travels to supplement the Greek and Roman plans, but he laid down as a fact that the earth is flat. Then he piously adduced evidence from the Scriptures to support his view. The maps drawn by Cosmas are the earliest Christian maps that have survived. Their crudeness, compared with the maps of the Romans and Arabs, reveals the low state of knowledge among the Christians.)
(Cosmas was an Egyptian monk who used to be a merchant and traveler. He didn't rely on his own travel records to enhance the Greek and Roman maps; instead, he stated as a fact that the earth is flat. He then used Scripture as evidence to back his perspective. The maps created by Cosmas are the oldest surviving Christian maps. Their simplicity, when compared to Roman and Arab maps, highlights the limited knowledge among Christians at the time.)
The Historical Position of Augustine. The Middle Ages were inaugurated by a mind of the highest order,—Augustine.49 If one were to select the most influential figures in the history of philosophy, Augustine might be chosen to stand with Plato, Aristotle, Spinoza, and Kant. “In some respects Augustine stands nearer to us than Hegel and Schopenhauer.”50 For the church, but no less for the period, it was a fortunate circumstance that Augustine should have lived just as antiquity was closing and the mediæval period beginning. Through him the various influences of the past were gathered up and presented in a scientific statement for the Middle Ages. “The history of piety and of dogma in the West was so thoroughly dominated by Augustine from the beginning of the fifth century to the era of the Reformation, that we must take this whole time as forming one period.”51
The Historical Position of Augustine. The Middle Ages began with a brilliant mind, —Augustine. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ If you were to pick the most influential figures in the history of philosophy, Augustine could easily be placed alongside Plato, Aristotle, Spinoza, and Kant. “In some ways, Augustine is closer to us than Hegel and Schopenhauer. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ It was a lucky turn of events for both the church and the era that Augustine lived right as antiquity was ending and the medieval period was starting. Through him, the various influences of the past were collected and presented in a scientific way for the Middle Ages. “The history of piety and of dogma in the West was so thoroughly dominated by Augustine from the beginning of the fifth century to the era of the Reformation, that we must take this whole time as forming one period.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
In his relation to antiquity Augustine drew especially upon the fundamental teachings of St. Paul, the neo-Platonists, and the Patristics for the presentation of his own doctrine. He was familiar with a great number of the doctrines of antiquity, and was the medium of their transmission to the Middle Ages. He does not seem to have known the system of Aristotle, but the importance which he attached to the dialectic in the explanation of the Scriptures contributed a good deal to the use of the logic of Aristotle by the scholastics of the Middle Ages. He had some knowledge of the Pythagoreans, the Stoics, and the Epicureans through the writings of Cicero. But the most important philosophical influence upon Augustine was the neo-Platonic teaching of Plotinus and Porphyry. Neo-Platonism, the Pauline theology, and the Patristic are the large factors in the doctrine of Augustine.
In his connection to ancient times, Augustine particularly drew on the essential teachings of St. Paul, the neo-Platonists, and the Church Fathers to present his own beliefs. He was well-acquainted with many ancient doctrines and served as a conduit for their transmission to the Middle Ages. He doesn't seem to have been familiar with Aristotle's system, but the significance he placed on dialectic when interpreting the Scriptures greatly influenced the use of Aristotle's logic by the scholastics of the Middle Ages. He had some understanding of the Pythagoreans, Stoics, and Epicureans through Cicero's writings. However, the most significant philosophical influence on Augustine came from the neo-Platonic teachings of Plotinus and Porphyry. Neo-Platonism, Pauline theology, and Patristics are the major components of Augustine's doctrine.
In his relation to the Middle Ages, what in brief was the position of Augustine? By means of neo-Platonism and a discriminating psychological analysis he transformed the previous belief in God as a judge into a belief in the personal relations between God and man. That is to say, he carried out monotheism spiritually, and in doing this the influence of neo-Platonism is very strong in him. Augustine made one of the centres of his teaching the living relation of the soul to God. He took religion out of the sphere of cosmological science, where it had been placed by Origen and the Gnostics, and made it personal. Furthermore, he offered with this new ideal a plan of salvation; for Augustine made it his task to show (1) what God is, and (2) what the salvation of the soul requires. Whereas before Augustine the only dogmatic scheme had presented the place and function of Christ in salvation, Augustine was interested in the place of man in salvation. Thus he elaborated monotheism into spiritual monotheism and delineated the inward processes of the Christian life, i. e. of sin and grace. This important advance made by Augustine must be attributed to the influence of philosophy—neo-Platonism—upon him.
In relating to the Middle Ages, what was Augustine's position? Through neo-Platonism and a thoughtful psychological perspective, he changed the earlier view of God as a judge into a belief in the personal connection between God and humanity. In other words, he developed spiritual monotheism, heavily influenced by neo-Platonism. Augustine focused on the dynamic relationship between the soul and God in his teachings. He moved religion out of the realm of cosmological science, where it had been positioned by Origen and the Gnostics, and made it personal. Moreover, he presented a new ideal for salvation; Augustine aimed to explain (1) what God is, and (2) what is required for the salvation of the soul. Before Augustine, dogmatic frameworks only addressed the role of Christ in salvation, but Augustine wanted to explore the role of man in that process. Thus, he advanced monotheism into spiritual monotheism and outlined the inner workings of Christian life, i. e. sin and grace. This significant development by Augustine can be traced back to the philosophical influence of neo-Platonism on him.
But it must not be supposed that the total teaching of Augustine and the total influence of his thought is contained in this single change in Christian piety, as we have stated it. The various Pagan and Christian elements, as they lie in his system, have little coherence; and Augustine does not settle the rival claims between them. As the mediæval period advanced, what in his teaching had been a mere incoherence became in the hands of others positive discord. He gave the church impulses of the highest spiritual quality, but he left no well-organized capital. These impulses toward spiritual piety have never been lost, but the profusion of ideas and views in Augustine, unharmonized by himself, were also a permanent bequest to posterity that produced both vital movements and violent controversies. The legal and moral party of the church resisted his teaching at the beginning, and in the sixth century, under the influence of Gregory the Great, toned down Augustine’s teaching in the direction of a conception of the church as a juristic organization.
But we shouldn't think that Augustine's complete teaching and the full impact of his ideas are captured in this one shift in Christian piety we've mentioned. The different Pagan and Christian elements in his system don’t really fit together; Augustine doesn’t resolve the conflicting demands between them. As the medieval era progressed, what had been just a lack of coherence in his teachings turned into real discord in the hands of others. He inspired the church with deeply spiritual ideas, but he didn't provide a well-organized foundation. These impulses toward spiritual piety have never disappeared, but the abundance of ideas and perspectives in Augustine, which he himself didn’t harmonize, became a lasting gift to future generations that led to both significant movements and intense controversies. The legal and moral faction of the church initially opposed his teachings, and in the sixth century, influenced by Gregory the Great, they softened Augustine's ideas to align more with a view of the church as a legal entity.
Augustine was thus the beginner of a new line of development by his incorporation of neo-Platonism into Christian doctrine and by his use of the dialectic to present, defend, and develop the doctrine of the church. Although the years of his life fall in antiquity, although he is the collector of all the threads of the neo-Platonic and Christian religions, he belongs in the Middle Ages as the teacher of the Middle Ages. His doctrine acted as an authoritative spiritual guide for the new German peoples. They took up the problems of antiquity from the new point of view of individual spirituality, and created out of them the philosophy of the future. But philosophically Augustine was far in advance of his age, and in the intellectually torpid times that followed him little philosophical development could be expected. Not until after Charlemagne does philosophical development springing from Augustine appear. Later Luther and the Reformation reverted to him, and our modern philosophy is founded on the principle which he made central in his conception of piety.
Augustine was the pioneer of a new development by incorporating neo-Platonism into Christian teachings and using dialectics to present, defend, and expand church doctrine. Even though he lived in ancient times and gathered various threads from neo-Platonic and Christian religions, he truly belongs to the Middle Ages as its teacher. His teachings served as an authoritative spiritual guide for the new German peoples. They approached the issues of antiquity from a fresh perspective focused on individual spirituality, transforming them into the philosophy of the future. However, Augustine was philosophically ahead of his time, and during the stagnant intellectual periods that followed him, little philosophical progress could be expected. It wasn't until after Charlemagne that philosophical development stemming from Augustine emerged. Later, Luther and the Reformation looked back to him, and our modern philosophy is built on the principles he emphasized in his understanding of piety.
The Secular Science. At the same time it must not be supposed that the teaching of Augustine was by any means the only source from which this first period of the Middle Ages drew its materials of knowledge. A glance at the list of books in a mediæval library (see p. 327) will not confirm such a supposition. Augustine does not include in his doctrine—massive as it is—all the factors that finally made up mediæval civilization. Even at the beginning there was a tendency toward secular science derived from Plato and Aristotle. Noticeable as this was at first it became prominent later. Secular science tried at first to modify scholasticism, and then later to gain an independence for itself. The doctrine of Augustine did not contain the germs of science. But at the start the Middle Ages had writings on science in the inadequate compendiums of Capella, Cassiodorus, and Boëthius, and in the fragments of the logic of Aristotle.
The Secular Science. At the same time, it shouldn't be assumed that Augustine's teachings were the only source of knowledge for the early Middle Ages. A quick look at the list of books in a medieval library (see p. 327) will show that this assumption isn't true. Augustine's doctrine—though substantial—doesn't cover all the elements that contributed to medieval civilization. Even at the beginning, there was a movement towards secular science influenced by Plato and Aristotle. While this influence was noticeable early on, it became more significant later. Secular science initially aimed to adapt scholasticism and eventually sought its own independence. Augustine's doctrine didn't include the seeds of science. However, in the early Middle Ages, there were scientific writings found in the limited compendiums of Capella, Cassiodorus, and Boëthius, along with fragments of Aristotle's logic.
The Life of Augustine (354–430). Aurelius Augustine, often called “the Plato of Christianity,” was born in Thagaste, Numidia. His father was a Pagan, his mother a Christian; and it was his mother who contributed chiefly to the formation of his character. He was a boy of brilliant gifts, and was educated in the schools of Madaura and Carthage. At Carthage his life was full of dissipation, which he has described in his Confessions. He took up in succession all the scientific and religious problems of his time. He gave up the teaching of rhetoric, which he had practiced in several towns in Asia Minor and Italy, and began to study theology. He was troubled by his religious doubts and tried to find relief first in Manichæism, then in the skepticism of the Academy, and then in neo-Platonism. He was converted to Christianity through three influences: his study of Plato, the eloquence of St. Ambrose, and the unremitting moral influence of his mother. He became a priest, then a bishop, and was untiring in his activity both in the practical organization of the church and in the theoretical construction of its doctrines. He was especially active in his literary attempts to refute the Pelagian and Manichæan heresies, whose doctrines he had previously professed. His life falls at the time when the barbarian invasions were beginning and when Rome was crumbling. Moved by his Platonic idealism, he wrote his City of God, which, in an elaborate philosophy of history, shows that God’s city is not on earth, but in heaven.
The Life of Augustine (354–430). Aurelius Augustine, often called “the Plato of Christianity,” was born in Thagaste, Numidia. His father was a pagan, and his mother was a Christian; it was primarily his mother who shaped his character. He was a gifted child and was educated in the schools of Madaura and Carthage. While in Carthage, he lived a life full of indulgence, which he details in his Confessions. He engaged with the scientific and religious issues of his time one after another. He abandoned his work as a rhetoric teacher, which he had practiced in various towns in Asia Minor and Italy, to study theology. He struggled with religious doubts and sought answers first in Manichæism, then in the skepticism of the Academy, and later in neo-Platonism. He converted to Christianity through three main influences: his study of Plato, the eloquence of St. Ambrose, and the constant moral guidance of his mother. He became a priest, then a bishop, and tirelessly worked on both the practical organization of the church and the theoretical development of its doctrines. He was particularly active in his writings to refute the Pelagian and Manichæan heresies, whose beliefs he had once followed. His life coincided with the start of the barbarian invasions and the decline of Rome. Inspired by his Platonic ideals, he wrote his City of God, which presents an elaborate philosophy of history showing that God’s city is not on earth, but in heaven.
The Two Elements in Augustine’s Teaching. The great masses of thought in Augustine’s mind reveal motion in two directions. On the one hand, he is the theologian who holds on high the conception of the authority of the church. On the other hand, he is the philosopher who speaks for the principle of immediate certainty for the individual. These are two foci about which his thought is in constant flux and often in contradiction. Augustine has, therefore, two criteria for truth: the truth that comes from an authority without, and the truth that comes from consciousness itself. The authority of the church and the authority of the immediate consciousness of the individual—these are the two central thoughts in Augustinianism. Augustine’s conception of the authority of the church acted upon him as a lofty ideal which both inspired and at the same time constrained his speculations. As he grew older he gravitated more and more toward it, and thereby became more conservative. But it was the other central thought—the authority of immediate consciousness—which he made the basis of a philosophy of original power. Through this he transcended his own time and became himself a modern, leading the Middle Ages up to him.
The Two Elements in Augustine’s Teaching. The vast array of thoughts in Augustine’s mind shows movement in two directions. On one side, he is the theologian who emphasizes the authority of the church. On the other side, he is the philosopher advocating for the principle of immediate certainty for the individual. These are two focal points around which his ideas are constantly changing and often contradictory. Augustine, therefore, has two standards for truth: the truth that comes from an external authority and the truth that arises from personal awareness. The authority of the church and the authority of the individual's immediate consciousness—these are the two key concepts in Augustinianism. Augustine’s view of the church's authority served as a high ideal that both inspired and constrained his thinking. As he grew older, he leaned increasingly toward it, becoming more conservative. However, it was the other key idea—the authority of immediate consciousness—which he used as the foundation for a philosophy of original power. Through this, he surpassed his own era and became a modern figure, guiding the Middle Ages through his influence.
Augustine did not define accurately the spheres of philosophy and theology. He did not show whether reason or revelation had the higher authority. He did not try to decide between the intelligo ut credam and credo ut intelligam, that is, between the respective authorities of reason and faith. That became, in consequence, a central philosophical problem for the schoolmen. Nevertheless, the great inheritance which Augustine left the world was along the philosophical line of intelligo ut credam (of knowledge as the basis of faith instead of faith as the basis of knowledge).
Augustine didn't clearly define the boundaries between philosophy and theology. He didn’t determine whether reason or revelation held greater authority. He also didn’t choose between the intelligo ut credam and credo ut intelligam, meaning he didn't clarify the different roles of reason and faith. This ambiguity became a key philosophical issue for later scholars. However, the significant legacy that Augustine left behind was the philosophical perspective of intelligo ut credam (seeing knowledge as the foundation of faith rather than faith as the foundation of knowledge).
The Neo-Platonic Element: the Inner Certainties of Consciousness. Augustine was not original in making the starting-point of his philosophy the inner certainties of consciousness. That was the point of view of his time, and the starting-point of the ascetic tendency both of Christianity and of neo-Platonism. He was dissatisfied with the world without, and turned away from it to the world within to find reality. But this had been a growing tendency ever since the time of Plato. Augustine’s originality lies in his psychological description of these certainties. He is the master of self-observation and introspection. He can describe inner experiences as well as analyze them. He puts his philosophy upon a solid anthropological basis by developing a psychology of the certainties of consciousness. In doing this he placed the inner experience in the central position of control. Thus he reached a well-defined position of “internality” for which the Stoics, Epicureans, neo-Platonists, and the preceding Christian theologians had been groping; thus he anticipated Descartes and modern philosophy.
The Neo-Platonic Element: the Inner Certainties of Consciousness. Augustine wasn't unique in making the inner certainties of consciousness the foundation of his philosophy. That was the perspective of his era and the starting-point for the ascetic tendencies in both Christianity and neo-Platonism. He felt unsatisfied with the outer world and chose to look inward to discover reality. However, this inward focus had been developing since Plato’s time. Augustine’s originality comes from his psychological portrayal of these certainties. He excels at self-observation and introspection, able to describe and analyze inner experiences. He grounds his philosophy on a solid anthropological foundation by developing a psychology of the certainties of consciousness. By doing this, he places inner experience at the center of control. In this way, he arrives at a clear understanding of "internality," which the Stoics, Epicureans, neo-Platonists, and earlier Christian theologians had been searching for; thus, he anticipated Descartes and modern philosophy.
Man clings to life in spite of all its evils. This shows that there is a reality for the soul. The material world may pass away, but the reality of soul-life is assured. Man’s inner life is ever present and cannot be imaginary. The fact that there is such a thing as probability implies the existence of certainty. Where shall I look for certainty? In myself. Certainty is there as a fact of inner observation. There are my inner mental states—my sensations, feelings, etc., whose existence cannot be doubted even if the existence of the objects to which they correspond is doubted. I am certain also of my own consciousness at that moment. To doubt my existence is to assert my existence. To doubt also implies that I will remember, live—for doubt rests upon these former ideas. The temporary character of the material world only strengthens the reality of this inner world. The existence of the material world cannot be demonstrated, and so man is driven inward to find a basis for its reality. Thus by a deep insight, although without much logical reasoning, Augustine transcends Aristotle, and anticipates modern thought by finding reality in the unitary personality, whose existence is an inner certainty.
Man holds onto life despite all its challenges. This shows that there is a truth for the soul. The physical world may fade away, but the truth of soul-life remains certain. A person’s inner life is always present and can’t be mere imagination. The fact that probability exists suggests there is also certainty. Where should I seek certainty? Within myself. Certainty is there as a fact of inner awareness. There are my internal mental states—my sensations, feelings, etc., whose existence can’t be doubted, even if the existence of the objects they relate to can be questioned. I am also certain of my own consciousness in that moment. To doubt my existence is to confirm it. Doubting also implies that I will remember and experience, as doubt relies on these previous ideas. The temporary nature of the physical world only reinforces the reality of this inner world. The existence of the physical world can’t be proven, so people are led inward to find a foundation for its reality. Therefore, through deep insight, even without extensive logical reasoning, Augustine goes beyond Aristotle and anticipates modern thought by discovering reality in the unitary personality, whose existence is an inner certainty.
But Augustine is driven farther inward; for the certainty of the existence of God is involved in this inner certainty. My doubt about the character of the world of material things implies that their truth exists and that I have the capacity for measuring it. Such truths are universal. They transcend the individual consciousness, and their mutual agreement unites all rational beings in a common standard. On the other hand, this unity of truths implies the existence of God. Truths are the Ideas (Platonic) in God’s mind.52
But Augustine looks deeper within himself; because the certainty of God’s existence is tied to this inner certainty. My doubts about the nature of the physical world suggest that their truth exists and that I have the ability to understand it. These truths are universal. They go beyond individual thoughts, and their shared agreement brings together all rational beings under a common standard. On the other hand, this unity of truths points to the existence of God. Truths are the Platonic Ideas in God’s mind.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Full knowledge of God is denied to man in this life, but, nevertheless, all morality consists in love for God; all science is only an interest in the working of God in nature; all the beauty in the world around us points to the harmonious ordering of God; the history of the world is only the free act of God. Thus, in brief, does Augustine centralize the principle of inner spirituality—of “internality.” Thus does he put into control the certainty of consciousness.
Full knowledge of God is not available to people in this life, but still, all morality is rooted in love for God; all science is simply the exploration of how God works in nature; all the beauty we see in the world reflects the harmonious design of God; the history of the world is just the free action of God. This is how Augustine emphasizes the principle of inner spirituality—of “internality.” This is how he asserts the certainty of consciousness.
This was Augustine’s great contribution to the world both in the sphere of philosophy and religion. We shall see how important this principle is in our tracing of modern philosophy. Its importance upon the growth of religion was so very great that we cannot pass it by without remark. “Augustine was the reformer of Christian piety.” In the midst of religion he discovered religion. He looked into the human heart and found it to be the lower good; he looked to God and found Him to be the higher good. In love for God, man becomes exalted to another being. This is the “new birth.” By this personal religion nature and grace are separated, but morality and religion are united. Sin is the disposition to be independent by living in a state of unrest in the desires. Sin is a state of lust and fear. All is sin in the heart of the natural man—in the heart apart from God. The pre-Augustinian religion of morality and baptism, animated by hope and fear, was supplanted by him with the conception of the desire to be happy by sharing in the bliss of God. Augustine passed from Christian pessimism to Christian optimism, to a confidence in pardoning grace. By faith and love God calls us back to himself and the soul acquires what God requires. Religion is personal and a thing of the heart. “Love, unfeigned humility, and strength to overcome the world, these are the elements of religion and its blessedness; they spring from the actual possession of the loving God. This message Augustine preached to the Christianity of his time and of all times.”53
This was Augustine’s significant contribution to the world in both philosophy and religion. We will see how crucial this principle is as we explore modern philosophy. Its impact on the growth of religion was so substantial that we can’t overlook it. “Augustine was the reformer of Christian piety.” In the midst of religion, he found a deeper understanding of it. He examined the human heart and recognized it as the lower good; he looked to God and identified Him as the higher good. Through love for God, a person is uplifted to a new state of being. This is the “new birth.” With this personal religion, nature and grace become distinct, but morality and religion are intertwined. Sin is the inclination to seek independence while being restless in our desires. Sin represents a state of lust and fear. Everything is sin in the heart of a natural person—apart from God. The pre-Augustinian faith in morality and baptism, driven by hope and fear, was replaced by his idea of the desire to find happiness through sharing in God’s bliss. Augustine transitioned from Christian pessimism to Christian optimism, developing a confidence in forgiving grace. Through faith and love, God calls us back to Him, and the soul gains what God desires. Religion is personal and resides in the heart. “Love, genuine humility, and the strength to overcome the world—these are the ingredients of religion and its blessing; they arise from truly knowing the loving God. This message Augustine shared with the Christianity of his time and all times.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
But Augustine philosophically breaks with his own Platonism at one point, and finds not in the intellect, but in the will, the primary characteristic of this consciousness of inner certainty. The will is the inmost core of our being. All our mental states are formed under the direction of the purposes of the will. The striking exception to this is the cognition of the higher divine truth, in the presence of which the mind can be only passive. Revelation cannot be the production of the finite activity, but it is an act of grace before which the will is expectant and passive. Knowledge of the divine truths of the reason is the blessedness that results from the will of God and not of man. The will of man is transformed into faith, and yet even then an element of the human will is present, although passive, for the appropriation of the truth is an act of will. Thus, in regard to this difficult subject of the nature of the will, there are two observations to be made: (1) Augustine conceives the will, memory, and intellect as so intimately related as not to be faculties of the personality like the properties of a substance. They rather form an indissoluble unity of the substance of the soul. (2) The will is theoretically free, and Augustine is one of the most forcible defenders of free-will because he is also a defender of ethical responsibility and the justice of God. Theoretically the will is a force existing above sensuous nature and formally possesses the capacity of following or resisting inclination. Actually it is never free to choose, but it has the higher function of being determined by the Good. Only the good will is free.54
But Augustine philosophically parts ways with his own Platonism at one point, finding that the primary characteristic of this inner certainty is rooted not in the intellect, but in the will. The will is the deepest part of our being. All our mental states are shaped by the goals of the will. The notable exception to this is the understanding of higher divine truth, where the mind can only be passive. Revelation cannot come from finite activity; it is an act of grace that leaves the will expectant and passive. Knowledge of divine truths from reason is the blessedness that comes from the will of God, not from man. Human will is transformed into faith, and even then, an aspect of the human will remains, albeit passive, since accepting the truth is an act of will. Thus, regarding the complex issue of the nature of will, two points should be noted: (1) Augustine sees will, memory, and intellect as so closely connected that they aren’t separate faculties of personality like properties of a substance. They actually form an inseparable unity of the soul's essence. (2) The will is theoretically free, and Augustine strongly defends free will because he advocates for ethical responsibility and the justice of God. Theoretically, the will is a force that transcends sensory nature and has the capacity to follow or resist inclination. In reality, it is never truly free to choose but has the higher role of being directed by the Good. Only the good will is free.
The Authority of the Church according to Augustine. With the fall of ancient Rome, the church was hard pressed, for the young peoples who came into the church were Arian and the only German Catholic nation was the Franks. Augustine was a man of vigor, but he seemed to lack the peculiar power of forcing the church to adopt as dogma the truths for which he stood. He always submitted himself absolutely to the tradition of the church, and yet in a general way he accomplished two things for the church at large: (1) He established tradition as the authority and law of the church; (2) He offered the church a scientifically constructed plan of salvation.
The Authority of the Church according to Augustine. After the fall of ancient Rome, the church faced significant challenges, as the new members were mostly Arian, and the only German Catholic group was the Franks. Augustine was a strong individual, but he seemed to struggle with the unique ability to compel the church to adopt as dogma the truths he believed in. He always fully submitted to the church's traditions, yet he managed to achieve two important things for the church as a whole: (1) He established tradition as the authority and law of the church; (2) He provided the church with a well-structured plan for salvation.
There now appears in Augustine’s teaching the second centre around which the masses of his thought group themselves. This is his conception of the church in its authority and law. Here is the principle of universality—and historical universality—and it runs counter to the principle of spiritual individualism which his psychological analysis had built up. Augustine is just as vigorous a champion of the idea of the church as the means to salvation as he is champion of the individual certainty of truth. The two antithetical propositions lie together in his mind. As a pietist, he was an individualist; as a priest, he was a loyal subject to dogma. We have discussed his teaching as it centred about man; now the discussion centres about God as represented by His church. In practical life the will of man is important, but in the eternal life the central influence is the grace of God. Between the will of man and the grace of God there is a chasm. This is felt the more by Augustine, and the necessity of a God-centred doctrine seems the greater, when he beholds the contrast between the perfectness of God and the evil world of men. Evil now appears to him as a great stream flowing through the world. Humanity is by nature void of God. Theoretically man is free, but in the actual world he is chained to his senses and to sin. Adam, the first man, alone could have possessed freedom; but Adam in his freedom sinned, and his sin was that of the whole human race. Sin is therefore original to all men now living, and no man personally deserves salvation, however meritorious his conduct. Moreover, as the result of Adam’s sin, all men would be damned were it not for the grace of God. The God-man by death brought power to replenish empty humanity with divine love. Divine love is the beginning, middle, and end of salvation. Out of this love God has sent His Son and founded His church. Universal man died, and only universal man can save. Belief in Christ is the only means of salvation, yet belief in Christ comes only by God’s grace, and divine grace is not conditioned on human worthiness. Thus it is only by grace even now that man is saved; and no injustice would be done to men were all damned. On the other hand, divine justice demands that some men at least should be excluded from salvation in order that the punishment for Adam’s sin be permanently maintained. The choice of the favored ones depends entirely upon the unsearchable decree of God. These are elected as monuments of His loving grace, while the others are elected to be damned as monuments of His justice. The apparent calamity to the majority of mankind only shows the goodness of God the more. For, in the first place, evil is not positive like the good. It is only negative and primitive—the absence of the good. The condemnation of the wicked is therefore no defect in this theocratic system. In the second place, the wicked only receive justice, for the salvation of only a few is a gratuitous act of love, which testifies to God’s mercy. But, after all, it is the integrity of the whole spiritual imperial government of God that is the important thing to consider. The King is law and goodness, and all His subjects are testimonies of His magnificent power.
There now exists in Augustine’s teachings a second central idea around which much of his thought revolves. This is his view of the church in terms of its authority and law. Here lies the principle of universality—and historical universality—and it contrasts with the principle of spiritual individualism that his psychological analysis had established. Augustine is as strong an advocate for the church as a means to salvation as he is for the individual certainty of truth. These two opposing ideas coexist in his mind. As a pietist, he embraced individualism; as a priest, he remained loyal to dogma. We have examined his teachings focusing on humanity; now, the focus shifts to God as represented by His church. In practical life, human will is significant, but in eternal life, the central influence is the grace of God. There is a significant gap between human will and divine grace. Augustine feels this more intensely, and the need for a God-centered doctrine becomes clearer as he observes the contrast between God's perfection and the evil in the world. Evil appears to him as a vast stream flowing through the world. Humanity is, by nature, devoid of God. Theoretically, humans are free, but in reality, they are bound by their senses and their sins. Adam, the first man, was the only one who could have truly had freedom; however, Adam sinned in his freedom, and his sin represents the entire human race. Sin is therefore inherent to all people living now, and no one personally deserves salvation, no matter how virtuous their actions. Furthermore, due to Adam’s sin, all people would be condemned if not for God’s grace. The God-man, by His death, brought the power to fill empty humanity with divine love. Divine love is the beginning, middle, and end of salvation. Out of this love, God sent His Son and established His church. Universal man died, and only universal man can save. Faith in Christ is the only path to salvation, yet faith in Christ comes solely through God’s grace, and divine grace isn’t based on human worthiness. Thus, it is only by grace that humanity is saved even now; and no injustice would occur if all were condemned. On the other hand, divine justice requires that at least some people be excluded from salvation to ensure lasting punishment for Adam’s sin. The selection of the chosen ones rests entirely on God’s unfathomable decree. These are chosen as reflections of His loving grace, while the others are selected to be condemned as examples of His justice. The apparent misfortune of the majority of humanity highlights God’s goodness even more. First, evil is not a positive force like good; it is merely negative and primitive—the absence of good. Thus, the condemnation of the wicked is not a flaw in this theocratic system. Second, the wicked only receive justice, as the salvation of the few is a generous act of love, demonstrating God’s mercy. Ultimately, what matters most is the integrity of God’s entire spiritual governance. The King embodies law and goodness, and all His subjects are testimonies to His magnificent power.
The Dark Ages (476–800). The traditional estimate of the Middle Ages as altogether “dark” has been revised by modern scholars. The period now called the Dark Ages has been restricted to the three hundred years between the fall of old Rome (476) and the founding of the empire by Charlemagne (800). Moreover, it is now thought that even in that period the intellectual conditions were better in Italy than north of the Alps. In northern Italy the lay teacher seems always to have existed; and education never to have fallen entirely into the hands of the monastery as it did in northern Europe between 800 and 1000. After 800 the content of education north and south of the Alps seems to have been different. Everywhere, to be sure, education was comprised by the “seven liberal arts,” but the emphasis in the two regions was different. North of the Alps the dialectic was made important, and theology and logic flourished. In Italy the emphasis was upon grammar and rhetoric, and “literary Paganism” was always kept alive. Thus, when the revival came in 1200, it appeared in the form of theological controversy north of the Alps, while in Italy in the form of legal science. The analysis in the summary of the Middle Ages given above (see p. 330) applies more truthfully to the northern countries than to Italy. At the same time it is more pertinent to the history of thought, for in these northern regions, especially at Paris, mediæval philosophy was developed.
The Dark Ages (476–800). Modern scholars have revised the traditional view of the Middle Ages as entirely “dark.” The period now known as the Dark Ages is defined as the three hundred years between the fall of ancient Rome (476) and the establishment of the empire by Charlemagne (800). It is also believed that even during this time, the intellectual climate in Italy was better than in regions north of the Alps. In northern Italy, lay teachers always seemed to exist, and education never fully fell under the control of monasteries as it did in northern Europe between 800 and 1000. After 800, the educational content in the two regions appeared to differ. Across the board, education included the “seven liberal arts,” but the emphasis varied. North of the Alps, dialectic took on great importance, with theology and logic thriving. In Italy, the focus was on grammar and rhetoric, and “literary Paganism” was consistently maintained. Therefore, when the revival occurred in 1200, it manifested as theological debates in northern regions, while in Italy, it took the form of legal studies. The analysis provided in the summary of the Middle Ages above (see p. 330) more accurately reflects the northern countries than Italy. Additionally, it is more relevant to the history of thought, as medieval philosophy was particularly developed in these northern areas, especially in Paris.
Nevertheless, it is easy for the modern scholar to go too far in trying to play fair with the Middle Ages. The first three centuries of this time were a Dark Age everywhere in Europe. Wave after wave of barbarian invasion swept over the land. It is not so much a matter of surprise that four hundred years lie between the first two philosophers,—but the matter of surprise is that there were any philosophical fruits whatever. In this respect the year 529 is significant—significant both in pointing backward to ancient culture and also in pointing forward to the feeble effort to retain some of that culture. In 529 Justinian abolished the philosophical Schools at Athens; in 529 also, St. Benedict founded his monastic school at Monte Cassino (near Naples). These two events stand for the death of antiquity and the birth of mediæval life. In this beginning of the monastic movement by St. Benedict in western Europe was lodged, as it turned out, the hope of education for the mediæval man. During the two hundred years between the year 800 and the year 1000 mediæval education was entirely in the hands of the monks.
Nevertheless, it's easy for today's scholars to overdo it when trying to be fair to the Middle Ages. The first three centuries of this era were a Dark Age throughout Europe. Waves of barbarian invasions rolled over the land. It's not so much surprising that there were four hundred years between the first two philosophers; rather, what is surprising is that any philosophical progress occurred at all. In this regard, the year 529 is significant—both as a reminder of ancient culture and as a nod toward the weak attempts to preserve some of that culture. In 529, Justinian shut down the philosophical schools in Athens; also in 529, St. Benedict established his monastic school at Monte Cassino (near Naples). These two events mark the end of antiquity and the beginning of medieval life. With the start of the monastic movement by St. Benedict in Western Europe, the hope for education for medieval people was embedded. During the two hundred years between 800 and 1000, medieval education was completely in the hands of the monks.
The Revival of Charlemagne (800–900). The darkness of the Early Period of the Middle Ages is broken by the somewhat abortive renaissance of Charlemagne. Connected with this revival is the name of John Scotus Erigena (810–880). Note that during these five hundred years there are only two notable philosophers, Augustine and Erigena. Note that a span of four hundred years lies between them. Also note that the first philosopher, Augustine, was a Roman and the second, Erigena, was an Irishman. Thereby hangs a tale. During all those long centuries of the Dark Ages after Augustine and until Charlemagne, the light of science shone scarcely in northwestern Europe. In the whole western hemisphere there were only three places where learning prospered: one was in the far east, among the Arabians; another was at Constantinople; the third was in the far west, in Britain. Thus it was from Britain that Charlemagne had to call his educators, Alcuin and Clement, to promote learning among the Franks; and it was from Britain, too, that his successor, Charles the Bald, called the Irishman, Erigena, for the same purpose. During the renaissance of the great Charles and his successors, Irish scholars could be found in every monastery and cathedral in the empire. The teaching was soon called the “Irish learning.” Still it must be said in qualification that the renaissance at the court of Charlemagne was a rather childish attempt to unite antiquity with theology. Excepting in the case of Scotus Erigena, the revival was very feeble. It consisted of a new effort to understand Augustine, to master the simplest rules of logic, and to think out dogma by means of Hellenism. The period from 800 to 1000 is called the Benedictine Age, because learning was entirely in the hands of the Benedictine monks. From the impulse given by the Irish scholars many celebrated monastic and cathedral schools originated, like those of Tours, Fulda, Rheims, Chartres, and the school at Paris. From the many monastic schools emerge the names of Alcuin of York, Rhabanus Maurus of Fulda, and Gerbert at Rheims. But among these scholars the only one of philosophical importance is John Scotus Erigena.
The Revival of Charlemagne (800–900). The darkness of the Early Middle Ages begins to lift with the somewhat failed renaissance of Charlemagne. Linked to this revival is the name of John Scotus Erigena (810–880). It's important to note that during these five hundred years, there are only two significant philosophers: Augustine and Erigena. There is a span of four hundred years between them. Additionally, the first philosopher, Augustine, was Roman, while the second, Erigena, was Irish. This is significant. During the lengthy Dark Ages after Augustine and until Charlemagne, the light of science hardly shone in northwestern Europe. In the entire western hemisphere, there were only three places where learning thrived: one in the far east, among the Arabians; another in Constantinople; and the third in the far west, in Britain. Thus, Charlemagne had to call upon British educators, Alcuin and Clement, to promote learning among the Franks; and it was also from Britain that his successor, Charles the Bald, brought in the Irishman, Erigena, for the same purpose. During the renaissance led by Charlemagne and his successors, Irish scholars could be found in every monastery and cathedral in the empire. This style of teaching soon became known as “Irish learning.” However, it's worth mentioning that the renaissance at Charlemagne's court was a somewhat naive attempt to merge ancient knowledge with theology. Aside from Scotus Erigena, the revival was quite weak. It mainly involved trying to understand Augustine, mastering the basic rules of logic, and developing doctrinal thought through Hellenistic influences. The period from 800 to 1000 is referred to as the Benedictine Age, because learning was entirely in the hands of the Benedictine monks. Thanks to the influence of Irish scholars, many famous monastic and cathedral schools emerged, including those in Tours, Fulda, Rheims, Chartres, and Paris. Among the numerous monastic schools, the names of Alcuin of York, Rhabanus Maurus of Fulda, and Gerbert at Rheims stand out. However, among these scholars, the only one of philosophical significance is John Scotus Erigena.
John Scotus Erigena (810–880): Life and Teaching. When his contemporaries were only lisping at philosophy and his immediate successors were absorbed in disconnected problems, Erigena worked out a connected system. Like Augustine, Erigena stood far in advance of his age. He was not only the one great thinker of the revival of Charlemagne, but he was one of the most remarkable personalities of the Middle Ages. Born in Ireland, he had the benefit of an education in the schools of that centre of learning, which he could not have obtained on the continent of Europe. In 853 he was called by Charles the Bald to carry on the work begun by Alcuin under Charlemagne. Three centuries after his death the church condemned him as a heretic (1209) on account of his writings on predestination and transubstantiation. His learning was so great that he has been called “the Origen of the North.” He read Greek, and this was a rare accomplishment in those days, for even Alcuin scarcely knew the Greek alphabet. His most notable original work is De Divisione Naturae, which was neo-Platonism in Christian dress. His most influential work was his translation of the pseudo-Dionysius, the Areopagite. It proved, in fact, to be one of the most influential books of this period, and was instrumental on account of its large circulation in propagating neo-Platonism in the Middle Ages.
John Scotus Erigena (810–880): Life and Teaching. While his contemporaries were just starting to explore philosophy and his immediate successors were focused on unrelated issues, Erigena developed a cohesive system. Like Augustine, Erigena was well ahead of his time. He wasn't just the standout thinker of Charlemagne's revival; he was also one of the most striking figures of the Middle Ages. Born in Ireland, he received a level of education in the schools of that scholarly hub that he couldn’t have found on the European mainland. In 853, he was invited by Charles the Bald to continue the work started by Alcuin under Charlemagne. Three centuries after his death, the church labeled him a heretic (1209) due to his writings on predestination and transubstantiation. His extensive knowledge earned him the title “the Origen of the North.” He studied Greek, which was quite rare at the time—Alcuin barely knew the Greek alphabet. His most important original work is De Divisione Naturae, which presented neo-Platonism in a Christian context. His most influential work was his translation of pseudo-Dionysius, the Areopagite. This translation became one of the most significant books of that era and played a key role in spreading neo-Platonism during the Middle Ages.
Erigena was neither a scholastic nor a dialectical theologian. He neither assailed nor defended church doctrine. He calmly pushed neo-Platonism to the borders of pantheism. He was an Irishman with a Greek mind, a neo-Platonist under the veil of a Christian mystic. No churchman ever expressed neo-Platonism so frankly. The writings from which Erigena got his doctrine are called the Pseudo-Dionysius writings because the authorship was falsely attributed to a companion of St. Paul, Dionysius the Areopagite. They were, however, probably written in the fifth century, for they are essentially neo-Platonic and border on pantheism. Erigena translated them at the request of Charles the Bald, and their appearance produced great astonishment in Europe (858–860). Erigena’s own work, De Divisione Naturae, is an extreme pantheistic statement of the doctrine in the Pseudo-Dionysius. Briefly stated Erigena’s teaching is as follows. God is an incomprehensible being and can be described only in negative terms (negative theology). (See chapter on Philo.) God is the same as Being or Nature, and He unfolds Himself as a fourfold series. These are: God, the world in God, the world outside God, God after the world has returned to Him. God contains in Himself through the Logos all the primordial types of things formed before creation. Creation is the logical unfolding of particulars from the universal. Immortality consists in the particulars again becoming universal. In the types of things God is creating Himself, and they are graded from God down to concrete objects. But all will finally return to God, and Erigena thought he found analogies of this return everywhere in nature.
Erigena was neither a scholastic nor a dialectical theologian. He didn’t attack or defend church teachings. Instead, he calmly pushed neo-Platonism to the edge of pantheism. He was an Irishman with a Greek intellect, a neo-Platonist disguised as a Christian mystic. No church figure ever expressed neo-Platonism so openly. The writings that influenced Erigena's ideas are known as the Pseudo-Dionysius writings because authorship was falsely assigned to a companion of St. Paul, Dionysius the Areopagite. However, these were likely written in the fifth century, as they are fundamentally neo-Platonic and verge on pantheism. Erigena translated them at the request of Charles the Bald, and their publication caused great surprise in Europe (858–860). Erigena’s own work, De Divisione Naturae, is a strong pantheistic expression of the doctrine in the Pseudo-Dionysius. In brief, Erigena’s teaching is as follows: God is an incomprehensible being and can only be described in negative terms (negative theology). (See chapter on Philo.) God is identical to Being or Nature, unfolding Himself in a fourfold series: God, the world in God, the world outside God, and God after the world has returned to Him. God contains within Himself through the Logos all the original patterns of things formed before creation. Creation is the logical unfolding of particulars from the universal. Immortality involves particulars becoming universal again. In the types of things, God is creating Himself, and they are ranked from God down to concrete objects. Ultimately, all will return to God, and Erigena believed he found signs of this return throughout nature.
The Greek Principle which Erigena formulated for the Middle Ages. These details of the teaching of Erigena are unimportant except as they throw light upon that Greek underlying principle which he formulated for the Middle Ages. The Real is the Universal. The more universal a thing is, the more real and therefore the more perfect it is. If we have an idea of a universal, that universal has existence because it is universal. The idea of God is universal, therefore God exists. The idea of the world is a universal, but not so universal as the idea of God, and therefore not so surely existent. But the idea of the world has more reality than the idea of a tree. Mediæval philosophy becomes from this time on a logical theism. In the case of Erigena it is a logical pantheism. The world is a logical mosaic. Real dependence is logical dependence, and what we in modern times call the causes and effects between natural objects are regarded by the Middle Ages as sufficiently explained if put in logical arrangement. This is the core of mediæval thinking, and the student will fail to understand the civilization of the Middle Ages unless he grasps this central principle.
The Greek Principle that Erigena formulated for the Middle Ages. The specifics of Erigena's teaching may seem unimportant, but they highlight the Greek principle he established for the Middle Ages. The Real is the Universal. The more universal something is, the more real it is, and therefore, the more perfect it is. If we have an idea of something universal, that universal exists simply because it is universal. The idea of God is universal; therefore, God exists. The idea of the world is also a universal, but it isn't as universal as the concept of God, and thus not as definitely existent. However, the idea of the world has more reality than the idea of a tree. From this point on, medieval philosophy evolves into a logical theism. For Erigena, it takes the form of a logical pantheism. The world is a logical mosaic. Real dependence is logical dependence, and what we now refer to as the causes and effects among natural objects were viewed during the Middle Ages as sufficiently explained if they were logically arranged. This is the essence of medieval thought, and anyone studying the civilization of the Middle Ages needs to understand this central principle.
But this realizing of the logical universal is Greek and betrays the fundamentally Greek character of mediæval civilization. The objective spiritual church has merely taken the place of objective nature. Mediæval history is a conflict between Greek universalism and the Christian conception of the individual. In Erigena the Greek element appeared in overwhelming dominance. Erigena is a smaller Augustine—Augustine uncontrolled by great masses of thought and uninspired by practical ideals of building up the church. Erigena is a “belated Gnostic.” Why was it that his neo-Platonic pantheism did not overcome entirely the individualistic element in Christian dogma? Why, on the contrary, did it bring out far-reaching issues of conflict when a century later the significance of his teaching was understood? Because inherently and fundamentally in the nature of the German peoples, as appearing in their customs and laws, was the conviction of the rights of the individual personality. In the teaching of the Christian fathers the element of the spiritual personality found a deep echo in the German nature. The German could tolerate and did actually live under the later church doctrine of a moderate realism; but the measured calm of the Greek pantheistic conception of Erigena deprived the German of all his inherited ideals. Thus when intellectual activity was aroused a century later, the conflict became hot over the issue in Erigena’s doctrine. Erigena was the forerunner of the scholastics. It was he who tossed the apple of discord among the thinkers of the Middle Ages.
But this realization of the logical universal is Greek and reveals the fundamentally Greek nature of medieval civilization. The objective spiritual church has simply replaced objective nature. Medieval history is a struggle between Greek universalism and the Christian idea of the individual. In Erigena, the Greek influence was overwhelmingly dominant. Erigena is a smaller version of Augustine—Augustine not constrained by large bodies of thought and uninspired by practical ideals of building up the church. Erigena is a “belated Gnostic.” Why didn’t his neo-Platonic pantheism completely overshadow the individualistic aspect of Christian doctrine? On the contrary, why did it lead to significant conflicts when a century later the implications of his teachings were understood? Because innately and fundamentally in the nature of the German peoples, as shown in their customs and laws, was the belief in the rights of the individual personality. In the teachings of the Christian fathers, the concept of spiritual personality resonated deeply within the German character. The Germans could tolerate and actually lived under the later church doctrine of moderate realism; however, the measured calm of Erigena's Greek pantheistic view stripped the Germans of all their inherited ideals. Thus, when intellectual activity was revived a century later, the debate over Erigena's doctrine became heated. Erigena was the precursor of the scholastics. He was the one who cast the apple of discord among the thinkers of the Middle Ages.
The Last Century of the Early Period (900–1000). The century following Erigena was one of demoralization. All learning declined with the renewed invasions from the north, east, and west. The empire of Charlemagne was broken up and the Papacy temporarily disappeared. There is a persistent tradition that the Christians at this time believed the end of the world to be near. This has been proved to be a legend, but back of it lies the truth that there was a fresh rise of piety which lasted until 1300. With this movement we enter upon the next period of the Middle Ages.
The Last Century of the Early Period (900–1000). The century after Erigena was marked by a decline in morale. Learning suffered as invasions from the north, east, and west ramped up. Charlemagne's empire fell apart and the Papacy temporarily vanished. There's a common belief that Christians thought the world was ending during this time. While this has been shown to be a myth, it reflects an underlying truth: there was a revival of religious devotion that lasted until 1300. With this shift, we transition into the next era of the Middle Ages.
CHAPTER XVII
THE TRANSITIONAL PERIOD
(1000–1200)
The General Character of the Transitional Period. The first century of the Transitional Period was as different from the last century of the Early Period in its intellectual attitude and emotional tone as can be imagined. It was the century of the new birth of Europe—a century when the beginning of political order was accompanied by a passion for inquiry. The spirit of pietism took possession of all institutions—and in the thirteenth century the mediæval system seemed to have reached its perfect form. The Transitional Period gives meaning to the Crusades. “If ever ideals were carried out in the world and gained dominion over souls, it happened then.”55 “It was as if the world had cast aside its old garment and clothed itself in the white robe of the church.”56 The ardor of the Crusades was the specific expression of this religious revival. All the pent-up energies of the previous mediæval life were passing through a rapid period of growth.
The General Character of the Transitional Period. The first century of the Transitional Period was radically different from the last century of the Early Period in terms of its intellectual outlook and emotional vibe. It was the century marking Europe's rebirth—a time when the establishment of political order came hand in hand with a thirst for knowledge. The spirit of pietism took over all institutions—and by the thirteenth century, the medieval system appeared to have reached its ideal form. The Transitional Period gives context to the Crusades. “If there was ever a time when ideals were put into action and had power over people's hearts, it was then.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ “It was as if the world had shed its old skin and wrapped itself in the white robe of the church.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The enthusiasm of the Crusades was a direct reflection of this religious revival. All the pent-up energy from earlier medieval life was undergoing a rapid phase of growth.
Philosophically this period is the time when neo-Platonic mysticism, as elaborated by Erigena, came into conflict with the Christian conception of the individual. These two motives had been held together without controversy in the Early Period; now they develop into controversy. The philosophical theories evolved by this controversy go by the name of scholasticism. While theoretically secular studies were supposed to be discarded and ancient literature was considered to be the temptation of the devil, yet practically one is surprised to find a trained skill in the use of dialectic, and the employment of many of the materials of antiquity as a means of culture and the refutation of heresies. There was a knowledge of the classics, of dialectic, of neo-Platonism, and of Augustine. The spirit of Platonic realism prevailed among the group of schoolmen of these two centuries. The problem before this group is different from that presented to the schoolmen of the next period. The scholastics or schoolmen of this period whom we shall consider in some detail are,—
Philosophically, this period marks the time when neo-Platonic mysticism, as developed by Erigena, clashed with the Christian view of the individual. These two ideas had coexisted without conflict in the Early Period; now they lead to controversy. The philosophical theories arising from this conflict are known as scholasticism. While theoretically secular studies were meant to be abandoned and ancient literature was seen as a temptation from the devil, it's surprising to find a well-developed skill in dialectic and the use of many ancient materials as tools for education and refuting heresies. There was an understanding of the classics, dialectic, neo-Platonism, and Augustine. The spirit of Platonic realism dominated among the group of schoolmen during these two centuries. The challenge faced by this group is different from that presented to the schoolmen of the next period. The scholastics or schoolmen of this time that we will examine in detail are,—
Anselm, 1033–1109.
Anselm, 1033–1109.
Roscellinus, d. 1100 about.
Roscellinus, d. c. 1100.
Abelard, 1079–1142.
Abelard, 1079–1142.
What is Scholasticism? In a general sense scholasticism is philosophic thought, but historically the term is usually restricted to the philosophic thinking of the Middle Ages. It has been pointed out that scholastic philosophy does not differ from any other philosophy. It had its prejudices, its dependence on authority, its employment of deduction, its use of observation—like all philosophy. The scholasticism of this time, however, is distinguished by its general reference to church dogma as authority and its imperfect use of experience. The scholasticism of the Middle Ages may therefore be defined as the application of dialectic or logical methods to the discussion of theological problems. It was the attempt to present the doctrine of the church in a scientific system of philosophy. Sometimes such an attempt resulted in heresy when the result was a changing of dogma. Generally, however, the scholastic was not so ambitious, for he usually sought to keep within the authoritative doctrines of the church. He feared the anathema of the church. Scholasticism therefore, in general, had two characteristics: (1) It assumed that church dogma was unquestionable and infallible; (2) It tried to clarify dogma by rational explanation, or to show that dogma was at least not contrary to reason. Dogma may in some cases be explained by the reason. In some cases it may be so far above reason that the only thing the reason can say is, “The doctrine does not contradict me.” In the words of an eminent churchman, “Dogma says, Deus homo (God became man). Scholasticism asks, Cur deus homo? (Why did God become man?)” Revelation is assumed; scholastic philosophy is permitted; independent rational science is denied. The remainder of the history of the Middle Ages shows no conscious attempt to form a new body of doctrine for the church; and only here and there does there appear an effort to modify the existing doctrine. The thinkers are employed in this scholastic clarifying of the doctrine. In this period scholasticism takes the form of the logical problem of the relation of universals and particulars. In the period of Classic Scholasticism this logical problem changes into the metaphysical one of the respective scopes of reason and faith.
What is Scholasticism? In broad terms, scholasticism refers to philosophical thought, but historically, the term is mostly applied to the philosophy of the Middle Ages. It's been noted that scholastic philosophy isn't really different from other philosophies. It had its biases, reliance on authority, use of deduction, and observation—just like all philosophies. However, the scholasticism of this era is marked by its general reference to church doctrine as authority and its limited use of experience. Thus, the scholasticism of the Middle Ages can be defined as applying dialectical or logical methods to discuss theological issues. It aimed to present the church's doctrine in a systematic philosophical way. Sometimes, this effort led to heresy if it resulted in altering the doctrine. However, generally, the scholastics were not that ambitious, as they usually tried to stay within the church's established doctrines. They feared the church's condemnation. Therefore, scholasticism had two main features: (1) It assumed that church doctrine was unquestionable and infallible; (2) It aimed to clarify doctrine through rational explanation or to demonstrate that doctrine wasn't contrary to reason. Doctrine might sometimes be explained through reason. In some cases, it might be so far beyond reason that reason can only say, “The doctrine doesn’t contradict me.” As an influential church figure stated, “Dogma says, Deus homo (God became man). Scholasticism asks, Cur deus homo? (Why did God become man?)” Revelation is taken for granted; scholastic philosophy is allowed; independent rational science is rejected. The rest of the Middle Ages shows no conscious effort to create a new body of doctrine for the church; only occasionally does there seem to be an attempt to modify existing doctrine. Thinkers were engaged in clarifying the doctrine during this time. In this period, scholasticism manifests as the logical problem of the relationship between universals and particulars. During the period of Classic Scholasticism, this logical issue evolves into the metaphysical question regarding the respective scopes of reason and faith.
The problem of the relation of universal conceptions to particular experiences had become a central one to the Greeks after Socrates. (See summary, p. 103.) It was natural that the same problem should arise with the new mediæval man and should delight him as an enigmatical question. But conditions were less favorable for the mediæval scholastic than for the Greek. The mediæval had scanty literary materials, no opportunity of testing his discussions by empirical observations, and his mind was untrained. In the Early Period scholasticism had the character of a mental game in logic. It consisted, on the whole, in the subtle spinning out of logical questions with the few fragments of Aristotle as a guide. This was dangerous to faith, but the church could not prevent it, for it was the only mental diversion open to monks of the schools of Charlemagne. The arguments often reveal great mental acuteness, although they have the appearance of triviality. The schools of the ninth century were given over to barren formalism, and this threatened to submerge the vigorous movement inaugurated by Erigena. “Can a prostitute become a virgin again through divine omnipotence?” “Does a mouse that eats the sacrament eat the body of God?” “How many angels can stand on the point of a needle?” These are examples of the prevailing verbal gymnastics of that time, and such problems can be found even in the works of Peter Lombard, Thomas Aquinas, and Duns Scotus.
The issue of how universal concepts relate to specific experiences became a key topic for the Greeks after Socrates. (See summary, p. 103.) It's no surprise that this same issue arose for the new medieval thinkers, intriguing them as a puzzling question. However, the conditions were less favorable for medieval scholars than for the Greeks. The medieval thinkers had limited literary resources, no chance to test their discussions through practical observation, and their minds were less trained. In the Early Period, scholasticism was more like a mental exercise in logic. It mainly consisted of intricately exploring logical questions using only a few fragments of Aristotle as a reference. This was risky for faith, but the church couldn't stop it, as it was the only intellectual pastime available to the monks in Charlemagne's schools. The arguments often showed significant intellectual sharpness, even though they seemed trivial. The schools of the ninth century were mired in empty formalism, threatening to overshadow the dynamic movement started by Erigena. “Can a prostitute become a virgin again through divine omnipotence?” “Does a mouse that eats the sacrament consume the body of God?” “How many angels can fit on the tip of a needle?” These are examples of the prevalent verbal gymnastics of that time, and similar problems can be found in the works of Peter Lombard, Thomas Aquinas, and Duns Scotus.
Logically stated the problem is that of the relation of particulars to universals. It is usually called the problem of the reality of general ideas. The question was started by a passage in that universally used text-book of the time—the Isagoge of Porphyry, which was an introduction to Aristotle’s Categories. (See p. 102.) Porphyry divides the problem into three parts: (1) Do genera and species exist in nature, or do they exist as mere products of the intellect? (2) If they are things apart from the mind, are they corporeal or incorporeal things? (3) Do they exist outside the individual things of sense, or are they realized in the latter? Upon the problem involved here the thinkers of the Middle Ages were divided into three schools,—realists, conceptualists, and nominalists.57 The realist maintained that the general idea had reality, while the particular was only a defective imitation of it. The nominalist, on the contrary, held that the universal is only a name (nomen) or an abstraction derived from the real particular thing. The conceptualist tried to mediate between the two by showing that reality exists only in the particular. To use the mediæval phrases, realism is universalia ante rem; nominalism is universalia post rem; conceptualism is universalia in re. (See p. 103 for table of comparison with Protagoras, Plato, and Aristotle.) The question was of great practical importance to the church. Is the universal church real and therefore all its dogma authoritative, or are the particular churches real and authoritative? This was a vital matter to the churchman of that day who was trying to establish the primacy of Rome among the separate churches. Furthermore, to show that humanity was less real than the particular human beings would destroy the church doctrine of sin and redemption, for these dogmas depended on the assumption of the solidarity of the human race. The church universal and its universal dogma were not mere names to the schoolmen, and that is why the orthodox churchmen were nearly always realists. Religious principles were universals, while particulars were secular. Dogma had become fixed, with which traditionally the church had become identified. To emphasize particular experiences would mean the continual correcting of tradition and a substitution of private judgment for church decrees. When nominalism is completely worked out, it will be found to conflict with church dogma at every point. The result is skepticism. Still the churchman later saw that there is great danger also in a thorough-going realism like that of Erigena’s. It became pantheism. Both realism and nominalism were dangerous doctrines for the church if they were driven to their logical conclusions.
The problem basically revolves around the relationship between specific things and general concepts. It’s often referred to as the issue of the reality of general ideas. This question began with a passage in the widely used textbook of the time—the Isagoge by Porphyry, which served as an introduction to Aristotle’s Categories. (See p. 102.) Porphyry breaks the problem down into three parts: (1) Do categories like genera and species exist in nature, or are they just products of the mind? (2) If they exist outside the mind, are they physical or non-physical? (3) Do they exist independently of individual, sensory things, or are they embodied within those things? Thinkers during the Middle Ages were split into three groups on this issue—realists, conceptualists, and nominalists.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The realist argued that general ideas are real, whereas particulars are simply flawed representations of them. In contrast, the nominalist claimed that universals are merely names (nomen) or abstractions derived from real individual things. The conceptualist sought to find a middle ground by asserting that reality only exists in the particulars. To use medieval terminology, realism is universalia ante rem; nominalism is universalia post rem; conceptualism is universalia in re. (See p. 103 for a comparison with Protagoras, Plato, and Aristotle.) This question held significant practical importance for the church. Is the universal church real, making all its doctrines authoritative, or are the individual churches the real and authoritative ones? This was crucial for the churchmen of that time trying to assert the primacy of Rome over other churches. Additionally, suggesting that humanity is less real than individual humans would undermine the church’s doctrines of sin and redemption, which relied on the idea of human solidarity. The universal church and its doctrines were not just names to the scholars, which is why orthodox churchmen tended to be realists. Religious principles were seen as universals, while specific instances were viewed as secular. Dogma had become established, with the church traditionally being identified by it. Highlighting individual experiences would mean constantly revising tradition and replacing church decrees with personal judgment. If nominalism is fully explored, it tends to conflict with church doctrine at every turn, leading to skepticism. However, churchmen later recognized that extreme realism, like that of Erigena, posed serious dangers too, as it could lead to pantheism. Both realism and nominalism could be perilous doctrines for the church if taken to their logical extremes.
Anselm (1033–1109): Life and Position in Mediæval Philosophy. Anselm lived during the monastic revival which had begun in the tenth century. He was in fact the last of the monastic teachers, for during his declining years occurred the first of the Crusades, and the epoch following him witnessed the transference of learning from the monasteries to the universities. He was born of a noble family in Aosta, Lombardy, and entered in early life the monastery of Bec. Here he succeeded Lanfranc as abbot, and again he succeeded Lanfranc in the archbishopric of Canterbury. He was a man of genuine piety, of speculative bent, and of unswerving faith in the dogma of the church. As primate of England he resisted with much sagacity the encroachments of the secular power. His Cur Deus Homo was a treatise on the doctrine of the redemption and atonement, and was one of the most important books of the Middle Ages.
Anselm (1033–1109): Life and Position in Medieval Philosophy. Anselm lived during the monastic revival that began in the tenth century. He was actually the last of the monastic teachers, as the first of the Crusades occurred in his later years, and the period that followed saw the shift of learning from monasteries to universities. Born into a noble family in Aosta, Lombardy, he entered the monastery of Bec at an early age. There, he succeeded Lanfranc as abbot and later became archbishop of Canterbury, also succeeding Lanfranc. He was genuinely pious, intellectually curious, and had unwavering faith in the church's doctrine. As primate of England, he cleverly resisted the encroachments of secular power. His Cur Deus Homo was a treatise on the doctrine of redemption and atonement, and it was one of the most significant books of the Middle Ages.
Anselm brought about a great change in theological teaching. Berengar of Tours had but recently made an attack upon the doctrine of the real presence of Christ in the Eucharist, and was the immediate cause of the “storm and stress” period of scholasticism that followed. Anselm’s teacher and predecessor, Lanfranc, had defended the doctrine. The doctrine had not yet been settled, and each side claimed the basis of authority. Anselm was therefore a witness of the first attempt to apply philosophy to dogma, and he was the first to use dialectics with the serious purpose of defending dogma. From this time on, dialectics was no longer an intellectual diversion. He, the last of the monastic teachers, was the first to employ dialectics with the new purpose of instructing the believer. His entire life was animated by the desire to add knowledge to faith by the means of philosophy.
Anselm brought about a significant change in theological teaching. Berengar of Tours had recently challenged the doctrine of the real presence of Christ in the Eucharist, which triggered the “storm and stress” period of scholasticism that followed. Anselm’s teacher and predecessor, Lanfranc, had defended the doctrine. The doctrine had not yet been settled, and each side claimed to have the authoritative basis. Anselm was therefore a witness to the first efforts to apply philosophy to dogma, and he was the first to use dialectics with the serious intent of defending dogma. From this point on, dialectics was no longer just an intellectual pastime. He, the last of the monastic teachers, was the first to use dialectics with the new goal of educating the believer. His entire life was driven by the desire to enhance knowledge alongside faith through philosophy.
Anselm’s scholasticism therefore circulates about the Patristic theology as a centre; and his spirit and method is so similar to that of Augustine and the Apologists, that he has been justly called “the second Augustine” and “the last of the Fathers.” Beside the safe and traditionally centralized teaching of Anselm, the imaginative pantheism of Erigena seems like a body that had been loosened from its natural place and was floating away beyond control. Both Erigena and Anselm were inspired by the Platonism that until the year 1200 dominated the Middle Ages. That is, both were realists. The realism of Erigena, however, expressed in full the mystic element of Platonism. It destroyed all grades of reality below God, and made unnecessary the church and its offices. Erigena was an extreme realist; Anselm was consistent with the attitude of the church in being a moderate realist. The credo ut intelligam (faith as the basis of intellectual belief) was the anchor which saved him and became the safeguard of all future orthodox scholastics. The world to Anselm is a hierarchy of universal reals, such as the sacraments, the church, and the Trinity. To such dogmas of the church he applied philosophy, not because they needed support, but in order to make them clear by analysis. Philosophy shall only clarify dogma.
Anselm’s scholasticism revolves around Patristic theology as its core. His spirit and method are so similar to those of Augustine and the Apologists that he has rightly been called “the second Augustine” and “the last of the Fathers.” In contrast to the safe and traditionally centralized teachings of Anselm, the imaginative pantheism of Erigena appears to be a body that has been detached from its natural place and is drifting away uncontrollably. Both Erigena and Anselm were influenced by the Platonism that dominated the Middle Ages until around 1200. That is, both were realists. However, the realism of Erigena fully embraced the mystical aspect of Platonism. It undermined all forms of reality below God and rendered the church and its roles unnecessary. Erigena was an extreme realist; Anselm, aligning with the church’s position, was a moderate realist. The credo ut intelligam (faith as the foundation for intellectual belief) was the anchor that saved him and became the safeguard for all future orthodox scholastics. To Anselm, the world is a hierarchy of universal realities, such as the sacraments, the church, and the Trinity. He applied philosophy to the dogmas of the church not because they required support, but to clarify them through analysis. Philosophy should solely clarify dogma.
Anselm’s Arguments for the Existence of God. The so-called “Anselmic Arguments for the Existence of God” are the best known parts of Anselm’s teaching, and in the eyes of the churchman place his theodicy in the “status of a finished science.” To get their cogency we must remember the underlying thought of mediæval realism; the more universal a thing is, the more real it is—the more it exists and the more perfect it is. (See p. 352.) In his Monologium he developed the so-called cosmological argument: A single perfect and universal being must be assumed as the cause of all lesser beings. God’s essence must involve his existence. Every other being can be thought as coming into existence from some external cause, while God alone exists from the necessity of his own nature. In his Proslogium he elaborated his more famous ontological argument: Man has the idea of a perfect being; Perfection involves among other qualities that of existence, otherwise we could think of a more perfect being or one who did possess existence; Therefore God exists.
Anselm’s Arguments for the Existence of God. The so-called “Anselmic Arguments for the Existence of God” are the most well-known aspects of Anselm’s teachings and, in the view of the church, position his theodicy in the “status of a finished science.” To understand their strength, we need to keep in mind the core idea of medieval realism: the more universal something is, the more real it is—the more it exists and the more perfect it is. (See p. 352.) In his Monologium, he developed the so-called cosmological argument: A single perfect and universal being must be considered as the cause of all lesser beings. God’s essence must include his existence. Every other being can be thought of as coming into existence from some external cause, while God alone exists from the necessity of his own nature. In his Proslogium, he expanded on his more famous ontological argument: Humanity has the idea of a perfect being; Perfection requires, among other qualities, that of existence; otherwise, we could conceive of a more perfect being or one that does have existence; Therefore, God exists.
Roscellinus (d. 1100 about): Life and Teaching. Roscellinus, a canon of Compiègne, was the first scholastic to attempt to modify dogma by the dialectic,—not that there had not occurred throughout the history of the church many theological controversies. Before this time such controversies had on the whole arisen over doctrines that had not yet become dogma. The particular object of the attack of Roscellinus was the dogma of the Trinity, and the base of his attack was none other than philosophy. Roscellinus completely failed in getting the church to modify this particular doctrine, but he succeeded in a larger way than he could have imagined. He brought out into distinctness the issue between reason and revelation. The fundamental question thereafter was as to the rights of the human reason and the rights of divine revelation. Roscellinus supplied a powerful shock to faith and awakened the schools to the consequences of questions which had seemed before to be merely logical problems.
Roscellinus (d. around 1100): Life and Teaching. Roscellinus, a canon of Compiègne, was the first scholar to try to change church doctrine using dialectics. Before him, theological debates typically involved doctrines that hadn’t yet become dogma. Roscellinus specifically targeted the dogma of the Trinity, using philosophy as the basis for his argument. While he completely failed to convince the church to change this doctrine, he succeeded in ways he couldn't have imagined. He clarified the conflict between reason and revelation. The main question going forward was about the rights of human reason versus the rights of divine revelation. Roscellinus gave faith a significant jolt and made the academic community aware of the implications of issues that had previously seemed like just logical problems.
Roscellinus was a nominalist, and it was from the point of view of nominalism that he attempted to change the dogma of the Trinity. He made a life-long defense of the doctrine that the Godhead was three different substances, agreeing only in certain qualities. This is tritheism and not a Trinity. But this was only the most striking example of his application of the general principle of nominalism. In general, universals are only names and have an existence only in the human mind. Universalia post rem. Individuals alone exist. The groups formed out of many individuals by addition, or the parts of an individual formed by division, are mental affairs and have no reality. Roscellinus was opposed by Anselm, condemned by the church, and obliged to recant. He fled to England, returned to France, and again preached his doctrine.
Roscellinus was a nominalist, and from his perspective, he sought to alter the doctrine of the Trinity. He dedicated his life to defending the belief that the Godhead consisted of three different substances that only shared certain qualities. This viewpoint is tritheism, not a true Trinity. However, this was just the most notable example of how he applied the broader principle of nominalism. Generally, universals are merely names and exist only in the human mind. Universalia post rem. Only individuals truly exist. The groups formed from multiple individuals through addition, or the parts of an individual created through division, are mental constructs and hold no real existence. Roscellinus faced opposition from Anselm, was condemned by the church, and was forced to recant. He fled to England, returned to France, and once again preached his beliefs.
Storm and Stress. After the issue was brought to a head by the nominalism of Roscellinus, the twelfth century was torn in battle over the reality of general ideas. The realists, on the one hand, tried to grade universals and to show how universals are related to particulars—all of which Anselm had left to faith. How do universals, such as the persons in the Trinity, the church, the sacraments, exist in one universal God? Grotesque explanations were offered, like the imaginative work of Bernard of Chartres and the symbolic number theory of his brother, Theodoric. William of Champeaux, a teacher of Abelard, almost reduced realism to a pantheism. Nothing exists but the universal; all individuals are accidental modifications of the universal. Pantheism was so inherent in the blood of realism that it was always appearing here and there.
Storm and Stress. After the issue was intensified by Roscellinus's nominalism, the twelfth century was embroiled in a conflict over the existence of general ideas. The realists, on one side, attempted to categorize universals and demonstrate how universals relate to particulars—all of which Anselm had left to faith. How do universals, like the persons in the Trinity, the church, and the sacraments, exist within one universal God? Grotesque explanations were proposed, such as the imaginative ideas of Bernard of Chartres and the symbolic number theory of his brother, Theodoric. William of Champeaux, a teacher of Abelard, nearly reduced realism to pantheism. Nothing exists but the universal; all individuals are just accidental variations of the universal. Pantheism was so deeply embedded in realism that it kept resurfacing repeatedly.
Such pantheistic deductions by the realists brought out nominalism in opposition, in spite of the repression of nominalism by the authorities of the church. The nominalists sought protection and authority under the name of Aristotle, for his conceptualist doctrine was not known at this time. The few writings of Aristotle then known were very imperfectly interpreted. One of the most ironical situations in the history of the Middle Ages is that, up to the Period of Classic Scholasticism, Plato was the authority of the orthodox and Aristotle of the heterodox.
Such pantheistic conclusions by the realists highlighted nominalism as a counterpoint, despite the church's efforts to suppress it. The nominalists sought cover and legitimacy under Aristotle's name since his conceptualist ideas weren't widely understood at that time. The few writings of Aristotle that were available were poorly interpreted. One of the most ironic situations in Medieval history is that, until the Classic Scholasticism period, Plato was considered the authority by the orthodox, while Aristotle was favored by those with unorthodox views.
The Life of Abelard (1079–1142). Abelard had both Roscellinus and William of Champeaux as teachers. He quarreled with them both and set up a rival school of his own. He taught in various places and was, with some interruptions, in Paris from 1108 to 1136. The university did not exist until a generation after him, but he was its true founder, for he inaugurated the movement out of which the early universities sprang. His method was transferred from philosophy to theology and thence to all studies. It was a didactic method of drawing conclusions after an empirical enumeration of the pros and cons. Abelard was acquainted with no Greek writings except in Latin translations. His great talent as a teacher and his keen French intellect, that was impatient of all restraint, made him, however, the most brilliant of the schoolmen. Two synods condemned his teaching. Probably his modern popular reputation rests upon his unfortunate love-relations with Heloise.
The Life of Abelard (1079–1142). Abelard had both Roscellinus and William of Champeaux as his teachers. He had conflicts with both of them and started a rival school of his own. He taught in various locations and was, with some breaks, in Paris from 1108 to 1136. The university didn't come into existence until a generation after him, but he was its true founder, as he started the movement that led to the formation of the early universities. His method was adapted from philosophy to theology and then to all disciplines. It was a didactic method of drawing conclusions after considering the pros and cons. Abelard only knew Greek writings through Latin translations. However, his great talent as a teacher and his sharp French intellect, which was impatient with any restrictions, made him the most brilliant of the schoolmen. Two synods condemned his teachings. His modern reputation probably hinges on his troubled love affair with Heloise.
Abelard’s Conceptualism. Universals exist in the Particulars. Abelard formed the storm-centre of the strife over the technical relations between particulars and universals. His position has been misunderstood because he, the pupil and opponent both of Roscellinus and of William of Champeaux, fought each with the weapons of the other. He was repelled from pantheism, which appears to him to be the logic of realism, and he recoiled equally from the sensualistic outcome of nominalism. Universals are the indispensable forms of knowledge, and they must therefore have some existence in the nature of the things which we know. This existence consists of the similarity of the essential characteristic of things. This likeness is not a numerical identity, but a unity which makes our knowledge of the particular things possible. This likeness or similarity between things is the same as the types created by God. Thus the universal has no independent objective existence, and on the other hand it is not a mere word out of all relation to things. The universals exist in three ways: (1) they exist before the things only as Ideas in the mind of God; (2) they coexist with the things as the essential likenesses of things; (3) they exist after the things in the human mind, when it has knowledge of things. Abelard developed his theory only polemically and never worked it out systematically. On the technical side of this question the preceding lines of thought come into an unsystematic unity. His theory was accepted by the Arabian philosophers and is practically that of Aquinas and Duns Scotus. With Abelard the problem was not solved indeed, but it came to a preliminary stop in this statement—universals have an equal significance, ante rem in the mind of God, in re in nature, post rem in human knowledge.
Abelard’s Conceptualism. Universals exist in the Particulars. Abelard was at the center of the debate about the relationship between particulars and universals. His views are often misunderstood because he was both a student and a rival of Roscellinus and William of Champeaux, engaging each with their own arguments. He rejected pantheism, which he saw as the result of realism, and he equally turned away from the sensual results of nominalism. Universals are essential for knowledge, and they must therefore have some existing relevance in the nature of the things we know. This existence is about the similarity of the essential characteristics of things. This similarity isn't about being numerically identical, but about a unity that allows us to understand particular things. This similarity between things reflects the types created by God. Therefore, universals don’t exist independently of objects, nor are they just words that have no connection to things. Universals exist in three ways: (1) they exist as ideas in the mind of God before things; (2) they coexist with things as their essential likenesses; (3) they exist in the human mind after things, once we have knowledge of them. Abelard developed his theory mainly through debate and didn’t lay it out systematically. On the technical side of this issue, the previous ideas come together in a loose way. His theory influenced Arabian philosophers and aligns closely with the views of Aquinas and Duns Scotus. While Abelard didn’t completely solve the problem, he did pause it with this assertion—universals have equal importance, ante rem in the mind of God, in re in nature, post rem in human knowledge.
Abelard’s Rationalism.—The Relation between Reason and Dogma. The proud, self-reliant, self-conscious Abelard could be nothing else than a rationalist. He was the type of the controversial metaphysician. He was the fighting dialectician,—intolerant of restraint, devoid of respect for authority, seeking the prize of victory at any cost. Erigena, as a mystic, harmonized reason and dogma because they are equal; Anselm, as an orthodox scholastic, harmonized them because reason is subordinate to dogma and conforms to it; Abelard, as a rationalist, harmonized reason and dogma because dogma is subordinate to reason and conforms to reason. To Anselm reason merely clarifies dogma; to Abelard “dogma is only a provisional substitute for reason.” Anselm never questions dogma, while Abelard calls dogma before the bar of the reason and then acts as dogma’s advocate. We must try all dogma in court, and, contrary to modern legal practice, we must doubt it until it proves its innocence. For “it is through doubt we come to investigation, and through investigation to the truth.” A good example of Abelard’s attitude appears in his Sic et Non, a treatise in which he sets the views of the Fathers over against one another so that the reason may decide upon the truth. Another example of his method appears in his examination of the doctrine of the Trinity, and in the third book of Christian Theology he cites twenty-three objections and in the fourth book answers them. This rationalizing spirit led him to advocate the doctrine of free-will, to place the responsibility of moral conduct and theoretical belief upon the individual, to regard Christianity as the consummation of all religions and not as the presentation of anything new.
Abelard’s Rationalism.—The Relationship between Reason and Dogma. The proud, self-reliant, and self-aware Abelard could only be seen as a rationalist. He was the embodiment of the controversial metaphysician. He was the combative dialectician—intolerant of constraints, lacking respect for authority, and pursuing victory at any cost. Erigena, as a mystic, brought together reason and dogma because they are equal; Anselm, as an orthodox scholastic, reconciled them because reason is subordinate to dogma and aligns with it; Abelard, as a rationalist, unified reason and dogma by asserting that dogma is subordinate to reason and aligns with reason. To Anselm, reason merely clarifies dogma; to Abelard, “dogma is only a temporary substitute for reason.” Anselm never questions dogma, while Abelard puts dogma on trial before reason and then acts as its defender. We must test all dogma in court, and, unlike modern legal practices, we should doubt it until it proves its validity. For “it is through doubt we come to inquiry, and through inquiry to the truth.” A clear example of Abelard’s perspective is found in his Sic et Non, a treatise where he juxtaposes the views of the Church Fathers so that reason can determine the truth. Another instance of his approach can be seen in his analysis of the doctrine of the Trinity, where in the third book of Christian Theology he presents twenty-three objections and addresses them in the fourth book. This rationalizing spirit led him to support the doctrine of free will, to place the responsibility for moral conduct and theoretical beliefs on the individual, and to view Christianity as the culmination of all religions rather than as the introduction of something entirely new.
If in these discussions he was more brilliant than profound, if he wrote upon many questions without solving any, if the weight of his personality could not prevail in his controversies, it was because the science of the twelfth century offered him little empirical support against the actual power of the church and the mighty inward strength of faith of the people. What means had Abelard to support his position that rational science should determine faith? Nothing but the hollow methods of scholastic logic and the traditions of the church—the very things against which he was rebelling. Abelard set for himself a problem, but he lacked the means of its solution. It was, however, a problem that has never vanished from the memory of the European peoples.
If in these discussions he was more clever than deep, if he wrote about many issues without resolving any, if the strength of his personality couldn't win his arguments, it was because the science of the twelfth century provided him little practical support against the actual power of the church and the strong inner faith of the people. What grounds did Abelard have to argue that rational science should dictate faith? Nothing but the empty strategies of scholastic logic and church traditions—the very things he was pushing against. Abelard took on a challenging problem, but he didn’t have the tools to solve it. Nevertheless, it was a problem that has always stayed fresh in the minds of European people.
The unrest in Abelard’s teaching is representative of the last century of this period, which he brought to a close. There was growing a general revolt from the unfruitful methods of the scholastic dialectic, coupled with feverish desire for knowledge. There was, on the one hand, a great reaction toward mysticism with the Victorines, Bernard of Clairvaux and Bernard of Tours, and toward eclecticism with John of Salisbury and Peter the Lombard. On the other hand, there was an interesting growth in empirical science. But these theoretical interests were but eddies in the great current of events. For Jerusalem and the Holy Land, the memorials in earthly form of all the ideals sacred to the mediæval mind, had fallen into the hands of the infidel! The western world was preparing for the rescue, and the Crusades were the last and the frenzied expression of the Platonic idealism of the Middle Ages. They bring the first two periods to a spectacular climax. Is it a mere coincidence that Abelard brings to a close the dominance of idealism on the theoretic side at the time when earthly symbols of that idealism were being destroyed?
The turmoil in Abelard's teachings reflects the end of the last century of this era. There was a growing collective rebellion against the ineffective methods of scholastic reasoning, along with an intense thirst for knowledge. On one side, there was a strong movement towards mysticism with figures like the Victorines, Bernard of Clairvaux, and Bernard of Tours, and towards eclecticism with John of Salisbury and Peter the Lombard. On the other side, there was a notable rise in empirical science. However, these theoretical pursuits were just ripples in the larger flow of events. Jerusalem and the Holy Land, which embodied all the ideals cherished by the medieval mindset, had fallen into the hands of non-believers! The western world was gearing up for a rescue, and the Crusades were the final and intense expression of the Platonic idealism of the Middle Ages. They culminated in a spectacular climax for the first two periods. Is it just a coincidence that Abelard marks the end of the dominance of idealism in theory at the same time when the earthly symbols of that idealism were being destroyed?
CHAPTER XVIII
THE CLASSIC SCHOLASTICISM PERIOD (1200–1453)
The General Character of this Last Period. The first one hundred and fifty years of this period was the golden age of scholasticism; the remaining one hundred years was a period of decline. The period of Classic Scholasticism was a natural growth from the Transitional Period. At the end of the Transitional Period the church, in spite of Mohammedans, Jews, heretics, and the classics, outshone all else, and its life and dogma were the most worth while. In this period appeared a theology, adequate to its life and dogma,—a theology which was floated by the wave of piety of the Mendicant Orders. Acquaintance with the true Aristotle was the needed stimulus. The favorable conditions for that stimulus were (1) the triumph of the church and papacy, (2) the intense piety of the Mendicants, (3) the general culture derived from an inner development of the church and from contact with the East in Constantinople, Palestine, and Spain. Aristotle and the Mendicants were the new forces, and they achieved their position against the hostility of the old Orders, the universities, and the teachers. The triumph was possible because the new forces contributed nothing really new, but merely completed the old scheme of things. The new Aristotle, as it was understood, taught metaphysics, epistemology, and politics in a way to vindicate dogma as against the opposition of William of Champeaux and Roscellinus. The Mendicants on their part vindicated all dogma by blending it with faith on the one hand, and with reason on the other.
The General Character of this Last Period. The first one hundred and fifty years of this period were the golden age of scholasticism; the last one hundred years marked a decline. The era of Classic Scholasticism was a natural evolution from the Transitional Period. By the end of the Transitional Period, the church, despite the presence of Muslims, Jews, heretics, and classical thinkers, stood out prominently, and its life and teachings were the most meaningful. During this time, a theology emerged that was fitting for its life and teachings—one that was propelled by the devotion of the Mendicant Orders. Familiarity with the true Aristotle served as a necessary motivation. The conditions that favored this motivation were (1) the victory of the church and the papacy, (2) the deep devotion of the Mendicants, and (3) the broader culture stemming from the church's internal development and its connections with the East in places like Constantinople, Palestine, and Spain. Aristotle and the Mendicants were the new driving forces, achieving their influence despite resistance from old Orders, universities, and educators. Their success was possible because these new forces didn't actually introduce anything truly new; they simply enriched the existing framework. The new Aristotle, as interpreted at the time, taught metaphysics, epistemology, and politics in a manner that defended dogma against the challenges posed by William of Champeaux and Roscellinus. Meanwhile, the Mendicants defended all dogma by merging it with faith on one side and reason on the other.
The scholasticism of the Transitional Period was predominantly controversial, while the character of this period, which we are now entering, is synthetic and constructive. The infusion of fresh blood into culture, from not only the logical but the physical works of Aristotle, resulted in the renewal of interest in the dialectic and in the construction of systems of metaphysics and psychology. The central problem now concerns the respective scopes of reason and faith, and to its solution logic and psychology are applied. A complete solution seemed to be made by Thomas Aquinas, which had its literary expression in Dante. Without the introduction of any new philosophical principle the world of nature, as interpreted by Aristotle, was apparently brought by Thomas into theoretical harmony with the Augustinian conception of the world of grace. But no sooner did Thomas seem to have formulated scholastic philosophy for all time, than controversy broke out afresh. For pantheistic mysticism gained its independence through one of Thomas’s own brother Dominicans, Eckhart; then Duns Scotus, a Franciscan, drew up a metaphysical programme based upon the Augustinian theory of the will, and gave a new direction to philosophy; and furthermore nominalism grew great upon Aristotle’s logic and the new empirical psychology. For the churchman, philosophy reached its completeness in Thomas Aquinas. The later tendencies are regarded by the churchman as deteriorations, and even modern philosophy is looked upon as but temporizing with the classic system of Thomas.
The scholasticism of the Transitional Period was mainly filled with debates, while the nature of the period we are entering now is more about synthesis and construction. The infusion of new ideas into culture, not just from Aristotle’s logical works but also his physical works, sparked a renewed interest in dialectics and in building systems for metaphysics and psychology. The main issue now revolves around the roles of reason and faith, and both logic and psychology are being applied to find a solution. Thomas Aquinas seemed to offer a complete solution, which found expression in Dante's works. Without introducing any new philosophical principles, Thomas appeared to align the natural world, as interpreted by Aristotle, with the Augustinian view of the world of grace. However, just as Thomas seemed to have established scholastic philosophy for good, controversy erupted again. Pantheistic mysticism found its footing through one of Thomas’s fellow Dominicans, Eckhart; then Duns Scotus, a Franciscan, developed a metaphysical agenda based on the Augustinian theory of the will, steering philosophy in a new direction; additionally, nominalism flourished from Aristotle’s logic and new empirical psychology. For church figures, philosophy was seen as complete in Thomas Aquinas’s work. Later developments are viewed by these church figures as declines, and even modern philosophy is seen as merely compromising with Thomas’s classical system.

GROWTH OF MOHAMMEDANISM DURING THE MIDDLE AGES, SHOWING ITS CONTACT WITH CHRISTIAN CIVILIZATION
GROWTH OF ISLAM DURING THE MIDDLE AGES, SHOWING ITS CONTACT WITH CHRISTIAN CIVILIZATION
The Conquests of the Mohammedans during the different epochs are shown by the different shading and the dates placed on the map.
The conquests of the Muslims during various periods are indicated by the different shading and the dates shown on the map.
The Two Civilizations. This is one of the periods of thought resulting from the shiftings of distinct civilizations. We have already noted the influence of the struggles of the Orient and the Occident in the Persian wars and in the campaigns of Alexander; and we have lately seen an entirely new epoch ushered in by the invasions of the northern tribes into Rome. With the new epoch before us, we find ourselves confronted with another new ethnic situation. The civilization of the Mohammedan had grown in mighty strength in the East, had possessed itself of Asia Minor, northern Africa, and Spain, and was now facing Europe from the east, west, and south. All through the First Period of the Middle Ages the Christian and Mohammedan civilizations had been contestants for supremacy. Only as late as 732 the Mohammedan claim upon Europe had been defeated at the battle of Tours. Mohammed (570–632) converted the whole of Arabia to Islam during the ten years between his Hegira (622) and his death. His successors took Palestine (637), Syria (638), Egypt (647), Persia (710), all north Africa (by 707), invaded Spain (711), and were repulsed at Tours (732). All this occurred within a century, and for the next two hundred years (800–1000) the Mohammedans harassed Rome and the islands of the Mediterranean. With the two civilizations facing each other on the Mediterranean, only mutual religious fanaticism could stand in the way of their mutual cultural influence. In point of fact, because of fanaticism the cultures of the two civilizations during the first centuries of the Middle Ages touched each other but little. In those first centuries of the Middle Ages, when western Europe was shrouded in darkness, the schools of the Arabs at Bagdad, Basra, Kufa, and other cities were enjoying a splendid intellectual life. From 850 to 1100 the centre of learning of the world was in the Arabian cities of the East.58 In 1100 the fanatical faction of the Arabians crushed this intellectual movement in the East, the scholars fled to Spain, and for a century longer Saracen learning flourished in Spain, especially in Cordova. In 1200 the Arabian orthodoxy made itself felt in Spain, and the Arabian scholars there had to find refuge among the Jews or Christians.
The Two Civilizations. This is one of the times in history shaped by the interactions of different civilizations. We have already noted how the conflicts between the East and West influenced the Persian wars and Alexander's campaigns; recently, we've seen a completely new era start with the invasions of the northern tribes into Rome. As this new era unfolds, we face an entirely new ethnic landscape. The Islamic civilization had grown immensely powerful in the East, took control of Asia Minor, northern Africa, and Spain, and was now confronting Europe from the east, west, and south. Throughout the First Period of the Middle Ages, Christian and Islamic civilizations were locked in a struggle for dominance. As late as 732, the Islamic claim to Europe was halted at the battle of Tours. Mohammed (570–632) converted all of Arabia to Islam within the ten years from his Hegira (622) until his death. His successors captured Palestine (637), Syria (638), Egypt (647), Persia (710), all of North Africa (by 707), invaded Spain (711), and were turned back at Tours (732). All of this happened within a century, and for the next two hundred years (800–1000), the Muslims threatened Rome and Mediterranean islands. With both civilizations facing each other across the Mediterranean, only mutual religious fanaticism could obstruct their cultural exchange. In reality, due to this fanaticism, the cultures of the two civilizations barely interacted during the first centuries of the Middle Ages. In those early centuries, when Western Europe was in darkness, the schools of the Arabs in Baghdad, Basra, Kufa, and other cities were thriving intellectually. From 850 to 1100, the center of knowledge in the world was in the Eastern Arabian cities. In 1100, the fanatical factions among the Arabs suppressed this intellectual movement in the East, causing scholars to flee to Spain, where Saracen learning thrived for another century, especially in Cordova. By 1200, the strict Arabian orthodoxy was felt in Spain, forcing Arabian scholars there to seek refuge among Jews or Christians.
The First Contact of the Two Civilizations. From the beginning of the Middle Ages the point of contact between the two civilizations was either war or commerce. The Jew was the globe-trotter of that day, and was constantly bringing into Europe reports of Arabian civilization. He was a philosopher, a monotheist, a Semite, like the Arab, and he had an interest in more than commercial matters. About the end of the Early Period of the Middle Ages he found it profitable to make first Hebrew and then Latin translations of Arabian learning, and to sell them in Europe. In this form, between 1000 and 1100, medical and astronomical knowledge entered Europe. Greek philosophical writings came next in translations from the Arabic, which had previously been translated from the Syriac. Thus for the two hundred years, between 1000 and 1200, the Christian schools were beginning to read portions of Greek philosophy in Latin, which had previously passed through Syriac and Arabian (and sometimes Hebrew) translations. Before 1200, there were none but these Arabic versions. A pertinent example of these was the works of Aristotle. Before 1200 all of Aristotle’s writings, except the Organon, appeared in Europe in this form, and the Organon as a whole was not known until 1150. In 1125 some of Aristotle’s physics was known by the school of Chartres; in 1200 all the physics, metaphysics, and ethics were known in translations from the Latin and Hebrew. These were accompanied by Arabian commentaries, which interpreted Aristotle as if he were a neo-Platonic pantheist. There were many churchmen interested in the work of translation, as, for example, Gerbert, and Raymond of Toledo. Roger II of Sicily (d. 1154) and Frederick II (d. 1250) had their courts filled with Arabian philosophers. Frederick had many translations made and presented to the Universities of Oxford, Paris, and Bologna.
The First Contact of the Two Civilizations. From the start of the Middle Ages, the main interactions between the two civilizations were either through war or trade. The Jew was the traveler of that era, constantly bringing reports of Arabian culture into Europe. He was a philosopher, a monotheist, a Semite like the Arab, and his interests extended beyond just commerce. Towards the end of the Early Middle Ages, he found it beneficial to create Hebrew and then Latin translations of Arabian knowledge to sell in Europe. This way, between 1000 and 1100, medical and astronomical information entered Europe. Next came Greek philosophical texts, translated from Arabic, which had themselves been translated from Syriac. Thus, for the two centuries from 1000 to 1200, Christian schools began to read parts of Greek philosophy in Latin, which had previously passed through Syriac and Arabic (and sometimes Hebrew) translations. Before 1200, only these Arabic versions existed. A notable example of this was the works of Aristotle. Before 1200, all of Aristotle’s writings, except the Organon, were known in Europe in this form, and the Organon as a whole wasn’t recognized until 1150. In 1125, some of Aristotle’s physics were known to the school of Chartres; by 1200, all the physics, metaphysics, and ethics were known through translations from Latin and Hebrew. These also included Arabian commentaries, which interpreted Aristotle as if he were a neo-Platonic pantheist. Many church figures took an interest in translation work, including Gerbert and Raymond of Toledo. Roger II of Sicily (d. 1154) and Frederick II (d. 1250) had their courts filled with Arabian philosophers. Frederick had many translations made and presented to the Universities of Oxford, Paris, and Bologna.
Thus the influence of the Arabian upon the Christian culture before the Classic Period of the Middle Ages was not inconsiderable. But this must be said of Arabian culture—it was mainly borrowed. Arabia59 acted merely as a transmitter of the materials of knowledge from the Greeks and Hindoos; and so far as philosophy was concerned, the Arab was returning to Europe, in a perverted form, the Aristotle which had been deposited with him centuries before. The Mohammedans were the world’s carriers of a considerable body of science and of many new agricultural products; and of the amount which they introduced into Europe only a small portion was their own. At the end of the twelfth century the Christian at Rome and York was richer in the principles of discovery, but poorer in the amount of traditional learning and of scientific wealth, than the Mohammedan at Bagdad and Cordova.
Thus, the influence of the Arab world on Christian culture before the Classical Period of the Middle Ages was significant. But it's important to note about Arab culture—it was mostly borrowed. Arabia acted mainly as a conduit for knowledge from the Greeks and Hindus; in terms of philosophy, the Arab was returning to Europe, in a distorted form, the Aristotle that had been handed down to him centuries earlier. The Muslims were the world's carriers of a substantial amount of science and many new agricultural products; and of what they brought into Europe, only a small part was their own. By the end of the twelfth century, the Christian in Rome and York had more principles of discovery, but less traditional learning and scientific knowledge, compared to the Muslim in Baghdad and Córdoba.
The Conflict between the Two Civilizations.—The Crusades.60 The rivalry between the two civilizations became intensified into an open conflict about the year 1100. Up to the year 1000 the Mohammedan leaders were Arabians, but in the eleventh century these Arabians were conquered by tribes of Turks or Mongolians from the north of Asia. These became converted to Mohammedanism, but they had no love for culture nor reverence for the places in Palestine, which were sacred alike to the Christian and the Arab. From the fourth to the twelfth century the pilgrimages of the Christians, individually or in multitudes, largely increased, but in the eleventh century the new race of Mohammedan Turks made the access to Jerusalem more difficult. They began to subject the pilgrims to cruelties, so that the Christian was beginning to find the door of his Holy Land closed to him. Then did Platonic Christianity rush to the rescue of those sacred places that symbolized its ideals. This onslaught upon the Mohammedans came in a series of surges, traditionally spoken of as the eight Crusades.61 The Crusades resulted quite contrary to the expectations of the church, for the Crusaders failed in permanently recapturing Jerusalem. But the Crusades accomplished the unexpected thing—they awakened Europe. The effect of the Crusades upon Europe was far greater than upon the Orient. The results may be enumerated as follows:—
The Conflict between the Two Civilizations.—The Crusades. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The rivalry between the two civilizations escalated into open conflict around the year 1100. Until the year 1000, the leaders of Islam were primarily Arabians, but in the eleventh century, they were overthrown by tribes of Turks or Mongolians from northern Asia. These groups converted to Islam but showed little appreciation for culture or respect for the holy sites in Palestine, which were sacred to both Christians and Arabs. From the fourth to the twelfth century, Christian pilgrimages, both individual and in large groups, increased significantly, but in the eleventh century, the new wave of Muslim Turks made access to Jerusalem more challenging. They began to subject pilgrims to cruelty, making it increasingly hard for Christians to reach their Holy Land. This prompted Platonic Christianity to step in to defend those holy places that represented its ideals. This campaign against the Muslims is traditionally described as the eight Crusades. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The Crusades turned out quite differently from what the church had hoped for, as the Crusaders failed to permanently reclaim Jerusalem. However, the Crusades achieved the unexpected: they awakened Europe. The impact of the Crusades on Europe was far greater than on the East. The results can be summarized as follows:—
1. The dormant European intellect was shaken up by contact with the heathen, whom the Europeans had previously despised, but whom they found to be their superiors.
1. The inactive European intellect was stirred by interactions with the non-believers, whom the Europeans had once looked down on, but whom they discovered to be their betters.
2. A new national rivalry was aroused among the Christian soldiers. This national spirit was helped negatively by the losses among the feudal lords.
2. A new national rivalry emerged among the Christian soldiers. This national spirit was fueled negatively by the losses suffered by the feudal lords.
3. Commercial activity was given an immense impulse. A new social class was formed, which allied itself with the kings against the feudal lords. Trade was opened with the East, revealing new luxuries and new needs. Venice, Pisa, and Genoa, and in a secondary way also the German, French, and English towns, became prosperous commercial centres.
3. Commercial activity saw a huge boost. A new social class emerged, aligning itself with the kings against the feudal lords. Trade with the East opened up, introducing new luxuries and new demands. Venice, Pisa, and Genoa, along with German, French, and English towns to a lesser extent, became thriving commercial hubs.
4. The power of the Latin church was extended.
4. The power of the Latin church grew.
5. The works of Aristotle were introduced in translations direct from the original Greek. In the fourth Crusade Constantinople was captured by the Crusaders (1204), and in this way the treasures of the Greeks were opened to the western scholars. The complete works of Aristotle were introduced into western Europe at a time when Aristotle was being interpreted as a pantheist by the Arabian commentators.
5. The works of Aristotle were brought into translations straight from the original Greek. During the Fourth Crusade, Constantinople was taken by the Crusaders (1204), which allowed western scholars access to the treasures of the Greeks. The full works of Aristotle entered western Europe at a time when Arabian commentators were interpreting him as a pantheist.
The Revival of Learning. The need of learning, that had been felt in the twelfth century, was now being satisfied. The entire logic of Aristotle and his entire natural science gave the new materials for knowledge. These came into Europe within the century between 1150 and 1250, (1) through translations from the Arabic, and then (2) directly through translations from the Greek. Aristotle’s logic revived scholasticism and his science became the foundation of metaphysics. Mediæval thought was ready for this and there was a complete readjustment without the introduction of a new philosophical principle. The side of Augustine’s teaching that emphasized the intellect rather than the will, gained by being confirmed by the systematic intellectualism of Aristotle. The founder of this was Albert of Bollstaedt; the organizer and literary codifier was Thomas Aquinas; the poetic expression was Dante. The new centres of learning were Paris and Constantinople. The centres of teaching were transferred from the monasteries to the new Universities (1100–1300). Salerno had its beginnings in the latter part of the eleventh century. Bologna in law, Oxford in general culture and theology, Paris in the same studies, show traces of general organization between 1160 and 1200. There were established seventy-nine of these universities between 1150 and 1500. They were not “founded,” but grew up as part of this movement.62
The Revival of Learning. The need for learning, which had been felt in the twelfth century, was now being met. The complete logic of Aristotle and his natural science provided new materials for knowledge. These arrived in Europe during the century between 1150 and 1250, (1) through translations from Arabic, and then (2) directly from Greek translations. Aristotle’s logic revitalized scholasticism, and his science became the basis for metaphysics. Medieval thought was prepared for this, and there was a complete adjustment without introducing a new philosophical principle. The aspect of Augustine’s teaching that focused on the intellect over the will strengthened with the systematic intellectualism of Aristotle. The founder of this movement was Albert of Bollstaedt; the organizer and literary codifier was Thomas Aquinas; the poetic expression came from Dante. The new centers of learning were Paris and Constantinople. Teaching centers shifted from monasteries to the new universities (1100–1300). Salerno started in the late eleventh century. Bologna specialized in law, Oxford in general culture and theology, and Paris in the same fields, showing signs of overall organization between 1160 and 1200. Seventy-nine of these universities were established between 1150 and 1500. They were not "founded," but emerged as part of this movement.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

DIAGRAM OF DANTE’S POETIC CONCEPTION OF THE UNIVERSE
DIAGRAM OF DANTE’S POETIC VISION OF THE UNIVERSE
From Rossetti’s Shadow of Dante
From Rossetti’s Shadow of Dante
(Showing its divisions of Hell (at centre of the earth), Purgatory, and the nine heavens. The evident plan beneath this is the Ptolemaic cosmography.)
(Showing its divisions of Hell (at the center of the earth), Purgatory, and the nine heavens. The clear structure behind this is the Ptolemaic cosmography.)
Nevertheless, the struggle was a full century long before official recognition of Aristotle came. The name of Aristotle had been associated with pantheism for many years, on account of the Arabian versions of his teaching. The neo-Platonic doctrine of emanations, with its pantheism in the Arabian versions, was a tendency of which the church had been shy since the days of Erigena. Until the theistic character of Aristotle’s teaching became assured by the direct Latin translations from the Greek, there was a powerful reaction against the whole of the new learning. The church had condemned the Physics in 1209 and the Metaphysics in 1215. But in 1254 Aristotle was officially recognized, and fifty years later he became the guide of the church, whom no one could contradict without being accused of heresy.
Nevertheless, it took a whole century before Aristotle received official recognition. His name had been linked to pantheism for many years due to the Arabian interpretations of his teachings. The neo-Platonic idea of emanations, which included pantheism in the Arabian versions, was something the church had been wary of since the days of Erigena. It wasn't until the theistic nature of Aristotle’s teachings was confirmed through direct Latin translations from the Greek that there was a strong backlash against all of the new learning. The church had condemned the Physics in 1209 and the Metaphysics in 1215. However, by 1254, Aristotle was officially recognized, and fifty years later, he became the church's authority, with anyone contradicting him at risk of being labeled a heretic.
The Catholic church never showed its ability to greater advantage than in its dealings with the new problems of this period. The people of a purely religious epoch now came into possession of Aristotelianism. For centuries the intellect had been starving on formal logic. An intellectual revolution was imminent. Here in Aristotle was presented a rich theory of nature that the church had never considered. Yet it is doubtful if Aristotle would have been accepted, had the Mendicant Friars—the Dominicans and Franciscans—not succeeded in establishing chairs in the University of Paris. These monks did not love philosophy in itself. They saw, however, that philosophy must be able to defend itself against infidel philosophy by the weapons of philosophy. But curiously enough, Aristotelianism, which was the spring of this renaissance, became, by its incorporation into the church, the great obstacle to the real Renaissance two hundred and fifty years later.
The Catholic Church never demonstrated its capability better than in addressing the new challenges of this period. People from a strictly religious background suddenly gained access to Aristotelianism. For centuries, intellect had been starved for formal logic. An intellectual revolution was on the horizon. Here, Aristotle offered a rich theory of nature that the church had previously overlooked. Yet it’s uncertain if Aristotle would have been embraced had the Mendicant Friars—the Dominicans and Franciscans—not succeeded in establishing teaching positions at the University of Paris. These monks didn’t particularly cherish philosophy for its own sake. They recognized, however, that philosophy needed to defend itself against non-believer ideologies using philosophical arguments. Interestingly, Aristotelianism, which sparked this renaissance, became a significant obstacle to the true Renaissance two hundred and fifty years later.
The Strength and Burden of Aristotle to the Church.
The Strength and Burden of Aristotle to the Church.
1. The Strength of Aristotle to the Church: (1) Aristotle elaborated for the church, with great clearness, the conception of a transcendent God. This was a weapon for the church against neo-Platonism and mysticism. (2) Aristotle gave to the church a theory of nature that supplemented its theory of grace. (3) Aristotle established a philosophical standard for the truth of things. This proved of great value to the church because it was under the control of the church. In the first two periods of the Middle Ages philosophical thought had a relative independence because it was without a recognized standard; now philosophy could be controlled by the standard of Aristotle. For example, with the coming of Aristotle there came certain standard definitions of substance, person, nature, accident, mode, potency, and act.
1. The Strength of Aristotle to the Church: (1) Aristotle clearly explained the idea of a transcendent God for the church. This became a tool for the church against neo-Platonism and mysticism. (2) Aristotle provided the church with a theory of nature that complemented its theory of grace. (3) Aristotle set a philosophical standard for understanding the truth of things. This was highly valuable to the church since it was under its authority. During the first two periods of the Middle Ages, philosophical thought had some independence because there was no recognized standard; now, philosophy could be guided by Aristotle's standard. For example, with Aristotle's influence came specific standard definitions of substance, person, nature, accident, mode, potency, and act.
2. The Burden of Aristotle to the Church: (1) Aristotle encouraged a taste for science and analysis. At first the Aristotelian influence in this direction was very small, but its growth was only a question of time. (2) Aristotle became for the church a second standard. The problem for the churchman now became a double one: (a) Is my teaching consistent with church dogma? (b) Is my teaching consistent with Aristotle? “My son,” was the reply to a youth who thought he had discovered spots on the sun, “I have read Aristotle many times and I assure you there is nothing of the kind in him.” Dogma, not now the only standard, is not infallible. The reason need not follow dogma, but its own standard. Revelation became a realm of mystery which the reason could not reach, but to which it pointed. A doctrine thus might be of such a nature that it might be philosophically true, but theologically not true.
2. The Burden of Aristotle to the Church: (1) Aristotle sparked an interest in science and analysis. Initially, the influence of Aristotle in this area was minimal, but its expansion was just a matter of time. (2) Aristotle became a secondary benchmark for the church. The dilemma for church leaders now became twofold: (a) Is my teaching aligned with church doctrine? (b) Is my teaching in agreement with Aristotle? “My son,” was the response to a young man who believed he found spots on the sun, “I’ve read Aristotle many times, and I assure you that’s not what he says.” Doctrine, no longer the sole standard, is not infallible. Reason doesn’t have to conform to doctrine but to its own criteria. Revelation turned into a mystery that reason couldn’t fully grasp, even though it pointed towards it. A doctrine could be philosophically accurate but not theologically valid.
The Predecessors of Aquinas. Many distinguished names stand at the close of the Transitional Period and the beginning of the Classic Period. These express the transitional character of the thought of the threshold of this time. They show, like Abelard, the tendency toward rationalism. Alexander of Hales (d. 1264), William of Aubergne (d. 1249), Vincent of Beauvais (d. 1246), Albert of Bollstaedt, called Albertus Magnus (d. 1280), show the influence of the new Aristotelian science. Albert was the teacher of Thomas Aquinas. The attempt of Thomas to form a theological system for the church was anticipated by the so-called Sums of the twelfth century, of which the work of Peter the Lombard was the model. The four books of Sums of Peter were collections of opinions of the Fathers on questions of dogma. They show the influence of Aristotle and the method of Abelard. The Sums of Peter became for several centuries the text-book of the schools and the subject of innumerable commentaries. It was the core of Classic scholastic literature, and around it grew up the problems of metaphysics and psychology.
The Predecessors of Aquinas. Many notable figures stand at the end of the Transitional Period and the start of the Classic Period. They reflect the transitional nature of thought during this time. They exhibit, like Abelard, a shift towards rationalism. Alexander of Hales (d. 1264), William of Aubergne (d. 1249), Vincent of Beauvais (d. 1246), and Albert of Bollstaedt, known as Albertus Magnus (d. 1280), illustrate the impact of the new Aristotelian science. Albert was the mentor of Thomas Aquinas. Thomas's effort to establish a theological framework for the church was foreshadowed by the so-called Sums of the twelfth century, with the work of Peter the Lombard serving as a model. The four books of Sums by Peter compiled opinions of the Fathers on issues of dogma. They reveal the influence of Aristotle and the approach of Abelard. Peter's Sums became the textbook for schools for centuries and inspired countless commentaries. It was central to Classic scholastic literature, around which metaphysics and psychology emerged as critical discussions.
The Life of Thomas Aquinas (1224–1274).—The Founder of the Dominican Tradition. Thomas belonged to a noble house which was related to the royal family. He studied in the University of Naples, but at the age of nineteen, upon resolving to enter the Dominican order, he was captured and kept a prisoner by his brothers. After two years he made his escape, and, his family having consented to his taking orders, he went to Cologne under the instruction of Albert. He was then sent to Paris, where he obtained his degree in 1257. He was a successful lecturer at Paris until 1261, when he was called by the Pope to teach philosophy in Rome, Bologna, and Pisa. During this period he composed his greatest work, Summa Theologiae. He declined preferment and finally resided at Naples. He always enjoyed the highest consideration of the church authorities.
The Life of Thomas Aquinas (1224–1274).—The Founder of the Dominican Tradition. Thomas came from a noble family that was connected to the royal family. He studied at the University of Naples, but at nineteen, after deciding to join the Dominican order, he was captured and held prisoner by his brothers. After two years, he managed to escape, and with his family's approval to take holy orders, he went to Cologne to study under Albert. He was then sent to Paris, where he earned his degree in 1257. He was a successful lecturer in Paris until 1261 when the Pope called him to teach philosophy in Rome, Bologna, and Pisa. During this time, he wrote his most significant work, Summa Theologiae. He turned down advancement and ultimately settled in Naples. He consistently had the utmost respect from church authorities.
Thomas, the founder of the “Dominican tradition,” was the first to formulate Christian Aristotelianism and to draw for the church the line between the realms of reason and faith. He did not so much create doctrine as he transformed and assimilated it. The sources from which he drew were many: the Scriptures, the Fathers, Greek philosophy, and the teaching of contemporary Arabians and Jews. If, as some historians maintain, he was not a thinker of the first rank, he at least relieved the church from a delicate situation by means of a conciliating theology. Certainly his predecessors and contemporaries stand eclipsed by him. He satisfied the mediæval demand for order and he prevented deterioration in the church doctrine. He did not rise above his age, although he stood at the head of its intellectual movement. He was, on the contrary, the most perfect expression of scholasticism, and he was affectionately regarded as doctor angelicus and again as doctor universalis.
Thomas, the founder of the "Dominican tradition," was the first to establish Christian Aristotelianism and to clearly define the lines between reason and faith for the church. He didn't just create new doctrine; he transformed and absorbed what already existed. He drew from a wide range of sources: the Scriptures, the Church Fathers, Greek philosophy, and the teachings of contemporary Arab scholars and Jews. Even if some historians argue that he wasn't among the top-tier thinkers, he certainly helped the church navigate a tricky situation with his unifying theology. His predecessors and peers pale in comparison to him. He met the medieval need for order and prevented the decline of church doctrine. He didn't transcend his era, but he led its intellectual movement. On the contrary, he perfectly embodied scholasticism and was affectionately known as doctor angelicus and also as doctor universalis.
The Central Principle of Thomas’s Doctrine—The Twofold Truth. The life-purpose of Thomas was to bring Christianity into closer relation with civilization and science. He sought to give all departments of knowledge their rights and at the same time to protect the ascendency of religion. This was to him the same as bringing Christianity and Aristotle together, for Aristotle meant to him the entire product of ancient civilization. To the mediæval world of grace he added a world of nature, and, fully dominated by the mediæval love of order, he unfolded so comprehensive a view of life that he included all its problems. He felt that the natural and the revealed must not become a contradiction.
The Central Principle of Thomas’s Doctrine—The Twofold Truth. Thomas's main goal was to bring Christianity closer to civilization and science. He aimed to give all areas of knowledge their due while also safeguarding the importance of religion. To him, this meant connecting Christianity with Aristotle, as Aristotle represented the full depth of ancient civilization. He combined the medieval world of grace with the world of nature and, influenced by the medieval love of order, developed such a broad perspective on life that it encompassed all its challenges. He believed that the natural and the revealed should not contradict each other.
To accomplish this Thomas found in Aristotle his own ideal estimate of things. Looking at Aristotle through his own neo-Platonism, he naturally found in Aristotle more of the inner and religious estimate of nature than the facts will allow. Yet it was evident to Thomas that there was in Aristotle a great interest in nature and a great reserve on ultimate questions. Nature was, according to Aristotle, an essence unfolding in a system of grades. This became the central principle of Aquinas in this form: Nature is a sketch in outline of the world of grace. Before the eye of the religious mind these two truths should appear: (1) the world of faith and the world of nature are two properly distinct worlds; (2) the world of faith is a continuation of the world of nature. The world of grace and the world of nature are two grades of the whole of existence. Nature is the lower stage of development, and the point of contact between it and the world of grace is the soul of man. Religion and philosophy thus have different spheres, but they are not contradictory. Grace does not destroy, but it perfects nature. Nature is subordinate to grace as man is subordinate to the Christian, the state to the church, the Emperor to the Pope.63
To achieve this, Thomas found in Aristotle his own ideal perspective on things. Viewing Aristotle through his own neo-Platonism, he naturally saw in him more of a spiritual and religious interpretation of nature than the facts would support. However, it was clear to Thomas that Aristotle had a deep interest in nature as well as a cautious stance on ultimate questions. According to Aristotle, nature is an essence unfolding in a system of levels. This became the key principle for Aquinas in this form: Nature is a sketch in outline of the world of grace. In the eyes of a religious thinker, these two truths should be evident: (1) the world of faith and the world of nature are two distinctly separate realms; (2) the world of faith is an extension of the world of nature. The world of grace and the world of nature are two levels of the entirety of existence. Nature is the lower stage of development, and the connection between it and the world of grace is found in the soul of man. Religion and philosophy thus operate in different areas, but they are not in conflict. Grace does not negate but rather enhances nature. Nature is subordinate to grace as man is subordinate to the Christian, the state to the church, the Emperor to the Pope. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
The difference between philosophy and theology is not that theology treats of God and divine truths, and philosophy does not. Philosophy discusses divine truths. But the difference lies here, that theology views truths in the light of revelation, while philosophy views them in the light of reason. Yet there are truths that belong to philosophy, truths that belong to theology, and truths that belong to both. The problems of the existence of God, the immortality of the soul, and the relation of the world to God are theological problems, yet they can also be demonstrated by the reason of philosophy; but the mysteries of the Trinity, the Incarnation, and the temporal creation are beyond the scope of the reason and belong to theology. Philosophy and theology are distinct, yet they are in harmony. Theology supplements philosophy with faith; philosophy supplements theology by (1) establishing preliminary motives, (2) supplying analogies, (3) answering objections. Thomas accepts both propositions which had divided his predecessors: credo ut intelligam and intelligo ut credam.
The difference between philosophy and theology isn't that theology deals with God and divine truths while philosophy doesn’t. Philosophy also discusses divine truths. The difference is that theology sees truths through the lens of revelation, whereas philosophy views them through reason. There are truths that belong to philosophy, truths that belong to theology, and truths that belong to both. Issues like the existence of God, the immortality of the soul, and the relationship between the world and God are theological concerns, but they can also be supported by philosophical reasoning; however, the mysteries of the Trinity, the Incarnation, and the creation of time are beyond the reach of reason and belong to theology. Philosophy and theology are separate, yet they coexist harmoniously. Theology enhances philosophy with faith; philosophy supports theology by (1) establishing preliminary motives, (2) providing analogies, and (3) addressing objections. Thomas accepts both viewpoints that had previously divided his predecessors: credo ut intelligam and intelligo ut credam.
Above historical revelation there is something even higher, which could be called another realm, were it not more of a hope than a possession of man. Its appearance in the doctrine of Thomas shows the influence of Plato upon him. It is the immediate union of the individual with God in mystic ecstasy.64 It is the dome of the religious temple that Thomas has built. But Thomas was careful to insist that this heavenly glory could not be gained except through the offices of the church. The individual cannot reach God through his own unaided efforts, but the sacraments of the church form the mysterious background of the religious life.
Above historical revelation, there is something even higher, which could be called another realm, if it were more of a hope than a possession of humanity. Its appearance in Thomas's teachings shows Plato's influence on him. It represents the immediate connection of the individual with God in mystic ecstasy. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ It is the pinnacle of the religious temple that Thomas has created. However, Thomas was careful to emphasize that this heavenly glory could only be attained through the church's practices. The individual cannot reach God through their own efforts alone; rather, the sacraments of the church provide the mysterious foundation of the religious life.
The Problem of Individuality—The Relation of Particulars and Universals. The all-absorbing question of the Transitional Period, of the relation of particulars and universals, became for Thomas and his successors the problem of individuality. For the schoolman was obliged to define the individual and fix his place in his Aristotelian world, if he was to be successful against the pantheism of the Arabian Aristotelianism. What is the nature and standing of the individual? What constitutes the difference between individuals? The whole theological edifice of Thomas would collapse in mystic unity, the immortality of the soul would be lost and the offices of the church would be nullified, unless Thomas showed the positive nature of the individual. In this connection we must remember that on the whole the Middle Ages had accepted Abelard’s analysis of the problem of the relation of universals and particulars: the universals exist in three ways, ante rem or in God’s mind; post rem or in man’s mind; in re or in nature. To Thomas the universals as abstractions (universalia post rem) in the human mind cannot be individuals, for they have no real existence. To have real existence the universal must exist in re, in the many, as the essence of things; not as abstraction beside the many.
The Problem of Individuality—The Relation of Particulars and Universals. The central question of the Transitional Period, concerning the relationship between particulars and universals, became for Thomas and his followers the issue of individuality. The schoolman had to define the individual and determine its place in his Aristotelian framework to effectively counter the pantheism of Arabian Aristotelianism. What is the essence and status of the individual? What differentiates individuals from one another? Thomas’s entire theological structure would fall into mystical unity, the immortality of the soul would vanish, and the church’s functions would be rendered meaningless unless Thomas demonstrated the positive nature of the individual. In this context, we should remember that, overall, the Middle Ages accepted Abelard’s analysis of the relationship between universals and particulars: universals exist in three ways, ante rem or in God’s mind; post rem or in man’s mind; in re or in nature. For Thomas, universals as abstractions (universalia post rem) in the human mind cannot be individuals because they lack real existence. To have real existence, the universal must exist in re, within the many, as the essence of things; not as an abstraction beside the many.
The question of individuality therefore to Thomas concerns properly only objects in re, or objects in the corporeal world.65 These are objects of Form and Matter. The question is, whether the Form or the matter of corporeal things is the principle of its individuality. Thomas says that matter is this principle,—not indeterminate matter, but matter with quantitative determinations. The difference between earthly individuals is numerical—a difference of time and space relations. The Forms of nature objects change continually according to their material conditions, but these conditions do not change. Nevertheless the quantitative determinations of individuals are not the cause, but the condition, of their existence.
The question of individuality for Thomas is really about objects in re, or objects in the physical world.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ These are objects of Form and Matter. The question is whether it’s the Form or the Matter of physical things that defines their individuality. Thomas argues that it’s Matter that serves as this defining principle—not just any indeterminate matter, but matter that has specific quantitative characteristics. The differences between earthly individuals are numerical—based on their time and space relationships. The Forms of natural objects are constantly changing due to their material conditions, but those conditions themselves remain stable. However, the quantitative characteristics of individuals are not the cause of their existence, but rather the conditions for their existence.
But the question about the status of beings in the spiritual world, “separate Forms,” is a more difficult one for Thomas. This is the problem about God, the angels, and the souls of men. They are evidently not individualized by matter. What is the principle that distinguishes them from one another? They are Forms without matter and they are individualized through themselves, since they have no need of material determinations. Thus God is distinguished from everything else as pure Form or pure actuality. He is the unique individual in whom all differences merge. But so also are the angels actualized through themselves. What is the difference between God and the angels? God is an absolute genus; the angel is a relative genus, i. e. it is the only one of its kind. But what is the condition of the souls of men? Are they all alike or do they have a principle of distinction? Yes, they are distinguishable, for each soul upon separation from its body carries with it a love for its former body, and that distinguishes it from other souls.
But the question about the status of beings in the spiritual world, “separate Forms,” is more challenging for Thomas. This concerns God, angels, and human souls. They clearly aren’t defined by physical matter. What is the principle that sets them apart from each other? They are Forms without matter and are individualized through themselves, since they don’t require material characteristics. Thus, God is recognized as distinct from everything else as pure Form or pure actuality. He is the unique individual where all differences converge. The angels are also actualized through themselves. So, what’s the difference between God and the angels? God is an absolute kind; the angel is a relative kind, i.e., it is the only one of its category. But what about the condition of human souls? Are they all the same, or do they have a way to be distinguished? Yes, they can be differentiated, as each soul, upon leaving its body, carries with it an attachment to its former body, which sets it apart from other souls.
The Primacy of the Will or the Intellect. Up to this time there had been no psychological dispute as to which of the faculties was fundamental. Now the question appears in full force. Much of the literature of this period is upon the question of the primacy of the will or the intellect, and it appears to be almost the leading motive of the time. Augustine had placed the will in the foreground of his teaching. His successors had never disputed the subject, but had been engaged in discussing what products of the intellect are real—the particulars or the universals. With the introduction of the intellectualism of Aristotle, there almost immediately arose defenders of Augustine. To them Aristotelianism was too rationalistic. Thomas follows Aristotle unconditionally, and with him stand the German mystics. Intellectualism becomes the central principle of what is known as the “Dominican tradition.” Duns Scotus was a Franciscan monk. He took up arms for the primacy of the will, and this became the central principle of the “Franciscan tradition.” On this point the nominalists were his allies.
The Primacy of the Will or the Intellect. Until now, there had been no disagreement about which faculty was the most important. But now, the question has come to the forefront. A lot of the literature from this time focuses on whether the will or the intellect is primary, and it seems to be one of the main themes of the period. Augustine emphasized the will in his teachings. His followers never really disputed this but instead debated which products of the intellect are genuine—the specifics or the general ideas. With the rise of Aristotle's intellectualism, defenders of Augustine quickly emerged. They saw Aristotelianism as overly rationalistic. Thomas fully embraced Aristotle, and alongside him were the German mystics. Intellectualism became the main principle of what is referred to as the “Dominican tradition.” Duns Scotus, a Franciscan monk, advocated for the primacy of the will, making it the key principle of the “Franciscan tradition.” On this issue, the nominalists were his supporters.
The problem of the will arose first with reference to the human will. Thomas contended against Duns Scotus that man is free so far as he follows his knowledge of the good. The intellect is therefore primal, for it determines the will by showing the will what the good is.
The issue of the will initially focused on the human will. Thomas argued against Duns Scotus that people are free as long as they pursue their understanding of the good. The intellect is fundamental because it guides the will by revealing what the good is.
The question next arose as to the priority of the faculties in God. Does God’s will dominate His intellect or His intellect dominate His will? This was a vital point in the Augustinian theodicy. Does God will the good to be good, or does His will act according to what He knows to be good? Here lies the point at issue between the Dominican Thomas and the Franciscan Scotus. Thomas maintained that the intellect of God determines His will. The intellect is determined by the truth so long as the intellect is true to itself. Why should not the will be determined by the truth in the same way? With God this freedom for the truth is God himself. The world is the best possible world, for God has willed it out of himself.
The next question was about the order of God's faculties. Does God's will take precedence over His intellect, or does His intellect take precedence over His will? This was a crucial issue in the Augustinian perspective on the problem of evil. Does God determine what is good based on His will, or does His will act according to what He understands to be good? This is the central disagreement between Thomas from the Dominican order and Scotus from the Franciscan order. Thomas argued that God's intellect guides His will. The intellect is influenced by the truth as long as it remains true to itself. Why shouldn't the will be guided by the truth in the same way? For God, this dedication to the truth is essentially God Himself. The world is the best possible world because God has created it from His own being.
The world is determined by goodness and man’s will is determined by the same goodness. When the sense conquers the morally determined will, there is sin. The senses, and not the will, are the cause of sin.
The world is shaped by goodness, and a person's will is shaped by that same goodness. When our senses overpower our morally guided will, that's when sin occurs. It's the senses, not the will, that lead to sin.
Duns Scotus (1270–1308), the Founder of the Franciscan Tradition—Life and Philosophical Position. Thus the Middle Ages did not come to a standstill with Thomas. A greater movement existed after him than is often thought. The leading minds who succeeded Thomas refused to follow the middle course which he had mapped out. New attempts were made to relate the world of grace and the world of nature. One was mysticism, represented by Eckhart (d. 1372). The other was the reaction of the Augustinians against the intellectualism of the new Aristotelianism as represented by Thomas. The leader in this was Duns Scotus. The seat of this movement was Oxford.66
Duns Scotus (1270–1308), the Founder of the Franciscan Tradition—Life and Philosophical Position. The Middle Ages didn’t just pause with Thomas. There was a more significant movement after him than many realize. The main thinkers who followed Thomas chose not to stick to the moderate path he had outlined. They made new efforts to connect the world of grace with the world of nature. One approach was mysticism, represented by Eckhart (d. 1372). The other was the Augustinians' response to the intellectualism of the new Aristotelianism as seen in Thomas's work. Duns Scotus was the leading figure in this movement. This movement was centered in Oxford.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Duns Scotus was born in Ireland and at an early age he joined the Franciscan order. He graduated from Oxford, which at that time was anti-Thomistic. He then taught theology and philosophy at Oxford for ten years. His lectures were largely attended and his fame spread over Europe. He went to Paris in 1304, where he taught for four years. He was then transferred to Cologne, where he died.
Duns Scotus was born in Ireland and joined the Franciscan order at a young age. He graduated from Oxford, which was then opposed to Thomism. He taught theology and philosophy at Oxford for ten years. His lectures attracted large audiences, and his reputation spread across Europe. In 1304, he moved to Paris, where he taught for four years. He was later transferred to Cologne, where he passed away.
Scotus was the Kant of scholasticism. The time of construction of scholasticism had passed, and the time of criticism and analysis had come. Scotus was the intellectual knight-errant who refused to accept any theory without subjecting it to criticism. He was the acutest mind of the Middle Ages and was called the doctor subtilis.
Scotus was the Kant of scholasticism. The era of building scholasticism was over, and the era of criticism and analysis had begun. Scotus was the intellectual knight-errant who wouldn’t accept any theory without putting it to the test. He was the sharpest mind of the Middle Ages and was called the doctor subtilis.
Duns Scotus’s Conception of the Twofold Truth.—The Separation of Science and Religion. The distinction between revelation, theology, and philosophy, that appears in this period of Classic Scholasticism, was sharply drawn by Scotus. In Thomas’s conception of a graded world of development the distinction between theology and philosophy was not emphasized. Philosophy now in the hands of Scotus becomes science, having the marks of exactness that compel belief, but is, however, restricted to its own realm. By philosophy Scotus means logic. In matters of faith logic has nothing whatever to say, for at that extreme stands revelation possessing the absolute truth that compels faith. Between revelation and philosophy Scotus squeezes theology—the science that his predecessors had used to clarify revelation. With Scotus it becomes a domain that is poor indeed. Its objects are the highest, but it can never reach them. It has not the divine assurance of revelation nor the exactness of logical science. Its highest conclusions are only probable, and it can help revelation only in a negative way. It cannot prove the doctrine of the Trinity, incarnation, creation, immortality, and even its proofs for the existence of God have no cogency. Philosophy and revelation both profit at the expense of scholastic theology. After Scotus scientific heresy frequently shielded itself on the ground that its conclusions apply only to the realm of science, while the opposite may be true in revelation.
Duns Scotus’s Conception of the Twofold Truth.—The Separation of Science and Religion. Scotus made a clear distinction between revelation, theology, and philosophy during this period of Classic Scholasticism. In Thomas’s view of a developed world, he didn’t emphasize the difference between theology and philosophy. Under Scotus, philosophy becomes science, characterized by accuracy that demands belief, but it is confined to its own domain. By philosophy, Scotus refers to logic. When it comes to faith, logic has no relevance, as revelation stands at that extreme with absolute truth that compels belief. Scotus places theology between revelation and philosophy—the discipline that his predecessors used to clarify revelation. For Scotus, it becomes a rather bleak field. Its subjects are lofty, but it can never fully grasp them. It lacks the divine assurance of revelation and the precision of logical science. Its highest conclusions are merely probable, and it can only support revelation negatively. It cannot prove the doctrine of the Trinity, incarnation, creation, or immortality, and even its arguments for the existence of God lack strength. Both philosophy and revelation benefit at the expense of scholastic theology. After Scotus, scientific heresy often took refuge in the idea that its conclusions only apply to the realm of science, while the opposite may be true for revelation.
The Inscrutable Will of God. Revelation is thus placed beyond the reach of the human reason because it rests on the inscrutable will of God. Revelation is God’s free act. God must be free. If Thomas’s conception of God’s will as determined by his intellect were true, God would not be free. The intellect in man or God must be the servant of the will, if the will be free. In man consciousness produces at first a number of indistinct and imperfect ideas. Those ideas become distinct upon which the will fixes its attention, while the others cease to exist because they are unsupported by the will.
The Mysterious Will of God. Revelation is therefore beyond human understanding because it relies on the mysterious will of God. Revelation is a free act by God. God must be free. If Thomas’s idea that God’s will is determined by His intellect were true, then God would not be free. The intellect in both humans and God must serve the will if the will is to be free. In humans, consciousness initially produces a number of vague and incomplete ideas. Those ideas become clear when the will focuses on them, while the others fade away because they lack support from the will.
God’s will is more fundamental than the good. God makes the good to be good. Both Thomas and Scotus say that the moral law is the command of God. Thomas conceives it to be God’s command because it is in accord with the good; Scotus, for no other reason than that it is God’s command. The good might be different if God so created it. In opposition to Thomas, Scotus maintained that God does not have to create what He does create, and that this is not the best possible world. God creates what He wills; He can, therefore, grant dispensation, and so can the church. If God’s will were determined by His intellect, He would have no independence, He would not even exist, He would be only nature or one of its causes, there could be no evil nor accident. He can supersede the moral law by a new law, just as He superseded the Mosaic law by the Gospel. Individuality, revelation, salvation, and all objects of faith have their existence only in the groundless and inscrutable will of God. For this reason there can be no rational theology.
God's will is more fundamental than what we consider to be good. God determines what is good. Both Thomas and Scotus agree that the moral law is God's command. Thomas views it as God's command because it aligns with the good, while Scotus believes it is God's command for no other reason. The good could be different if God chose to create it that way. Unlike Thomas, Scotus argued that God doesn't have to create what He creates and that this isn't the best possible world. God creates what He wills; therefore, He can grant exceptions, and so can the church. If God's will were dictated by His intellect, He wouldn't have true independence; He wouldn't even exist as He would just be nature or one of its causes, and there could be no evil or chance. He can override the moral law with a new law, just as He replaced the Mosaic law with the Gospel. Individuality, revelation, salvation, and everything we believe in exist solely because of the unfathomable and mysterious will of God. That's why there can't be a rational theology.
This founder of the “Franciscan tradition” of practical piety and meritorious action could not have other than the freedom of the will as his central principle. An Augustinian he refused, however, to follow Augustine in centralizing freedom in God. The object of faith is the will of God, the subject of faith is the will of man. Human freedom consists in coöperation with divine grace. Man can help in the work of God. His freedom is partly formal: he can will or not will. It is partly material: he can will A or B. There is no ulterior ground to determine the human will, and this undetermined freedom is the ground for merit, provided the human will coincides with the divine.
This founder of the “Franciscan tradition” of practical piety and meaningful action based his central principle on the freedom of the will. As an Augustinian, he chose not to follow Augustine's idea of placing freedom solely in God. The focus of faith is the will of God, while the subject of faith is the will of man. Human freedom involves cooperating with divine grace. People can contribute to God's work. Their freedom has two aspects: it is formal, meaning they can choose to will or not will, and it is material, meaning they can will A or B. There’s no hidden reason that determines the human will, and this undetermined freedom is the basis for merit, as long as the human will aligns with the divine.
The Problem of Individuality. The problem of individuation was a favorite one with Scotus. While Scotus agrees with Thomas as to the threefold existence of the universal, the individual and not the universal is the ultimate fact. The individual cannot be deduced from the universal, nor can it be constituted by the quantitative determinations of matter. It is already individualized and substantialized. Form, not matter, individualizes. The definite individual form, the “thisness” (hæcceitas), is the ultimate fact. The individual can only be verified as actual fact. The individual is irreducible, and no further explanation can be made than to say that it is an individual. Thus the inquiry into the Principium individuationis has no meaning.
The Problem of Individuality. The issue of individuation was a favorite topic for Scotus. While Scotus agrees with Thomas on the threefold existence of the universal, the individual—not the universal—is the ultimate fact. The individual cannot be derived from the universal, nor can it be defined by the quantitative aspects of matter. It is already individualized and substantialized. Form, not matter, is what individualizes. The specific individual form, or “thisness” (hæcceitas), is the ultimate reality. The individual can only be confirmed as an actual fact. The individual is irreducible, and no further explanation can be given other than to say that it is an individual. Therefore, the inquiry into the Principium individuationis is meaningless.
After Duns Scotus. The church failed to canonize Scotus; for though he claimed to be its most faithful son, he taught the dangerous doctrine of freedom of the individual will. His doctrine also marks the beginning of empirical investigation of nature and the decadence of formal logic. Although a most faithful follower of the church, he brought scholasticism to the point where it no longer served the church. The result was ultrarationalism—not what Scotus intended. But when revelation no longer rests upon rational ground, and when there exists by its side a philosophical science whose basis is rational, it is only a question of time when revelation shall lose its authority for men. When philosophy passed from Scotus to Ockam, Ockam’s conception of the individual as the ultimately real and of the unrationality of revelation gave him the old name of nominalist. This is a misnomer, for the doctrine of Ockam is quite different from the nominalism of Roscellinus. The temper of the time was different from those days when Roscellinus followed upon Anselm, for the superior minds were now turning away from orthodoxy. Disciples of both Thomas and Scotus were becoming nominalists. It was an epoch when scholasticism was being discredited by the universities, when theology was less a study in the curricula, when religion was being superseded by magic, when there were rival claimants for the Pope’s chair, when there was strife between the church and the state. The spirit of the age was toward nominalism in every form. The command, in 1339, to the University of Paris not to use Ockam’s works shows how powerful had become his following during his lifetime. Dominicans and Augustinians went over in crowds to nominalism. This beginning of nominalism betrays the growth of European national life, modern languages, art, and the sciences. It shows the beginning of Protestantism in all departments. The church attempted to crush it in the way that it had crushed Roscellinus. But this nominalism had too deep root.
After Duns Scotus. The church didn't canonize Scotus; even though he claimed to be its most loyal follower, he taught the risky idea of individual free will. His teachings also paved the way for the empirical study of nature and the decline of formal logic. While he was a devoted member of the church, he took scholasticism to a point where it was no longer useful to the church. The outcome was ultrarationalism—not what Scotus meant. However, when revelation is no longer grounded in reason, and when there's a philosophical science based on reason alongside it, it's only a matter of time before revelation loses its authority over people. As philosophy moved from Scotus to Ockam, Ockam’s view of the individual as the ultimate reality and his belief in the irrational nature of revelation earned him the outdated label of nominalist. This is inaccurate, as Ockam’s doctrine is quite different from Roscellinus's nominalism. The mindset of the time contrasted with the days when Roscellinus succeeded Anselm, as the more enlightened minds were now stepping away from orthodoxy. Followers of both Thomas and Scotus began to embrace nominalism. It was a time when scholasticism was being rejected by the universities, theology was becoming less prominent in the curricula, religion was being overshadowed by magic, there were competing claims for the Pope’s position, and there was conflict between church and state. The spirit of the age leaned towards nominalism in every form. The 1339 directive to the University of Paris to avoid using Ockam’s works highlights how influential his ideas had become during his lifetime. Dominicans and Augustinians flocked to nominalism in large numbers. This rise in nominalism reveals the development of European national life, modern languages, art, and the sciences. It indicates the beginnings of Protestantism across various fields. The church tried to suppress it as it had with Roscellinus. But this nominalism had taken too strong a hold.
William of Ockam (1280–1349): Life and Teaching. Ockam was called Doctor Invincibilis. He was born in Ockam, England, and studied at Oxford, where he probably had Scotus as a teacher. After teaching in Paris (1320–1325), he left Paris and joined the opponents of the temporal power of the Pope. He was imprisoned at Avignon, but escaped to the court of Louis of Bavaria, where he died. To Louis he made his celebrated promise, “If you will defend me with your sword, I will defend you with my pen.” He has been called “the first Protestant.”
William of Ockham (1280–1349): Life and Teaching. Ockham was known as Doctor Invincibilis. He was born in Ockham, England, and studied at Oxford, likely under the guidance of Scotus. After teaching in Paris (1320–1325), he left to join those opposing the Pope's political power. He was imprisoned in Avignon but managed to escape to the court of Louis of Bavaria, where he died. He famously promised Louis, “If you defend me with your sword, I will defend you with my pen.” He has been referred to as “the first Protestant.”
The nominalism of Ockam was more complex than that of Roscellinus, and yet it was essentially a tendency to simplification by discarding all metaphysics and psychology as useless. “Ockam’s razor” was the nickname of his philosophy. He regarded concepts as subjective signs or “terms” of actual facts. Hence his philosophy was also called terminism. There was also in it a naturalistic tendency which was the result of the scientific studies of the Aristotelian Arabians. With these logical and naturalistic motives were united the Augustinian doctrine of the will. These were the three factors of a nominalism that felt the conviction of the importance of the inner life as well as the need of an extended investigation of nature.
The nominalism of Ockham was more complex than that of Roscellinus, yet it fundamentally aimed to simplify by eliminating all metaphysics and psychology as unnecessary. “Ockham’s razor” was the nickname for his philosophy. He viewed concepts as subjective signs or “terms” that refer to actual facts. Therefore, his philosophy was also known as terminism. It also had a naturalistic tendency influenced by the scientific studies of the Aristotelian Arabians. These logical and naturalistic motivations were combined with the Augustinian doctrine of the will. These were the three factors of a nominalism that recognized the significance of inner life and the necessity for a deeper exploration of nature.
It is, moreover, no accident that Ockam was conservative, for he belonged to the Franciscans, the most conservative of the monastic bodies. This nominalism was a reaction against scholasticism, in order to strengthen the supernatural character of dogma. Ockam felt that scholasticism had waxed too great—that under the guise of serving religion it had virtually subordinated religion. The reactionary Franciscans proclaimed the entire separation of religion and philosophy in order to make room for faith. Faith could be purified only by renouncing scholasticism. The temporal power must be given up by the church, the state and the church must be separated. No new knowledge about faith can be obtained. The dogma must be left impregnable, even though scientifically men become skeptics.
It’s not a coincidence that Ockam was conservative; he was part of the Franciscans, the most traditional of the monastic orders. This nominalism was a response to scholasticism, aimed at reinforcing the supernatural aspect of doctrine. Ockam believed that scholasticism had become too powerful—under the pretense of serving religion, it had essentially overshadowed it. The reactionary Franciscans advocated for a complete separation of religion and philosophy to create space for faith. Faith could only be purified by rejecting scholasticism. The church needed to relinquish temporal power; the state and the church should be separate. No new insights about faith can be acquired. The dogma must remain unassailable, even as people grow skeptical scientifically.
Consistent, therefore, was it for this movement to disjoin entirely the parts of the twofold truth. Scotus had almost crowded out natural theology; Ockam completed the work of Scotus. Scholasticism or natural theology is a rubbish-heap of hypotheses. The church should abandon speculation and emphasize faith. It should return to the simplicity and holiness of the Apostolic church. Ockam was devoted to the true upbuilding of the church and was a follower of St. Francis. It was his love for the church that made him take sides against her pretensions to temporal power.
Consistently, this movement aimed to completely separate the two parts of truth. Scotus nearly pushed natural theology aside; Ockham finished what Scotus started. Scholasticism or natural theology is just a pile of theories. The church should let go of speculation and focus on faith. It should go back to the simplicity and purity of the early Apostolic church. Ockham was committed to genuinely rebuilding the church and followed St. Francis. His love for the church led him to oppose its claims to political power.
Ockam was the natural precursor of his fellow countryman John Locke, and the English empirical school. Individual things have the reality of original Forms, for they come to us intuitively. Our ideas are only signs of them. This is a relation of the “first intention.” As individual ideas are related to individual things, so general ideas are related to individual ideas. This is the relation of the “second intention.” The general idea referring thus indirectly to an individual thing is therefore arbitrary and capricious. Real science deals with things intuitively observed; rational science only with the relations between ideas. Nevertheless real science deals only with an inner world, even if its material is intuitively known. Intuitions are only representatives of the real world. How much less real must the world of rational science then be, since it presupposes these inner intuitions of real science. The universal, therefore, has no reality. It is a name, a sign of many things, a term. Only the individual is real.
Ockam was a natural predecessor to his fellow countryman John Locke and the English empirical school. Individual things have the reality of original Forms because we understand them intuitively. Our ideas are just signs of these things. This is the relationship of the “first intention.” Just as individual ideas are connected to individual things, general ideas are connected to individual ideas. This is the relationship of the “second intention.” The general idea, by referring indirectly to an individual thing, is therefore arbitrary and capricious. Real science is concerned with things that we observe intuitively; rational science only deals with the relationships between ideas. However, real science is limited to an inner world, even if its material is known intuitively. Intuitions are merely representatives of the real world. How much less real must the world of rational science be, since it relies on these inner intuitions of real science? Thus, the universal has no reality. It is just a name, a sign for many things, a term. Only the individual is real.
After Ockam. William of Ockam was the last schoolman. When his doctrine of terminism was united with Augustine’s powerful doctrine of the will,—forming an extreme individualism,—the glimmering of the dawn of modern times appears. The movement was made still stronger by the study of the history of development psychologically, and it became a kind of idealism of the inner life. Already, too, there were beginning investigations in natural science, based upon empirical study. Modern subjectivism was at hand; scholasticism had run its course. The representatives of the scholastic philosophy of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries forgot the principle of the Classic Schoolmen and became mere commentators of the leaders of the tradition to which they belonged. Their verbal subtleties were too refined to be understood. The efforts of Nicolas Cusanus to bring secular science under a system of scholastic mysticism only promoted the modern movement. Cusanus therefore belongs to the next period, and of him we shall subsequently hear.
After Ockam. William of Ockam was the last of the schoolmen. When his doctrine of terminism merged with Augustine’s strong idea of the will—creating a form of extreme individualism—the first signs of modern times emerged. This movement was further fueled by the psychological study of historical development, evolving into a kind of idealism focused on inner life. At the same time, investigations in natural science, based on empirical research, were beginning. Modern subjectivism was on the horizon; scholasticism had reached its end. The scholars of scholastic philosophy in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries lost sight of the principles of the Classical Schoolmen and turned into mere commentators on the leaders of their tradition. Their intricate verbal arguments became too complex to grasp. Nicolas Cusanus’s attempts to align secular science with a system of scholastic mysticism only advanced the modern movement. Therefore, Cusanus is part of the next period, and we will hear more about him later.
INDEX
- Abdera
- 107, 119.
- See Atomists.
- Abelard
- life of, 363;
- his conceptualism, 364;
- his rationalism, 365–367.
- Academy, the
- what it was, 124;
- after the death of Plato, 166;
- and Aristotle, 169–171;
- Older, Middle, and New, 220, 221;
- the skepticism of, 266–268;
- eclecticism in, 270.
- Adams, G. B.
- Civilization during the Middle Ages, 374 n.
- Adamson, Robert
- The Development of Greek Philosophy quoted, 255.
- Ænesidemus
- Skeptic, 268.
- Agrippa
- Skeptic, 268, 269.
- Albertus Magnus
- See Bollstaedt.
- Alcidamus
- Sophist, 68.
- Alcuin
- 349, 350.
- Alexander of Hales
- 379.
- Alexandria
- a centre of Hellenism, 215;
- in the Middle Ages, 282.
- Alexandrian School of neo-Platonism
- 290–298.
- Ammonius Saccas
- 290, 314.
- Anamnesis
- 147–149.
- Anaxagoras
- his life, 43;
- his philosophy, 45–47.
- Anaximander
- 24, 25.
- Anaximenes
- 25.
- Ancient Philosophy
- length of, 1;
- underlying character of, 2;
- divisions of, 4, 5;
- literary sources of, 6.
- Animism
- 19.
- Anselm
- life and position in mediæval philosophy, 359–361;
- his arguments for the existence of God, 361;
- on reason and dogma, 365.
- Anthropological period of Greek philosophy
- 12, 13;
- discussion of, 55–97;
- historical summary of, 55.
- Anthropologists
- 103.
- Anthropology
- defined, 13.
- Antiochus of Ascalon
- 270, 271.
- Antisthenes
- founder of the Cynic school, 93, 95.
- Apathy
- Stoic, 251.
- Apollonius
- neo-Pythagorean, 285.
- Apologists, the
- 307–309.
- Aquinas, Thomas
- on the problem of reason and faith, 369, 377;
- the predecessors of, 379, 380;
- life of (founder of the Dominican tradition), 380, 381;
- the central principle of his doctrine, 381–383;
- the problem of individuality according to, 383–385;
- on the will and the intellect, 385, 386.
- Arabian
- schools, 371, 372;
- translations of Greek works, 372, 373.
- Arcesilaus
- 267.
- virtue
- meaning of, 84.
- Aristippus
- founder of the Cyrenaic school, 93, 96;
- and Epicurus, 229, 230.
- Aristophanes
- opposed the Sophists, 74.
- Aristotle
- his place in Greek history, 98–100, 103;
- conceptualist, 104;
- advanced age at which he finished his education, 125;
- in the Academy and Lyceum, 166–168;
- chronological sketch of his life, 168, 169;
- his biography in detail, 169–173;
- the writings of, 173–176;
- his starting-point, 176, 177;
- the fundamental principle in his philosophy, 177–180;
- his logic, 180–185;
- his metaphysics, 185–194;
- development is purposeful, 185–187;
- his two different conceptions of purpose, 187–190;
- his conception of God, 190, 191;
- his conception of matter, 191, 192;
- his conception of nature, 192–194;
- his theory of physics, 194–196;
- his psychology, 196–199;
- his ethics, 199–202;
- his political philosophy, 202, 203;
- in the Middle Ages, 332, 363, 368, 369;
- Arabic versions of his works, 372, 373;
- works of, introduced into Western Europe, 375–378;
- the strength and burden of, to the church, 378, 379;
- and Thomas Aquinas, 380, 381.
- Arnold, Matthew
- 43 n.
- Astronomy
- of the Pythagoreans, 49–52, 53;
- Ptolemaic, 322–325.
- Ataraxia
- of Epicurus, 231, 233;
- of the Skeptics, 266.
- Athenian school of neo-Platonism
- 290, 299–301.
- Athens
- rise of, 57, 58;
- and Socrates, 91;
- and Abdera, 119;
- a centre of Hellenism, 213–215.
- Atomism of Epicurus, the
- 238–240.
- Atomistic school, the
- 107.
- Atomists, the
- philosophy of, 47, 48.
- Atoms of Democritus, the
- 109–114, 116, 117.
- Augustine
- the historical position of, 306, 318, 335–338;
- the life of, 339, 340;
- the two elements in his teaching, 340, 341;
- the neo-Platonic element: the inner certainties of consciousness, 341–345;
- the authority of the church according to, 345–347.
- Aurelius, Marcus
- 243, 246.
- Bacon, Francis
- Essay on Love, 153 n.
- Bacon, Roger
- 387 n.
- Bardesanes
- Gnostic, 310.
- Basilides
- Gnostic, 310.
- Becoming
- word how used, 22;
- in Heracleitus’s doctrine, 29;
- according to Plato, 133, 136, 139.
- Being
- word how used, 22;
- in Parmenides’ doctrine, 33–35;
- Pythagorean conception of, 49–51;
- aspects under which it was conceived of, in Greek philosophy, 103, 104;
- according to Plato, 133, 136, 139.
- Benedictine Age, the
- 350.
- Berengar of Tours
- 359.
- Boëthius
- 300.
- Bollstaedt, Albert
- 377, 379.
- Bologna
- University of, 377.
- Burnet, John
- Early Greek Philosophers cited, 17 n.
- Bury, J. B.
- History of Greece cited, 12 n.;
- quoted, 16.
- Carneades
- 267.
- Carpocrates
- Gnostic, 310.
- Carthage
- 15, 16.
- Catechists
- the School of, 314–318.
- Catholic theologians
- the old, 312–314.
- Cause
- teleological, final, mechanical, and efficient, 105 n.
- See Final cause, Efficient cause.
- Causes
- Aristotle’s, 187.
- Change
- Heracleitus’s doctrine of, 28, 29;
- has no existence in Parmenides’ philosophy, 34, 35;
- as conceived by the Pluralists, 40.
- Charlemagne
- the revival of, 349, 350.
- Christianity
- and neo-Platonism, difference in their conception of inspiration, 276, 277;
- rise of, 279, 280;
- summary of its history, 281;
- and neo-Platonism, 288–290;
- the Hellenizing of, 302–318;
- the early situation of, 302–305;
- the philosophies influencing, 305, 306;
- early, the periods of, 306, 307;
- the Apologists, 307–309;
- the Gnostics, 310–312;
- the reaction against Gnosticism (the old Catholic theologians), 312–314;
- Origen and the School of Catechists, 314–318;
- and Mohammedanism, 371–375.
- Chrysippus
- 242, 244, 245.
- Church
- authority of, according to Augustine, 345–347;
- strength and burden of Aristotle to, 378, 379;
- and state, Aquinas’s and Dante’s views of, 382.
- Cicero
- on Aristotle, 167;
- his work, 271, 272.
- Civilizations
- Christian and Mohammedan, 369–372;
- the first contact of, 372, 373;
- the conflict between, 374, 375.
- Classic Scholasticism
- period of, 333, 368–394.
- Cleanthes
- 242, 244–246.
- Clement
- 314.
- Conception
- and perception, 83 n.;
- importance of, to Socrates, 83;
- according to Plato, 134, 135;
- in Aristotle, 177–179.
- Conceptualism
- of Aristotle, 104;
- in the Middle Ages, 358, 364, 365.
- Consciousness
- formulation of the psychological conception of, 294;
- the inner certainties of, according to Augustine, 341–345.
- Constantinople
- an intellectual centre, 372 n.
- Cosmas map, the
- 335.
- Cosmological period of Greek philosophy
- 12, 13;
- treated, 15–54.
- Cosmologist
- characteristics of the, 18–20;
- table of, 20;
- their philosophical question, 20, 21;
- where they lived, 21;
- results of their philosophy, 53, 54.
- Cosmology
- defined, 13.
- Crates of Thebes
- 95.
- Critical attitude of mind
- among the Greeks, 61–64;
- of Socrates, 80.
- Crusades, the
- 374, 375.
- Cusanus, Nicolas
- 394.
- Cynic school, the
- 93–97.
- Cynics and Stoics
- 246, 247.
- Cyrenaic school, the
- 93–97.
- Cyrenaics
- their teaching, and Epicureanism, 229, 230.
- Dante
- on Aristotle, 167;
- used Ptolemaic conception of the universe, 324, 325;
- diagram of his poetic conception of the universe, 376;
- his view of the state and the church, 382 n.;
- placed the intellectual virtues above the practical, 383 n.
- Dark Ages, the
- 347–349.
- Deduction
- 182.
- Definition
- Socrates one of the first to use it correctly, 92.
- Democritus
- his place in Greek history, 98–100, 103;
- and Plato, their similarities and differences, 104–106;
- life of, 106–108;
- comprehensiveness of his aim, 108;
- the enriched physics of, 109–111;
- the materialistic psychology of, 111–114;
- his theory of knowledge, 114–116;
- the ethical theory of, 116–118;
- a wide traveler, 123;
- advanced age at which he finished his education, 125.
- Development
- according to Aristotle, 178, 179, 185–187.
- De Wulf
- History of Mediæval Philosophy, 336 n., 384.
- Dialectic
- defined, 60, 131.
- Dill, Samuel
- Roman Society cited, 274 n.
- Diogenes
- 95.
- Dionysiodorus
- 68.
- Dogma
- See Reason.
- Dominican tradition
- Thomas Aquinas the founder of, 380, 381;
- intellectualism the central principle in, 385.
- Doxography
- 6.
- Drama
- the Greek, 60, 61.
- Dualism
- defined, 51 n.;
- the Pythagorean, 51, 52;
- of the Systematic period of Greek philosophy, 102, 103.
- Dynamic pantheism of Plotinus
- 293.
- Eckhart
- 369, 386.
- Eclectic Platonists, the
- 285.
- Eclecticism
- 264, 265, 269–272.
- Efficient cause
- introduction of conception of, by the Pluralists, 41;
- defined, 105 n.;
- Aristotle’s conception of, 187.
- Elean-Eretrian school, the
- 93.
- Eleatic school
- and Milesian school, Xenophanes the connecting link between, 26;
- lives of Parmenides and Zeno, 32, 35;
- teaching of, compared with that of the Milesians and Heracleitus, 22 f.;
- the philosophy of, 33–37;
- and Heracleitus, results of the conflict between, 37, 38.
- Element, the
- as conceived by the Pluralists, 40, 41.
- Eleusinian
- See Mysteries.
- Emanations
- the world of, according to Plotinus, 294–297.
- Emerson, R. W.
- Essay on Love, 153 n.;
- Initial, Dæmonic, and Celestial Love, 153 n.
- Emerton, Ephraim
- Mediæval Europe, 374 n.
- Empedocles
- his conception of change, 40;
- his conception of the element, 40;
- his doctrine of the efficient cause, 41;
- his life, 43;
- the philosophy of, 44, 45.
- Empiricism
- 104 n.
- End
- defined, 105 n.
- Entelechy
- 186.
- Epic, Greek
- importance of the, 8–10.
- Epictetus
- 243, 246.
- Epicureanism
- one of the New Schools, 222–225;
- and Stoicism, summary of agreements and differences, 225, 226;
- and the teaching of Aristippus, 229;
- ideal of, 230–233;
- the place of virtue in, 233;
- the Wise Man of, 234–236.
- See Epicurus.
- Epicureans, the
- 228.
- Epicurus
- life of, 227, 228;
- and Aristippus, 229;
- his ideal, 230–233;
- his conception of the physical world, 238–240.
- See Epicureanism.
- Epistemology
- Democritus’ contribution to, 114–116.
- Erigena, John Scotus
- 349, 350;
- life and teaching of, 350–352;
- the Greek principle which he formulated for the Middle Ages, 352, 353.
- Eristic
- defined, 60.
- Ethical period of the Hellenic-Roman period
- 208;
- general characteristics of, 215–218.
- Ethics
- tendency toward, among early Greeks, 11, 12;
- of the Sophists, 71–73;
- of Democritus, 116–118;
- Plato’s theory of, 153–158;
- of Aristotle, 199–202;
- of Plotinus, 297, 298.
- Eucken, Rudolf
- Problem of Human Life, 336 n.
- Euclid
- founder of the school at Megara, 93.
- Eudæmonism
- 87.
- Euhemerism
- 96.
- Eusebius
- on Aristotle, 167.
- Euthydemus
- 68.
- Evil
- the problem of, according to Stoicism, 260, 261.
- Fairbanks, Arthur
- First Philosophers of Greece, 6 n.
- Falckenberg, Richard
- History of Modern Philosophy, 3 n.
- Final cause
- defined, 105 n.;
- according to Aristotle, 187.
- Fire
- Heracleitus’s doctrine of, 30–32.
- Form and Matter
- in Aristotle, 186–192, 197–199;
- in Thomas Aquinas, 384.
- Formal cause
- 187.
- Franciscan tradition, the
- 385–387.
- Freedom
- the problem of, according to Epicurus, 240;
- according to Stoicism, 260, 261;
- according to Origen, 316, 317;
- according to Augustine, 345;
- according to Duns Scotus, 389.
- Gerbert
- 350.
- Glaber
- quoted, 354.
- Gnomic poets
- Greek, 10–12.
- Gnosticism
- 310–312;
- the reaction against, 312–314.
- God
- Plato’s conception of, 141, 142;
- Aristotle’s conception of, 190, 191;
- His will and His intellect, 386, 388, 389.
- Goethe
- quoted, 129, 167.
- Good
- Plato’s Idea of the, 140–142, 144;
- Plato’s theory of the, development of, 153, 154;
- the, of the Stoics, 250, 251.
- Gorgias
- 66, 67;
- the nihilism of, 70, 71.
- Gospel
- the Hellenizing of, 302–318.
- See Christianity.
- Greece
- after the Persian Wars, 57–64.
- Greek Enlightenment, the
- 58–64, 82.
- Greek-Jewish philosophy of Philo
- 281–284;
- and neo-Platonism, 288.
- Greek nation
- the fall of, and the persistence of its civilization, 204–208.
- Greek national spirit
- waning of, 98.
- Greek philosophy
- three periods of, 12–14;
- summary of, 102, 103.
- Greek thought
- was objective, 2, 100, 101.
- Greeks, early
- geographical environment of, 7;
- political environment of, 8, 9, 15, 16;
- native tendencies of, 9–12;
- perils to, in the new religion, 16–18;
- monistic philosophies, 22 f.
- Grote, George
- History of Greece, 61 n.;
- Plato, 267 n.
- Happiness
- according to Socrates, 86;
- according to the Cynics and the Cyrenaics, 94–97;
- according to Democritus, 117, 118;
- according to Aristotle, 200;
- according to Epicurus, 233–238.
- Harnack, Adolf
- Outlines of the History of Dogma quoted, 308, 336, 344, 354;
- cited, 315 n., 345 n.
- Hatch, Edwin
- Hibbert Lectures quoted, 305.
- Hedonism
- and eudæmonism, 87;
- some types of, 228, 229.
- Hellenic-Roman period
- 204–318;
- its time length, 204;
- the fall of the Greek nation and the persistence of its civilization, 204–208;
- the two parts of, 208, 209;
- the undercurrent of skepticism in, 209–211;
- the fundamental problem of, 211–213.
- Hellenism
- 205–208;
- the centres of, 213–215.
- Hellenizing of the Gospel
- 302–318.
- Heracleitus
- life, 28;
- his teaching compared with that of the Milesians and Eleatics, 22, 23;
- his philosophy, 28–31;
- and Parmenides, results of the conflict between, 37, 38;
- practical philosophy of, 31.
- Hesiod
- 11.
- Hicks, R. D.
- Stoic and Epicurean, 227 n.;
- cited, 267 n.
- Hipparchia
- 95.
- Hippias
- 66, 68.
- Hippodamus
- 68.
- Hippolytus
- 313.
- Homoiomeriai
- 46.
- Human nature
- value set upon, by Socrates, 81.
- Hylozoism
- defined, 19;
- and Pluralism, 41;
- the breaking up of pre-Socratic, 47;
- becomes materialism with Democritus, 109–111.
- Hylozoists
- the Cosmologists were, 19.
- Hypatia
- 298.
- Idea
- development of the meaning of (Democritus and Plato), 105.
- Ideal of Socrates, the
- 83–85;
- what it involves, 85–88.
- Idealism
- of the Greeks, 100;
- objective, 104.
- Ideas
- of Plato, 133, 135;
- the development of, in the two drafts, 136, 137;
- brief comparison of the two drafts of 137;
- fuller comparison of the two drafts of, 137–141;
- in the doctrine of anamnesis, 147, 148.
- Immortality
- Plato’s doctrine of, 146–150.
- Individuality
- the problem of, according to Thomas Aquinas, 383–385;
- the problem of, in Duns Scotus, 389, 390.
- Induction
- 92, 183.
- Intellect or will
- the question of the primacy of, 385, 386, 388, 389.
- Ionic School
- See Milesian school.
- Irenæus
- 313.
- Irish learning, the
- 349.
- Irony
- Socratic, 90.
- Jackson, H.
- article “Sophists,” in Encyclopædia Britannica, 68 n.
- Jamblichus
- 298, 299.
- Jewish (Greek-) philosophy of Philo
- 281–284;
- and neo-Platonism, 288.
- Julian, Emperor
- 298.
- Justin Martyr
- 308.
- Kingsley, Charles
- Hypatia, 298 n.
- Knight, William A.
- Life and Teaching of Hume, 3 n.
- Knowledge
- in Socrates’ ideal, 83–86, 88;
- according to the Cynics, 95;
- Democritus’ theory of, 114–116.
- Lanfranc
- 359.
- Law
- positive and natural, 72.
- Learning
- the impulse for, among the Greeks, 58, 59;
- the Revival of, 375–378.
- Leucippus
- his life, 43, 44;
- his philosophy, 47, 48, 109, 110;
- founder of the Atomistic school, 107.
- Logic
- Aristotle’s, 180–185.
- Love
- Platonic, 151–153.
- Love and Hate
- Empedocles’ doctrine of, 44.
- Lucretius
- 228.
- Lyceum, the
- Aristotle in, 166, 167, 172, 173;
- after Aristotle, 220–222;
- eclecticism in, 270.
- Lycophron
- 68.
- Maine, Sir Henry
- cited, 72.
- Man
- the philosophy of, 13, 55–97;
- Plato’s conception of, 144–146.
- Material cause
- 187.
- Materialism
- hylozoism becomes, with Democritus, 103, 109–111;
- Stoic, 254, 255.
- Materialistic psychology of Democritus
- 111–114.
- Matter
- and Form, in Aristotle, 186–192, 197–199, 384;
- of Plotinus, 295, 296.
- Mean, the
- Aristotle’s doctrine of, 201, 202.
- Mechanical series of Aristotle
- 194–196.
- Mediæval geography
- 335.
- Mediæval library, a
- 326–328.
- Mediæval Man, the
- 320, 321;
- how the universe appeared to, 322–325;
- at school, 325, 326;
- summary of the political and educational worlds of, 330–333.
- Mediæval philosophy
- length of, 1;
- underlying character of, 3;
- divisions of, 4;
- treated, 319–394.
- Megarian school
- 93.
- Mendicants, the
- 368.
- Metaphysical problem, the
- early formulation of, 22, 23.
- Metaphysics
- Plato’s, the formation of, 132–136;
- Plato’s, the development of, 136–141;
- Aristotle’s, 185–194;
- abandonment of, in Hellenic-Roman period, 216;
- of Plotinus, 294–297.
- Metrocles
- 95.
- Middle Ages
- characteristics and conditions of, 319–333;
- and the Hellenic-Roman period, comparison of, 319, 320;
- the mediæval man, 320, 321;
- how the universe appeared to the mediæval man, 322–325;
- the mediæval man at school, 325, 326;
- a mediæval library, 326–328;
- the three periods of, 328–330;
- summary of the political and educational worlds of the mediæval man, 330–333;
- the early period of, 330–332, 334–353;
- the transitional period of, 332, 354–367;
- the period of classic scholasticism, 333, 368–394.
- Milesian school
- 24;
- the members of, 24, 25;
- the philosophy of, 25, 26
- the teaching of, compared with that of Heracleitus and the Eleatics, 22, 23.
- Milton, John
- 325.
- Modern philosophy
- length of, 1;
- underlying character of, 3;
- divisions of, 4.
- Mohammedanism
- growth of, during the Middle Ages, 370–372;
- first contact with Christianity, 372, 373;
- conflict with Christianity, 374, 375.
- Monism
- defined, 10 n.;
- of the early Greeks, 10;
- displaced by pluralism in Greek philosophy, 39.
- Monists
- list of early Cosmologists who were, 20;
- discussion of the, 22–38.
- Monotheism
- defined, 10 n.;
- for the first time conceptually framed, 191.
- Monte Cassino
- founding of the monastic school at, 348.
- Moral postulate
- philosophy for the first time founded upon, 85;
- of Socrates, 85–88.
- Motion
- according to Aristotle, 195, 196.
- Mysteries
- Orphic and Eleusinian, 16–18, 38;
- Orphic, dangers of, averted by Cosmologists, 54.
- Mysticism
- in neo-Platonism, 287.
- Natural Science
- See Physics.
- Nature
- the philosophy of, 15–38;
- the word as used by the Sophists, 72, 73;
- a logical, Socrates’ attempt to find, 92;
- physical, Plato’s conception of, 142–144;
- Aristotle’s conception of, 192–194;
- Stoic conception of, 251–257.
- Neo-Platonism
- and Christianity, difference in their conception of inspiration, 276, 277;
- rise of, 279, 280;
- summary of its history, 281;
- and Platonism, 287, 288;
- and the philosophies of Philo and the neo-Pythagoreans, 288;
- and Christianity, 288–290;
- the periods of, 290;
- the Alexandrian school (scientific theory of neo-Platonism, life and writings of Plotinus), 290–298;
- the Syrian school (the systematizing of polytheism, Jamblichus), 290, 298, 299;
- the Athenian school (Proclus), 290, 299–301;
- its influence on Christianity, 306.
- Neo-Pythagoreanism
- 281, 285–287;
- and neo-Platonism, 288.
- Nominalism
- 103, 358, 362–365, 391, 392.
- Norton, Arthur O.
- Readings in the History of Education, 377 n.
- Nous
- Anaxagoras’ conception of, 47;
- of Plotinus, 294.
- Numbers
- Pythagorean conception of, 49–51.
- Objective character of Greek philosophy
- 2, 100, 101.
- Objective Idealism
- 104.
- Objective Realism
- 104.
- Ockam, William of
- 387 n., 390;
- the course of philosophy after, 393, 394.
- Order
- thought of, developed into clearness by Cosmologists, 54.
- Origen
- 280, 281, 314–318.
- Orphic
- See Mysteries.
- Oxford, University of
- 377.
- Palmer, G. H.
- on Socrates, 79.
- Panætius
- 270, 271.
- Pantheism
- defined, 10 n.;
- dynamic, of Plotinus, 293;
- of Erigena, 351–353;
- of the realists, 363.
- Paris, University of
- 377.
- Parker, C. P.
- cited, 258 n.
- Parmenides
- life, 32;
- develops the doctrine of Xenophanes, 32 f.;
- his philosophy, 33–35;
- and Heracleitus, results of the conflict between, 37, 38.
- See Eleatic School.
- Particulars and Universals
- according to Thomas Aquinas, 383–385.
- Pater, Walter
- Marius the Epicurean, 227 n.
- Patmore, Coventry
- Angel in the House, 153 n.
- Patristics
- 302–318.
- Perception
- and conception, 83 n.;
- according to Plato, 134;
- in Aristotle, 177–179.
- Pericles
- 58.
- Periods
- of philosophy, the three general, 1–4;
- of Greek philosophy, 12–14.
- Peripatetics
- See Lyceum.
- Persia
- 15, 16.
- Persian Wars
- their importance, 55–57, 62.
- Personality
- spiritual, increased importance of, in history, 277–279.
- Pessimism
- result of theory of Cyrenaics, 97.
- Peter the Lombard
- 379, 380.
- Phædo
- founder of the Elean-Eretrian school, 93.
- Philo
- Greek-Jewish philosophy of, 281–284;
- and neo-Platonism, 288.
- Philoponus
- 299.
- Philosophic skepticism
- See Skepticism.
- Physical universe
- early Greek tendency toward scientific explanation of, 10, 11.
- Physics
- Socrates’ view of, 80;
- enrichment of, under Democritus, 109–111;
- Plato’s conception of, 142–144;
- Aristotle’s theory of, 194–196;
- of Epicurus, 238–240.
- Plato
- 104;
- parts of works to be read, 75 n.;
- his place in Greek history, 93, 98–100, 103, 104;
- and Democritus, their similarities and differences, 104–106;
- the period of his life, 119, 120;
- the difficulties in understanding the teaching of, 120, 121;
- the chronology of his dialogues, 119, 120;
- the life and writings of, 121, 126;
- his student life, 121, 122;
- as traveler, 122–124;
- as teacher of the Academy, 124–126;
- concerning his dialogues, 126–128;
- the factors in the construction of his doctrine, 128–131;
- his inherited tendencies, 128–130;
- his philosophical sources, 130, 131;
- the divisions of his philosophy, 131, 132;
- summary of his doctrine, 132;
- the formation of his metaphysics, 132–136;
- the development of his metaphysics (the development of his ideas in the two drafts), 136–141;
- his conception of God, 141, 142;
- his conception of physical nature, 142–144;
- his conception of man, 144–146;
- his doctrine of immortality, 146–150;
- the two tendencies in, 150, 151;
- Platonic love, 151–153;
- his theory of ethics, 153–158;
- development of his theory of the Good, 153, 154;
- the four cardinal virtues, 154, 155;
- his theory of political society, 155–158;
- a selection of passages from, for English readers, 158–165;
- in the Middle Ages, 331, 337, 338, 360, 363.
- Platonism
- the revival of, 279;
- and neo-Platonism, 287, 288.
- Platonists
- Eclectic, 285.
- Pleasure
- of Epicurus, 230–233.
- See Happiness.
- Plotinus
- 280, 287, 288;
- life and writings of, 290, 291;
- general character of his teaching, 291, 292;
- the mystic God of, 292, 293;
- the two problems of, 293;
- the metaphysical problem of, 294–297;
- the ethical problem of, 297, 298.
- Pluralism
- tried to reconcile extremes of Milesian school, 39, 40;
- and hylozoism, 41.
- Pluralists
- list of later Cosmologists who were, 20;
- their new conception of change, 40;
- their new conception of the unchanging, 40, 41;
- introduction of conception of efficient cause by, 41;
- summary of similarities and differences in theories of, 41, 42;
- their lives span the fifth century, 42.
- See Empedocles, etc.
- Plutarch
- neo-Platonist, 299.
- Political philosophy of Aristotle
- 202, 203.
- Political society
- Plato’s theory of, 155–158.
- Polytheism
- Homeric, 19.
- Polytheisms
- the systematizing of, 298, 299.
- Porphyry
- 291, 298, 357.
- Posidonius
- 270, 271.
- Primary and secondary qualities
- 116.
- Probabilism in Stoicism
- 262.
- Proclus
- 299–301.
- Prodicus
- 66, 68.
- Protagoras
- 66, 67;
- the relativism of, 69, 70;
- his point of view compared with that of Socrates, 81.
- Psychology
- materialistic, of Democritus, 111–114;
- Plato’s, 144–146;
- of Aristotle, 196–199;
- the Stoic, 248–250.
- Ptolemy
- his cosmography, 322–325.
- Purpose
- Aristotle’s conceptions of, 186–190.
- Pyrrho
- 266.
- Pyrrhonism
- 265, 266.
- Pythagoras
- 17.
- Pythagoreanism
- neo-, 281, 285–287;
- and neo-Platonism, 288.
- Pythagoreans
- the early, 17;
- the later, 44, 48, 49;
- their conception of Being, 49–51;
- their astronomy, 49, 52, 53;
- their dualism, 51, 52.
- Qualitative changes of phenomena
- 196–202.
- Rationalism
- defined, 104 n.;
- of Plato and Democritus, 104;
- of Abelard, 365–367.
- Realism
- 100, 104, 358, 362–365;
- objective, 104.
- Reason and dogma
- the relation between, 355, 356, 360–362, 365–367.
- Reconcilers
- See Pluralists.
- Relativism
- of Protagoras, 69, 70;
- represented by the anthropologists, 103.
- Religion
- of the Greeks, organization of, 8, 9, 10;
- the new, perils of, 16–18;
- in Epicurus’s system, 236, 237;
- and science, the separation of, under Duns Scotus, 387, 388.
- Religious feeling
- two causes of the rise of, 272–274.
- Religious period of the Hellenic-Roman period
- 208, 209;
- treated, 273–301;
- the divisions of, 280, 281.
- Religious philosophies
- Hellenic, rise of, 280, 282;
- summary of history of, 281;
- introductory period of, 281–287;
- development period of, 281, 287, 288.
- Revival of Learning, the
- 375–378.
- Rhabanus Maurus
- 350.
- Rhetoric among the Greeks
- 60.
- Romans
- their conquest of Greece, 205–208.
- Roscellinus
- life and teaching, 361, 362.
- Rossetti, Christina
- Shadow of Dante cited, 325 n.
- Rousseau and Epicurus
- 229.
- St. Ambrose
- 306.
- Salerno, University of
- 377.
- Scholasticism
- what it is, 355–359;
- of Anselm, 359–361;
- of Roscellinus, 361, 362;
- of Abelard, 363–367;
- classic, period of, 333, 368–394.
- School
- in early Greek philosophy, meaning of, 19.
- Schools, the
- 214, 218–226;
- fusion of doctrines in, 269;
- after 150 B. C., notable names in, 271.
- See Academy, Lyceum, etc.
- Science
- early tendencies toward, among the Greeks, 10, 11;
- growth of, in Hellenic-Roman period, 216, 217;
- secular, of the age of Augustine, 339;
- and religion, the separation of, under Duns Scotus, 387, 388.
- Scotus, Duns
- gave a new direction to philosophy, 369;
- upheld the primacy of the Will, 385, 386;
- the founder of the Franciscan tradition (life and philosophical position of), 386, 387;
- his conception of the twofold truth, 387;
- the inscrutable will of God, according to, 388, 389;
- the problem of individuality, according to, 389, 390;
- the course of philosophy after, 390, 391.
- Secondary and primary qualities
- 116.
- Secular science of the age of Augustine
- 339.
- Seignobos, Charles
- History of Mediæval Civilization, 373 n.
- Seneca
- quoted, 234.
- Sensationalism
- defined, 104 n.
- Sensationalistic skepticism
- 268, 269.
- Sextus Empiricus
- 268.
- Sill
- The Two Aphrodites, 153 n.
- Simplicius
- 299.
- Skepticism
- what it is, 69;
- the undercurrent of, in the Hellenic-Roman period, 209–211;
- philosophic, the appearances of, 264, 265;
- the three phases of, 265–269;
- of the Academy, 266–268;
- sensationalistic, 268, 269.
- Socrates, and Aristophanes
- opposed the Sophists, 74;
- works on, for reading, 75;
- personality and life of, 75–80;
- his dæmon, 77, 83;
- and the Sophists, 80–82;
- unsystematic character of his philosophy, 82, 83;
- the ideal of, 83–85;
- what his ideal involves, 85–88;
- the two steps of his method, 88–91;
- and Athens, 91;
- the logical expedients of, 92, 93;
- and the Lesser Socratics, 93–95.
- Socratics
- the Lesser, and Socrates, 93–95.
- Sophists
- significance of, 64–67;
- the prominent, 67, 68;
- the philosophy of, 68–71;
- the ethics of, 71–73;
- summary of their work, 73;
- met in two ways by Socrates and Aristophanes, 74;
- and Socrates, 80–82.
- Soul
- Plato’s doctrine of, 145–150;
- according to Aristotle, 196, 197;
- of Plotinus, 295, 297, 298.
- Spenser, Edmund
- Hymn in Honor of Beauty, 153 n.
- Spiritual authority
- the need of, 275–277;
- the turning to the present for, 287, 288.
- Spirituality
- rise of the conception of, 277–279.
- State
- Plato’s doctrine of, 155–158;
- and church, Aquinas’s and Dante’s views of, 382.
- Stoic school, the
- 222–225;
- inclines to eclecticism, 269, 270.
- Stoicism
- and Epicureanism, summary of agreements and differences, 225, 226;
- position of, in antiquity, 241, 242;
- the three periods of, 242, 243;
- leaders of, 243–246;
- writings of, 246;
- the two prominent conceptions of, 247, 248;
- the conception of personality, 248;
- the psychology of, 248–250;
- the highest good, 250, 251;
- the conception of nature, 251–256;
- conceptions of nature and personality supplement each other, 256, 257;
- and society, 257–259;
- duty and responsibility, 259, 260;
- the problem of evil and the problem of freedom, 260, 261;
- modifications of, after the first period, 261–263;
- its influence on Christianity, 305.
- Stoics and Cynics
- 246, 247.
- Storm and Stress
- 362, 363.
- Sums
- of Peter the Lombard, 379, 380.
- Syllogism, the
- 182.
- Syrian school of neo-Platonism
- 290, 298, 299.
- Syrianus
- 299.
- Systematic period of Greek philosophy
- 12–14;
- treated, 98–203;
- the three philosophers of, their place in Greek history, 98–100;
- the fundamental principle of, 100–102.
- Tatian
- 313.
- Teleology
- defined, 105 n.
- Terminism
- 392.
- Tertullian
- 313.
- Teuffel, W. S.
- History of Roman Literature, 227 n.
- Thales
- 24, 25.
- Theological series of Aristotle
- 196–202.
- Thrasymachus
- 68.
- Timon
- 266.
- Transitional period of Middle Ages
- 332, 354–357.
- Turner, William
- History of Philosophy, 336 n.
- Twofold reality
- world of, Democritus’ theory of, 114–116.
- Ueberweg
- History of Philosophy, quoted, 6;
- cited, 269 n.
- Unchanging, the
- as conceived by the Pluralists, 40, 41.
- Universalia ante rem
- 104, 358, 362–365, 384.
- Universalia in re
- 104, 358, 364, 365, 384.
- Universalia post rem
- 103, 358, 362–365, 384.
- Universals and particulars
- according to Thomas Aquinas, 383–385.
- Universe
- diagram of Dante’s conception of, 376.
- Universities
- the establishment of, 377.
- Useful, the
- according to Socrates, 87, 88.
- Valentinus
- Gnostic, 310.
- Vincent of Beauvais
- 379.
- Virtue
- meaning of, 84;
- according to Socrates, 84–88;
- according to the Cynics, 95;
- according to Aristotle, 199–202;
- place of, in Epicureanism, 233.
- Virtues
- the four cardinal, in Plato, 154, 155.
- Weber
- History of Philosophy cited, 269 n.
- Wheeler, B. I.
- Life of Alexander the Great, cited, 56 n.;
- quoted, 172.
- Will
- freedom of. See Freedom.
- Will or intellect
- the question of the primacy of, 385, 386, 388, 389.
- William of Aubergne
- 379.
- William of Champeaux
- 363.
- Windelband
- History of Ancient Philosophy, 37 n.;
- cited, 121 n., 311 n.;
- quoted, 254.
- Witte, Karl
- Essays on Dante, 325 n.
- Wordsworth, William
- Dion, 123 n.;
- Ode on Intimations of Immortality quoted, 148.
- Xenophanes
- religious philosopher, 26 f.;
- philosophy of, 27 f.
- Xenophon
- parts of works to be read, 75 n.;
- on Socrates, 76, 93.
- Zeller, Edward
- Pre-Socratic Philosophy, 3 n., 100 n.;
- quoted, 101, 102;
- Greek Philosophy, 37 n.
- Zeno
- Eleatic, his life, 35 f.;
- his philosophy, 36, 37.
- See Eleatic school.
- Zeno
- Stoic, 242, 244, 245.
Footnotes.
1 – | Read Knight, Life and Teaching of Hume, pp. 102 f. (Blackwood Series); Falckenberg, Hist. Modern Phil., p. 10; Zeller, Pre-Socratic Phil., vol. i, pp. 161 f. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
2 – | Read Fairbanks, First Philosophers of Greece, pp. 263 ff., especially the résumé. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
3 – | Ueberweg, Hist. of Phil., vol. i, p. 7. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
4 – | Monism is the belief that reality is a oneness without any necessary implication as to the character of that oneness. Monotheism is a kind of monism, in which some definite character is ascribed to the oneness, like the active principle in the world or the cause of the world. Pantheism, on the other hand, is a kind of monism in which the emphasis is upon the all-inclusive character of reality. In pantheism God and nature are two inseparable aspects of reality. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
5 – | Bury, Hist. of Greece, p. 321, calls the tradition of the Wise Men a legend. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
6 – | Bury, History of Greece, p. 311. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
7 – | Burnet, Early Greek Philosophers, p. 104, for injunctions upon the private life of the early Pythagoreans. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
8 – | Note further that in future philosophical discussions of this problem, the technical word “Being” is used for the Unchanging or the substance that remains forever like itself, and the technical word “Becoming” is used for the changing processes of Nature. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
9 – | “Just as our soul, being air, holds us together, so do breath and air encompass the whole world.” | ||||||||||||||||||||||
10 – | Read Windelband, Hist. of Ancient Phil., pp. 67 ff.; Zeller, Greek Philosophy, pp. 63 ff. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
11 – | Read Matthew Arnold, Empedocles (a poem). | ||||||||||||||||||||||
12 – | Read Plato, Phaedo, 97, B. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
13 – | Dualism: the belief that the world is to be explained by two independent and coexistent principles. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
14 – | Wheeler, History of Alexander the Great. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
15 – | Read Grote, History of Greece, vol. viii, pp. 334–347. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
16 – | Read H. Jackson in Encyclopædia Britannica, article “Sophists”. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
17 – |
The student should read the following references in Plato’s dialogues and Xenophon’s Symposium and Memorabilia. The translations referred to here are Jowett’s Plato and Cooper, Spelman, etc., translation, Whole Works of Xenophon. (1851.) The student should read the following references in Plato’s dialogues and Xenophon’s Symposium and Memorabilia. The translations mentioned here are Jowett’s Plato and Cooper, Spelman, etc., translation, Whole Works of Xenophon. (1851.) For the method of Socrates, read Charmides, Lysis, and Laches. For Socrates' method, check out Charmides, Lysis, and Laches. For the personal appearance of Socrates, read Plato, Symposium, pp. 586 ff. and Xenophon, Symposium, p. 615. For Socrates' personal appearance, check out Plato, Symposium, pp. 586 ff. and Xenophon, Symposium, p. 615. For the physical endurance of Socrates, read Plato, Symposium, p. 591. For Socrates' physical endurance, check out Plato, Symposium, p. 591. For Socrates’ dislike of nature, read Plato, Phædrus, p. 435, and Xenophon, Memorabilia, p. 521. For Socrates' dislike of nature, see Plato, Phædrus, p. 435, and Xenophon, Memorabilia, p. 521. For the charges, defense, and trial of Socrates, read Plato, Apology, pp. 116 and 129. For the accusations, defense, and trial of Socrates, check out Plato, Apology, pp. 116 and 129. For the confinement of Socrates in prison, read Crito, beginning and end of the dialogue. For Socrates’ imprisonment, check out Crito, from the beginning to the end of the dialogue. For description of the death scene of Socrates, read Plato, Phædo, beginning and end of the dialogue. For a description of Socrates' death scene, check out Plato's Phædo, at the beginning and end of the dialogue. For description of the dæmoniacal sign, read Plato, Apology, pp. 125–126, and Xenophon, Memorabilia, pp. 531 ff., 585 ff. For a description of the demonic sign, read Plato, Apology, pp. 125–126, and Xenophon, Memorabilia, pp. 531 ff., 585 ff. For the oracle’s statement that Socrates is the wisest of men, read Plato, Apology, p. 114. For the oracle's claim that Socrates is the wisest of men, see Plato, Apology, p. 114. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
18 – | What is the difference between perception and conception? We have heard a good deal about perceptions in the doctrine of Protagoras. We have now reached a point where many of the theories will involve a comparison of perception with conception. An understanding of the difference between perception and conception will be necessary for an understanding of the doctrines, especially of Democritus, Plato, and Aristotle. In general, perception is the consciousness of an object in which some actual sensation of it is present; a conception is the consciousness of an object in which no actual sensation of it is present. Thus I perceive a tree, when my retina is actually stimulated; I conceive a tree, when I turn my head away and no sense organ is actually stimulated, i. e. I do not touch, see, hear the tree. To the Greek the perception was particular and transient; the conception was, on the other hand, universal or general and permanent. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
19 – | Read Zeller, Pre-Socratic Phil., vol. i, pp. 138–149, concerning the objective character of Greek morality, art, and philosophy. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
20 – | Zeller, Pre-Socratic Phil., vol. i, p. 162. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
21 – | Zeller, Pre-Socratic Phil., vol. i, p. 162. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
22 – | Rationalism and sensationalism refer to the sources from which knowledge is obtained. Rationalism is to be contrasted with sensationalism. Rationalism is the belief that the reason is an independent source of knowledge and has a higher authority than sense-perception. Sensationalism is the belief that all our knowledge originates in sensations. Empiricism is often used for sensationalism. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
23 – | Teleology is the doctrine that things exist for some purpose. A teleological cause, which is the same as “final cause” or “end,” is the purpose involved in an action. It is contrasted with mechanical or efficient cause. A trolley car is moving and a man runs to catch it. Electricity is the mechanical cause of the movement of the car. The purpose of the man is the teleological cause of his running; the strength in his legs is the mechanical or efficient cause of his running. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
24 – | Atoms differ primarily in form (idea); size is referred in part to form. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
25 – | These all reduce to form,—see above. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
26 – | Windelband, Hist. of Ancient Phil., pp. 183–189. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
27 – | Read Wordsworth, Dion. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
28 – |
B. Jowett, Dialogues of Plato, trans. into English with analyses and introductions, 4 vols. B. Jowett, Dialogues of Plato, trans. into English with analyses and introductions, 4 vols. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
29 – | Goethe. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
30 – | For the distinction between perception and conception, see p. 83. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
31 – | Read Wordsworth’s Ode on Intimations of Immortality. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
32 – | Read Edmund Spenser, Hymn in Honor of Beauty; Emerson, Essay on Love, also the poem on Initial, Dæmonic, and Celestial Love; Bacon, Essay on Love; Patmore, Angel in the House; Sill, The Two Aphrodites. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
33 – | B. I. Wheeler, Life of Alexander the Great. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
34 – | Read Walter Pater, Marius the Epicurean; Hicks, Stoic and Epicurean, p. 184, for the Golden Maxims of Epicurus; Teuffel, History of Roman Literature, pp. 83–86. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
35 – | Windelband, Hist. of Phil., p. 183. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
36 – | Adamson, The Development of Greek Philosophy, p. 267. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
37 – | Professor C. P. Parker. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
38 – | A. Hicks, Stoic and Epicurean, pp. 322 ff. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
39 – | Read Grote, Plato, vol. iii, pp. 482–490, for the interesting sophistical problems of the Liar, the Person Disguised under a Veil, Electra, Sorites, Cornutus, and the Bald Man. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
40 – | For a statement of these tropes, see Weber, Hist. of Phil., p. 153. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
41 – | Ueberweg, Hist. of Phil., vol. i, p. 216. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
42 – | Read Dill, Roman Society, first three chapters. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
43 – | Read Charles Kingsley, Hypatia, a novel. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
44 – | Hatch, Hibbert Lectures, 1888, p. 182. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
45 – | Harnack, Outlines of the Hist. of Dogma, p. 120. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
46 – | Windelband, Hist. of Ancient Phil., p. 357. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
47 – | Harnack, Outlines of the History of Dogma, p. 159. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
48 – | Read Rossetti, Shadow of Dante, pp. 9–14; Karl Witte, Essays on Dante, pp. 99 ff. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
49 – | Read Eucken, Problem of Human Life, pp. 219–221, 232, 236, 245–248; Turner, Hist. of Philosophy, p. 226; De Wulf, Hist. of Mediæval Phil., pp. 90–98; Harnack, Hist. of Dogma, vol. v, pp. 3–6. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
50 – | Eucken, Problem of Human Life, p. 247. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
51 – | Harnack, Hist. of Dogma, vol. v, p. 3. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
52 – | There is this difference between Augustine’s position and that of Descartes. Augustine’s Quod si fallor, sum is a refutation of the doctrine of probability of the Academy, not a demonstration; Descartes’ Cogito, ergo sum is positive,—a subtle but an important difference between the two thinkers. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
53 – | Harnack, Hist. of Dogma, vol. v, p. 337. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
54 – | Harnack, Hist. of Dogma, vol. v, p. 112, n. 4. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
55 – | Harnack, vol. vi, p. 7. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
56 – | Glaber, Hist., lib. III, 4. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
57 – | In this period the conceptualists were confused with nominalists and called nominalists. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
58 – | Historians are attaching more importance than formerly to Constantinople as an intellectual centre of that time. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
59 – | Read on this point Seignobos, Hist. of Mediæval Civilization, pp. 117 f. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
60 – | Read Emerton, Mediæval Europe, pp. 358–397; Adams, Civilization during the Middle Ages, pp. 258–278. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
61 – |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
62 – | Read Norton, Readings in the Hist. of Education, pp. 102–103. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
63 – | Dante in De Monarchia did not share in Thomas’s subordination of the state to the church. Both Dante and Thomas believed that destiny lies in the race, but the great poet regarded man as destined equally for earthly and heavenly happiness. To Dante the church and the state are powers of like authority. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
64 – | Dante follows Thomas in placing the intellectual virtues above the practical, and in pointing to the intellectual intuition of God as the goal of human attainment. Beatrice is Dante’s expression of this ideal. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
65 – | De Wulf, Hist. of Mediæval Phil., p. 323. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
66 – | Roger Bacon (1214–1292) lived at Oxford two generations before Scotus. He was so versatile that he was not able to dogmatize in any one field. He believed that theology was based on the will of God, all other science on the reason. He influenced both Scotus and Ockam to turn from authority to experience. Morality was to him the content of universal religion. |
Transcriber’s Notes.
The following corrections have been made in the text: | |
⭘ – |
‘familes’ replaced with ‘families’ (old, ruling families of nobles) |
⭘ – |
‘evolulution’ replaced with ‘evolution’ (Darwin’s theory of evolution.) |
⭘ – |
‘organism’ replaced with ‘organisms’ (we find organisms to consist of) |
⭘ – |
‘Pergamus’ replaced with ‘Pergamos’ (Rhodes, Antioch, Alexandria, Pergamos, Tarsus,) |
⭘ – |
‘judye’ replaced with ‘judge’ (God as a judge ) |
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!